800 4006 19_Field_Engineer_Handbook_Vol_1_Sep2000 19 Field Engineer Handbook Vol 1 Sep2000

800-4006-19_Field_Engineer_Handbook_Vol_1_Sep2000 800-4006-19_Field_Engineer_Handbook_Vol_1_Sep2000

User Manual: 800-4006-19_Field_Engineer_Handbook_Vol_1_Sep2000

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 803

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I
This Field EngineerHandbookedition, dated 9/18/00, replaces the
Volume I and Volume II contents and tabs.
Volume I CPU is now two tabs; Workstation CPU and Server CPU.
Volume II Sun-4u Systems is now two tabs; Sun-4u Workstation
and Sun-4u Server.
Systems and Peripherals added to the twenty-first edition:
Netra ct 400
Netra ct 800
Netra S220
StorEdge L9
StorEdge L20, L40, and L60
StorEdge L 180
StorEdge T3
Sun Blade 100
Sun Blade 1000
Sun Ray 100
Sun Ray 150
For your filing convenience, a title page with a bar strip on the
right edge separates each section, so that you can easily place
a new section after the appropriate tab.
The Field Engineer Handbook, Volumes I and II, is a copyrighted
publication of Sun Microsystems, Inc. Additional copies must be
purchased.
Email your comments and suggestions to the authors at
fehb@scarlett.eng.sun.com.
Sun Microsystems, Inc.
901 San Antonio Road, Mail Stop MTV16-127
Palo Alto, California 94303-4900 U.S.A.

The JavaStation JJ and JavaStation JK systems are serviced as
whole unit replacements. The CPU boards for these systems are
not illustrated in this edition.
The SPARCcluster and MediaCenter chapters are not in this
edition. These products were a combination of a workstation
or server, a peripheral, and software. The workstations, servers,
and peripherals used to build these products can still be found in
their respective chapters.
The Netra xt 600 was announced in August 1999 and discontinued
in January 2000. The Netra xt 600 is not in this edition.
You may wish to save this product information from the twentieth
edition of the Field Engineer Handbook for reference.

VOLUME I
CPU-32
CPU-33
CPU-34
CPU-35
CLUSTER-1
CLUSTER-2
CLUSTER-3
CLUSTER-4
CLUSTER-5
CLUSTER-6
CLUSTER-7
CLUSTER-8
CLUSTER-9

CLUSTER-10
CLUSTER-11
CLUSTER-12
CLUSTER-13
CLUSTER-14
CLUSTER-15
CLUSTER-16
CLUSTER-17
MEDIA-1
MEDIA-2
MEDIA-3
MEDIA-4
MEDIA-5
MEDIA-6

MEDIA-7
TELCO-41
TELCO-42

Field Engineer Handbook
Volume I

Part No: 1IIIIJ..4006-19
©1999 Sun Microsystams, Inc.

Written and published by Mike Persichetty and Gerri Roe

Copyright 1987 - 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, California 94303-4900 U.S.A. All rights reserved.
This product or document is protected by copyright and distributed under licenses restricting
its use, copying, distribution, and decompilation. No part of this product or document may
be reproduced in any form by any means without prior written authorization of Sun and its
licensors, if any. Third party software, including font technology, is copyrighted and licensed
from Sun suppliers.
Portions of this product may be derived from the UNIX® system, licensed from Novell, Inc.,
and the Berkeley 4.3 BSD system, licensed from the University of California. UNIX is a
registered trademark in the United States and in other countries and is exclusively licensed
by X/OpenCompany LTD. Third-party software, including font technology in this product, is
protected by copyright and licensed from Sun's suppliers.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo, Sun Ray, Solaris, Open Boot, Ultra, Ultra Computing,
Ultra Enterprise, Ultra Enterprise Cluster, UntraServer, UltraSPARC, JavaStation, Netra,
MediaCenter, Sun StorEdge, SunPCI, Sun BladeSunSwift, SunSwitch, SunFastEthernet,
Quad FastEthernet, and Solaris are trademarks, or registered trademarks, or service
marks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and in other countries. All SPARC
trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC
International, Inc. in the United States and in other countries. Products bearing SPARC
trademarks are based upon an architecture developed by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All other
product names mentioned herein are trademarks of their respective owners.
The OPEN LOOK@ and Sun™ Graphical User Interface was developed by Sun
Microsystems, Inc. for its users and licensees. Sun acknowledges the pioneering efforts of
Xerox in researching and developing the concept of visual or graphical user interfaces for
the computer industry. Sun holds a non-exclusive license from Xerox to the Xerox
Graphical User Interface, which license also covers Sun licensees who implement OPEN
LOOK GUls and otherwise comply with Sun written license agreements.
RESTRICTED RIGHTS: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject
to restrictions of FAR 52.227 -14(g)(2)(6/87) and FAR 52.227-19(6/87), or DFAR 252.2277015(b)(6/95 and DFAR 227.7202-3(a).
DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS,
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE DISCLAIMED, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE
HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID.
THIS PUBLICATION COULD INCLUDE TECHNICAL INACCURACIES OR TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS. CHANGES ARE PERIODICALLY ADDED TO THE INFORMATION
HEREIN: THESE CHANGES WILL BE INCORPORATED IN NEW EDITIONS OF THE
PUBLICATION. SUN MICROSYSTEM, INC. MAY MAKE IMPROVEMENTS AND/OR
CHANGES IN THE PRODUCT(S) AND/OR THE PROGRAM(S) DESCRIBED IN THIS
PUBLICATION AT ANY TIME.

Printed in the USA

Preface
The Field Engineer Handbook, Volumes I and II, illustrates and
describes Sun™ Workstations, Servers, and Options. This
hardware manual set is available to Sun service providers
and customers.
This handbook complements other Sun technical publications and
education courses. We assume that Sun service providers and
customers who service and repair Sun products have access to
these resources.
The Field Engineer Handbook does not include installation,
removal, replacement, and troubleshooting procedures
documented in other Sun publications.
The complexity of products requiring extensive training is beyond
the scope of this hardware manual set. These products are not
covered in detail. Refer to the manuals.
The Field Engineer Handbook is not an official configuration guide
or sales guide. Configurations and options supported and sold by
Sun Microsystems are documented in the End User and Reseller
Price Lists. Installation Manuals, User's Guides, Product Notes,
and the Hardware Platform Guide are other sources of supported
configuration information.
Send email to fehb-errata@persius.eng.sun.com to receive the
errata for the Field Engineer Handbook.
Email your comments and suggestions to the authors at
fehb@scarlett.eng.sun.com.

9/18/00

Handbook Organization
The Field Engineer Handbook is organized into two volumes.
Volume I includes the Configuration section.

• Configurations contains board and peripheral part numbers,
option numbers, and illustrations; jumper and switch settings;
video resolutions; memory module compatibility; and notes
and references.
Volume II includes the following sections:

• Parts Breakdown contains workstation, server, and option
illustrations; part number listings; and monitor specifications.
• Troubleshooting contains system LED error codes; SCSI
connector pin assignments, SCSI sense keys and codes;
tape drive manual ejection procedures; and communications
device pin assignments.
• Power contains fuse and power cord charts; system wiring
diagrams; and illustrations of power plugs, power supplies,
power sequencers, and power distribution units.

iv

Field Engineer Handbook

l/18/00

Volume I Page Layout
Configurations

Date

Name
Systems/Peripherals 1
Option Numbers 2
Part Numbers
Part Number Details
101 __ _

Connector

CJ

Part Number
Switch and Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETIING

J0101

1-2

In

DESCRIPTION
Parity

J0603

1-2

Out

SCSI 100

J0603

3-4

In

SCSI 101

J0603

5-6

Out

SCSI 102

~ooo

Jumper

Component

Configurations

Date

tiliilllllllillill

Dip Switch

Memory Map
SOCKET

SIMM

J0304

2nd SIMM

OcOOOOOO - Ollfffff

ADDRESS RANGE

J0302

4th SIMM

08000000 - Obff""

J0203

3rdSIMM

04000000 - 07ffffff

J0201

lstSIMM

00000000 - 0311""

Connector

Power requirements
Notes: Special considerations
References: Reference Manuals
Chapter

Field Engineer Handbook

Power requirements
Notes: Special considerations
References: Reference Manuals
Volume I

Date

1 Systems and Peripherals that the part is supported inside are listed.

Systems that the part is supported on as an external option are not listed.
When a System or Peripheral name is changed after product introduction,
both names are included. Example: The RSM Array 2000 was introduced
in 1997. The name was changed to StorEdge A3000 in 1998.
When a System or Peripheral name is discontinued before a follow-on
product is introduced, the previous name is not included. Example: The
FC-AL 501-4158 Backplane was introduced in 1999. The name, Enterprise
Network Array A5000, was discontinued in 1998 and is not used on the
11-slot FC-AL Backplane page in the Fibre Channel chapter.
2 Internal and external option numbers are listed in Volume I. Internal disk

and removable media option numbers are not included in Volume II.
Volume II includes chapters for external disk and removable media option
numbers.
Option numbers for products with multiple long option numbers are not
listed. Example: ARY012A-254G, ARY012A-509G, ARY512A127G. The
product name, StorEdge A5000, is used on the 9.1 GB FC-AL Disk Drive
page.
Supported systems and supported options are subject to change. Refer
to the Price List and the Hardware Platform Guide for the most recent
list of supported systems and options.

Volume I

v

9/18/00

Revision History
DATE

06/01/87
11/01/87
04/01/88
09/01/88
05/01/89
10//0189
05/01/90
12/01/90
08/15/91
02/15/92
11/15/92
OS/28/93
12/15/93
06/10/94
02/21/95
02/23/96
09/27/96
04/16/97
12/05/97
06/17/98
03/26/99
11/26/99
09/18/00

vi

DESCRIPTION

First Edition
Second Edition
Third Edition
Fourth Edition
Fifth Edition
Supplement
Supplement
Sixth Edition
Seventh Edition
Eighth Edition
Ninth Edition
Tenth Edition
Eleventh Edition
Twelfth Edition
Thirteenth Edition
Fourteenth Edition
Fifteenth Edition
Sixteenth Edition
Seventeenth Edition
Eighteenth Edition
Nineteenth Edition
Twentieth Edition
Twenty-first Edition

PART NUMBER

1-Volume
1-Volume
1-Volume
1-Volume
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
2-Volume Set
Volume I
Volume II

800-1819-01
800-1819-01
800-4006-01
800-4006-02
851-1020-01
851-1 020-02
851-1 020-03
851-1 020-04
851-1 020-05
851-1 020-06
851-1020-07
851-1 020-08
851-1 020-09
851-1 020-1 0
851-1020-11
851-1 020-12
851-1 020-13
851-1020-14
851-1 020-15
851-1020-16
851 -1 020-17
851-1020-18
851-1020-19
800-4006-19
800-4247-17

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Configurations
Handling Static Sensitive Devices

Electronic components on printed circuit boards can be
damaged by static electricity. Always wear a grounding strap
and use an antistatic mat when handling boards or components.
Reference Documentation

Standard Configurations and Standard Options supported
by Sun Microsystems are documented in the End User Price List,
Reseller Price List, Hardware Configuration Guides, Product
Brochures, and Hardware Installation Manuals.
Abbreviations

Assy
Bkt
FRU
OBP
OS
w

wlo

Assembly
Bracket
Field Replaceable Unit
Open Boot PROM
Operating System
With
Without

Option Abbreviations

SSA
A 1000
D1000
A3000
A3500
A5000
A5000
A7000

SPARCstorage Array
StorEdge A 1000
StorEdge D1000
StorEdge A3000 (RSM Array 2000)
StorEdge A3500
Enterprise Network Array A5000
StorEdge A5000
StorEdge A7000

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

System Abbreviations

SC
SS
A 11
A 12
A14
A16
A 17
A 18
A20
A21
A22
A23
A25
A26
A27
A28
A33
A34
A36
E150
ExOOO
Ex500

INTRO-2

SPARCcenter
SPARCserver, SPARCstation, or SPARCsystem
Ultra 1 Models 140 and 170
Ultra 1 Models 140E, 170E, and 200E
Ultra 2
Ultra 30
Ultra Enterprise 3000 Workstation
Ultra Enterprise 4000 Workstation
Ultra 450 Workstation
Ultra 5
Ultra 10
Ultra 60
Ultra Enterprise 450 Workgroup Server
Enterprise 250
Ultra 80
Sun Blade 1000
Enterprise 420R
Enterprise 220R
Sun Blade 100
Ultra Enterprise 150
Ultra Enterprise 3000/4000/5000/6000
Enterprise 3500/4500/5500/6500

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

PC I Local Bus
PCI Mechanical Specification
PCI boards have two basic form factors, standard or long length
(312 mm) and short length (119-167 mm). Board edge connectors
are keyed for 3.3V signaling, 5V signaling, or universal signaling.
Universal boards are designed to fit in 3.3V or 5V connectors.
The 32-Bit, 124 -Pin PCI connector has 120 signal pins and 4 key
pins. The 32-Bit connector defines the system signaling as 3.3V
or 5V. An optional 64-Bit extension is built into the same connector
molding extending the number of pins to 184.
A 32-Bit PCI board identifies itself for 32-Bit transfers when it is
installed in a 32-Bit or 64-Bit connector. A 32-Bit PCI board can
be installed in either a 32-Bit or 64-Bit connector.
A 64-Bit PCI board identifies itself for 32-Bit transfers when it is
installed in a 32-Bit connector. A 64-Bit PCI board identifies itself
for 64-Bit transfers when it is installed in a 64-Bit connector.
The signals that enable 64-Bit operation are REQ64 and ACK64.
They are Side A Pin-60 and Side B Pin-60 of the 32-Bit connector.
64-Bit PCI boards do not fit into Ultra 80, Slot 4.
64-Bit PCI boards do not fit into Slots 9 and 10 on A20/A25 System
Boards 501-5028, 501-2996, and 501-5270.

PCI Electrical Specification
The PCI specification provides for 3.3V and 5V signaling.
Signaling is determined by the motherboard. Signaling for a
3.3V PCI board is at 3.3V. Signaling for a 5V PCI board is at
5V. Signaling for a universal PCI board is at 3.3V or 5V.
All PCI connectors require four power rails: +3.3V, +5V, + 12V,
and -12V. The distinction between a 3.3V and 5V PCI boards
is in the signaling protocol, not the connector power rails.
The maximum power allowed for a PCI board is 25 Watts from all
four power rails combined.

Volume I

INTRO-3

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

PCI Board and PCI Connector Illustrations
PCI Boards are shown with the solder side up because this is the
orientation in PCI systems including the Ultra 5 (Slots 1 and 3),
Ultra 10, Ultra 30, Ultra 60, Ultra 80, Enterprise 250, and Ultra
Enterprise 450.
32-Bit PCI Boards

PCI Connectors
3.3V 32-Bit Compatible

5V 32-Bit Not Compatible

.

~
3;3V 32-8it

3.3V 32/64-Bit Compatible

I"
5V 32/64-Bit Not Compatible

•

•

3.3V 32-Bit Not Compatible

!
5V 32-Bit Compatible

• !
5V 32-8it

3.3V 32/64-Bit Not Compatible

!•

•

5V 32/64-Bit Compatible

•

•

3.3V 32-Bit Compatible

5V 32-Bit Compatible

Universal 3.3/5V 32-8it

3.3V 32/64-Bit Compatible

f··
5V 32/64-Bit Compatible

I"
INTRO-4

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

PCI Board and PCI Connector Illustrations

64-Bit PCI Boards

PCI Connector
3.3V 32-Bit Compatible

64-Bit
Connector

5V 32-Bit Not Compatible

3.3V 32/64-Bit Compatible

3.3V 64-Bit

•
5V 32/64-Bit Not Compatible

· .

3.3V 32-Bit Not Compatible

64-Bit
Connector

5V 32-Bit Compatible

3.3V 32/64-Bit Not Compatible

5V 64-Bit

•
5V 32/64-Bit Compatible

•

•

3.3V 32-Bit Compatible

64-Bit
Connector

Universal 3.3/5V 64-Bit

5V 32-Bit Compatible

3.3V 32/64-Bit Compatible

•
5V 32/64-Bit Compatible

· .

Volume I

INTRO-5

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Dip Switches
Rocker and Slide type DIP Switches are used in Sun products.
Turn on a Rocker-type switch by pressing down the end of the
switch furthest from the OPEN lettering on the switch. Turn on a
Slide-type switch by sliding the switch in the direction of the arrow
on the switch. Switches 1 and 2 are shown in the ON position in
these illustrations.
Rocker-type Switch

Slide-type Switch

/
OPEN

SWITCH TYPE A

SWITCH TYPE C

SWITCH TYPE B

SWITCH TYPE D

/

OPEN

Jumpers
Jumpers are used to connect two pins of a Terminal Strip. Two
sizes of jumpers are used: 0.100 inch and 2.0 millimeter.
0.100 inch Jumper

0.025" diameter
(0.64mm)

INTRO-6

2.0 millimeter Jumper

2.0mm
(0.079")

0.50 mm diameter
(0.020")

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

3/18/00

Power-On Self Test
Power-On Self Test (POST) is a diagnostic that performs hardware
tests at power-on. When POST runs in Diagnostic mode, output
is sent to Serial Port A. Frame buffer output occurs during memory
initialization after POST has completed. Answer Books, Service
Manuals, and Owner Guides provide system specific details on
how to use POST and the available options.

Normal Mode runs when:
The NVRAM parameter diag-switch? is set to false.
The NVRAM parameter diag-Ievel is set to off.
The front panel keyswitch is in the Normal or Secure position.

Diagnostic Mode runs when:
The NVRAM parameter diag-switch? is set to true.
The NVRAM parameter diag-Ievel is set to min, med, or max.
The front panel keyswitch is in the Diagnostic position.

DEMON and Extended Modes is initialized after POST when:
The s key (Stop after POST) is depressed after power-on.
The m key (Menus) is depressed after power-on.
DEMON is available on the SS1 OOO(E) and SC2000(E).
Extended POST is available on the E3xOO-E6xOO.

OBDiag in interactive mode is initialized from OBP when:
The forth word obdiag is entered at the ok prompt.
The forth words obdiag obtest are entered at the ok prompt.
The NVRAM parameter diag-Ievel is set to menus.
OBDiag is available on the Ultra 5, Ultra 10, Ultra 30, Ultra 60,
Ultra 80, Enterprise 250, and Ultra Enterprise 450.

OBDiag runs automatically on the E250/E450 after POST when:
The NVRAM parameter diag-switch? is set to true.
The NVRAM parameter diag-Ievel is set to min, med, or max.
The front panel keyswitch is in the Diagnostic position.

Volume I

INTRO-7

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Open Boot PROM Commands
Power On Commands
STOP bypasses POST. STOP-A aborts POST.
STOP-D forces a diagnostic power-on. The NVRAM
Parameter diag-switch? is set to true.
STOP-F forces input and output to ttya. Input from the
Keyboard is disabled except for L 1-A.
STOP-N forces a set-defaults of the NVRAM.
Help and Printenv Commands
These examples are from an Enterprise 250 with OSP 3.5.
The help command displays the menu of available help options.
ok help
Enter 'help command-name' or 'help category-name' for more help.
(Use ONLY the first word of a category-name or category description)
Examples: help select -or- help line
Repeated loops
Defining new commands
Numeric output
Radix (number base conversions)
Arithmetic
Memory access
Line editor
System and boot configuration parameters
Select 1/0 devices
Floppy eject
Power on reset
Diag (diagnostic routines)
Resume execution
File download and boot
nvramrc (making new commands permanent)
EnablelDisable selected hardware subsystems
Environmental monitor

INTRO-8

Field Engineer Handbook

3/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

8pen Boot PROM Commands
The printenv command displays NVRAM parameter names,
current values, and default values.
Variable Name
diag-passes
diag-verbosity
diag-continue?
tpe-link-test?
scsi-initiator-id
keyboard-click?
keymap
ttyb-mode
ttya-mode
ttyb-rts-dtr -off
ttyb-ignore-cd
ttya-rts-dtr-off
ttya-ignore-cd
reboot-flag
reboot-posc
reboot-posl
reboot-cmd
pCi-slot-skip-list

Value
1
0
false
true
7
false

9600,8,n,1,9600,8,n,1,-

false
true
false

false
true
false
true

true
false
4294582272
0
boot net -r
none
3,2,4,5
none

diag-Ievel
diag-script

min
normal
none

asr-disable-list
asr-status
post -status
post-address
post-flag
obp-flags
obp-state
obp-status

Volume I

false

9600,8,n,1,9600,8,n,1,-

pciO-probe-list
upa-port-skip-list

diag-targets
diag-trigger
env-monitor

Default Value
1
0
false
true
7

power-reset
enabled

false
0
0
none
3,2,4,5
none
min
normal
none
power-reset
enabled

18437736870358094097 18437736870358094097
18437736870358094097
0
0
0
6
0

INTRO-9

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS
Open Boot PROM Commands

printenv command - continued

Variable Name

Value

#power-cycles

4
802F01FO

system-board-serial#

Default Value

system-board-date

34cf6a6b

fcode-debug?

false

false

output-device

screen

screen

input-device
load-base

keyboard

keyboard

16384

16384

boot-command

boot

boot

auto-boot?

true

true

auto-boot-on-error?

false
false

false

net

net

boot-device
local-mac-address?

net
false

false

ansi-terminal?

true

true

screen-#columns

80

80

screen-#rows

34

silent-mode?

34
false

false

use-nvramrc?

false

false

watchdog-reboot?

false

diag-file
diag-device
boot-file
disk net

nvramrc
security-mode

none

security-password
security-#badlogins

0

oem-logo
oem-logo?

false

false

false

false

upa-noprobe-mask

0

0

mfg-options
diag-switch?

49
false

false

oem-banner
oem-banner?
hardware-revision
last-hardware-update

INTRO-10

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Open Boot PROM Commands
Use printenv and the variable name to show a specific parameter.
ok printenv diag-switch?
diag-switch? = true

The Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 OBP 3.12 changed the
printenv output to eliminate non-user configurable variables used
for the internal workings of Open Boot. Use printenv -a to see all
variables.
Use the setenv command to change a parameter.
ok setenv diag-switch? true
Use the set-defaults command to restore the default settings.
ok set-defaults

Other commonly used commands are shown below.
OPTION
banner
.version
print-nvram-stat

DESCRIPTION
Display the selftest banner message

.idprom
input [source]

Display the version and date of boot PROM
Display the PROM version for all boards installed
Display the Ethernet address
Display the ID PROM contents
Select source for input (ttya, ttyb, or keyboard)

output [source]
reset
soft-reset

Select source for output (ttya, ttyb, or keyboard)
Resets entire system, similar to SunMon k2
Soft reset, similar to SunMon k1

eject-floppy
security-mode

Ejects floppy diskette from the drive
Select non-secure mode (enter none)

.enet-addr

Select command secure mode (enter command)
Select full secure mode (enter full)
security-password Allows user to enter an 8 byte passwordin ASCII
sifting text
Display forth commands containing text
words
Display forth words in the dictionary
probe-scsi
Display addresses and types of SCSI devices
probe-ide
obdiag
flash-update-ucm
diag-Ievel

Volume I

Display addresses and types of IDE devices
Enter open boot diagnostics
Update UCM flash prom
Set the diagnostic level to min, max, menus, or off

INTRO-11

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Open Boot PROM Commands
nvramrc
The nvramrc is an NVRAM location reserved for user-defined
commands used during system initialization. Include the
following entries when creating a custom nvramrc:
probe-all

Probes for plug-in devices

install-console

Selects and activates the console

banner

Displays the banner to the console

nvedit
The nvedit command opens the nvramrc editor and enables the
use of the following commands:
Return

Inserts a new line

Control-L

Displays all lines in the buffer

Control-C

Exits the nvramrc editor.

nvquit
The nvquit command discards the contents of the temporary
nvramrc buffer created when an nvedit session is exited.
nvrun
The nvrun command executes the contents of the temporary
nvramrc buffer created when an nvedit session is exited.
nvstore
The nvstore command saves the contents of the temporary
nvramrc buffer created when an nvedit session is exited.
use-nvramrc?
Set the use-nvramrc? parameter to true to use the nvramrc. This
parameter is normally set to false.

INTRO-12

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Open Boot PROM Commands
Twisted Pair Ethernet Link Integrity Test
Set the tpe-link-test? nvram parameter to false to disable
the on-board Link Integrity Test.
Use the set-tpe-test command to enable or disable the
on-board Link Integrity Test on the SPARCserver 1000.
ok true set-tpe-test
enables the Link Test on all System Boards
ok false set-tpe-test
disables the Link Test on all System Boards
ok false apply set-tpe-test netO [net1, net2, net3]
disables the Link Test on System Board 0 [1,2,3]

Use the nvedit command to program the nvramrc to disable
the Link Integrity Test when a reset or power cycle occurs on
the SPARCserver 1000.
ok nvedit

0: probe-all install-console 
1: false set-tpe-test 
or
1: false apply set-tpe-test netO [net1, net2, net3]
2: banner 
ok nvstore
ok setenv use-nvramrc? true
ok reset

Volume I

INTRO-13

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS
Open Boot PROM Commands

SBus Quad Ethernet Controller Link Integrity Test
Use the set-tpe-test command to enable the Link Integrity Test.
ok true" sqec-node1-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop
ok true" sqec-node2-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop
ok true" sqec-node3-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop
ok true" sqec-node4-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop

Use the set-tpe-test command to disable the Link Integrity Test.
The Link Integrity Test is enabled if a system reset or power cycle
occurs.
ok false" sqec-node1-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop
ok false" sqec-node2-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop
ok false" sqec-node3-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop
ok false" sqec-node4-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop

Use the nvedit command to program the nvramrc to disable the
Link Integrity Test. The Link Integrity Test is not enabled if a system
reset or power cycle occurs.
ok nvedit
0: probe-all install-console 
1: false" sqec-node1-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop
2: false" sqec-node2-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop
3: false" sqec-node3-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop
4: false" sqec-node4-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop
5: banner 
ok nvstore
ok setenv use-nvramrc? true
ok reset

INTRO-14

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Open Boot PROM Commands

SPARCstation 4 Frame Buffer Resolution
The following methods are available for changing the SS4 tcx
frame buffer resolution.
ok setenv fcode-debug? true
ok setenv output-device screen:r1152x900x94
ok reset

or
ok setenv fcode-debug? true
ok setenv output-device Isbus/sunw,tcx:r1024x768x84
ok reset

or
ok setenv fcode-debug? true
ok cd Isbus/sunw,tcx
ok screen select-dev
ok r1280x1 024x135 set-resolution

Volume I

INTRO-15

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS
Open Boot PROM Commands
PCI System Commands

The following user query and control commands (forth words) are
available on PCI based systems.
Use the show-pci-devs command to show all devices on a
specific PCI bus.
ok show-pci-devs Ipci@1f,2000
ok show-pci-devs Ipci@1f,4000

show pcia devices
show pcib devices

Use the show-pci-devs-all command to show all PCI devices.
ok show-pci-devs-all

show all pci devices

Use the show-pci-config command to show configuration space
registers for a given PCI device.
ok show-pci-config Ipci@1f,4000/network@1,1

Use the show-pci-configs command to show configuration space
registers for all PCI devices on a PCI bus.
ok show-pci-configs Ipci@1f,4000

Use the show-pci-configs-all command to show configuration
space registers for all PCI devices on all PCI busses.
ok show-pci-configs-all/pci@1f,4000

Use the probe-pci command to probe all devices on a specific
PCI bus.
ok probe-pci Ipci@1f,4000
probing /pci @ 1f,4000 at Device 3 scsi disk tape
probing /pci@1f,4000 at Device 3 nothing there

Use the probe-pci-slot command to probe a specific PCI slot on
a specific PCI bus.
ok 3 probe-pc i-slot Ipci@1f,4000
probing /pci@1f,4000 at Device 3 scsi disk tape

INTRO-16

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Open Boot PROM Commands
Ultra 30
The pcia-probe-list NVRAM variable is used to control the probe
order for the following pcia devices (/pci@ 1f,2000):
Psycho
PCI Slot 0
no device

0 (not probed)
1 (J1301 = pci@1f,2000/xxx@1)
2 (historical entry)

ok setenv pcia-probe-list 1,2

Probe in order 1,2

The pcib-probe-list NVRAM variable is used to control the probe
order for the following pcib devices (/pci@ 1f,4000):
Psycho
Cheerio
PCI Slot 1
Onboard SCSI
PCI Slot 2
PCI Slot 3

0 (not probed)
1 (not probed)
2 (J1401 = pci@1f,4000/xxx@2)
3 (first device probed by default)
4 (J1501 = pci@1f,4000/xxx@4)
5 (J1601 = pci@1f,4000/xxx@5)

ok setenv pcib-probe-list 3,2,4,5

Probe in order 3,2,4,5

The printenv pcix-probe-list command is used to show the probe
list for pcia or pcib:
ok printenv pcia-probe-list
ok printenv pcib-probe-list

print pcia probe list
print pcib probe list

The show-pci-devs command is used to show all devices on a
specific PCI bus:
ok show-pci-devs Ipci@1f,2000
ok show-pci-devs Ipci@1f,4000

show pcia devices
show pcib devices

The show-pci-devs-all command is used to show all devices.
ok show-pci-devs-all

Volume I

show all pci devices

INTRO-17

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS
Open Boot PROM Commands
Ultra 60, Netra t 1120/1125, and Enterprise 220R
Ultra 80, Netra t·1400/1405, and Enterprise 420R

The Ultra 60 Workstation, Netra t 1120/1125 Telco Server, and
Enterprise 220R Workgroup Server use the same System Board.
The Ultra 80 Workstation, Netra t 1400/1405 Telco Server, and
Enterprise 420R Workgroup Server use the same System Board.
The banner-name, enclosure-type, and energystar-enabled?
NVRAM variables set up the system board for use in a Workstation,
Telco Server, or Workgroup Server. These variables:
Control the system name displayed in the power-on banner
Enable or disable energystar
Report the enclosure type to software
ok setenv banner-name Sun Enterprise 220R
banner-name = Sun Enterprise 220R

ok setenv enclosure-type 540-4284
enclosure-type

= 540-4284

ok setenv energystar-enabled? true
energy-star-enabled? = false
System
Ultra 60
Netra t 1120/1125
Enterprise 220R
Ultra 80
Netra t 1400/1405
Enterprise 420R

banner-name
Sun Ultra 60 UPNPCI
Sun Ultra 60 UPNPCI
Sun Enterprise 220R
Sun Ultra 80 UPNPCI
Sun Ultra 80 UPNPCI
Sun Enterprise 420R

enclosure-type energystar-enabled?
540-3251
true
Unknown
false
false
540-4284
540-3871
true
Unknown
false
false
540-4115

The enclosure-type variable is for future use. Current software
uses the banner-name.
The banner-name, enclosure-type, and energystar-enabled?
variables are not changed by the set-defaults command.

INTRO-18

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Open Boot PROM Commands

Enterprise 250
The upa-port-skip-list NVRAM variable is used to skip probing
of UPA ports. The following UPA ports are used:
Processors
Psycho

UPA Ports 0 and 1
UPA Port 1f

ok setenv upa-port-skip-list 1

Skip CPU1

The pciO-probe-list NVRAM variable is used to control the probe
order for PCI devices /pci@ 1f,4000. Device 2 is card slot 2, device
3 is SCSI, device 4 is card slot 1, and device 5 is card slot O.
ok setenv pciO-probe-list 3,2,4

Probe in order 3-2-4

The pci-slot-skip-list NVRAM variable is used to skip probing of
PCI devices plugged into the backpanel slots 0, 1, 2, and 3.
ok setenv pci-slot-skip-list 0,3

Skip slot 0 and 3

The diag-trigger NVRAM variable is used to control which resets
will automatically enable POST when diag-switch? is true.
ok setenv diag-trigger power-reset

Run diagnostics on power-on resets.
ok setenv diag-trigger error-reset

Run diagnostics on power-on resets, fatal hardware errors,
and watchdog resets.
ok setenv diag-trigger soft-reset

Run diagnostics on all resets (except XIR) including UNIX
unit 6 or reboot
ok setenv diag-trigger none

Does not run diagnostics on any resets.
The auto-boot-on-error? NVRAM variable is used to allow the
system to attempt to boot if POST fails and auto-boot? is true.
ok setenv auto-boot-on-error? true

Attempt to boot if POST fails and auto-boot? is true

Volume I

INTRO-19

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS
Open Boot PROM Commands
Enterprise 250 - Continued

The env-monitor NVRAM variable is used for environmental
monitoring at the Open Boot PROM level.
ok setenv env-monitor advise

overtime warning

ok setenv env-monitor enabled

overtime warning
shut down power

ok setenv env-monitor disabled

env-monitor is off

The asr-enable and asr-disable commands enable and disable
system devices. The.asr command displays the settings.
ok.asr
System status:
CPUO:
CPU1:
SC-MP:
Psycho@ 1f:
Cheerio:
SCSI:
Mem BankO:
Mem Bank1:
Mem Bank2:
Mem Bank3:
PROM:
NVRAM:
TTY:
Audio:
Soupier:
PCI Slots:

Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

Known 'enable/disable' subsystem components are:
cpu* cpuO cpu1
bank* bankO bank1 bank2 bank3
dimmO - dimm15

INTRO-20

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Open Boot PROM Commands
Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450
The mfg-options NVRAM variable is a decimal value that sets up
the system as a Workstation or Server. The mfg-options:
Controls the system name displayed in the power-on banner
Enables or disables energystar
Controls the behavior after a watchdog reset
Enables or disables the blinking front panel LEOs
ok setenv mfg-options 0

Workstation default (in decimal)

ok setenv mfg-options 49

Server default (in decimal)

Root (I)
Node Properties

Hex
banner-name

system-type

energystar-v2

xxxx xxxO

Ultra 450

Workstation

Enabled

xxxx xxx1

Enterprise 450

Server

Disabled

/eeprom
Node Properties

SUNW,envctrl
Node Properties

watchdog-enable

activity-led-blink?

xxxO xxxx

Disabled

xxx1 xxxx

Enabled

xxOx xxxx

Disabled

xx1x xxxx

Enabled

The method of changing the mfg-options, diag-targets, and
diag-verbosity was changed in OBP 3.12. The new method
accepts a + or - construct for these variables.
mfg-options:
workstation-class
server-class
workstation
energystar
watch-dog
server

-+(OxOO)
-+(Ox01)
-+(OxOO)
-+(Ox10)
-+(Ox20)
-+(Ox31)

Workstation
Server
Workstation
Energy Star
Watchdog
Server/Energy Star/Watchdog

ok setenv mfg-options + server
ok setenv mfg-options + watchdog + energystar
ok setenv mfg-options - energystar

Volume I

INTRO-21

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Open Boot PROM Commands

Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued
diag-targets:
none
iopath
media
device
loopback
100pback2
loopbacks
100pback3

-+(OxOO)
-+(Ox01)
-+(Ox02)
-+(Ox04)
-+(Ox10)
-+(Ox20)
-+(Ox30)
-+(Ox40)

no bus or device I/O testing
test bus connectivity (eg SCSI)
perform 110 to the device
invoke device self test (BIST)
external loop back (eg tty)
externalloopback2 (eg Mil)
external loop back + 100pback2
externalloopback3 (eg RSC)

diag-verbosity:
none
silent
verbose
subtests
debug
callers
tests
all

-+(OxOO) minimum output (errors only)
-+(OxOO) minimum output (errors only)
-+(Ox01) test progress information
-+(Ox02) print subtest names
-+(Ox04) print debug messages
-+(Ox08) print back trace of callers on errors
-+(Ox10) print Testing 
-+(Ox1 f) verbose + names + debug + callers

The upa-port-skip-list NVRAM variable is used to skip probing
of UPA ports. The following UPA ports are used:
Processors
Frame Buffers
Psycho

UPA Ports 0, 1, 2, and 3
UPA Ports 1d and 1e
UPA Ports 4,6, and 1f

ok setenv upa-port-skip-list 3,1d

INTRO-22

Skip CPU3 and FFB1

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Open Boot PROM Commands
Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued
The pciO-probe-list NVRAM variable is used to control the probe
order for on-board PCI devices (/pci@ 1f,4000). The probe order
for PCI devices plugged into the backpanel slots cannot be
controlled. Devices omitted from the pciO-probe-list are not
probed.
Devices in the pciO-probe-list are:
2 = scsi (rma backplane & external connector)
3 = scsi (4 disk backplane)
4 = Empty slot - Back panel slot 10
ok setenv pciO-probe-list 3,2,4

Probe in order 3-2-4

Due to internal PCI changes introduced in OBP 3.12, the Cheerio
node is pseudo-probed and device 1 must always be included in
the pciO-probe-list. Prior to OBP 3.12, an entry for device 1 was
not required. The default probe order for OBP 3.12 is 1-3-2-4.
Devices in the OBP 3.12 pciO-probe-list are:
1 = Cheerio (flash, nvram, superio, serial, audio, and 12C)
2 = SCSI (rma backplane & external connector)
3 = SCSI (4 disk backplane)
4 = PCI Slot 10
ok setenv pciO-probe-list 1,3,2,4

Probe in order 1-3-2-4

The pci-slot-skip-list NVRAM variable is used to skip probing of
PCI devices plugged into the backpanel slots. If slot 10 is in the
pci-slot-skip-list, it will be skipped even if device 4 is included in
the pciO-probe-list.
ok setenv pci-slot-skip-list 4,6

Volume I

Skip slot 4 and 6

INTRO-23

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS
Open Boot PROM Commands
Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued

The memory-interleave NVRAM variable controls how OBP sets
memory interleaving. If interleaving is enabled with mixed memory
bank sizes, the smaller memory size is used and POST displays
a smaller memory value than is physically installed.
ok setenv memory-interleave max-size
Setting

auto (default)
max-size
max-interleave
1
2
4

Description

OBP chooses best setting
Configure for maximum available memory space
Configure for maximum memory bandwidth (high
interleaving values) at the expense of memory size.
Use 1-way interleaving
Use 2-way interleaving
Use 4-way interleaving

The env-monitor NVRAM variable determines how OBP
responds to environmental monitoring via the 12C serial bus.
ok setenv env-monitor advise
Description

Setting

enabled (default) Issue a warning and shut down the system in 15 seconds
if an unsafe condition is detected.
Issue a warning if an unsafe condition is detected.
advise
disabled
Do not monitor for unsafe conditions.

The .post command displays the results of the PowerOnSelf Test.
ok .post
System status :
CPUO:
CPU1 :
CPU2:
CPU3:
etc ...

INTRO-24

OK
OK
OK
OK
OK

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Open Boot PROM Commands
Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued
The diag-trigger NVRAM variable is used to control which resets
will automatically enable POST when diag-switch? is true.
ok setenv diag-trigger power-reset

Run diagnostics on power-on resets.
ok setenv diag-trigger error-reset

Run diagnostics on power-on resets, fatal hardware errors,
and watchdog resets.
ok setenv diag-trigger soft-reset

Run diagnostics on all resets (except XIR) including UNIX
init 6 or reboot
ok setenv diag-trigger none

Does not run diagnostics on any resets.
The asr-enable and asr-disable commands enable and disable
system devices. The .asr command displays the settings.
ok.asr
System status:
CPUO:
CPU1 :
CPU2:
CPU3:
SC-Marvin:
Psycho@1f :
Psycho@4 :
Psycho@6 :
Cheerio:
SCSI:
Mem BankO:
Mem Bank1 :
Mem Bank2:
Mem Bank3:
PROM:
NVRAM:
TTY:
Audio:
SuperlO:
PCI Slots:

Volume I

Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

(Not Selectable)
(cpuO or cpu')
(cpu1 or cpu')
(cpu2 or cpu')
(cpu3 or cpu*)
(Not Selectable)
(Not Selectable)
(Not Selectable)
(Not Selectable)
(Not Selectable)
(Not Selectable)
(bankO or bank* or dimmO-3)
(bank1 or bank* or dimm4-7)
(bank2 or bank* or dimm8-11)
(bank3 or bank' or dimm12-15)
(Not Selectable)
(Not Selectable)
(Not Selectable)
(Not Selectable)
(Not Selectable)
(Not Selectable)

INTRO-25

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Open Boot PROM Commands

Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued
The fmc device node stores memory configuration information for
use by the operating system.
ok cd Imc@O,O
ok Is
fOO7f3e8
bank@O,cOOOOOOO
f007f230
bank@0,80000000
f007f078
bank@0,40000000
f007e9aO
bank@O,OOOOOOOO
ok cd Imc@O,O/bank@O,O
ok Is
f007eed8
dimm@0,3
dimm@0,2
f007ed90
dimm@0,1
f007ec48
dimm@O,O
f007ebOO
ok .properties
reg
00000000 00000000 00000000 08000000
#size-cells
00000002
fru
motherboard
device_type
memory-bank
name
bank
The lower half of the register is the bank size:
00000000 08000000 = 128mb bank
The upper half of the register is the starting address:
00000000 00000000 = starting address 0
ok cd Imc@O,O/bank@O,O/dimm@O,3
ok .properties
socket-name
1704
reg
00000000 00000003 00000000 02000000
fru
memory-module
device_type
memory-module
name
dimm
The lower half of the register is the dimm size:
00000000 02000000 = 32mb
The upper half of the register is the dimm number in the bank:
0000000000000003 = dimm 3

INTRO-26

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Open Boot PROM Commands

Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued
The lassociations tree node contains entries representing
categories of associations, or connections, between system
components that are dispersed in the device tree.
ok cd lassociations/slot2dev
ok .properties
Sub-System
Is Associated With
/pci@ 1f,4000/ebus@ 1/*@ 14,200000
ebuslaudio
pci-slot#10
/pci @1f,4000/* @4,*
/pci @4,4000/* @2,*
pci-slot#9
pci-slot#8
/pci@4,4000/*@3,*
pci-slot#7
/pci@4,4000/*@4,*
pci-slot#6
/pci @4,2000/* @1,*
pci-slot#5
/pci@1f,2000/*@ 1,*
pCi-slot#4
/pci@6,2000/*@1,*
pci-slot#3
/pci@6,4000/*@2,*
pci-slot#2
/pci@6,4000/*@3,*
pci-slot#1
/pci@6,4000/*@4,*
graphics#2
/*@1d,0
graphics#1
/*@1e,0
cpu-b2
/*@3,0
cpu-b1
/*@2,0
cpu-a2
/*@1,0
cpu-a1
/*@O,O
ok cd lassociations/slot2led
ok .properties
Is Associated With
Sub-System
slot # 3
/pci@ 1f,4000/ebus@ 1/i2c@ 14,600000/bits@40/wo@3
/pci@1f,4000/ebus@1/i2c@14,600000/bits@40/wo@2
slot # 2
/pci@ 1f,4000/ebus@ 1/i2c@ 14,600000/bits@40/wo@ 1
slot # 1
/pci @1f,4000/ebus@ 1/i2c@ 14,600000/bits@40/wo@0
slot # 0
ok cd lassociations/slot2disk
ok .properties
Sub-System
Is Associated With
/pci@ 1f,4000/scsi@3/disk@3
slot # 3
/pci@ 1f,4000/scsi @3/disk@2
slot # 2
/pci@1f,4000/scsi@3/disk@1
slot # 1
/pci@ 1f,4000/scsi @3/disk@0
slot # 0

Volume I

INTRO-27

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Open Boot PROM Commands

Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued
The disk-Ied-assoc NVRAM variable defines the PCI slot location
for the dual channel Ultra/wide SCSI controller connected to the
lower and upper 8-drive backplanes.
The value 0 defines the location of the onboard SCSI controller
that connects to the 4-drive backplane.
The value x defines the PCI slot location of the lower SCSI
controller that connects to the lower 8-drive backplane.
The value y defines the PCI slot location of the upper SCSI
controller that connects to the upper 8-drive backplane.
ok printenv disk-Ied-assoc
disk-Ied-assoc 0 (default)
ok setenv disk-Ied-assoc 0 x y

E3000 - E6500 Flash and FCode
Use the Flash PROM programming utility to update the Flash
PROM on the CPU/Memory board and FCode on the I/O boards.
Program the Flash PROM and FCode over a local area network,
from CD-ROM, or from Patch 103346. Patch ::;103346-09 is for
the 32-bit Solaris Operating System and Patch :2:103346-10 is
for the 32-bit or 64-bit Solaris Operating System.
Use caution when performing a Flash PROM update. A board may
be inoperable if it is programmed with an older version of code.
For example:
CPU/Memory boards with 336M Hz modules require OBP
:2:3.2 Version 12. Selftest fails if older code is downloaded.
Flash Update 1.6 does not support Type-4 I/O boards. A
Type-4 I/O board will appear to be a Type-1 I/O board after
downloading FCode from Flash Update 1.6. The device
SUNW,socal will not be recognized, and errors from device
SUNW,soc will appear during selftest.
INTRO-28

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Open Boot PROM Commands

E3000 - E6500 Flash PROM and FCode - Continued
Use caution when using flash-update. A board may be inoperable
if it is programmed with a newer version of code. For example:
aBP 3.2.11 does not support Type-4 1/0 Boards. If the aBP
flash-update command is used when Type-1 and Type-4 1/0
Boards are installed, the Type-1 1/0 Board will appear to be a
Type-4 1/0 Board after downloading FCode. The SUNW,soc will
be programmed as a SUNW,socal.
A corrupted Flash PROM can be reprogrammed if another board
of the same type with uncorrupted code is available.
1. Connect to Serial Port A at 9600 baud, 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit.
2. Disconnect the board with corrupted code from the backplane.
3. Install the known good board in any available slot.
4. Turn the keyswitch to On.
5. Wait 15 seconds and press's' to enter Extended POST.
6. Select 'f' for fcopy from the Extended POST Menus.
7. Insert the board with corrupted code into the backplane.
8. Select '4' for Activate System Board and follow the prompts.
9. Select '1' to copy the code and follow the prompts.
10. Turn the keyswitch to Standby.

Use the .version command to display the CPUIMemory Board
Flash PROM and 1/0 Board FCode revision.
ok .version
Slot 1 -I/O Type 4 FCODE 1.8.7 1997/12/08 15:39 iPOST 3.4.41997/08/2617:37
Slot 3 -I/O Type 3 FCODE 1.8.7 1997/05/09 11 :18 iPOST 3.0.21997/05/01 10:56
Slot 9 - CPU/Memory OBP 3.2.16 1998/06/08 16:58 POST 3.9.4 1998/06/09 16:25

Use the .properties command to display the CPUIMemory Board
Flash PROM revision in hexadecimal ASCII.
ok cd Ifhc@12,f8800000lflashprom@O,O
ok .properties
4f 425020202033 2e 32 2e 31 362031 3939
version
SUNW,525-1431
model
flashprom
name
4f 42 50 20 20 20 33 2e 32 2e 31 362031 3939 = OBP 3.2.16199

Volume I

INTRO-29

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Open Boot PROM Commands
E3000 - E6500 Flash and FCode - Continued
The model property contains the part number of the Flash PROM.
The model property of some boards is not the same as the part
number used for the Flash PROM Code.
Board
CPU/Memory
I/O Type 1
I/O Type 2
I/O Type 3
I/O Type 4
I/O Type 5

Model Property
SUNW,525-1431
SUNW,525-1432
SUNW,525-1433
SUNW,525-1680
SUNW,525-1757
SUNW,525-1760

Flash PROM
525-1387
525-1445
525-1446
525-1680
525-1757
525-1760

Use the .properties command to display the I/O Board FCode
revision in hexadecimal ASCII.
ok cd Ifhc@e,f8800000lflashprom@O,O
ok .properties
4643 4f 44 45 20 31 2e 38 2e 33 20 31 393937
version
model
SUNW,525-1432
name
flashprom
4643 4f 44 45 20 31 2e 38 2e 33 20 31 393937 = FCODE 1.8.3 1997

Use the .properties command to display the I/O Board SOC
Controller FCode revision.
ok cd Isbus@2,O/5UNW,soc@d,10000
ok .properties
1.3 95/09/28
soc-fcode
501-2069
model
name
SUNW,soc

Use the .properties command to display the I/O Board SOC+
Controller FCode revision.
ok cd Isbus@2,O/5UNW,socal@d,10000
ok .properties
@ (#) FCode 1.11 97/12/07
version
501-3060
model
SUNW,socal
name

INTRO-30

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

References
SSus References
1. SBus Specification A. 1, 800-4453-10.
2. SBus Specification B.O, 800-5922-10.
3. PCI:SBus Comparison, 802-7681.
asp 1.x and 2.x References
1. Open Boot PROM Toolkit User's Guide, 800-4251-10.
2. Open Boot PROM Toolkit User's Guide, 800-5279-10.
3. Introduction to Open Boot 2.0,800-5674-10.
4. Open Boot PROM 2.0 Command Reference, 800-6076-11.
5. Open Boot PROM Toolkit Reference Summary, 800-4687-10.
6. Open Boot PROM Toolkit Reference Summary, 800-5280-10.
7. Open Boot PROM Command Summary, 800-5675-11.
8. Writing FCode Programs for SBus Cards, 800-4456-10.
9. Writing FCode 2.x Programs, 801-5123-10.
asp 3.x References
1. OpenBoot 3.x Quick Reference, 802-3240-10.
2. OpenBoot 3.x Command Reference, 802-3242-10
3. Writing FCode 3.x Programs, 802-3239-10.
4. Writing FCode 3.x Programs, 802-5895-10.
5. OpenBoot 3.x Supplement for PCI, 802-7679.
6. Enterprise 250 Platform Note, 805-3399.
Flash PRaM References
1. Ultra 1 and Ultra 2 Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233-12.
2. Ultra System Flash PROM Programming Guide for Ultra 1, Ultra 2,
Ultra 5110, Ultra 30, Ultra 60, and Ultra Enterprise 450, 802-3233-17.
3. E3000140001500016000 Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579-10.
4. E6xOOl5xOOl4xOOl3xOO Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579-12.
Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 asp References
1. Ultra Enterprise 450 Server Owner's Guide, 805-0429-10.
2. Ultra 450 Workstation Owner's Guide, 805-0430-10.
Field Engineer Handbook References
1. Sun-3 Handbook, 802-6796-01.
2. Sun-4 Handbook, 805-3028-01.
3. Sun-4c Handbook, 805-6849-02.
4. SS600MP Handbook, 805-3973-02.
5. Printer Handbook, 806-2138-01.
6. SPARCstation 10 Handbook, 806-2139-01.
7. SPARCstation Voyager Handbook, 806-2140-01.
8. Removable Media Handbook, 806-2141-01.
9. Sun-4110115130 Handbook, 806-2142-01.

Volume I

INTRO-31

This page intentionally left blank.

CONFIGURATIONS
WORKSTATION CPU

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Workstation CPU
Sun-4m Architecture
SPARC Xterminal 1 ...........................................................
SPARCstation 4 ................................................................
SPARCstation 5 ................................................................
SPARCstation 20 ..............................................................

2
4
12·
24

Sun-4u Architecture
Ultra 1 Model 140 ..............................................................
Ultra 1 Model 170 ........... ...................... .... ...... ...................
Ultra 1 Model 140E ......................... :..................................
Ultra 1 Model 170E ....................................... .....................
Ultra 1 Model 200E ....... ............................ .................... .....
Ultra 2 ................................................................................
Ultra 5 ....................•...........................................................
Ultra 10 ..............................................................................
Ultra 30 ..............................................................................
Netra t 1100 .......................................................................
Ultra 60 ..............................................................................
Enterprise 220R ................................................................
Netra t 1120/1125 ..............................................................
Ultra 80 ..............................................................................
Enterprise 420R ................................................................
Netra t 1400/1405 ..............................................................
Sun Blade 100 ...................................................................
Sun Blade 1000 .................................................................

30
34
36
38
42
44
50
50
58
58
62
62
62
66
66
66
70
72

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

9/18/00

CONFIGURATION

SPARe Xterminal 1
501-2540

501-3025

501-2585

50MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-2549

50MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-2928

50MHz8MB

POWER

microSPARC

D

J0201 00

SBus Slot 1

I

AUDIO

I
I
02000000 - 03ffffff I
00000000 - 01ffffff I

J0304

SIMM3

RAS3 06000000 - 07ffffff

J0303

SIMM2

RAS2 04000000 - 05ffffff

J0302

SIMM1

RAS 1

J0301

SIMMO

RASO

LED & SPKR J1601

IAO-A27 25MHz

I

I Not Supported

MAGIC

D

I

J1202 00
J1201 00

lQ:Q]o J1702
1

3

1

F1102§£J

KBD
DIN8

3

J0603 Video SIMM Slot

J17031Q:Q]o

gggg

gggg

J1002

J1104

SERIAL AI B
DB25

VIDEO
DB13W3

10BASE-T

I
8-BIT COLOR SUNW,TCX
744 x 1273 x 105MHz •
1000 x 1022 x 105MHz
1024 x 768 x 64MHz
1024 x 768 x 74MHz
1024 x 768 x 81MHz
1024 x 768 x 84M Hz
1024 x 800 x 81MHz
1024 x 800 x 92MHz
1024 x 800 x 94MHz
1024 x1024 x 92MHz
1152 x 900 x 92MHz
1152 x 900 x 94MHz
1152 x 900 x 105MHz
1152 x 900 x 108MHz
1280 x1024 x117MHz t
1280 x1024 x118MHz t
1280 x 1024 x 135MHz t
'Pixel frequency
tVSIMM required

WORKSTATION CPU-2

~

F1101

§£J
F1201

PARALLEL
DB25
ETHERNET
DB15

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2540

501-3025
Jumper Settings

JUMPER PINS SETTING

J0201
J1002
J1002
J1002
J1002
J1104
J1104
J1104
J1104
J1201
J1201
J1202
J1202
J1702
J1703
J1702
J1703

1-2
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3

Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
Out
In
In
In
In
In

501-2585

DESCRIPTION

Pin-1=Gnd / Pin-2=POK
Test point rxda
Test point txda
Test point rxdb
Test point txdb
Test point tpe
Test point tpe<1>
Test point tpe<2>
Test point tpe<3>
1= normal (default)
0= -4.5db
1=1 00 Ohm (default)
0=150 Ohm
RS-423 (default)
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 +12Vdc
RS-232 -12Vdc

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is X Terminal Software Version 2.1.
2. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable.
3. The serial ports are not supported.
4. OBP settings for the tcx frame buffer use the Pixel frequency instead
of Vertical frequency.
5. Use the OBP setenv command to change the frame buffer resolution:
ok setenv fcode-debug? true
ok reset
ok setenv output-device screen:r1152x900x94
ok setenv output-device screen:r1024x768x84
Reference: SPARCstation 4 Service Manual, 802-1529-10.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-3

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCstation 4
501-2860

501-2861

501-2862

501-3002

70MHz 16MB

70MHz OMB
FAB 270-2549

70MHz 32MB

70MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-2928

~==~I I
POWER

CDROM

microSPARC II

J0201 00

AUDIO

I

I
I
04000000 - 05ffffff I
02000000 - 03ffffff I
00000000 - 01ffffff I

J0305

SIMM 4

RAS 4 08000000 - 09ffffff

J0304

SIMM 3

RAS 3 06000000 - 07ffffff

J0303

SIMM 2

RAS 2

D 23.33MH8

SBus Slot 1

I

I

J0302

SIMM 1

RAS 1

J0301

SIMM 0

RAS 0

0

FAN J1302
LED & SPKR J1601

IA~A27

D

IMACIO I
J1202 00
J1201 00

J0902
INTERNAL
DISK DRIVE

[QQ]o J1702

1 3

J1703~g

F1102§g

KBD
DIN8

J0603 Video SIMM Slot

gggg

gggg

J1002

J1104

SERIAL AI B
OB25

VIDEO
OB13W3

10BASE-T

I
8-BIT COLOR SUNW,TCX
744 x 1273 x 105MHz •
1000 x 1022 x 105MHz
1024 x 768 x 64MHz
1024 x 768 x 74MHz
1024 x 768 x 81MHz
1024 x 768 x 84M Hz
1024 x 800 x 81MHz
1024 x 800 x 92MHz
1024 x 800 x 94MHz
1024 x 1024 x 92MHz
1152 x 900 x 92MHz
1152 x 900 x 94MHz
1152 x 900 x 105MHz
1152 x 900 x 108MHz
1280 x 1024 x 117MHz t
1280 x1024 x 118MHz t
1280 x 1024 x 135MHz t
• Pixel frequency
tVSIMM required

WORKSTATION CPU-4

~

F1101

PARALLEL
0825

§g
F1201

HD50 SCSI

ETHERNET
0815

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2860

JUMPER

J0201
J1002
J1002
J1002
J1002
J1104
J1104
J1104
J1104
J1201
J1201
J1202
J1202
J1702
J1703
J1702
J1703
* Default

501-2861
501-2862
Jumper Settings
PINS SETTING

1-2
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3
Setting

Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
Out
In
In
In
In
In

501-3002

DESCRIPTION

Pin-1 =Gnd / Pin-2=POK
Test point rxda
Test point txda
Test point rxdb
Test point txdb
Test point tpe
Test point tpe<1 >
Test point tpe<2>
Test point tpe<3>
1= normal (default)
0= -4.5db
1=100 Ohm (default)
0=150 Ohm
RS-423 (default)
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 +12Vdc
RS-232 -12Vdc

Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94.
2. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable.
3. Serial Port B supports asynchronous operation only.
4. Sync on green produces a higher than normal green output level when
the tcx frame buffer is connected to the 16-inch Sony Mid-Range and
17-inch Nokia Entry-Level Color Monitors. Refer to BuglD 1218690.
5. OBP settings for the SS4 tcx frame buffer use the Pixel frequency instead
of Vertical frequency.
6. Use the OBP setenv command to change the frame buffer resolution:
ok setenv fcode-debug? true
ok reset
ok setenv output-device screen:r1152x900x94
ok setenv output-device screen:r1024x768x84
Reference: SPARCstation 4 Service Manual, 802-1529-10.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-5

9/18/00

CONFIGURATION

SPARCstation 4
SS4-85
501-2578

501-2549
85MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-2549

Netra ;400
501-2590

85MHz 16MB

501-2928

85MHz 32MB

85MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-2928-01

~~---'I~------------------~UI~IUr---~UI~

I

FLOPPY

I

RAS 4 08000000 - 09ffffff

POWER

RAS 1

RAS 0 00000000 - 01ffffff

J0201

00

SBus Slot 1

I

AUDIO

I

IAO"'= "

8

LED & SPKR J1601

I

25MH

MAGIO

[QQ]o J1702
1

3

1

3

0

D

I ~

00
00

J0902 ~
INTERNAL
DISK DRIVE

J0603 Video SIMM Slot

J1703 [QQ]o

F1102[ffi]

gggg

gggg

J1002

J1104

'---'

KBD
DIN8

J1202
J1201

PLCC
BOOT
PROM

I

U1605
NVRAM

I

FAN J1302

"'w, ISLAVIO I

I

I

I
I
02000000 - 03ffffff I

RAS 3 06000000 - 07ffffff
RAS 2 04000000 - 05ffffff

~

F1101

ffil

F1201

'-----'

SERIAL AI B
DB25

VIDEO
DB13W3

10BASE-T

I
8-BIT COLOR SUNW,TCX
744 x 1273 x 105MHz •
1000 x 1022 x 105MHz
1024 x 768 x 64MHz
1024 x 768 x 74MHz
1024 x 768 x 81MHz
1024 x 768 x 84MHz
1024 x 800 x 81MHz
1024 x 800 x 92MHz
1024 x 800 x 94MHz
1024 x 1024 x 92MHz
1152 x 900 x 92MHz
1152 x 900 x 94MHz
1152 x 900 x 105MHz
1152 x 900 x 108MHz
1280 x 1024 x 117MHz 11280 x 1024 x 118MHz 11280 x 1024 x 135MHz -I• Pixel frequency
tVSIMM required

WORKSTATION CPU-6

PARALLEL
DB25

HD50 SCSI

ETHERNET
DB15

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2549

501-2578
501-2590
Jumper Settings

JUMPER PINS SETTING

J0201
J1002
J1002
J1002
J1002
J1104
J1104
J1104
J1104
J1201
J1201
J1202
J1202
J1702
J1703
J1702
J1703

1-2
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3

Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
Out
In
In
In
In
In

501-2928

DESCRIPTION

Pin-1=Gnd / Pin-2=POK
Test pOint rxda
Test point txda
Test point rxdb
Test point txdb
Test pOint tpe
Test pOint tpe<1>
Test point tpe<2>
Test point tpe<3>
1= normal (default)
0= -4.5db
1=100 Ohm
0=150 Ohm
RS-423 (default)
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 +12Vdc
RS-232 -12Vdc

Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94.
2. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable.
3. Serial Port B supports asynchronous operation only.
4. Sync on green produces a higher than normal green output level when
the tcx frame buffer is connected to the 16-inch Sony Mid-Range and
17-inch Nokia Entry-Level Color Monitors. Refer to BuglD 1218690.
5. OBP settings for the SS4 tcx frame buffer use the Pixel frequency instead
of Vertical frequency.
6. Use the OBP setenv command to change the frame buffer resolution:
ok setenv fcode-debug? true
ok reset
ok setenv output-device screen:r1152x900x94
ok setenv output-device screen:r1024x768x84
Reference: SPARCstation 4 SeJVice Manual, 802-1529-10.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-7

9/18/00

CONFIGURATION

SPARCstation 4
Netraj4
501-3010

SS4-110 Netra i4
501-3008
501-3009
11 OMHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-2928-01

II
POWER

J0201

CDROM

110MHz 16MB

I

microSPARC II

D

00

110MHz 32MB

I
I
04000000 - 05fffff1 I
02000000 - 03ffffff I
00000000 - 01ffffff I

J0305

SIMM4

RAS4 08000000 - 09ffffff

J0304

SIMM3

RAS3 06000000 - 07ffffff

J0303

SIMM2

RAS2

J0302

SIMM 1

RAS 1

J0301

SIMMO

RASO

LED & SPKR J1601

SBus Slot 1

I

AUDIO

I

I

MACIO

J1202
J1201

lQ:Q]o J1702
1

3

1

KBD
DIN8

3

gggg

gggg

J1002

J1104

SERIALNB
DB25

D

I

00
00

J0902
INTERNAL
DISK DRIVE

J0603 Video SIMM Slot

J17031Q:Q]o

F1102[Eill

0

FAN J1302

VIDEO
DB13W3

10BASE-T

I
8-BIT COLOR SUNW,TCX
744 x 1273 x 105MHz •
1000 x 1022 x 105MHz
1024 x 768 x 64MHz
1024 x 768 x 74MHz
1024 x 768 x 81MHz
1024 x 768 x 84MHz
1024 x 800 x 81MHz
1024 x 800 x 92MHz
1024 x 800 x 94MHz
1024 x1024x 92MHz
1152 x 900 x 92MHz
1152 x 900 x 94MHz
1152 x 900 x 105MHz
1152 x 900 x 108MHz
1280 x1024x117MHz t
1280 x 1024 x 118MHz t
1280 x 1024 x 135MHz t
• Pixel frequency
WSIMM required

WORKSTATION CPU-8

~

F1101

PARALLEL
DB25

§Q]
F1201

HD50 SCSI

ETHERNET
DB15

Field Engineer Handbook

}/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-3008

501-3009
Jumper Settings

JUMPER PINS SETTING

J0201
J1002
J1002
J1002
J1002
J1104
J1104
J1104
J1104
J1201
J1201
J1202
J1202
J1702
J1703
J1702
J1703

1-2
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3

Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
Out
In
In
In
In
In

501-3010

DESCRIPTION

Pin-1 =Gnd / Pin-2=POK
Test point rxda
Test point txda
Test point rxdb
Test point txdb
Test point tpe
Test point tpe<1>
Test point tpe<2>
Test point tpe<3>
1= normal (default)
0= -4.5db
1=1 00 Ohm (default)
0=150 Ohm
RS-423 (default)
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 +12Vdc
RS-232 -12Vdc

Notes
1. The minimum as is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94.
2. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable.
3. Serial Port B supports asynchronous operation only.
4. Sync on green produces a higher than normal green output level when
the tcx frame buffer is connected to the 16-inch Sony Mid-Range and
17-inch Nokia Entry-Level Color Monitors. Refer to BuglD 1218690.
5. OBP settings for the SS4 tcx frame buffer use the Pixel frequency instead
of Vertical frequency.
6. Use the OBP setenv command to change the frame buffer resolution:
ok setenv fcode-debug? true
ok reset
ok setenv output-device screen: r1152x900x94
ok setenv output-device screen:r1024x768x84
Reference: SPARCstation 4 Service Manual, 802-1529-10.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-9

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCstation 4
SS4-110 Netra i4
501-3109
501-3111
11 OMHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-2928-02
W Standoff 240-2196

II

11 OMHz 32MB

I

CDROM

microSPARC II

J0201

00

Netra j4
501-3134

D

11 OMHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-2928-02
W Standoff 240-2308

I
I
04000000 - 05ffffff I
02000000 - 03ffffff I

J0305

SIMM4

RAS4 08000000 - 09ffffff

J0304

SIMM3

RAS3 06000000 - 07ffffff

J0303

SIMM2

RAS2

J0302

SIMM 1

RAS 1

J0301

SIMMO

RASO 00000000 - 01ffffff

LED & SPKR J1601

SBus Slot 1

I

AUDIO

I

I

MACID

J1202
J1201

l£Q]o J1702
1 3 J1703~g
F1102~

gggg
J1002

I

I

BT458
1

I

0

FAN J1302

I

00
00

J0902
INTERNAL
DISK DRIVE

J0603 Video SIMM Slot

gggg

~

F1101

J1104

3

D

~
F1201

J0501 l£Q]o

KBD
DIN8

SERIAL AlB
DB25

VIDEO
DB13W3

10BASE-T

I
8-BIT COLOR SUNW,TCX
744 x 1273 x 105MHz •
1000 x 1022 x 105MHz
1024 x 768 x 64MHz
1024 x 768 x 74MHz
1024 x 768 x 81MHz
1024 x 768 x 84MHz
1024 x 800 x 81MHz
1024 x 800 x 92MHz
1024 x 800 x 94MHz
1024 x 1024 x 92MHz
1152 x 900 x 92MHz
1152 x 900 x 94MHz
1152 x 900 x 105MHz
1152 x 900 x108MHz
1280 x 1024 x117MHz t
1280 x 1024 x 118MHz t
1280 x 1024 x 135MHz t
* Pixel frequency
tVSIMM required

WORKSTATION CPU-10

PARALLEL
DB25

HD50 SCSI

ETHERNET
DB15

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-3109

501-3111
Jumper Settings

JUMPER PINS SETTING

J0201
J0501
J0501
J1002
J1002
J1002
J1002
J1104
J1104
J1104
J1104
J1201
J1201
J1202
J1202
J1702
J1703
J1702
J1703

1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3

Out
In*
In
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
Out
In
In
In
In
In

501-3134

DESCRIPTION

Pin-1=Gnd / Pin-2=POK
Disable sync on green
Enable sync on green
Test point rxda
Test point txda
Test point rxdb
Test point txdb
Test point tpe
Test point tpe<1>
Test point tpe<2>
Test point tpe<3>
1= normal (default)
0= -4.5db
1=1 00 Ohm (default)
0=150 Ohm
RS-423 (default)
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 + 12Vdc
RS-232 -12Vdc

Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94.
2. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable.
3. Serial Port B supports asynchronous operation only.
4. Sync on green produces a higher than normal green output level when
the tcx frame buffer is connected to the 16-inch Sony Mid-Range and
17-inch Nokia Entry-Level Color Monitors. Refer to BuglD 1218690.
5. OBP settings for the SS4 tcx frame buffer use the Pixel frequency instead
of Vertical frequency.
6. Use the OBP setenv command to change the frame buffer resolution:
ok setenv fcode-debug? true
ok reset
ok setenv output-device screen:r1152x900x94
ok setenv output-device screen:r1024x768x84
Reference: SPARCstation 4 Service Manual, 802-1529-10.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-11

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCstation 5
SS5-70 Netra i5
501-2472

501-2286
70MHz OMB FRU
2.3/2.5 microSPARC II

70MHz 16MB
2.3/2.5 microSPARC

501-2798

501-2802

70MHz OMB FRU
microSPARC II •

70MHz 16MB
microSPARC II

II

501-2508
70MHz 32MB
2.3/2.5 microSPARC

II

501-2811
70MHz 32MB
microSPARC II

•

•

FAB 270-2286-04

IJ0105 035.000MHz

FLOPPY

J0403

SIMM7

RAS 7 OeOOOOOO - Offfffff

J0402

SIMM6

RAS6 OcOOOOOO - Odffffff

microSPARC II

J0401

SIMM5

RAS5 OaOOOOOO - Obffffff

[OJ

J0400

SIMM4

RAS4 08000000 - 09ffffff

J0303

SIMM3

RAS3 06000000 - 07f!ffff

J0302

SIMM2

RAS2 04000000 - 05tffff!

J0301

SIMM 1

RAS 1 02000000 - 03tffftt

J0300

SIMMO

RASO 00000000 - 01 ffffff

I g[£] J0106

SCSI

I

POWER
J190600
JTAG

0

J0104

~ J0103

SBus Slot 1
AO-A27 23.33MHz SBus

I I

AFX Bus
SBus Slot 3

SBus Slot 2

00 J1902
00
J1905

G

B

J1500
LED & SPKR

o

J1900 00

J0600
CDROM

o

ICODECI

~

J1901 00

F1100
J1101

IPTC I F1001
00 J1904
HD50 SCSI

00
J1005
0000
1 0000

10BASE-T
HD26 PARALLEL
HD26 AUI

J1604
00

gg

001

SERIAL B
DB25

J1603/J1602
~1
3
PTC

gg

I I F1000

SERIAL A
DB25

KBD
DIN8

IIII

OUT IN MIC

HEADPHONE

* The chronological revision is 3.2, 3.3, 4.0.2, 2.6, and 2.6.2

WORKSTATION CPU-12

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-2286
501-2798

501-2508
501-2811

501-2472
501-2802
Jumper Settings

Jumpers J01 03 and J01 04 set the microSPARC II memory
controller wait states. Wait states are used to maintain the
memory timing requirements of 60ns DRAM.
DESCRIPTION

JUMPER PINS SETTING

J0103
J0104
J0103
J0104

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2

J0103
J0104
J0103

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2

J0104

In'
In'
Out
In
In
Out
Out
Out

spd_sekD> ::=
spd_sek1> ::=
spd_sekO> ::=
spd_sek1> ::=
spd_sekO> ::=
spd_sek1> ::=
spd_sekO> ::=

0
0
0
1
1
0
1

70MHz
70MHz
85MHz
85MHz
100MHz
100MHz
125MHz

spd_sek1> ::= 1 125MHz

, Default setting for the 70MHz CPU

Jumpers J01 05 and J01 06 set the divide control bits used
by the microSPARC II. Set the 70MHz microSPARC II to
divide by three to obtain an SBus speed of 23.33MHz.
JUMPER PINS SETTING

Out'
In'
In

J0106
J0105

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2

J0106

1-2

Out

J0105
J0106
J0105
J0106
J0105

In
In

Out
Out

DESCRIPTION

div_ctl <0>::= 0 /2
div_ctl <1>::= 0 /2
div_ctl
div_ctl
div_ctl
div_ctl
div_ctl

<0> ::=
<1> ::=
<0>::=
<1>::=
<0> ::=

1
0
0
1
1

/3
/3
/4
/4
/5
div ctl <1> ::= 1 /5

, Default setting for the 70MHz CPU

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-13

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCstation 5
501-2508
501-2286
501-2472
501-2802
501-2811
501-2798
Jumper Settings - Continued
JUMPER

J0100
J1101
J1101
J1102
J1102
J100S
J100S
J100S
J100S
J1602
J1603
J1602
J1603
J1604
J1604
J1604
J1604
J1900
J1901
J1902
J1903
J1904
J190S
J1906

PINS SETTING

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
3-4
S-6
7-8
1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3
1-2
3-4
S-6
7-8

Out
Out
In
Out
In
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

DESCRIPTION

Pin-1=Gnd I Pin-2=POK
1= normal (default)
0= -4.Sdb
1=1 00 Ohm (default)
0=1S0 Ohm
Test point tpe
Test point tpe<1 >
Test point tpe<2>
Test point tpe<3>
RS-423 (default)
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-232 +12Vdc
Test point rxda
Test point txda
Test point rxdb
Test point txdb
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point

Notes
1. The minimum
is Solaris 1.1.1 Version 8 or Solaris 2.3 Edition II.
2. SSS audio requires the Solaris 1.1.1 Version 8 ms2 patch.
3. Install the highest capacity SIMM in Slot 0 under Solaris 1.x.
4. Use the MFAR value to determine the address of a failing SIMM.
S. The PLCC 800t PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable.
6. Serial Ports A and 8 support synchronous operation.

as

Reference: SPARCstation 5 Service Manual, 801-6396-10.

WORKSTATION CPU-14

Field Engineer Handbook

3/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SPARCstation 5
SS5-85 Netra i5 Netra 55
501-2572
501-2574
85MHz OMB FRU
85MHz 32MB
2.3/2.5 microSPARC II 2.3/2.5 microSPARC II

501-2799

501-2803

85MHz OMB FRU
3.x microSPARC II

85MHz 32MB
3.x microSPARC II

FAB 270-2286-04

0

I

42.500MHz

RAS 7 OeOOOOOO - Offffflf
~J~0=40~3~S:::IM~M=:=:=7~~:==~~~~~

'J==F=LO=P=P=y::::;.....I., J01 05
SCSI
J0106

I [g]g

::::=P=~1=:0=E~=0=0:,To;'roSPARC "I
JTAG

o

J0104

[g]g

S_B_U_S_S_lo_t_1__~1

L -_ _

J0402

SIMM6

RAS 6 OcOOOOOO - Odffffff

J0401

SIMM5

RAS 5 OaOOOOOO - Obffffff

J0400

SIMM4

RAS4 08000000 - 09ffffff

J0303

SIMM3

RAS 3 06000000 - 07ffffff

J0302

SIMM2

RAS2 04000000 - 05ffffff

J0301

SIMM 1

RAS 1 02000000 - 03ffffff

J0300

SIMMO

RAS 0 00000000 - 01 ffffff

J0103

AFX Bus
S_B_U_S_S_lo_t_2__~

SBus Slot 3

L I_ _ _

AO-A27 21.25MHz SBus
J1500
LED & SPKR

00 J1902
00
J1905

D

00 J1102
00 J1903
J0100 00

~

o

I ,~"o I

PLCC
BOOT
PROM
U1500

J0600
CDROM
ICODECI

J1901 00

F1100
J1101

IPTC I F1001

00

J1604

J1005
0000
0000
1

00 J1904
HD50 SCSI

J1900 00

10BASE-T
HD26 PARALLEL

00

gg

001

SERIAL B
BD25

HD26AUI

r=
gg

o

J1603/J1602
1

3

IPTC I F1000

SERIAL A
DB25
HEADPHONE

Power: OMB Board
4.0 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.4 Amps @ +12Vdc
0.1 Amps @ -12Vdc
8.0 Watts

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-15

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCstation 5
SS5-85 Netra i5 Netra 85
501-2815
501-2816
85MHz OMB FRU
microSPARC II *

85MHz 32MB
microSPARC II *

FAB 270-2286-07

I

0

42.500MHz

,-;::::=F=LO=P=P=Y::::;-,., J0105
~o J0106
SCSI
I 00
POWER
J190600
JTAG

o

1[Oj
J0104

RAS7 OeOOOOOO - Offffffl
:=J=0=40=3=S=IM=M=7=============:
J0402 SIMM6 RAS6 OcOOOOOO - Odffflff
J0401

SIMM5

RAS5 OaOOOOOO - Obllffff

J0400

SIMM4

RAS4 08000000 - 091lffff

J0303

SIMM3

RAS3 06000000 - 071lffll

J0302

SIMM2

RAS2 04000000 - 051lffll

J0301

SIMM1

RAS 1 02000000 - 031fffff

J0300

SIMMO

RASO 00000000 - 01 Ifflff

~o
00 J0103

S_B_U_S_S_lo_t_1__~1

L -_ _

1~

AFX Bus

__S_B_u_s_S_lo_t_2__~

SBus Slot 3

AD-A27 21.25MHz SBus
J1500
LED & SPKR

00 J1902

o

00
J1905

J1900 00

J0600
COROM

~

J1101
I PTC I F1001
00 J1904
H050 SCSI

o

J1901 00

F1100

00
J1005
0000
0000
1

I

10BASE-T
H026 PARALLEL

J1604
00

gg
001

SERIAL B
OB25

H026AUI

J1603/J1602

~1

gg

3

IPTCI F1000

SERIAL A
OB25
HEADPHONE

* The chronological revision of microSPARC II is 2.6 and 2.6.2.

Power: OMB Board
4.0 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.4 Amps @ +12Vdc
0.1 Amps @ -12Vdc
8.0 Watts

WORKSTATION CPU-16

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2572
501-2803

501-2574
501-2815
Jumper Settings

501-2799
501-2816

Jumpers J0103 and J0104 set the microSPARC II memory
controller wait states. Wait states are used to maintain the
memory timing requirements of 60ns DRAM.
JUMPER PINS SETTING

J0103
J0104
J0103
J0104
J0103
J0104
J0103
J0104

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2

In
In
Out*
In*
In
Out
Out
Out

DESCRIPTION

spd_sekO> = 0
spd_sek1> = 0
spd_sekO> = 0
spd_sek1> = 1
spd_sekO> = 1
spd_sek1> = 0
spd_sekO> = 1
spd_sek1> = 1

70MHz
70MHz
8SMHz
8SMHz
100MHz
100MHz
12SMHz
12SMHz

* Default setting for the 8SMHz CPU

Jumpers J01 OS and J01 06 set the divide control bits used
by the microSPARC II. Set the 8SMHz microSPARC II to
divide by four to obtain an SBus speed of 21.2SMHz.
JUMPER PINS SETTING

J010S
J0106
J010S
J0106
J010S
J0106
J010S
J0106

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2

In
In
Out
In
In*
Out*
Out
Out

DESCRIPTION

div_ctl <0> = 0
div_ctl <1> = 0
div_ctl <0> = 1
div_ctl <1> = 0
div_ctl <0> = 0
div_ctl <1> = 1
div_ctl <0> = 1
div_ctl <1> = 1

/2
/2
/3
/3
/4
/4
/S
/S

* Default setting for the 8SMHz CPU

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-17

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCstation 5
501-2572
501-2574
501-2799
501-2815
501-2816
501-2803
Jumper Settings - Continued
JUMPER PINS SETTING

J0100
J1101
J1101
J1102
J1102
J100S
J100S
J100S
J100S
J1602
J1603
J1602
J1603
J1604
J1604
J1604
J1604
J1900
J1901
J1902
J1903
J1904
J190S
J1906

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
3-4
S-6
7-8
1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3
1-2
3-4
S-6
7-8

Out
Out
In
Out
In
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

DESCRIPTION

Pin-1 :::Gnd I Pin-2:::POK
1::: normal (default)
0::: -4.Sdb
1:::100 Ohm (default)
0:::1 SO Ohm
Test point tpe
Test point tpe<1>
Test point tpe<2>
Test point tpe<3>
RS-423 (default)
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-232 + 12Vdc
Test point rxda
Test point txda
Test point rxdb
Test point txdb
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point

Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version 8 or Solaris 2.3 Edition II.
2. SSS audio requires the Solaris 1.1.1 Version 8 ms2 patch.
3. Install the highest capacity SIMM in Slot 0 under Solaris 1.x.
4. Use the MFAR value to determine the address of a failing SIMM.
S. The PLCC 800t PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable.
6. Serial Ports A and 8 support synchronous operation.
Reference: SPARCstation 5 Service Manual, 801-6396-10.

WORKSTATION CPU-18

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

3/18/00

SPARCstation 5
SS5-110

Netra i500 Netra i525
501-2779

11 OMHz OMB FRU

110MHz 32MB

microSPARC II

microSPARC II

I

FLOPPY

Netra i5
501-2778

FAB 270-2286-07

D

55.000MHz

J0105

00 J0106
00

SCSI
POWER
J190600

JTAG

J0403

SIMM7

RAS 7 OeOOOOOO - Offfffff

J0402

SIMM6

RAS6 OcOOOOOO - Odfff111

microSPARC II

J0401

SIMM 5

RAS5 OaOOOOOO - Obllllll

OJ

J0400

SIMM4

RAS4 08000000 - 09111111

J0303

SIMM3

RAS3 06000000 - 07111111

J0302

SIMM2

RAS2 04000000 - 05"""

J0301

SIMM 1

RAS 1 02000000 - 031111"

0
B B G
J0104

g~

SBus Slot 1

AO-A27 22.0MHz SBus

SIMMO

J0300

RASO 00000000 - 011111"

J0103

II

SBus Slot 2

AFX Bus

SBus Slot 3
J1500
LED & SPKR

00 J1902

o

J1905
00

MACIO

00

J1900 00

I

CODEC

PTC

J110100
J1005
0000
1 0000

F1001
00 J1904

HD50 SCSI

J0600
CDROM

J190100

F1100

I I

I

10BASE-T

HD26 PARALLEL

J1604
00

gg

001

SERIAL B
DB25

HD26AUI .

o

J1603/J1602

~1

gg

3

I I
PTC

F1000

SERIAL A
DB25
HEADPHONE

Power: OMB Board
4.0 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.4 Amps @ +12Vdc
0.1 Amps @ -12Vdc
8.0 Watts

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-19

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCstation 5
501-2778
501-2779
Jumper Settings
Jumpers J01 03 and J0104 set the microSPARC II memory
controller wait states. Wait states are used to maintain the
memory timing requirements of 60ns DRAM.
JUMPER PINS SETTING

J0103
J0104
J0103
J0104
J0103
J0104
J0103
J0104

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2

In
In
Out
In
In*
Out*
Out
Out

DESCRIPTION

spd_sekO> = 0
spd_sek1> = 0
spd_sekO> = 0
spd_sek1> = 1
spd_sekO> = 1
spd_sek1> = 0
spd_sekO> = 1
spd_sek1> = 1

70MHz
70MHz
85MHz
85MHz
110MHz
110MHz
125MHz
125MHz

* Default setting for the 11 OM Hz CPU

Jumpers J01 05 and J01 06 set the divide control bits used
by the microSPARC II. Set the 11 OMHz microSPARC II to
divide by five to obtain an SBus speed of 22.00MHz.
JUMPER PINS SETTING

J0105
J0106
J0105
J0106
J0105
J0106
J0105
J0106

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2

In
In
Out
In
In
Out
Out*
Out*

DESCRIPTION

div_ctl <0> = 0
div_ctl <1> = 0
div_ctl <0> = 1
div_ctl <1> = 0
div_ctl <0> = 0
div_ctl <1> = 1
div_ctl <0> = 1
div_ctl <1> = 1

/2
/2
/3
/3
/4
/4
/5
/5

* Default setting for the 110MHz CPU

WORKSTATION CPU-20

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

m8/00

SPARCstation 5
501-2778
501-2779
Jumper Settings - Continued
JUMPER

J0100
J1101
J1101
J1102
J1102
J100S
J100S
J100S
J100S
J1602
J1603
J1602
J1603
J1604
J1604
J1604
J1604
J1900
J1901
J1902
J1903
J1904
J190S
J1906

PINS SETTING

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
3-4
S-6
7-8
1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3
1-2
3-4
S-6
7-8
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Out
Out
In
Out
In
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

DESCRIPTION

Pin-1 =Gnd I Pin-2=POK
1= normal (default)
0= -4.Sdb
1=1 00 Ohm (default)
0=1S0 Ohm
Test point tpe
Test point tpe<1>
Test point tpe<2>
Test point tpe<3>
RS-423 (default)
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-232 +12Vdc
Test point rxda
Test point txda
Test point rxdb
Test point txdb
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point

Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B or Solaris 2.3 Edition II.
2. SSS audio requires the Solaris 1.1.1 Version B ms2 patch.
3. Install the highest capacity SIMM in Slot 0 under Solaris 1.x.
4. Use the MFAR value to determine the address of a failing SIMM.
S. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable.
6. Serial Ports A and B support synchronous operation.
Reference: SPARCstation 5 Service Manual, 801-6396-10.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-21

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCstation 5
SS5-170 Netra i 5 Netra j 5/170
501-3059
501-3103
170MHz OMB FRU
TurboSPARC II

170MHz 32MB
TurboSPARC II

FAB 270-3059-04
FLOPPY

J0403

SIMM7

RAS 7 OeOOOOOO - Offfffff

J0402

SIMM6

RAS6 OcOOOOOO - Odffffff

TurboSPARC

J0401

SIMM5

RAS5 OaOOOOOO - Obffffff

OJ

J0400

SIMM4

RAS4 08000000 - 09ffffff

J0303

SIMM3

RAS3 06000000 - 07ffffff

J0302

SIMM2

RAS2 04000000 - 05ffffff

J0301

SIMM 1

RAS 1 02000000 - 03ffffff

J0300

SIMMO

RASO 00000000 - 01ffffff

DC-DC CONVERTER

SCSI

I

POWER

J1305
FAN POWER

o

AFX Bus

LI_-=S_B-:..-US:....S:....lo:....t-=1_---11

LI_-=S_B_us_S_lo_t_2_--.J

gO
L:J gEJ

SBus Slot 3

AO-A27 21.25MHz SBus

~

J19~~

J100

J1906

J1500
LED & SPKR

00 J1902

o

SLAVIO

ICODECI

IPl
l!J
F10011 PTe

J110200

nBOOT

J190300

J1908000~~~~O~

S~~;;J.I~J1907
F1100

I 00 J1904

HD50 SCSI

J190000

I

J0600
CDROM

I

NVRAM
J190100
U1506
.
J110100
J1604 J1603/J1602
00
roiOl1
J1005
00
l.QIQJ~
0000
00 3 ~ F1000
00
0000
1
001

10BASE-T
HD26 PARALLEL
HD26 AUI

WORKSTATION CPU-22

SERIAL B
DB25

o

SERIAL A
DB25
HEADPHONE

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-3103
501-3059
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

J0100
J1101
J1101
J1102
J1102
J1005
J1005
J1005
J1005
J1602
J1603
J1602
J1603
J1604
J1604
J1604
J1604
J1900
J1901
J1902
J1903
J1904
J1905
J1906
J1908

PINS SETTING

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8

Out
Out
In
Out
In
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

DESCRIPTION

Pin-1 =Gnd 1 Pin-2=POK
1= normal (default)
0= -4.5db
1=1 00 Ohm (default)
0=150 Ohm
Test point tpe
Test point tpe<1 >
Test point tpe<2>
Test point tpe<3>
RS-423 (default)
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-232 + 12Vdc
Test point rxda
Test point txda
Test point rxdb
Test point txdb
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
ROMBO selection

Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B or Solaris 2.3 Edition II.
2. SS5 audio requires the Solaris 1.1.1 Version B ms2 patch.
3. SS5 S24 configurations require Solaris 2.3 Hardware: 8/94.
4. Install the highest capacity SIMM in Slot 0 under Solaris 1.x.
5. Use the MFAR value to determine the address of a failing SIMM.
6. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable.
7. Serial Ports A and B support synchronous operation.
Reference: SPARCstation 5 Service Manual, 801-6396-10.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-23

9/18/00

CONFIGURATION

SPARCstation 20
SS20 Netra i20
501-2324
OMB FRU
w/o MBus Module
MSBI Version 0 - 3

Netra s20 Netra i600 Netra i625
501-2961
501-2924
OMB FRU
w/o MBus Module
MSBI Version 3

OMB FRU
w/o MBus Module
MSBI Version 3

FAB 270-2324-02

*

t

J0201

SIMMO

SIMM 0

00000000 - 03ffffff

J0202

SIMM1

SIMM 2

08000000 - Obffffff

J0203

SIMM2

SIMM 5

14000000 - 17ffffff

J0301

SIMM3

SIMM 3

OcOOOOOO - Offfffff

J0302

SIMM4

SIMM6

18000000 - 1bffffff

J0303

SIMM 5

SIMM 1

04000000 - 07ffffff

I J0407 VSIMM 0

J0304

SIMM6

SIMM 7

1cOOOOOO - 1fffffff

I J0406 VSIMM 1

J030S

SIMM7

SIMM4

10000000 - 13ffffff

SCSI

SMC

POWER

Bottom Side

IPTCI
F1502

IPTCI
F1503

IPTCI
F150l

~___M_B_U_S_1__~1 ~I____S_B_us__
1 __~

SBus 3

~1 ~I~~S~B~US~O~~~

SBus 2

L -___
M_B_U_S_o__

I

AO-A27 20/25MHz SBus

:

MSBI

:

Bottom Side

BB Eloo,
LED&SPKRD

00 J160l

AUXVIDEO I

o J1602

o

3

00 J1604

1

1:£:Q]0

J140l
1

3

J0805 0 0 1:£:Q]0 J0801
J0806 0 0 1:£:Q]0 J0802

VSIMM 0
DB13W3

SERIALA& B
DB25

F0501
IPTCI
IPTCI

J1703 - J1707

FOSOl

00000
00000

HD50 SCSI
DINS
PARALLEL HD26
AUI

HEADPHONE

* This installation sequence does not match the bank order.

* SS20 Service Manual, 801-6189-11 .

t This installation sequence matches the bank order.
t SS20 DSIMM Installation, 801-6185-11.
t SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10.

Notes
1. Part number 501-2924 is a new board with MSBI Version 3.
2. Part number 501-2961 is a repaired 501-2324 with MSBI Version 3.

WORKSTATION CPU-24

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-2924
501-2961
501-2324
FAB 270-2324-02 Jumper Settings
When Pins 1-2 on J 1401 are jumpered, the MBus speed is
set to 40MHz.
When Pins 2-3 on J1401 are jumpered, the MBus speed is
selected by the module installed in MBus O. The MBus speed
of the SM50 is 50MHz. The MBus speed of the SM51 is
40MHz. The MBus speed of the SM61 is 50MHz.
JUMPER PINS SETTING

J0801
J0802
J0801
J0802
J0805
J0806
J0805
J0806
J1401
J1401
J1601
J1602
J1603
J1703
J1704
J1705
J1706
J1707

1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2

In
In
In*
In*
Out*
Out*
Int
Int
In
In*

N/A
N/A
N/A
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out

DESCRIPTION

RS-232 +12Vdc
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-423
RS-423
Port B asynchronous
Port B asynchronous
Port B synchronous
Port B synchronous
40MHz MBus
40/50MHz MBus
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Test point tpe<3>
Test point tpe<2>
Test point tpe<1 >
Test point tpe
Test point edgeon

* Default setting
t Requires an adapter that is not available from Sun

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-25

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCstation 20
SS20 Netra i20
501-2324

Netra 820 Netra i600 Netra i625
501-2924
501-2961
OMS FRU
w/o MSus Module
MSSI Version 3

OMS FRU
w/o MSus Module
MSSI Version 0 - 3

OMS FRU
w/o MSus Module
MSSI Version 3

FAB 270-2324-03

*

t

J0201

SIMM 0

SIMMO

00000000 - 03ffllff

J0202

SIMM1

SIMM2

08000000 - Obffffff

J0203

SIMM 2

SIMMS

14000000 - 17fffllf

. - - -- - - - - - - _.

J0301

SIMM3

SlMM3

OeOOOOOO - Offfllff

Bottom Side

J0302

SIMM4

SIMM6

18000000 - 1bfffllf

J0303

SIMM S SIMM 1

04000000 - 07ffffff

J0407 VSIMM 0

J0304

SIMM6

SIMM7

1eOOOOOO - 1fffllff

J0406 VSIMM 1

J030S

SlMM7

SIMM4

10000000 - 13ffffff

SMC

00 J1603
I PTcl

IPTCI

F1502

F1503

IPTCI
F1501

I I
I I

MSus Slot 1
MSus Slot

0

SSUS Slot 1

SSus Slot

3

0

SSus Slot

2

SSus Slot

AO-A27 20/25MHz SBus

:

MSBI

:

Bottom Side

B

I

MACIO

I

EJ

3

1

3

J0805 00 1:2:£10 J0801

00
3 4

VSIMM 0
DB13W3

I

00 J1604

1

1:2:£10 J1401
1 2

J1001

LED &SPKRD

00 J1601

AUXVIDEO

J1602
00

I

1:2:£1 0 J0802

F0501
IPTCI
IPTCI
F0801

J1703 - J1707

00000
00000
HD50SCSI

SERIAL A & B
DB25
PARALLEL
AUI

HD26

HEADPHONE

* This installation sequence does not match the bank order_
* SS20 Service Manual, 801-6189-11_
t This installation sequence matches the bank order_

t SS20 DSIMM Installation, 801-6185-11_
t SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10_
Notes
1_ Part number 501-2924 is a new board with MSBI Version 3_
2_ Part number 501-2961 is a repaired 501-2324 with MSBI Version 3_

WORKSTATION CPU-26

Field Engineer Handbook

ms/oo

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2324
501-2924
501-2961
FAB 270-2324-03 Jumper Settings
FAB 270-2324-04 Jumper Settings
When Pins 1-2 on J1401 are jumpered, the MBus speed is
set to 40MHz.
When Pins 2-3 on J1401 are jumpered, the MBus speed is
selected by the module installed in MBus o. The MBus speed
of the SM50 is 50MHz. The MBus speed of the SM51 is
40MHz. The MBus speed of the SM61 is 50MHz.
JUMPER PINS SETTING

J0801
J0802
J0801
J0802
J0805
J0805
J0805
J0805
J1401
J1401
J1601
J1602
J1603
J1703
J1704
J1705
J1706
J1707

1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3
1-2
3-4
1-2
3-4
1-2
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2

In
In
In*
In*
Out*
Out*
Int
Int
In
In*

N/A
N/A
N/A
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out

DESCRIPTION

RS-232 +12Vdc
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-423
RS-423
Port B asynchronous
Port B asynchronous
Port B synchronous
Port B synchronous
40MHz MBus
40/50MHz MBus
Ground test point
Ground test point
Ground test point
Test point tpe<3>
Test point tpe<2>
Test point tpe<1 >
Test point tpe
Test point edgeon

* Default setting
t Requires an adapter that is not available from Sun

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-27

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCstation 20

System Board Backpanel and Connectors
MBus Slot 1

SBus Slot 1

~ ~

MBus Slot 0

SBus Slot 0

~ ~ SBus Slot 2 ~
L--_--;::::====_.,

SBus Slot 3

~

\'----'
Screw 240-2076
Washer 340-2860

HD26

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3 or Solaris 1.1.1 Revision B.
2. Use SIMMs 501-2479 (16MB), 501-2622 (32MB), and 501-2480 (64MB).
3. Install Solaris 2.3 Patch 2101318-34 when:
One 32MB SIMM is mixed with seven 16 or 64MB SIMMs
Two 32MB SIMMs are mixed with five or more 16 or 64MB SIMMs
Three 32MB SIMMs are mixed with three or more 16 or 64MB SIMMs
Four 32MB SIMMs are mixed with one or more 16, 32, or 64MB SIMMs.
4. Use the sxeonfig (1 M) command to configure contiguous memory.
5. Do NOT mix SPARC modules of different types or speeds.
6. The 100MHz and 125MHz hyperSPARC Modules require OBP 2.19.
7. SuperSPARC II Modules require Boot PROM 2.22.
8. The 150MHz hyperSPARC Module requires OBP 2.25.
ZX and TurboZX Notes
1. Poor performance may occur when running XGL applications with the
ZX and TurboZX frame buffers on system boards with MSBI Versions 0,
1, and 2. Refer to BuglD 1173967 and FCO A0073.
2. Use the .attributes OBP command or the prteonf -vp Unix command
to determine the MSBI Version:
oked/iommu
ok .version
Implementation: 00000001
Version: 00000000 or 00000001 or 00000002 or 00000003
References
1. SPARCstation 20 Service Manual, 801-6189-10.
2. SS20 DSIMM Installation, 801-6185-11.
3. SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10.

WORKSTATION CPU-28

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

This page intentionally left blank.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-29

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 1 Model 140
A 11-140 Netra i 1/140 Netra j 1/145
501-2836
501-2854
501-2855
501-2994
143MHz OMB FRU

143MHz 32MB

143MHz 128MB

143MHz 64MB

INTERNAL PERIPHERAL
FAB 270-2836-02
n

J2604

[Q]

UltraSPARC

8

I

~ ~8
[OJ

Fan 540-2761

[OJ 0
I

II

Power
U0604

Bank3H

Byte16-31

Bits 128 - 255

30000000 -3fffffff

U0704

Bank3L

ByteOO-15

Bits 000 - 127

30000000 -3fffffff

U0603

Bank2H

Byte16-31

Bits 128 - 255

I
I
20000000 -2fffffff I

U0703

Bank2L

ByteOO-15

Bits 000 - 127

20000000 -2fffffff

U0602

Bank1H

Byte16-31

Bits 128 - 255

10000000 -1 fffffff

I
I

U0702

Bank lL

ByteOO-15

BitsOOO-127

10000000 -lfffffff

I

U0601

BankOH

Byte16-31

Bits 128 - 255

00000000 -Offfffff

U0701

BankOL

ByteOO-15

Bits 000 - 127

00000000 -Offfffff

SBus Slot 1

J0101 Fan Power

SBus Slot 2

I
I

I

SBus Slota
J14070 '
J14060 '

I SCUP I

J14050 '

1

oI:lloo~'_I",,",e,D~;;~~~:1
I
I
1

I

J2001
LED & SPKR

MAcro

IJ2202

=

F2101 § j

o

DJ2103

J2002
NVRAM
~~
J2204 J2003 U2006

I

J2102

I

D

J1104

SERIAL AlB
Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU

F2501§j

PARALLEL
DB25

KBD
DIN8

ETHERNET
DB15

10BASE-T
ETHERNET

HD50 SCSI

AUDIO

Backpanel and Connectors
Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860
\

SERIALA

7

~

SBus Slot 1

7

~

SBus Slota

DB25
\

SERIAL B

HEADPHONE

WORKSTATION CPU-30

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2836

501-2854
501-2855
FAB 270-2836-02 Jumper Settings

JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

J1101
J1101
J1102
J1102
J1405
J1406
J1407
J2002
J2002
J2003
J2003
J2102
J2104
J2104
J2105
J2105
J2201
J2201
J2204
J2204
J1104
J2103
J2202
J2203

1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-24
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-8
1-8
1-8
1-8

Out
N/A
Out
N/A
-

In
In
In
In
Out
In
In
In
In
Out
Out
In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out

501-2994

DESCRIPTION

Pins 2-3 are hardwired
Pins 2-3 are hardwired
Pre-FCS speed selection
Pre-FCS speed selection
Pre-FCS speed selection
Select FPROM (default)
Select RaMBO
FPROM write protect (default)
FPROM write enable
Serial port connector
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 +12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
Button XIR
Button paR
FPROM high half booting
FPROM low half booting (default)
Ethernet edge test
Serial port edge test
RaMBO connector
JTAG connector

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.
2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board.
3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
4. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and
Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997.
References
1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825.
2. Sun Ultra 1 Series Service Manual, 802-3819.
3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-31

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 1 Model 140
501-2836

A11-140 Netra i 1/140 Netraj 1/145
501-2854
501-2855
501-2994

143MHz OMB FRU

143MHz 32MB

143MHz64MB

143MHz 128MB

INTERNAL PERIPHERAL
FAB 270-2836-06

II
Byte16-31

Bits 128 - 255

ByteOO-15

Bits 000 - 127

Byte 16-31

Bits 128 - 255

ByteOO-15

Bits 000 - 127

Byte 16-31

Bits 128 - 255

ByteOO-15

Bits 000 - 127

Byte16-31

Bits 128 - 255

ByteOO-15

Bits 000 - 127

I
I
20000000 -2fffffff I
20000000 -2fffffff I
10000000 -1 fffffff I
10000000 -1fffffff I
00000000 -Offfffff I
00000000 -Offfffff I
30000000 -3fffffff

30000000 3fffffff

SBus SIol1

I

I

SBus Sial 2

B
RiSe

I

I

SBus Sial 0

1

BOOT PROM J2201 =
I

F2101~

~J2002

0

D

1
DJ2103
J2104=
1
J1101D,
=J2105 J1102D
J2203
1
IJ2202

I NVRAM I

~~.
J2204 J2003 U2006

J2102

.

o

J1104

J2001
LED/SPKR

EJ

I SERIAL AlB
Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU

F2501~

PARALLEL
DB25

KBD
DINS

ETHERNET
DB15

10BASE-T
ETHERNET

HD50 SCSI

AUDIO

Backpanel and Connectors
Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860

\

SERIAL A

1

DB25

\

SERIAL B

1

~
~

SBus Slot 1

SBus Slot 0

~

~

HEADPHONE

WORKSTATION CPU-32

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2836

501-2854
501-2855
FAB 270-2836-06 Jumper Settings

JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

J1101
J1101
J1102
J1102
J2002
J2002
J2003
J2003
J2102
J2104
J2104
J2105
J2105
J2201
J2201
J2204
J2204
J1104
J2103
J2203

1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-24
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2

Out
N/A
Out
N/A
In
In
In
In
Out
In
In
In
In
Out
Out
In
In
Out
Out
Out

2-3
1-8
1-8
1-8

501-2994

DESCRIPTION

Pins 2-3 are hardwired
Pins 2-3 are hardwired
Select FPROM (default)
Select RaMBO
FPROM write protect (default)
FPROM write enable
Serial port connector
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 +12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
Button XIR
Button paR
FPROM high half booting
FPROM low half booting (default)
Ethernet edge test
Serial port edge test
JTAG connector

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.
2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board.
3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
4. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and
Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997.
References
1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825.
2. Sun Ultra 1 Series Service Manual, 802-3819.
3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-33

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 1 Model 170
A11-170 Netra i 1/170 Netra j 1/170
Netra nfs 150 Netra i 150 Ultra Enterprise 150
501-3082
501-5139
167MHz OMB FRU

167MHz OMB FRU
INTERNAL PERIPHERAL

FAB 270-2836-06

BytelS-31

8
G
[OJ

I0 I
I0 Io
I

Bits 000- 127

30000000 - 3fffffff I

BytelS-31

Bits 128 - 255

20000000 - 2ffffm I

IU0703

Bank2L

ByteOO-15

Bits 000 - 127

20000000 -2fffffff I

IUOS02

Bank lH

BytelS-31

Bits 128 - 255

10000000 - lffmff I

I UOSOl

Bank OH

BytelS-31

Bits 128 - 255

00000000 - Offfffff I

ByteOO-15 BitsOOO-127 10000000 - 1fffffff I
=IU~07~0:2:~Ba~n~kjlL~j~:~~~~j~~~~~~~:~~~~~:jj=

SDB

Fan 540-2761

30000000 - 3fffffff I

ByteOO-15

~~~~~~~~~~~~~

ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 00000000 - Offm!! I
~IU~07~0~1-=Ba~n~k~OL~~~~~==============~
SBusSlot 1

J0101 Fan Power

SBus Slot 2

I

SBus Slot 0

G 1"='",'I,m'b~';~:~:1 I
1

ISC

F2101

.

~

b

1

J22~

.
J2002

d

I

I

DJ2103

MACIO

IJ2202

I

NVRAM

0

J2003 U2006

o

J2001
LED/SPKR

J2102

C==JI
J1104

SERIAL AlB
Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU

F2501~

PARALLEL
DB25

KBD
DIN8

ETHERNET
DB15

10BASE-T
ETHERNET

HD50 SCSI

AUDIO

8ackpanel and Connectors
Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860

\

SERIAL A

/

DB25

\

SERIAL B

/

~
~

SBU5 Slot 1

SBU5 Slot 0

S
~

PARALLEL
DB25
HEADPHONE

WORKSTATION CPU-34

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-5139
501-3082
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

J1101 1-2
Out
Pins 2-3 are hardwired
J1101 2-3
N/A
J1102 1-2
Out
Pins 2-3 are hardwired
J1102 2-3
N/A
Select FPROM (default)
In
J2002 1-2
J2002 2-3
In
Select ROMBO
FPROM write protect (default)
In
J2003 1-2
In
FPROM write enable
J2003 2-3
Serial port connector
J2102 1-24
Out
In*
RS-232 -12Vdc
J2104 1-2
RS-423 (default)
In
J2104 2-3
In*
RS-232 +12Vdc
J2105 1-2
RS-423 (default)
In
J2105 2-3
Button XIR
J2201 1-2
Out
Button POR
J2201 2-3
Out
In
FPROM high half booting
J2204 1-2
FPROM low half booting (default)
In
J2204 2-3
Ethernet edge test
J1104 1-8
Out
Serial port edge test
Out
J2103 1-8
In*
Enable txdb at J2602
J2103 5-6
In*
Enable rxdb at J2602
J2103 7-8
JTAG connector
Out
J2203 1-8
* Netra nfs 150, Netra I 150, and E150 reqUirement

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.
2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board.
3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
4. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and
Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997.
5. The 501-5139 was released in April 1998 to fix BuglD 4011704.
6. The 501-5139 is only available from Enterprise Service.
References
1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825.
2. Sun Ultra 1 Series Service Manual, 802-3819.
3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-35

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 1 Model 140E
A12-140
501-4291
501-4677
143MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-2486

143MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-4358
INTERNAL PERIPHERAL

FAB 270-2486-05
UltraSPARC

[OJ
I Po~er II
[OJ IGII~~ ~".~

[OJ I~:to: : : :
~
[OJ
[OJ
SDB

SDB

Fan 540-2761

o

P;;er
Byte 16 - 31

J2602
Bits 128 - 255 30000000 - 3fffffff I

IU0704

Bank3L

ByteOO-15

Bits 000 - 127

30000000 - 3fffffff I

IU0603

Bank2H

Byte 16 - 31

Bits 128 - 255

20000000 - 2fffffff I

Byte 00 -15

Bits 000 - 127

20000000 - 2fffffff I

Byte 16 - 31

Bits 128 - 255

10000000 - tfffffff I

IU0702

Bank 1L

Byte 00 - 15

Bits 000 - 127

10000000 -1fffffffl

IU0601

Bank OH

Byte 16 - 31

Bits 128 - 255

00000000 - Offfffff I

IU0701

Bank OL

Byte 00 -15

Bits 000 - 127

00000000 - Offfffff I

SBus Slot 1

J0101 Fan Power

FFB UPA Connector

B
RISC

SBus Slot 0

o

J2001
LED/SPKR
J2002 J2201

10 0, D

I BOOT PROMI

I

L
_ _ _ _--'.,

J2104=
J2105=
1

I NVRAM I
[Ei£l D~21

U2006

.

.

c::!][:~ J2003
F21 01 [Ei£l

J2204

PARALLEL
DB25

J2203
I J2202

KBD
DIN8

F2501 J2103

HD40 Mil

02

I

D
D

J3602
J3603

SERIAL AlB
Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

HD68 SCSI

AUDIO

8ackpanel and Connectors
Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860

~

\

SERIAL A

I

DB25

FFB Slot

~

\

SERIAL B
DB25

I

~
~

SBus Slot 1

~

SBus Slot 0

~

HEADPHONE

WORKSTATION CPU-36

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-4291

501-4677

Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

J2002
J2002
J2003
J2003
J2102
J2103
J2104
J2104
J2105
J2105
J2201
J2201
J2202
J2203
J2204
J2204
J3602
J3603

1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-24
1-8
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-8
1-8
1-2
2-3
1-8
1-8

In
In
In
In
Out
Out
In
In
In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
Out
Out

Select FPROM (default)
Select RaMBO
FPROM write protect (default)
FPROM write enable
Serial port connector
Serial port edge test
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 +12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
Button XIR
Button paR
RaMBO connector
JTAG connector
FPROM high half booting
FPROM low half booting (default)
Ethernet edge test
Ethernet edge test

Configured System Boards

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5 Hardware:1/96.
2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board.
3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
4. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and
Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997.
References
1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825.
2. Sun Ultra 1 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-4148.
3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-37

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 1 Model 170E
Netra i 1/170E
501-4676

A12-170
501-2486
167MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-2486

JI

J2604

Ult~SPARC

I7\l

~

f@~ I7""\l
LVJ

[OJ
Fan 540-2761

I7\l
LVJ 0

I

I7\l
LVJ

181
181

167MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-4358

FAB 270-2486-03

I

INTERNAL PERIPHERAL
•- - - - - - - - - - - - - ,

SOB

SDB

'".~ """"~" ~""~~, ~~~-I

10-

loo~
~.~ ,,"""~" "."OO~m oo_oo~_1
I U0603 Bank 2H Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 20000000 - 2fffffffl

IU0702

::::~
Bank1L

ByteOO-t5

BitsOOO-127

~:::=I

I U0601

Bank OH

Byte 16 - 31

Bits 128 - 255

00000000 - Offfffffl

I U070t

Bank OL

Byte 00 -15

Bits 000 - 127

00000000 - Offfffffl

1::"';:

:::: ::::

I
I

J0101 Fan Power

I

FFB U PA Connector

-u---

I~

n
J2602
U
,;==p:::::o=w:::::er==-,b!P~o~w~er~-::c----,-,-:-::=---:-:--:-:-::---::-:--:-::=

10000000-1fffffffl

SBU5 Slot

EJ B
B
J2002 J2201
10 0, 0
----"1
I

IBOOTPROMI

RISC

J2203
I J2202

L,

J2104=1
J21 05 =
NVRAM
1 "
,
J2204 = = J2003
~
F21 01 ~

KBD
DIN8

J14070 '
J14060 '
J14050 '

D

J2001
LED/SPKR

FEPS

I U2006

0 ~21
,

02

I

DJ3602
0 J3603

F2501 J2103 SERIAL AlB
Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU
~

L--'

PARALLEL
DB25

0

I ~C,~ I

I SCUP I

I
I

SBU5 Slot 1

HD40 Mil

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

L...J L...J L...J L...J

HD68 SCSI

AUDIO

8ackpanel and Connectors
Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860

~

\

SERIAL A
DB25

FFB

Slot

S

\

SERIAL B
DB25

7
7

~

SBus Slot 1

~

~

SBus Slot 0

~

10000 1
PARALLEL
DB25

KBD
DIN8

HD40 Mil

WORKSTATION CPU-38

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

HD68 SCSI

INMIC
OUT
HEADPHONE

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

m8/00

501-2486
501-4676
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

J1405
J1406
J1407
J2002
J2002
J2003
J2003
J2102
J2103
J2104
J2104
J2105
J2105
J2201
J2201
J2202
J2203
J2204
J2204
J3602
J3603

1-3
1-3
1-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-24
1-8
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-8
1-8
1-2
2-3
1-8
1-8

-

Pre-FCS speed selection
Pre-FCS speed selection
Pre-FCS speed selection
Select FPROM (default)
Select RaMBO
FPROM write protect (default)
FPROM write enable
Serial port connector
Serial port edge test
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 +12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
Button XIR
Button paR
RaMBO connector
JTAG connector
FPROM high half booting
FPROM low half booting (default)
Ethernet edge test
Ethernet edge test

In
In
In
In
Out
Out
In
In
In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
Out
Out

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5 Hardware:1/96.
2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board.
3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
4. Boards built in April 1997, labeled 501-2486-07 DEV-WO-10498, do not
use Fan 540-2761. A fanless heatsink cools the UltraSPARC processor.
5. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and
Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997.
References
1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825.
2. Sun Ultra 1 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-4148.
3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-39

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 1 Model 170E
A 12-170E
501-2486

Netra i 1/170E
501-4676

167MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-2486

167MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-4358
INTERNAL PERIPHERAL

FAB 270-2486-04/05

Byte 16 - 31

Bits 128 - 255

ByteOO-15

Bits 000 - 127

Byte 16 - 31

Bits 128 - 255

Byte 00 -15

Bits 000 - 127

Byte 16 - 31

Bits 128 - 255

Byte 00 -15

Bits 000 - 127

Byte 16 - 3t

Bits 128 - 255

Byte 00 -15

Bits 000 - 127

I
I
10000000 - 1fffffff I
10000000 - 1fffffff I
00000000 - Offfffff I
00000000 - Offfffff I
20000000 - 2fffffff
20000000 - 2fffffff

SBus Slot 1

I

FFB UPA Connector

B

SBus Slot 0

B
J2002 J2201

I

RISC

BOOT PROM

I ,0 0,

D

J2203

~11===::::;-I--'IJ2202

J2104"6
J21 05 =
NVRAM
,,'
J2204==J2003
§]

"

F21 01 §]

PARALLEL
OB25

o

J2001
LED/SPKR

U2006

0 ~2102

DJ3602
I D
J3603

F2501 J2103 SERIAL AlB
Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU

KBO
DIN8

Mil

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

H06S SCSI

AUDIO

Backpanel and Connectors
Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860

~

\

SERIAL A

~
~

J

DB25
FFB Slot

~

PARALLEL
OB25

\

SERIAL B
DB25

SBU5 Slot 1

SBU5 Slot 0

~
~

100BASE-TX
HEADPHONE

WORKSTATION CPU-40

Field Engineer Handbook

~/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2486
501-4676
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

J2002
J2002
J2003
J2003
J2102
J2103
J2104
J2104
J2105
J2105
J2201
J2201
J2202
J2203
J2204
J2204
J3602
J3603

1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-24
1-8
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-8
1-8
1-2
2-3
1-8
1-8

In
In
In
In
Out
Out
In
In
In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
Out
Out

Select FPROM (default)
Select ROMBO
FPROM write protect (default)
FPROM write enable
Serial port connector
Serial port edge test
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 +12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
Button XIR
Button POR
ROMBO connector
JTAG connector
FPROM high half booting
FPROM low half booting (default)
Ethernet edge test
Ethernet edge test

Configured System Boards
PART #

MEMORY

SIMM

#SIMMs

501-2805
501-2806
501-2995

128MB
32MB
64MB

64MB
16MB
32MB

2
2
2

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5 Hardware:1/96.
2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board.
3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
4. Boards built in April 1997, labeled 501-2486-07 DEV-WO-10498, do not
use Fan 540-2761. A fanless heatsink cools the UltraSPARC processor.
5. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and
Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997.
References
1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825.
2. Sun Ultra 1 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-4148.
3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-41

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 1 Model200E
501-4134

A 12-200E Netra i 1/200E
501-4358
501-5403

200M Hz OMB FRU
FAB 270-4134

200M Hz OMB FRU
FAB 270-4358

200MHz OMB FRU
FAB 270-4358
INTERNAL PERIPHERAL

19
b:
~~::: I~''''''''';::''''''ilr""'
Q
~ B
8
FAB 270-4134-02

"tl"'ec ~

LVJ
r7\l
LVJ

r7\l
LVJ 0

I

Bits 128 - 255

30000000 - 3fffffff

Bits 000 - 127

30000000 - 3fffffff

I U0603

Bank 2H

Byte 16 - 31

Bits 128 - 255

20000000 - 2fffffff

I U0703
I U0602

Bank 2L
Bank 1H

Byte 00 -15

Bits 000 - 127

20000000 - 2fffffff

Byte 16 - 31

Bits 128 - 255

10000000 -1fffffff

Flu~07~0~2~Ba=n=k='L==~~~~==~~==~~==~~1
Byte 00 -15 Bits 000 - 127 10000000 - 1fffffff

SOB

[OJ

Fan 540-2761

Byte 16 - 31

Byte 00 - 15

Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 00000000 - Offfffff
~IU~06~0!1:~Ba~ntktoHt:~~!t:!:~~!t:]~::f~t~t:jj=:
ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 00000000 - Offfffff
~IU~07~0~I-=Ba~n~k~OL~~~~r=====~==~~~~~

J0101 Fan Power

I

UPA Connector

FFB

B
RISC

SBus Slot 1

I

SBus Slot 0

189Cl~

B

I
I

I

0

J2001
LED/SPKR

J2002 J2201

IBOOT PROM I 10I 0, D

J2203
I J2202

L ._ _- - ' . ,

~~1gci

PI

1 1
J2204
J2003
F2101 ~

==

NVRAM

~
F2501

I

U2006

0

J2102 SERIAL AlB
I
=-+ Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU

0

J2103
L--'

PARALLEL
DB25

I

J3603
LJ LJ LJ LJ

'----J

HD40 Mil

KBD
DIN8

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

HD68 SCSI

AUDIO

8ackpanel and Connectors
Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860

\

SERIAL A

)

DB25

FFB Slot

~

\

SERIAL B
DB25

)

~
~

SBus Slot 1

~

SBus Slot 0

~

HEADPHONE

WORKSTATION CPU-42

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-4134

501-4358

501-5403

Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

J2002
J2002
J2003
J2003
J2102
J2103
J2104
J2104
J2105
J2105
J2201
J2201
J2202
J2203
J2204
J2204
J3603

1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-24
1-8
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-8
1-8
1-2
2-3
1-8

In
In
In
In
Out
Out
In
In
In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
Out

Select FPROM (default)
Select RaMBO
FPROM write protect (default)
FPROM write enable
Serial port connector
Serial port edge test
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 + 12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
Button XIR
Button paR
RaMBO connector
JTAG connector
FPROM high half booting
FPROM low half booting (default)
Ethernet edge test

Configured System Boards
PART #

MEMORY

501-4144
64MB
501-4145 256MB
501-4244 128MB
501-4380 512MB

SIMM

#SIMMS

32MB
128MB
64MB
128MB

2
2
2
4

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board.
3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
4. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and
Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997.
References
1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825.
2. Sun Ultra 1 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-4148.
3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-43

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 2
A14
501-2487
OMS PRE-FCS
FAB 270-2487-04/05
J1202 J1203

~

f=

0

(/J

u::

c

0::

60:>

Bank 1

40000000 - 5fffffff 2nd dbl word
40000000 - 5fffffff 2nd dbl word
40000000 - 5fffffff 1st dbl word
40000000 - 5fffffff 1st dbl word

U0603
U0703
U0403
U0503

Pair3

Group 1 Bank 1 20000000 - 3fffffff 2nd dbl word

Pair 3

Group 1

Pair2

Group 1

Pair 2

Group 1 BankO

U0602
U0702
U0402
U0502

Pair?
Pair 6
Pair 6

Group 3

Group
Group
Group
Group

(/J

(/J

"0
on

"0
on
0
0
0;

PairS

o;
E

E

Pair4

1:

Pair 4

0
0

~
c-

()

U0604
U0704 J3207

iii



DC Power

~

J3204

UPA Siol 0
1

~~ I
= J2802
~ ~ FAB 270-2487-04
FFB UPA Conneclor
FFB Power I B'J3208
FEPS

AO-A27 32/64-Bil 25MHz SBus

I I

SBus Siol 3

0

SBus Siol 0

I

SLAVIO

L:J

~

"-

J2105

~

LL

U2003
J2102
U2006
Serial AlB
Serial Cable 501-2734 is nol a FRU
J3402

D

J2103

~

~

J2803 J2204

0J2203
D D

10 J2902
100

J3403

0

F2101

F2501

HD40 Mil

WORKSTATION CPU-44

RISC

~~~~~

PTe

D
HD68 SCSI

I J2202

oo~ 00«
10 :g0 80 0 00
a:

FAB 270-2487-04
J2104

Q
L.::J

I

B

I

f

SBus Siol 1

SBus Siol 2

10BASE-T KBD
100BASE-TX DIN8

PARALLEL
DB25

AUDIO

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2487
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

J2002
J2002
J2003
J2003
J2102
J2103
J2104
J2104
J2105
J2105
J2201
J2201
J2202
J2203
J2204
J2204
J2205
J2205
J2206
J2206
J2802
J2S02
J2S03
J2S03
J2902
J2902
J3208
J320S
J3402
J3403

1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-24
1-8
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-32
1-8
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-20
1-20
1-S
1-S

In
In
In
In
Out
Out
In
In
In
In
In
Out
Out
Out
In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out
Out
In
Out
In
Out
In
Out
Out
Out
Out

Select Flash PROM (default)
Select ROMBO
FPROM write protect (default)
FPROM write enable
Serial port connector
Serial port edge test
RS-232 -12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
RS-232 + 12Vdc
RS-423 (default)
UPA Speed2 pullup
UPA Speed2 pulldown
ROMBO connector
JTAG connector
FPROM high half booting
FPROM low half booting (default)
Button XIR
Button POR
Pin-1 hardwired to Vcc
Pin-3 hardwired to Vcc
UPA REO pullup
UPA REO pulldown
SLAVIO TOO - MODO TOO
SLAVIO TOO - M001 TOI
M001 TOI - M001 TOO
M001 TOI - RISC TOI
Odd Pins 1-19 = Gnd
Even Pins 2-20 = +3.3Vdc
Ethernet edge test
Ethernet edge test

CAUTION - Do NOT install jumpers on Power Connector J320S.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-45

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 2
Netra i Netra j
501-3132

A14

Netra NFS

OMS FRU
FAB 270-2487-06/08/09/10/11
Fanpower

J1202 J1203

t=
(ij
U

(/)

c:

a:

600

(ij

(ij

Q.
0

Q.
0

u
(/)

~

u

(/)

'" 00'"

0
Cl

fi: 

;;;

0

'"

B
()
Ql

c
c

.--

0
()

.,.

:;:

:;:

:;:
:;:

is

is

is

'- '- '- '-

B
()
Ql

c
c

0
()

-()
II:

if.

II:

Z


APB
SME2411

.£1
5

0

.£1
5

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
1

CJ
JP10

tl
(I)
c
c

0
()

'"
()

.--

EQ.

JP9CJ
JPSCJ JP7CJ
1 JP6 CJ

(1l

C!l

I """" I

!
c

c

C

J10

DJ24

8[[]
~ I
Q;

Iw'~'''1

w

'"

JP2

0:

oD-

100
JP1

256K x 8 = 2MB

IINllOuTl
MIC UHOPH!
AUDIO

n

OF1
1

JP4 CJ
JP3 CJ

KBD
DINS

WORKSTATION CPU-50

J7 Serial B

1c=J

JS Parallel Port

l'

I

JD1D

~

SERIAL A
DB25

n

VIDEO
10BASE-T
HD15F 100BASE-TX
S-BIT PGX

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

375-0009
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

JD1
JP1
JP1
JP2
JP2
JP3
JP3
JP4
JP4
JP6
JP7
JP8
JP8
JP9
JP9
JP10
JP10
JP11

1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-10

Out
In
In
In
In
In
In
In
In
N/A
N/A
In
In
In
In
Out
In
N/A

DESCRIPTION

Composite video synchronization
Select PROM (default)
Select ROMBO
FPROM write protect (default)
FPROM write enable
RS-232
RS-423 (default)
RS-232
RS-423 (default)
Not stuffed
Not stuffed
Simba Clock Input Normal (default)
Simba Clock Input Test
Simba Clock Input Normal (default)
Simba Clock Input Test
Bypass CPU in scan chain
Include CPU in scan chain (default)
Not stuffed

Miscellaneous Connectors
CONNECTOR

PINS

J7
J8
J9
J10
J17
J18
J19
J20
J21
J22
J23
J24

1-10
1-26
1-4
1-24
1-4
1-4
1-3
1-8
1-8
1-2
1-2
1-2

Volume I

DESCRIPTION

Asynchronous serial Port B
Parallel port
CD-ROM audio
ROMBO
LED and soft reset switch
Speaker
DC fan power
Unknown
JTAG
Not stuffed
Not stuffed
Unknown

WORKSTATION CPU-51

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 5 Ultra 10
375-0009
Graphics Notes
1. Creator and Creator3D are not supported in the Ultra 5.
2. Elite3D is not supported in the Ultra 5.
3. Elite3D is supported in the Ultra 10.
4. Elite3D-m6 was not sold with System Board 375-0009.
Memory Notes
1. The minimum memory requirement is two DIMMs in any bank.
2. The 16MB DIMM uses 10-bit column addressing and was not sold.
3. The 32, 64, 128, and 256MB DIMMs use 11-bit column addressing.
4. If 1O-bit and 11-bit DIMMs are mixed, either pair will be ignored.
5. The 256MB DIMMs are not supported in the Ultra 5.
6. OBP :2:3.25v3 is required when DIMMs manufactured by Micron are
installed with 360M Hz, 400MHz, or 440MHz CPU modules.
NVRAM Notes
1. NVRAMs 525-1430 and 525-1817 include an M48T59 and a carrier.
2. System Board 375-0009 was built with an AMP NVRAM socket.
3. System Board 375-0009 shipped with NVRAM 525-1430.
4. System Board 375-0115 is built with a Chupond NVRAM socket.
5. NVRAM 525-1430 is compatible with the Chupond socket on 375-0115.
6. NVRAM 525-1817 is not compatible with the AMP socket on 375-0009.
OBP Notes
1. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board.
2. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
3. BuglDs 4114343 and 4114784 prevent booting from Dual Ultra SCSI
Controller Options X6540A and X6541 A. Use the following workaround:
ok nvedit
0: dev!builtin-drivers
1: alias pci1 000,1000 pci1000,3
2: device-end
3: probe-all install-console banner Ctrl-C to exit
ok nvstore
ok setenv use-nvramrc? true
ok reset-all
4. OBP 3.11 version 9 fixes BuglDs 4114343 and 4114784.
5. Modules 501-5568,501-5148, and 501-5149 require OBP :2:3.19v4.

WORKSTATION CPU-52

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Ultra 5 Ultra 10
375-0009
Operating System Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 11/97.
2. The minimum Solaris 2.6 release is Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 3/98.
System Board Notes
1. The 375-0009 shipped with Ultra 5 270M Hz.
2. The 375-0009 shipped with Ultra 10 300M Hz and 333M Hz.
3. The 375-0009 is not tested with 360M Hz, 400MHz, or 440MHz.
4. Graphics quality BuglD 4120186 is fixed on 375-0009-07.
5. Serial communication BuglD 4121884 is fixed on 375-0009-08.
References
1. Sun Ultra
2. Sun Ultra
3. Sun Ultra
4. Sun Ultra
5. Sun Ultra

Volume I

5/10 Service Manual, 805-0423.
5/10 Product Note, 805-3647.
5/10 Product Note, 805-4970.
5 ShowMe How CD-ROM, 704-5753.
10 ShowMe How CD-ROM, 704-5983.

WORKSTATION CPU-53

9/18/00

CONFIGURATION

Ultra 5

Ultra 10

375-0066

A21 A22
375-0079

w/o Memory

w/o Memory

A21 270/333MHz
A22333/360MHz

A21 360/400MHz
A22333/360/440MHz

- - - ~ ~";' ~

I

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

'"
.,:,

";'

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

OJ

0
0
0
0
0
0

'"

OJ

~

~

E

E

iE

iE

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0

0

C;

O JlsD lDJ21
c::::J J17
1 DOJ20
JPll c:::::::J
J19
OJ22

w/o Memory
A21 360/400MHz
A22360/440MHz

000 ~~~

LL,LL,LL,

J23

'"c

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

"0

"0

iii

...,N

~

E E

C;

375-0115

~

~

0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0

.,:,

.,:,

~

~

"j

::;:

!

tl
c:
c:

<;

::;:

-

"0

c:
c:

0

o

-

o

0

0

'"z ..:'"z

..:
OJ

OJ

o

'"

.,-

:;:
:;:

:;:
:;:

:;:
:;:

(5

.is

(5

- - --

ctCJl

ctCJl

~
::::J

OJ

:;:
:;:

cr:

o
cr:

APB
SME2411

~

5

{l

0

jg
5

1

=
JP10

"c:c:
0

0

 =>

=>

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

C\J

:2
:2

is is

88
00

is is
C\J

=>

D D

21152
PCI-PCI

o

JPx

i'-

'"

88

100

JP5

100
00
00
00

E

~6 ~.c6 ~6 E'"6

DB EJ

8o J33 PS2 Mouse Connector
o

8o J34 PS2 Keyboard Connector

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

WORKSTATION CPU-70

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

375-0096
375-0112
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

JP1
JP1
JP2
JP2
JP4
JP5
JP8
JP9
JPx

PINS SETTING

1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-4
1-8
1-8
1-4
1-8

In
In
In
In

Out
Out

DESCRIPTION

Select Flash PROM (default)
Select RaMBO
OBP write protected (default)
OBP write enabled
Unknown
Unknown
Debug header
Unknown
Debug header

JP3 Speed Select Jumper Settings
1-2

3-4

5-6

Out
In
Out
In
Out
In
Out
In

Out
Out
In
In
Out
Out
In
In

Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
In
In

DESCRIPTION

500MHz UltraSPARC
550MHz UltraSPARC
600MHz UltraSPARC
650MHz UltraSPARC
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
450MHz UltraSPARC

UltraSPARC lie
100-6471
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
lie Not available
lie
lie
lie
lie

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 10/00.
2. The minimum memory requirement is one DIMM in U2.
3. The memory installation sequence is U2, U3, U4, and U5.
4. Each bank addresses 512MB of memory with 500MHz UltraSPARC.
5. Each bank addresses 1GB of memory with :2:550MHz UltraSPARC.
Reference: Sun Blade 100 Service Manual, 806-3416.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-71

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Sun Blade 1000
A28
501-4143
OMS FRU
FAB 270-5168-08

I I J3608 I

J3603
SERIAL B
OB25
SERIAL A
OB25

USB3
USB4

'0'"

IEEE-13940
IEEE-13941

0

0
0

I

Bank 1/3
Bank 0/2
Bank 1/3
Bank 0/2
Bank 1/3
Bank 0/2
Bank 1/3
Bank 0/2

Group 1

Group a
Group 1
Group
Group
Group
Group
Group

a
1

0
1
0

faOOOOOO - 1I3mflf
00000000 - f9fffflf
faOOOOOO - 1I3mlff
00000000 - f9fmlf
faOOOOOO - 1I3mflf
00000000 - f9ffffff
faOOOOOO - 1I3mttf
00000000 - f9ffffff

ii5

g
~
o
-,

"'

______J_0_60_'_C_P_U_s_
o_to______~

BBEJEJBB

C\I

~____~J~07~0~I~C~P~U~S~IO~ll~____~ILI

0
FC-AL

U0407
U0406
U0305
U0305
U0203
U0202
U010l
U0100

~_____J_05_0_'_C_P_U_S_lo_tO______~I~I

USBI
USB2

C;;
"-

J3604

J3601 Power

0

1825321

ULTRA SCSI
H068

-f

m

D~-,

PARALLEL
OB25

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

Smarlcard

I SUPERIOI

0
0
DO

C;;
"-

J4301 Audio

o

____~J~0~80~I~C~P~U~S~lo~ll~____~

~ ~~~
8

GCHIZO

iJ

I DU2101 FPROM

CR1632

r:::::l ~ ~

L:J ,[] iJ

U2101

DD

@ ID~M 0

J4501 UPA Graphics Slot 0

I!

[1~·~::::~3~2~-B~il~::I:~·~1~6~4~-B~il~
J2601 5.0V 33MHz 32/64-Bit PCI Slot 0
J4401 UPA Graphics Sial 1
J3501 RSC
I J4802
J2501 5.0V 33MHz 32/64-Bit PCI Slot 1

I•
CJ
J4803

32-Bil

•

I

64·Bil

J2401 5.0V 33MHz 32/64-Bit PCI Sial 2

I•

32-Bil

•

I

I~,"rol

64-Bil

J2301 3.3V 33/66MHz 32/64-Bit PCI Slot 3

I

•

32·Bil

WORKSTATION CPU-72

•

I

64-Bit

IISP2100

I

OJ

~

~D

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

3/18/00

501-4143
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

J2103
J2103
J2104
J2104

1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3

In
In
Out
In

DESCRIPTION

FPROM
FPROM
FPROM
FPROM

write protected
write enabled (default)
high half booting
low half booting (default)

Miscellaneous Connectors
CONNECTOR

PINS

J1801
J1901
J2901
J3301
J3302
J3303
J3601
J3602
J3603
J3604
J3605
J3608
J4802
J4803
J5002
J5201
J5202

1-34
1-8
1-20
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-28
1-8
1-14
1-10
1-6
1-10
1-38
1-8
1-50
1-2
1-2

DESCRIPTION

Floppy
Serial test (factory use)
Internal FC-AL
DIMM Fan Power
Graphics and PCI Fan Power
CPU Fan Power
Power supply +3.3V and +5V
Interlock, LED, speaker, and power switch
Power supply sense
Smart Card
Glow Logo LED
DC power to internal peripherals
ROMBO (factory use)
JSCC (factory use)
Internal UltraSCSI
Logic Analyzer Clock
Logic Analyzer Clock

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 8.
2. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
3. Use torque tool 340-6395 to install the UltraSPARC III module.
4. The minimum memory requirement is four DIMMs in any Group.
5. Each Group addresses 4GB memory.
Reference: Sun Blade 1000 Service Manual, 805-4496.

Volume I

WORKSTATION CPU-73

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Sun Blade 1000
501-4143
Sun Blade 1000 Rear View

000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000

00
00
00
00
00
00
00

00
00
00
00
00
00
00

Qfi=
~
00__
00

SERIAL A
OB25
SERIALB
OB25

PARALLEL
OB25
ULTRA SCSI
H06S

USB

o

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

CJ
CJ

IEEE-1394

D

FC-AL

. HOPH OUT

00000
00000
00000
00000
00000

ACINPUT

[Ed]

POWER SUPPLY 300-1357

PCI Slot Numbering
SLOT BUS

4
3
2
1

DEVICE TREE

B
B
B

pCi@8,7000/*@1,*
pCi@8,7000/*@2,*
pCi@8,7000/*@3,*

A

pci@8,6000/*@1,*

WORKSTATION CPU-74

<5

<5

IN

MIC

<5

<5

UPA Graphics Siol 0
UPA Graphics Siol 1

s.ov 33MHz 32-Bil PCI Siol 4
s.ov 33MHz 32164-Bil PCI Siol 3
s.ov 33MHz 32/64-Bit PCI SIol2
3.3V 33/66MHz 32164-Bit PCI Siol 1

PCI Bus A shares the address/data bus
with the FC-AL device. PCI Bus B shares
the address/data bus with on-board Audio,
Ethernet, Flash, Floppy, IEEE 1394,
Parallel, SCSI, Serial, and USB devices.

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS
SERVER CPU

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Server CPU
Sun-4d Architecture
SPARCserver 1000 ...........................................................
SS1000 40MHz Control Board ..........................................
SPARCserver 1OOOE .........................................................
SS1000E 50MHz Control Board ........................................
SPARCcenter 2000 ...........................................................
SC2000 40MHz Control Board ..........................................
SPARCcenter 2000E .........................................................
SC2000E 50MHz Control Board .......................................

2
4
6
8
10
14
16
18

Sun-4u Architecture
SPARCengine CP1500 .....................................................
Enterprise 250 ...................................................................
Ultra 450 ............................................................................
Ultra Enterprise 450 Enterprise 450 .... ...........................

20
24
30
32

E3000 4000 5000 6000
CPU/Memory Board ......... ......................................... ..... ...
Clock Board .......................................................................

44
50

E3500 4500 5500 6500
CPU/Memory Board ............. ............................... ..............
Clock Board .......................................................................

48
54

Sun-4u1 Architecture
E10000 System Board . .....................................................
E10000 Control Board .. .....................................................

58
62

Sun-u4ft Architecture
Netra ft 1800 CPUset ... .......................... ............... ..... .......
Netra ft 1800 CAF Module...................... ............ ... ............

64
66

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCserver 1000
501-2336
OMS FRU
Module

wlo SPARe
240-Pin XDBus Connector

rOl

rOl

(J
Module A
Module B

J4100

GROUP 3

J4300

GROUP 3

J3700

GROUP 2

J3900

GROUP 2

J3300

GROUP 1

J3500

GROUP 1

J2900

GROUP 0

J3100

GROUPO

J4000

GROUP 3

J4200

GROUP 3

J3600

GROUP 2

J3800

GROUP 2

J3200

GROUP 1

J3400

GROUP 1

J2800

GROUP 0

J3000

GROUPO

SBus Slot 1

SBus Slot 2

AO-A20 20MHz SBus

lC:]~](J
BOOT PROMS

TOD

1

G

I SBus Slot 3

(J

F0200

D

3

olQ§] J1200

0000000000

DO olQ§] J1201

~

I

LEDS
7-0

SERIAL A
DB25

KBD
DIN8

~

SERIAL B
DB25

HD50 SCSI

10BASE-T

PB LED
PALED

Backplane Guide Pins
Remove two screws from the System Board XDbus connector before
installing the system board in backplanes with guide pins. Guide pins
were added to the backplane in March 1994 by ECO WO_05457.

~

SERVER CPU-2

~

01

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2336
Jumper Settings
JUMPER PINS SETTING

DESCRIPTION

1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3

RS-423
RS-423
RS-232 +12Vdc (default)
RS-232 -12Vdc (default)

J1200
J1201
J1200
J1201

Out
Out
In
In

Configured System Boards
PART
NUMBER

501-2245-03
501-2247-03
501-2248-03
501-2429-xx
501-2430-xx
501-2245-04
501-2247-04
501-2248-04
501-2736-xx
501-2737-xx

MAIN
MEMORY

32MB
64MB
128MB
64MB
512MB
32MB
64MB
128MB
64MB
128MB

SIMM
SIZE

SPARC
MODULE

8MB
8MB
32MB
8MB
32MB
8MB
8MB
32MB
8MB
32MB

1 SM41
2 SM41
2 SM41
2 SM41
2 SM41
1 SM51
2 SM51
2 SM51
2 SM61
2 SM61

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2 (SunOS 5.2).
2. Install the highest level Boot PROM set in System Board o.
3. Use SPARC module and SBus board Standoff 330-1664-01.
4. A root partition >2GB is not supported by Sun-4c, 4m, or 4d systems.
Memory Configuration Notes
1. The minimum memory configuration is 4 SIMMs in Group O.
2. Use 8MB SIMM 501-1817 and 32MB SIMM 501-2196.
3. Install all Group 0 SIMMs on all system boards from the lowest board
slot number to the highest. Then install SIMMs in Group 1 on all system
boards, followed by Group 2 and Group 3. Refer to the Memory Module
Installation Guide for installation performance guidelines.
References
1. SPARCserver 1000 Installation Manual, 801-2893-12.
2. SPARCserver 1000 System Board Manual, 801-2900-12.
3. Memory Module (SIMM) Product Note, 801-5345-10.
4. Memory Module Installation Guide, 801-2030-12.
5. BuglD 4035259 filed against root partition >2GB.

Volume I

SERVER CPU-3

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

40MHz Control Board
SPARCserver 1000
501-1979
501-2412
Programmed

BOMHz
Y0501

D

Unprogrammed

3 1/2" SCSI POWER

J1003

D

U0201
TMS29FB16
J1004

B

INTERNAL SCSI BUS

31/2" SCSI POWER

J1002

FOB01

o

o
o
o

J1001

J0101

JTAG

FOB02
FOB05
FOB06

o

FOB04
RESET SWITCH

51/4" SCSI POWER

SERVER CPU-4

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-1979

501-2412

Notes
1. The 4DMHz Control Board is not compatible with the SS 1DDDE System
Board.
2. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are programmed into a 2KB x 8-bit
Flash EEPROM in the TMS29F816 at UD2D1. The TMS29F816 is not
field replaceable.
3. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are downloaded from the control
board to the NVRAM on all system boards during POST.
4. If the control board EEPROM content is invalid, the values stored in the
NVRAM on System Board D are used.
5. The Yellow LED on the keyswitch interface board is ON if the control
board EEPROM content is invalid.
6. Use the update-system-idprom OBP command to download the
contents of the NVRAM on System Board D to a control board with an
invalid EEPROM. OBP 2.11 is required.
7. Use the following commands to invalidate the control board EEPROM:
ok patch noop call update-system-idprom
ok patch noop call update-system-idprom
ok patch call noop update-system-idprom
ok update-system-idprom
8. Use the following commands to change the NVRAM parameter that
defines the location of the master system board:
ok clear-master-nvram
ok reset

Volume I

SERVER CPU-5

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCserver 1000E
501-2668
OMB FRU

wlo SPARe Module
240-Pin XDBus Connector

rol

~
Module A
Module B

J4100

GROUP 3

J4300

GROUP 3

J3700

GROUP 2

J3900

GROUP 2

J3300

GROUP 1

J3500

GROUP 1

J2900

GROUP 0

J3100

GROUPO

J4000

GROUP 3

J4200

GROUP 3

J3600

GROUP2

J3800

GROUP 2

J3200

GROUP 1

J3400

GROUP 1

J2800

GROUPO

J3000

GROUP 0

SBus Slot 1

SBus Slot 2

AO-A20 25MHz SBus

[G

r:J~]r:J
BOOT PROMS

TOD

1

I SBus Slot 3

r:J

F0200

D

3

olQ]] J1200

0000000000
I

LEDS
7-0

DO olQ]] J1201

SERIAL A
DB25

~
DIN8

'---'

SERIAL B
DB25

HD50 SCSI

10BASE-T

PB LED
PALED

SERVER CPU-6

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-2668
Jumper Settings
JUMPER PINS SETTING

DESCRIPTION

1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3

RS-423
RS-423
RS-232 +12Vdc (default)
RS-232 -12Vdc (default)

J1200
J1201
J1200
J1201

Out
Out
In
In

Configured System Boards
PART#

501-2764
501-2765
501-2766
501-2998
501-3038
501-3039

MEMORY

64MB
128MB
OMB
OMB
128MB
256MB

SIMM

8MB
32MB

8MB
32MB

MODULE

1 SM61
2 SM61
2 SM61
2 SM81
2 SM81
2 SM81

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. The SM81 requires Solaris 2.4 and Patch ;:0:101945-35.
3. Install the highest level Boot PROM set in System Board O.
4. Boot PROMs ;:0:2.18 disable 40MHz System Boards if they are
installed in systems using the 50MHz Control Board.
5. Use SPARC module and SBus board Standoff 330-1664-01.
6. A root partition >2GB is not supported by Sun-4c, 4m, or 4d systems.
Memory Configuration Notes
1. The minimum memory configuration is 4 SIMMs in Group O.
2. Use 8MB SIMMs 501-1817 and 32MB SIMM 501-2196.
3. Install all Group 0 SIMMs on all system boards from the lowest board slot
number to the highest. Then install SIMMs in Group 1 on all system
boards, followed by Group 2 and Group 3. Refer to the Memory Module
Installation Guide for installation performance guidelines.
References
1. SPARCserver 1000 Installation Manual, 801-2893-12.
2. SPARCserver 1000 System Board Manual, 801-2900-12.
3. Memory Module Product Note, 801-5345-10.
4. Memory Module Installation Guide, 801-2030-12.
5. BuglD 4035259 filed against root partition >2GB.

Volume I

SERVER CPU-7

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

50MHz Control Board
SPARCserver 1000E
501-2667
501-2673
Programmed

Unprogrammed

J1003

31/2"

D

100MHZD
Y0501

U0201
TMS29F816
J1004

B

31/2"

J0101

SCSI POWER

JTAG

DF0802
D

F0805

D

F0806
D

J1001
5 1/4"

INTERNAL SCSI BUS

J1002

F0801
D

SCSI POWER

F0804

RESET SWITCH

SCSI POWER

SERVER CPU-8

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-2667

501-2673

Notes
1. The 50MHz Control Board is not compatible with the SS1000 System
Board and SuperSPARC modules that run at 40MHz on the XDBus.
2. Boot PROMs ~2.18 disable 40MHz System Boards if they are installed
in systems using the 50MHz Control Board.
3. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are programmed into a 2KB x 8-bit
Flash EEPROM in the TMS29F816 at U0201. The TMS29F816 is not
field replaceable.
4. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are downloaded from the control
board to the NVRAM on all system boards during POST.
5. If the control board EEPROM content is invalid, the values stored in the
NVRAM on System Board 0 are used.
6. The Yellow LED on the keyswitch interface board is ON if the control
board EEPROM content is invalid.
7. Use the update-system-idprom OBP command to download the
contents of the NVRAM on System Board 0 to a control board with an
invalid EEPROM. OBP 2.11 is required.
8. Use the following commands to invalidate the control board EEPROM:
ok patch noop call update-system-idprom
ok patch noop call update-system-idprom
ok patch call noop update-system-idprom
ok update-system-idprom
9. Use the following commands to change the NVRAM parameter that
defines the location of the master system board:
ok clear-master-nvram
ok reset

Volume I

SERVER CPU-9

9/18/00

CONFIGURATION

SPARCcenter 2000
501-1866
OMB FRU

wlo SPARC Module
XDBus Connector 1

XDBus Connector 0
FAB 270-1866-xx
U3900
U4300
U3700
U4100
U3S00
U4200
U3600
U4000
U4700
U5100
U4500
U4900
U4600
U5000
U4400
U4S00

GROUP
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0

XDBus
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

G
G
~
GG
~ GG
a
G
G
G
a
a
Module B

Module A

0

66F053

F0300

01,

SBus Siol 0

11

11

SBusSloll

SBus SIol2

11

SBus SIol3

F0200

10
,

AO-A27 20MHz SBus
NVRAM
U1205

CJ

BOOT PROMS

a

~

3~~

RS232

10

RS423

0

J1400

J1401

F1500 PTe
Keyboard 3
1
1£:210 J1501

0

17-0
LEDS

SERIAL A
DB25

L-I
KEYBOARD
DINS

SERIAL B
DB25

1 PBLED
PALED

"

Notes
1. FAB 270-1866-03 uses a fuse at F0200 and F0300.
2. FAB 270-1866-04 uses a PTe at F0200 and F0300.
3. System Board 501-1866-xx can only access 1MB of cache.

SERVER CPU-1 0

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SPARCcenter 2000
501-2334
OMB FRU
w/o SPARC Module
XDBus Connector 1

XDBus Connector 0
FAB 270-2334-01

~

GROUP

Modo'.B
U4000
U4700
U5100
U4500
U4900

eroome
DI

XDBus

::~~
II

SBus Slot 0

0
1
0
1
0

0
1
1
1
1

l8 G 1- '-~-,-~;.;.l.; . l- -,j-F-0-20-0-'~-T-Ic
II

SBus Slot 1

SBus Slot 2

i

II

SBus Slot 3

ID
i

AO-A27 20MHz SBus
NVRAM
U1205

8CJ

a

~

BOOT PROMS

~

,

8

3~~

RS232

J14~0 °J1:~1423
0

F1500 PTC
Keyboard

D

II

LEDS
7-0

SERIAL A
DB25

3

1

12:210

KEY~ARD
DINS

J1501
SERIAL B
DB25

PB LED
PALED

Volume I

SERVER CPU-11

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCcenter 2000
501-1866
501-2334
Jumper Settings
JUMPER PINS SETTING

DESCRIPTION

1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3
1-2
2-3

RS-423
RS-423
RS-232 + 12Vdc (default)
RS-232 -12Vdc (default)
Factory use only
Default setting

J1400
J1401
J1400
J1401
J1501
J1501

Out
Out
In
In
Out
In

Backplane Guide Pins
Remove two screws from the System Board XDbus connectors before
installing the system board in backplanes with guide pins. Guide pins were
added to the backplane in December 1993 by ECO WO_05425.

~------~~
10
01

~~------~
10
01

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2.
2. Solaris 2.2 supports 5 system boards.
3. Solaris 2.2 supports 8 SuperSPARC modules on 4 system boards.
4. Solaris 2.3 supports 20 SuperSPARC modules on 10 system boards.
5. Install the highest level Boot PROM set in System Board o.
6. Use SPARC module and SBus board Standoff 330-1664-01.
7. A root partition >2GB is not supported by Sun-4c, 4m, or 4d systems.
Memory Configuration Notes
1. The minimum memory configuration is 8 SIMMs in Group O.
2. Install all Group 0 SIMMs on all system boards from the lowest board
slot number to the highest. Then install SIMMs in Group 1 on all system
boards. Refer to the Memory Module Installation Guide for installation
performance guidelines.
3. Use 8MB SIMM 501-1817 and 32MB SIMM 501-2196.
References
1. SPARCcenter 2000 Installation Manual, 800-6975-15.
2. SPARCcenter 2000 System Board Manual, 800-6993-13.
3. Memory Module (SIMM) Product Note, 801-5345-10.
4. Memory Module Installation Guide, 801-2030-12.
5. BuglD 4035259 filed against root partition >2GB.

SERVER CPU-12

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SPARCcenter 2000
501-1866
501-2334
Configured System Boards
PART
NUMBER

501-2208
501-2209
501-2221
501-2223
501-2296
501-2321
501-2322
501-2323
501-2437
501-2438
501-2439
501-2448
501-2720
501-2721
501-2722

Volume I

MAIN
MEMORY

128MB
64MB
128MB
OMB
64MB
256MB
256MB
512MB
128MB
64MB
512MB
64MB
OMB
128MB
256MB

DIMM
SIZE

8MB
8MB
8MB

8MB
32MB
32MB
32MB
8MB
8MB
32MB
8MB

8MB
32MB

NV
MEMORY

NVSIMM
SIZE

sPARe
MODULE

-

-

2 SM41
2 SM41
-

8MB

1MB

8MB

1MB

-

-

-

-

2 SM51
S SM41
2 SM41
2 SM41
2 SM41
2 SM51-2
2 SM51-2

2 SM61-2
2 SM61-2
2 SM61-2

SERVER CPU-13

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

40MHz Control Board
501-1671

SPARCcenter 2000
501-2335

501-2406

Programmed

Programmed

Unprogrammed

JTAG
J0101

CARB-1

LEDS

n
RS

so
S1

U0203
TMS29F816

D

D

Sp

~~

vc

80M Hz

CARB-O

SERVER CPU-14

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-1671

LED SIGNAL

SP
RS
SO
S1
VB
VD
VT
VC

SVP
RST
STPO
STP1
Vbb
Vdd
Vtt
Vcc

501-2335
LED Description

501-2406

DESCRIPTION

COLOR

Service processor attached
System reset
Stop request from CARBO ASIC
Stop request from CARB1 ASIC
-12 Volts DC status OK
+ 12 Volts DC status OK
+ 1 .2 Volts DC status OK
+5 Volts DC status OK

Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Green
Green
Green

Notes
1. The 40MHz Control Board is not compatible with the SC2000E System
Board.
2. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are programmed into a 2KB x 8-bit
Flash EEPROM in the TMS29F816 at U0203. The TMS29F816 is not
field replaceable.
3. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are downloaded from the control
board to the NVRAM on all system boards during POST.
4. If the control board EEPROM content is invalid, the values stored in the
NVRAM on System Board 0 are used.
5. The Yellow LED on the keyswitch interface board is ON if the control
board EEPROM content is invalid.
6. Use the update-system-idprom OBP command to download the
contents of the NVRAM on System Board 0 to a control board with an
invalid EEPROM. OBP 2.11 is required.
7. Use the following commands to invalidate the control board EEPROM:
ok patch noop call update-system-idprom
ok patch noop call update-system-idprom
ok patch call noop update-system-idprom
ok update-system-idprom
8. Use the following commands to change the NVRAM parameter that
defines the location of the master system board:
ok clear-master-nvram
ok reset
9. The 501-1671-04 has a 66MHz clock for the early production units
with 33MHz SuperSPARC modules.
Reference: SPA RCcenter 2000 Service Manual, 801-2007-16.

Volume I

SERVER CPU-15

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCcenter 2000E
501-2718
OMB FRU
w/o SPARC Module
XDBus Connector 1

XDBus Connector 0
FAB 270-2334-01

~ M,d,". ~

~- ~ r:J

,_m
o, I

r:J

SBus Slot 0

I I

I I

SBus Slot 1

SBus Slot 2

U3900
U4300
U3700
U4100
U3800
U4200
U3600
U4000
U4700
U5100
U4500
U4900
U4600
U5000
U4400
U4800

GROUP
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0

X08us
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F0200 PTe

II

SBus Slot 3

10
i

AO-A27 25MHz SBus
U1205

8CJ
NVRAM

800TPROMS

3~~
10 0

,

J1400

RS232
RS423

J1401

F1500 PTe
Keyboard 3

o

II

LEOS
7-0

SERIAL A
0825

1

[£]]0

KEY~ARO
0lN8

J1501
SERIAL 8
0825

P8 LEO
PALEO

SERVER CPU-16

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-2718
Jumper Settings
JUMPER PINS SETTING

DESCRIPTION

1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3
1-2
2-3

RS-423
RS-423
RS-232 +12Vdc (default)
RS-232 -12Vdc (default)
Factory use only
Default setting

J1200
J1201
J1200
J1201
J1501
J1501

Out
Out
In
In
Out
In

Configured System Boards
PART#

501-2672
501-2719
501-2723
501-2999
501-3034
501-3035
501-3036
501-3037

MEMORY

256MB
OMB
128MB
OMB
256MB
256MB
128MB
512MB

DIMM

MODULE

32MB

2 SM61-2
2 SM61-2
2 SM61-2
2 SM81-2
2 SM81-2
2 SM81-2
2 SM81-2
2 SM81-2

8MB

32MB
32MB
8MB
32MB

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. Solaris 2.3 supports 20 SuperSPARC modules on 10 system boards.
3. The SM81-2 requires Solaris 2.4 and Patch ~101945-35.
4. Boot PROMs ~2.18 disable 40MHz System Boards if they are installed
in systems using the 50MHz Control Board.
5. Install the highest level Boot PROM set in System Board O.
6. Use SPARC module and SBus board Standoff 330-1664-01.
7. A root partition >2GB is not supported by Sun-4c, 4m, or 4d systems.
Memory Configuration Notes
1. The minimum memory configuration is 8 SIMMs in Group O.
2. Use 8MB SIMM 501-1817 and 32MB SIMM 501-2196.
3. Install all Group 0 SIMMs on all system boards from the lowest board
slot number to the highest. Then install SIMMs in Group 1 on all system
boards. Refer to the Memory Module Installation Guide for installation
performance guidelines.
References
1. SPARCcenter 2000 Installation Manual, 800-6975-15.
2. SPARCcenter 2000 System Board Manual, 800-6993-13.
3. BuglD 4035259 filed against root partition >2GB.

Volume I

SERVER CPU-17

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

50MHz Control Board
SPARCcenter 2000E
501-2666
501-2674
Programmed

Unprogrammed

JTAG

CARB-1

J0101

a
LEDS

sp

RS

so

U0203
TMS29F816

D

S1

~~

VB

vc

D100MHZ

CARB-O

SERVER CPU-18

Field Engineer Handbook

mS/oo

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2666

501-2674

LED Description
LED SIGNAL

SP
RS
SO
S1
VB
VD
VT
VC

SVP
RST
STPO
STP1
Vbb
Vdd
Vtt
Vcc

DESCRIPTION

COLOR

Service processor attached
System reset
Stop request from CARBO ASIC
Stop request from CARB1 ASIC
-12 Volts DC status OK
+ 12 Volts DC status OK
+ 1.2 Volts DC status OK
+5 Volts DC status OK

Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Green
Green
Green

Notes
1. The 50MHz Control Board is not compatible with the SC2000 System
Board and SuperSPARC modules that run at 40MHz on the XDBus.
2. Boot PROMs :::>:2.18 disable 40MHz System Boards if they are installed
in systems using the 50MHz Control Board.
3. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are programmed into a 2KB x 8-bit
Flash EEPROM in the TMS29F816 at U0203. The TMS29F816 is not
field replaceable.
4. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are downloaded from the control
board to the NVRAM on all system boards during POST.
5. If the control board EEPROM content is invalid, the values stored in the
NVRAM on System Board 0 are used.
6. The Yellow LED on the keyswitch interface board is ON if the control
board EEPROM content is invalid.
7. Use the update-system-idprom OBP command to download the
contents of the NVRAM on System Board 0 to a control board with an
invalid EEPROM. OBP 2.11 is required.
8. Use the following commands to invalidate the control board EEPROM:
ok patch noop call update-system-idprom
ok patch noop call update-system-idprom
ok patch call noop update-system-idprom
ok update-system-idprom
9. Use the following commands to change the NVRAM parameter that
defines the location of the master system board:
ok clear-master-nvram
ok reset
Reference: SPARCcenter 2000 Service Manual, 801-2007-16.

Volume I

SERVER CPU-19

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SPARCengine CP1500
Netra t1
501-5472

SPARCengine CP1500
501-5577
501-5640

360MHz
OMB FRU
w Front Panel

360MHz
OMB
w/o Front Panel
Used in Netra t1

360MHz
128MB FRU
w Front Panel

595-5254

595-5329

360MHz
OMB 501-5577
w/o Front Panel
Used in Netra t1

360MHz
128MB FRU
w Front Panel
w 501-5640

FAB 270-5473
J1401

~~

J3302

a

11

PCII/OA
STP2003

PCII/O B
STP2003

'"

"'~
0
0
00

'"
ii5
--,

"

1181181

000

00000

J3604
SERIAL A
DIN-8
DISPLAY

~
~w

SUPERIO
PC87307

1
J3602 000
J3601 000

USCSI
53C875

J15021
J3303
J3301
J3304

100J

'"'"o
...,
'"

'"0
...,

g

C\I

0

'"
'"
~
--,

: ; 00

a
J4703 g
......
1

J5102

...0
...,
'"'"
"0
<::

~oo

000
I!) 00
RISC
STP2210

000
000

~

'"--,

'"

N
0

...,
'"'"

;;

...,'"'"
~
'"

Cl

C\I

"

0

i5.

"""
~
C\I

0
II:
:

0

(!)

32Kx36SRAM

II

Bank 1

J3B01

BankO

J3BOO

Bank 1

J3701

BankO

J3700

Bank 1

J3601

Bank 0

J3600

I FPROM

FHC

C\I

III

0

(0

0)

=.=~

0

Bank 1

J3501

'a'-

BankO

J3500

Bank 1

J3401

BankO

J3400

BGAJ2800
0
0

m

C\I
....,

PROe 1

<>:

0

(!)

III

0

o

0

0

-L-f-

0

Bank 1

J3301

BankO

J3300

Bank 1

J3201

BankO

J3200

Bank 1

J3101

BankO

J3100

0

0.0

C\I
....,

CJ

0
M
0
0.0

C\I
....,

I

I

Backpanel

~ooo
:
EJECTOR

SERVER CPU-44

Field Engineer Handbook

~/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2976
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

J2502
J2503

1-2
1-2

Out
In

DESCRIPTION

Inv Adr 1

FAB 270-2976

-01 -02 -03 -04
-01 -02

Notes
1. The minimum as for the ExOOO is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The minimum as for the Ex500 is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
3. OBP ::O:3.2v14 is required when 83M Hz and 100MHz boards are mixed.
4. OBP ::O:3.2v23 is required 256MB DIMMs are installed.
5. The message "status 'fail- Downrev AC'" is displayed when CPU Board
<501-2976-03 is installed. The message indicates that the Address
Controller is pre-FCS and lower than revision 5.
Compatibility Notes
1. The 501-2976 was shipped in the E3000 - E6000.
2. The 501-2976 was not shipped in the E3500 - E6500.
3. The 501-2976 is supported in the E3000 - E6000 and E3500 - E6500.
Flash PROM Notes
1. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy 2 (copies from board 2 to board 11).
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
Module Notes
1. The 501-2976 supports up to 2MB of cache per module.
2. The 250MHz 1MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 6.
3. The 250MHz 4MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 7.
4. The 336MHz 4MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 12.
5. The 400MHz 4MB module is not supported.
6. The 400MHz 8MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 21.
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051 .
2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845.
3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.

Volume I

SERVER CPU-45

CONFIGURATION

E3000

9/18/00

E4000

E5000

E6000

CPU/Memory Board
Option 2601
501-4312
OMS FRU w/o Module
83MHz Gigaplane

~

i

D~~~~~~~[8~G
0 [[0 [ B
(0

0)

'a'

r-r- -

BGA J2600

Bank 1
0
0

r--

...,C\I

PROCO

«

0

C!J

'"
o

(0
0
0
0>
C\I

...,

PROC 1

«

J3701

BankO

J3700

Bank 1

J3601

1 C\I

I~

I;;

Bank 1

J3501

1

'a'

BankO

J3500

Bank 1

J3401

BankO

J3400

Bank 1

J3301

0

0
-L--

J3800

Bank 1

J3600

'"

0

J3801

BankO

BankO

C!J

0

FPROM

0

BGA J2800

o o

128Kx36 SRAM [

BankO

J3300

Bank 1

J3201

BankO

J3200

Bank 1

J3101

BankO

J3100

I

1

Backpanel

EJECTOR

SERVER CPU-46

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-4312
Jumper Settings
DESCRIPTION

Inv Adr 1

Notes
1. The minimum as for the ExOOO is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The minimum as for the Ex500 is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
3. The first OBP release for the 501-4312 was 3.2 Version 7.
4. OBP ;:::3.2v14 is required when 83M Hz and 100MHz boards are mixed.
5. OBP ;:::3.2v23 is required 256MB DIMMs are installed.
Compatibility Notes
1. The 501-4312 was shipped in the E3000 - E6000.
2. The 501-4312 was not shipped in the E3500 - E6500.
3. The 501-4312 is supported in the E3000 - E6000 and E3500 - E6500.
Flash PROM Notes
1. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy 2 (copies from board 2 to board 11).
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
Module Notes
1. The 501-4312 supports up to 8MB of cache per module.
2. The 250MHz 1MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 6.
3. The 250MHz 4MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 7.
4. The 336M Hz 4MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 12.
5. The 400MHz 4MB module is not supported.
6. The 400MHz 8MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 21.
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051.
2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845.
3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.

Volume I

SERVER CPU-47

CONFIGURATION

E3500

9/18/00

E4500

E5500

E6500

CPU/Memory Board
Option 2602
501-4882
OMS FRU WiD Module

83/90/1 OOMHz Gigaplane

~

~

u~%~~l~~~~[G]~[8
~
IOIIOIFPROMB
(0

0)

0

--r-

BGA J2600

Bank 1

J3801

0
0

Bank 0

J3800

...,'" 0

Bank 1

J3701

(!)

Bank 0

J3700

r--

PROCO

<>:

en

0

0) ==~

(0

Bank 1

J3601

BankO

J3600

0

Bank 1

J3501

IQ'

BankO

J3500

Bank 1

J3401

BankO

J3400

Bank 1

J3301

BGA J2800
0
0

Ol

...,
'" 0

PROC 1

<>:

(!)

en

0
0

0

0

--l-

128Kx36 SRAM

0

1 Bank 0

I Bank 1
I Bank 0
I Bank 1
I Bank 0

I
I
I
I

'"

15'5

...,
'"

D

J3300
J3201
J3200
J3101
J3100

I

I

Backpanel

000

I
EJECTOR

SERVER CPU-48

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

3/18/00

501-4882
Jumper Settings
DESCRIPTION

Inv Adr 1

Configured CPU/Memory FRUs
PART#

DESCRIPTION

MODULE#

540-4516 OMB FRU with 2 400MHz Modules 501-5762
540-4517 OMB FRU with 2 400MHz Modules 501-5661
540-4575 2GB FRU with 2 400MHz Modules 501-5762

Notes
1. The minimum
for the ExOOO is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The minimum
for the Ex500 is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
3. The first release of OBP for the 501-4882 was 3.2 Version 12.
4. The oldest supported release of OBP for the 501-4882 is 3.2v14.
5. OBP 3.2v14 is required when 83MHz and 100MHz boards are mixed.

as
as

Compatibility Notes
1. The 501-4882 was shipped in the E3500 - E6500.
2. The 501-4882 was not shipped in the E3000 - E6000.
3. The 501-4882 is supported in the E3000 - E6000 and E3500 - E6500.
Flash PROM Notes
1. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11).
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
Module Notes
1. The 400MHz 4MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 18.
2. The 400MHz 8MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 21.
References
1. Enterprise 3500 System Reference Manual, 805-2630.
2. Enterprise 45001550016500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632.
3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.

Volume I

SERVER CPU-49

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

E3000

E4000

E5000

E6000

Clock Board
501-2975
83MHz Gigaplane

P060112:§]

J0413000
000
000
000
000
000 Pins are not installed
in J0401 - J0413
000
000
000
000
J0401 000

DC-DC

ggg

D

D

NVRAM

Z85C30
Remote Console

D

U0205

Z85C30D
Aand B
1

Z85C30
Keyboard/Mouse

D

IIDIID
D F090l
o
0

J0804

J0803

LEOS

XIR

a a a
JTAG
DB25

SERIAL A
DB25

POR

KBD
DIN8

SERIAL B
DB25

Backpanel and Connectors
KBD

L-_---11 • O. 1-1_ _~
JTAG

A

CPU<1

<1

B

Notes
1. Clock 501-4286 was shipped in the E3000 - E6000.
2. Clock 501-4286 was not shipped in the E3500 - E6500.
3. Clock 501-4286 is not supported in the E3500 - E6500.

SERVER CPU-50

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2975
Jumper Settings
JUMPER PINS SETTING

J04xx
JOS03
JOS03
JOS04
JOS04
P0601
P0601

1-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
1-2
1-2

N/A
In
In
In
In
In
Out

DESCRIPTION

Clock frequency selection
RS232 (default)
RS423
RS232 (default)
RS423
FPROM write enable (default)
FPROM write protect

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The Clock Board is not a hot swap component.
3. Clock 501-2975 supports 167MHz modules.
4. Clock 501-2975 only supports a 1:2 clock ratio.
5. Use the POR button to perform a Power On Reset.
6. Use the XIR button to perform an Externally Initiated Reset.
7. After an XIR, memory is cleared and some CPU state is preserved.
S. An XIR does not override the NVRAM auto-boot? parameter.
9. Use the OBP .xir-state-all command to display the XIR information.
NVRAM Notes
1. The Clock Board, I/O Board, and I/O Graphics Board NVRAMs are
automatically synchronized when the Clock Board NVRAM contents
matches at least one I/O Board or I/O Graphics Board NVRAM.
2. Use the following OBP command to manually synchronize a new or
replacement I/O Board to an existing Clock Board:
ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards
3. Use the following OBP command to manually synchronize a new or
replacement Clock Board to an existing I/O Board:
ok (ioboard# in hex) copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod
Remote Console Notes
1. The remote console monitors input to ttya.
2. The secure position of the keyswitch disables the remote console.
3. A Power On Reset (POR), Externally Initiated Reset (XIR), or Power
Cycle can be performed through the remote console.
4. Enter remote console characters with a 0.5 to 5 second delay.
5. Remote console commands are:
Power Cycle
SPACE CR - CNTL SHFT P
POR
SPACE CR - CNTL SHFT R
XIR
SPACE CR - CNTL SHFT X
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, S02-6051.
2. Ultra Enterprise 4000/5000/6000 System Manual, 802-3845.

Volume I

SERVER CPU-51

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

E3000

E4000

E5000

E6000

Clock Board
501-4286
83/1 OOMHz E3000 Gigaplane
83MHz E4000/S000/6000 Gigaplane

P0601

~

J0413000
000
000
000
000

DC-DC

~~~ Pins are not installed
000 in J0401 - J0413
000
000
000
000
J0401 000

D

D

NVRAM

Z85C30
Remote Console

D

U0205

Z85C30D
Aand B
1

D

Z85C30
Keyboard/Mouse

IIDIID
D F0901
o
0

J0804

J0803

LEDS
XIR

000

JTAG
DB25

POR

KBD
DIN8

SERIALA
DB25

SERIAL B
DB25

Backpanel and Connectors
KBD

'--_---'I • O.
JTAG

A

CPU'C,F.;,~,r.;,3,S,Sl,

E=::J

-.l,-.l,,l,-.l,-.l,-.l,,l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,
~,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,~,-.l,~,

J ,J ,j ,j ,} ,} ,} ,J ,j ,J ,} ,-.l ,},
J ,} ,j ,j ,j ,} ,j ,J ,j ,j ,} ,j ,j,

J ,j ,} ,j ,} ,} ,-.l ,} ,} ,} ,j ,} ,},
J,j,j,jMXl'lO~I>l,j,},j,

} ,} ,J ,j ,T,};:.\ ,} ;:r;j ,J ,} ,},
} ,j ,,I ,j ,,I ,j ,-.l ,} ,j ,j ,j ,j ,j,

} ,J ,} ,-.l ,} ,} ,,I ,} ,J ,} ,j ,j ,},
} ,j ,j ,J,} ,j ,j ,,I ,j ,j ,j ,} ,},
} ,J ,,I ,j ,J ,} ,,I ,} ,} ,} ,j ,} ,},
j ,j ,} ,J ,} ,j ,j ,} ,J ,J ,J ,J ,j ,

D

o
300-1221

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1 (SunOS 4.1.3).
2. If two modules are installed, the minimum OS is Solaris 2.1.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum MBus and XDBus speed of the MXCC is 40MHz.
5. This module is not compatible with the 50MHz SS1 000 Control Board.
6. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable.
7. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable.
Reference: SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12.

Volume I

SUPERSPARC-19

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SM51 SuperSPARC Module
8810

88108X 8820 881000
501-2754
50MHz

MBus Connector
F0801c=:J
'~I"-,?I~'--:='--:='--:=';;:'~,:;c,;;::,:;:,:;:,;;::,!

,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,

,-!,-!,-!,,l,-!,,l,,l,,l,,l,-!,,l,-!,~,

,-! ,-! ,-! ,j ,,l ,j ,J ,j ,j ,J ,j ,j ,j,
,j ,j,-! ,j ,j,j ,j ,j ,J ,j,,l ,j,,l,
,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,j,,l,,l,,l,,l,j,
,,l,J,,l ,,l~~..@.l,,l ,,l,j,
,,l,,l,,l,,l, , ,,l,,l,~,,l,j,,l,j,
,,l,,l,,l,,l,j,,l,j,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,j,
,J,j,j,,l,,l,,l,,l,j,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,
,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,j,,l,,l,,l,,l,
,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,,l ,,l ,,l ,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,J ,,l,
,J,J ,,1 ,J,,l ,,l,J ,,1 ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,j,

,,,, ,,,,

,,,,,~ ,,,,,~

,,,,

D

,,,,~ ,"-,,~ ",,~,

,J,,l,-!,J,,l,j,,l,j,j,,l,j,,l,,l,
,j,J,j,,l,j,j,J,j,j,J,,l,J,j,
,J ,,l ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,,l ,,l ,j ,j,
,,l ,J ,j ,,l ,J ,j ,j ,J ,J ,J,J ,j,J,
,J ,J ,J ,j ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,j ,j ,,l ,J ,,l,
,J ,J ,,l ,,1 ,,l ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l,
,J ,J ,J,~ ,J,~ ,J ,J,~ ,J,~ ,J ,j ,
,J ,J ,j ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,j,
,"""-","",""",,",,,,
,,",,,, ,
,J ,J ,j ,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,J,
,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J,
,J ,J ,,l ,J ,j ,J ,,l ,J ,j ,,l ,J ,J ,J,
,J ,J ,,l ,J ,,1 ,J ,j ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l ,J,
,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,J,
,J ,J~r~!'r.r.??¥.,l
,J,
,J,J,
, , , , , , , : ,J,,l,

,",","

,"

0
300-1221

,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J
,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J oj ,J
,J ,J ,J ,J ,j ,J ,J ,J ,J
,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l ,J
,J ,J ,J,J ,J ,J ,J,J ,J
,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,1 ,J
,J ,J,J,J ,J,J,,l ,J ,J
,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J, ,J,J,J'il
,J ,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,,l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,J, ,J,J,,l,J,
,J,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J,J ,J,J ,J ,,l,
,J ,,,1 ,,,1 ,,,l ,,,1 ,,,l ,,,l ,,,1 ,J ,J ,J J,

11.,".J.,., .J.'.' .J.J.J.J.

:::::j'jl

Notes
1, The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1 (SunOS 4.1.3).
2. If two modules are installed, the minimum as is Solaris 2.1.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum MBus and XDBus speed of the MXCC is 40MHz.
5. This module is not compatible with the 50MHz SS1 000 Control Board.
6. The SS1000 requires OBP 2.18 to support MXCC 3.x.
7. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable.
8. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable.
Reference: SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12.

SUPER8PARC-20

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SM51-2 SuperSPARC Module
SC2000
Option 1165
501-2353
50MHz

MBus Connector

o

F0801

o
o
o

MXCC 2.x

SuperSPARC 3.x

150.0001
MHz

L -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2 (SunOS 5.2).
2. The SC2000 requires Boot PROM 2.11.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 40MHz.
5. This module is not compatible with the 50MHz SC2000 Control Board.
6. System Board 501-1866-xx can only access 1MB of cache.
7. Surface mounted Fuse F0801 is not field replaceable.
Reference: SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12.

Volume I

SUPERSPARC-21

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SM51-2 SuperSPARC Module
SC2000
Option 1165
501-2601
SOMHz

MBus Connector

D

F0801

o
o
o

MXCC2.x

SuperSPARC 3.S

150.0001
MHz
~--------------~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2 (SunOS 5.2).
2. The SC2000 requires Boot PROM 2.11.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 40MHz.
5. This module is not compatible with the 50MHz SC2000 Control Board.
6. System Board 501-1866-xx can only access 1MB of cache.
7. Surface mounted Fuse F0801 is not field replaceable.
Reference: SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12.

SUPERSPARC-22

Field Engineer Handbook

I awnloA

£(:-Ot:l'v'dSt:l3dnS

'G ~ -S80G- ~OB 'aPfnf) uOfrel/eJsu/ a/npow Ol:::ft/dSJadns :a:>uaJa!al:l
'alqBa:>BldaJ Pia!! S! ~OBO~ lB ~O-9vGG-OS~ asn~ VB aLI.1 'L
'alpB:> !O 8V'H ssa:>:>B AIUO UB:> XX-99B ~ - ~OS PJB08 walsAS '9
'PJB08 IOJlU08 OOOG8S zHV\lOS a4l 4l!M alq!lBdwo:> lOU S! alnpow S!4.l 'S
'zHV\lOv S! 88XV\I a4l !O paads sn80X WnW!XBW a4.l 'v
'papoddns lOU S! sadAl alnpow lUaJamp Bu!x!V\I '8
'B ~ 'G V\lOl:ld loo8 saJ!nbaJ OOOG8S a4.l 'G
'(G'S souns) G'G SPBIOS S! walsAs BU!lBJado wnw!u!w a4.l '~
saloN

T' !'TT'
TT'!,'!,'
1'" !'T'
'!"T' 1'" 1" r'!"'!'" !"T'
T'r' 1'" 1'" r'r' r'r' 1'"
T'r'r' 1" r'r'!"'r'!'"
T' r'r'r' fT' rT'!,,'
T' r'r'rTT' fT' 1'"

'!,TTTTT'!" !'TT' !'TT'
'!'T' !,T'!,'!,'!,' !'TT' 1'" I"T'
TT' I"T' fT' !'TTT' 1'" rT'
'rT' rT' rT' 1'" 1" 1" 1" 1'" 1'" 1'"
'!'" 1": t' !":.r: tTT
tT'r'
'I'" r~~~d~J!''t''t:I r'!'"
'!"TT' !"T' 1'" \"'!'" 1" 1'" !"T' f'
'!"TT' !"T' 1'" 1'" 1'" \"'!'" rT' f'

'I" 1"'1"'1"1'" 1'" 1"'1" 1'"

'1"'1'" 1"'\,,'\,,'1" 1'" 1'" I"'!,,' r'\'" f'
'!"T' rT' rT'!"" 1" 1" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1'"

< < < IT'

t'.r..:

'rrrrrrrrr 'rrrrrrrrrrrrr

'f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'
'I'" 1" 1'" 1" 1" r'!"" 1" 1'" 1" 1'" f' 1'"
'I'" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1" 1'" 1'" 1'" r'!"'!'" 1"1
, f' 1'" \'" 1'" 1" r' \'" 1'" 1" 1'" 1'" 1" 1'"
'1"'1'" \'" !"'\,,' r'r'!'" 1'" !"'r'r' 1'"

~cc~-008

o

'rT' rT' 1" 1" 1" 1'" 1" r'!'" I"'!,,'
'!"'r' 1"'1"\,,'1'" 1"'1" r'!'" r'f'r'
'rT' rT' 1'" 1" r'!'" r'!'" 1'" fT'
'1"'1" f'f'\"'r' f' 1'" \,,'f' \'" f'r'
,r':t' r' r' r':t' r':t' r':t' r' r' :t'
'I'" r'!'" 1'" 1'" r'!'" 1'" 1'" \"'!'" 1'" \""
'I" 1" 1'" 1" f' 1'" \'" 1" 1'" 1" r'!" 1"'1
'!'" 1'" 1" ,'r'!"',',' 1",' 1'" 1" 1'"
'!"'r'r' 1"'1'" r'\'" 1"'1" r'f'r'!'"
'rT'!,,' !"T' 1'" f' !"T'!,,' \'" \'" 1'"
'\,,'r' f' r'r' !".:.r..: fT 1'" 1'" 1" 1'"
, r'r' 1'" ~i€{~k"l!'" 1'" 1'" 1'"
'\,,'1'" 1"'1"1"1'" 1"'1'" 1" 1'" 1"'1"'1'"
'I'" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1" 1'" 1'" 1" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1'"
'1"'1'" 1"'1",'1'" 1"'1'" 1"'1'" 1'" 1"'1"
'f'r' r','f'r' 1"',' 1"',' 1'" 1"'1'"

D

:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;: r: r: r:;::

C=:::J

~080:l
JOpauu0:J snSII\I

ZHII\I09

9 ~9(:- ~09
99~ ~ UO!ldO
OOO(:OS

81 npOV\l 8t:1VdS J8dn S G- ~ 9V\1S
SNOL1'v't:ln81.:lNOO

00/9 ~/6

)jooqpUBH Jaau!6U3 Pia!.::!

VG-Ol::I'v'dSt:l3dnS

'G ~ -SSOG- ~08 'ap!nf) UOnfJl/fJJsu/ a/npow QI::J'r/dSJadns :9:>uaJ9!al:l
'alqBa:>BldaJ Pia!! S! ~080.:l lB ~O-917GG-OS ~ asn.:l V8 a4.l .L
'94:>B:> !O SII\I ~ ssa:>:>B IiIUO UB:> xX-998 ~ - ~OS pJBOS walsliS '9
'pJBOS IOJlU08 OOOG8S zHII\IOS a4l 4l!M alq!lBdwo:> lOU S! alnpow S!4.l 'S
'zHII\I017 S! 88XII\I 94l !O pa9ds snsox WnW!XBW 94.1 '17
'palJoddns lOU S! sadlil alnpow lU9JaH!p 5u!x!1I\I 'S
'8 ~ 'G II\IOl:ld lOOS saJ!nbaJ OOOG8S a4.l 'G
'(G'S souns) G'G sPBloS S! walslis 5u!lBJ9do wnw!u!w 94.1 . ~
S9l0N

'1'

T'(,T(, ("r'("(,TT("("rT("(,T(,
T'(,T'(' (,T'(,TTTTTT'(,TTTT
, , , , .t'(,'(,'(,T (,T'(,TTT'(,TT'(,TT'(,T
T' (,T' (,T',',',' (' ,',T' r' ,T' (,T' ,T' ,T',' ('
',T,T,T(,',', ('T,'!":T':'\:'.l'T.r:.rXITT

'(",',' (",' (",',', (",' iCr.V.:J.tl~~~~I::1""

',' r' r','!" r' (",' r

I" (",' (" ("

r' (" (",',' (" (" (" ('

'rrrrrrrr('rrrrrrrrrrrrrr

T,T,T,',Tr r',T,',T(,T',T(,T(,',
',' (" r' (",',',' r', " 1" r' 1",',' 1",' 1",' 1" r' 1" I'
,
T',TTTT',T',T',',T

,-------,

:r: r: r: r: r: t t' t' r' t' t' t'

~c:c:~-um;

.~""~""~""~""~""~"",','

(",',' (",

'I" (",' 1",',' I" ,T,' (" 1" f
'I" (",' 1",' f',' f',' 1",' f',
'r' (" 1" f',' 1" f' 1",' 1" r' 1" I'
',',' f' (",' f' f' f',' f',' f' f
'r' 1" 1",' f' 1" 1" f' f' 1" 1" 1" I'
',',',',' (" f',' fT' f',' f' r
'I" (",' 1",' 1" f',' 1" I" (",',
't' t' t' t' t' t' t' t' t' t' t' t'
. r' r' I""!"" r' I"" f' f' r' 1" r' f',
',' 1" 1",',' r'!" 1",' 1",' 1" I'
'1",',' ,T',' ,TT' ,T' 1" ,:
'I" (",'f'r' f' ("1"1" f'r' 1",
'I" (" r' 1" (" r' r' r' 1" r',' 1" r
T (,T 1" ,T 'T.r.T (,T I'
'r',' f' f)'f) 00XW f' r' 1" f
'f'r' (" ,'I" ,'1",'1" ,'1",'
'r' r' r' ,T' fT' ,T' ,T' f' r
'I" f' ("f',' ,'1"1"1" ,'1",' ('
'r' r',',' 1" f' r' f' 1" I" 1" 1" 1'1
'I" (" (" 1" 1" f' I" 1" 1" f' 1" 1",'

o
D

'I

'::-'=t'::"':;":'r"':;"='::'-'::"":t':;"='r"'::""

iIl--------'i ~080::l

JopaUU08 snSlI\I

ZHlI\I09
99LG-~09

OOOGOS

alnpOII\I OtJVdSJadns G- ~911\1S
OO/B ~/6

SNOLl'v't:ln81.::!NOO

9G<)l::lV'dStl3dnS

I awnlo/\

";::~-S£O;::-~08

'apfnf) u0treI/ElJsu/ a/npow OtJ'ttdSJadns :90U9J9!9tl

"91QB90Bld9J PI9!! S! ~O-917;::;::-OS ~ 9Sn.:l V8 94.1 "v
"P9lJoddns lOu S! s9dAl 91npow lU9J9U!P 5u!x!V\I "£
"~ PUB 0 SlOIS snss SJ91\00 ;::SV\lS 94.1 ";::
"(£"S souns) £";:: SPBIOS S! W9lSAS 5U!lBJ9dO wnw!u!W 94.1 "~
S9loN

00
OOQ
ZHVII OOO"OS

'\" \" 1",' \,',' 1" 1",' \,',' I'
,\,',' r'\''\'' r'\''\'' ,'\" ,'\'
'\" \" 1",',' \" 1",' \" \" \" I'

'\" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \"

'\" \" \" \''\'' \" r'\" r' r' r'
'\" \" r' \" r' \" r' r' \" r' \"
'r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' \" r'
'I" 1" 1" \" r' 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"

'\,'!,',',',' \,',' r' \,',',',

'r' \"

1",' 1" r',' \" r' \" r' I'
'\" t"!j' nr:r~~ooll~',
,\,T r' f' f' f"'1'T\,',' \''r' \'
\" \"
\"~",' \'

, \''It!f':Il~~.mdf1t:'r'
'r' 1" r'\'"'\")"'\'" 1" \'; ?iI"

',' \",',',','

'r' 1"

\" 1" \" 1" 1" 1" r' 1" 1"
',' 1",' r'!"!"!"!" \"!"!"
'I" r'\" r'\" 1",' r'\" \" 1"
',' 1" r'\" r','\"r' \,'1",'

',',' 1",' \,',',',',',',' r
',' r'~",' 1" \,',' 1" r' 1" \,',
'I" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" \",' 1" \" 1" \'

. f' it' r' r' r' r' r' f' f':t' f'

•

,

•

,

•

I

•••

o

'r' 1" r' 1" r' 1"

00
~O£~.::I

~OV~.::I

c=J

c=J

0

••

1" 1" \" 1" 1"
'\,',',' \",',' 1" 1" \" \" \"
'I" 1" 1",' r',' 1" 1" r',','
'\,',' \,',' \",' 1" 1",' 1" 1"
'!" ,',' r'\" 1" r' r'\" \,','
'\",',' ~;.f":.t;.r~~.' 1",'
'~" 1" \'~jooqpuBH JaaU!DU3 Pla!.:I

9l-8tfv'dStl3dnS

"(: ~ -980(:- ~08 'ap!nf) UOUf?/rel su/ a/npovv 01:J'rfdSJadns :aouaJalal:l
"alqBaoBldaJ Pla!l S! ~0-917(:(:-09 ~ asn:l '17'8 a4..L ""\7
"papoddns lOU S! sadfil alnpow lUaJaH!p 6u!x!V\I "8
"~ PUB 0 SlOIS snss SJaAOO (:9V\1S a4..L "(:
"(8"9 SQuns) 8"(: SPBIOS S! walsfis 6u!lBJado wnw!u!w a4..L "~
saloN

'f' f' f' f'f' f' f'f'f'f'f:{
'f'f' f' f'f'f' f'f' f'r' r'r
'f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f:
'r'!" r' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'
'f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f: ~
'f'
r~~!ijif:'f~
T' ~:~'
, , ~

f

~66~-OO8

'f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' r' f'!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'
'f' f' f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f'
'f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'
'f' f' f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'!,' f'!,' f' f' f' 1'"
'f' f' f' 1'" f' f' 1'" 1'" 1'" f' f' 1'" r'!" f' 1'" f' f' f' f' f' f' f'!,' 1'" f' r'
'r"'l--'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'

D D

'f' f'!,' 1'" f' f' f'!,' f'!,' f' f
'I'" f' 1'" f'!,' f' 1'" f' 1'" f' 1'" f
'!" f'!,'!,' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f'!,
'f'!,' r'f'f' f'f' f'f' f'!,'f
',' f','!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'!,
'f'f' f¥%~m' 1" f:~
'fT!'
' 'fT!'

'f'r'r'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'-l"~'

:f: r: f: r: r: f: r: f: r: f: r: f
I c::::::J
OOOk:!

fT' f' fTT' fTTTT' f'
r' f' f' r' f' f' f' r' f' f' f' r'
fT' fTTTT' fTTT' f'
f' f' f' r' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'
fTfTfTTTTTf'f'
f'
liii~~p~T
f' ~.f.'
~,
T'

5
fTfTfTf'fTTfT
:r: f: f: f: f: f: f: f: r: f: r: f fTf
f' f' f f'!,'!,' f' r' f'!,' f' f'!,'!,' f'
fTf fTfTfTTfTTTf'
:,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,;..,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,
r: r: f: f: f: f: r: f: r: r: f: f fT'
f fT' rT' fTT' f' fTTT'
fT'f ,,.,;..,;..,,..,,.,;..,;..,;..,;..,;..,,;-,

~66~-OO8

0 0
I

fT' f
r' f' r
fTT
f' f' f
fTf
rTT
f'n"

fTf
!'Tf
!"!,T
f'fT
f'fT
f'fT
!'Tf
f'f,!,
f'r'!'
!,'f'!'

:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~: ~ f;',;',

r'!" r'!" f' f' 1'" f' 1'" 1'" f' 1'"
f' !,'f'r' f'r'f' f' f'!,' f'!,'
!",' 1'" f' f'!,'!,' f'!,'!,' f' f'
f' f'f' f' f' f' f' f' f'f' f'!,'
!",' f'!,' f' f'!,' f'!,'!,' f'!,'
f' r'
f' ~'"F'
1" !" f'
!"
fT'
, ,
T'!'T'

P?*W

f' f'f' f'!,' f' f' f'!,'f' f'f'
!" f'!,' f' f','!,' f'!,'!,'!,'!,'
f' f'f' f' r' f' f' 1" f'f'f'f'

;";";";";"';";"';";"';"<-';.'

~OOk:l

I

JOpauuo:J snSII\:I

I

ZHII\:I09
99Ll-~09

OlSS

XSO~SS

O~SS

alnpOII\I 8l:fv'dSJadns XGSII\IS
)O/B~/6

SNOLl'v'tI n81.:1 N08

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SM61 SuperSPARC Module
SS20
501-2571
60MHz

MBus Connector

D
F0801

o

MXCC2.x

I'~'~'~'~'~'~'~'~'~ ,J,~ ,J ,,I ,-l,~
d '1 ,J '1 ,J,~ '1'~ '1'~ ,J '1 ,J '1 ,-l

o

o
160.0001
MHz

,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,..\ ,J ,J ,J ,J ,-l

I'~ ,J,~ ,J ,J ,J ,J,~ ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,I ,J ,J

,J ,..\ ,J
I,J ,J ,,I ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,I ,,1 ,J
,J,~ ,-l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,-l ,J
I ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J
'I,J ,J ,-l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,1 ,J ,J ,J ,..I ,J
,J ,J ,JSuperS~RCS..x,J ,J ,J
,..1 ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,1 ,J,~ ,,1 ,J ,J ,..I ,..I ,,1
1
,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,I ,J ,J ,J ,J
,..\ ,J ,J ,,1 ,J,~ ,J ,J ,J ,,1 ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J
1
,J ,J ,J ,,I ,,1 ,J ,J ,,I ,J ,,I ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J
,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,-l ,,1 ,J
I,J,J ,J ,J ,J ,,1 ,J,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J
1,,1 ,J ,J ,J ,J ,-l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,I ,J ,J
.,~,~,~,~ ,J,~ ,J,~ ,J,~ ,J,~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B.
2. If two modules are installed, the minimum
is Solaris 2.3.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. This unreleased module was shipped by the Advanced Products Group.
5. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 40MHz.
6. The 5A Fuse at F0801 is not field replaceable.

as

References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12.
2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11 .

Volume I

SUPERSPARC-27

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SM61 SuperSPARC Module
SS10

SS10SX SS20 SS600MP
Options 1168 1174
501-2613
60MHz

MBus Connector
F0801
rc.':."'".'3.S.3.5'..3".5";.~.;;cc.:;,;,.>7.i.~
•

c=:=I

•..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •
•..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •
•..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.J •..l.J.J .J.,l.J •
•J.J.J •..l.J •..l.J.J •..l.J.J.J.-I •
•-I.J.J.-I.J.-I.J •..l.J.J.J.J.J •
·J·J·J·JM~2!x.\·J·..l·,l·

D

.,l.-I.-I.J •.1.-1.-1 •.1 .J •.1.-1 •.1 .-1 •
•-l.J •..l.J .,l.-I.J •..l.J.J.J .,l.J •
•J.-I.-I.J.-I •..l •..l.-l.J •..l •..l •..l.-I •
•..l.J.,l.J.J.-I .J •..l .J.J •..l.J •..l •
•..l.J •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.J •..l •..l ...l ...l •
•.1 .J •..l.J •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.,l •..l.J •
•J •..l •..l •..l.-I •..l.J •..l •..l •..l.,l •..l.,l.
.1 •..l •..l •..l •..l.-I •..l.-l.J •..l •..l.J •..l •
•J •..l.J.-l .-I.-l .J.-l •..l.J.J .J.,l •
•..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.J •..l.J •..l •..l •..l •
•..l.J •..l •..l.J.-I.J •..l.J.J.-l.J.J •
•J.-l •..l •..l •..l.,l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.J •
•..l ...l.,l ...l •..l.-l.J.,l.J.,l •..l.,l •..l •
•,l.J •..l •..l •..l •..l.-I.-l.J.J •..l •..l •..l.

o
300-1221

• . • • • • . • . • • . . • II~~~
•..l •..l •..l.J •..l.-I •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.J.J.(.I,.,.
.J.J.J •..l.J •..l.J •..l .,l.J.J.J.J. .-I.J.J.-I.J.J.J •.Ji.J •
•,l.,l.J.J •..l •..l.,l.J .,l.J •..l .J.,l. .J •..l.J.J.J.-I.J.J.J •
•J.,l.,l.J .,l.J .,l.,l.,l.J.J.J.J. .J.-l.J.-I.J .,l.J •..l.J •
•,l.J •..l.J .,l.J .,l •..l •..l.,l •..l.,l •..l. .J •..l.J.J.J.J.J •..l.J •
•J .J ~,..nArAAMw.~~J.J • .J.J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J •
•J.J .1:-.r.::l.:r:..Ll.T.J .:CJ.J • •J.,l.J.J.J •..l •..l •..l •..l •
•J .J •.Ji.J .J.J .J •.Ji.J •..l.J .J.J. .J •..l.J.J .J.J.J •..l.J •
•J.,l.J.J.J.J •..l.J.J •..l •..l.J.J • •J.J.-I •..l •
•J.-I •..l.J.J.-l.J.J .J.J.J.J.J • •J •..l.J.J •
•J •..l.J.J •..l •..l •..l.J.J •..l.J •..l.J • •J.J •..l •..l.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B.
2. If two modules are installed, the minimum
is Solaris 2.3.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
5. The 501-2613 is not tested or approved for use in the SS1 000.
6. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable.
7. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable.

as

References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12.
2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11 .

SUPERSPARC-28

Field Engineer Handbook

I awn lOA

6c-Ol::lVdS1::I3dnS

" ~ ~ -GL8 ~-(ms 'ap!nf) uoue/Jf3Jsu/ a/npow atJ"tldSJadns "~
"~~ -S80~- ~OS 'ap!nf) UO!Jel/eJsu/ a/npow al:J'tIdSJadns "~

S90U9J9!91::1
"91QB90Bld9J PI9!! S! ~OSO.::llB ~0-917~~-OS ~ 9sn.::l \is 941. "S
"91QB90Bld9J PI9!! lOU S! Alddns J9MOd 80-80 M~~ 941. "L
"ZHV\lOS S! 88XV\I 94l !O p99ds snsox WnW!XBW 941. "9
"ZHV\lOS S! 88XV\I 94l !O p99ds snsV\l WnW!XBW 941. "S
"P9lJoddns lOu S! s9dAl 91npow lU9J9mp 6u!x!V\I "v
"X"8 88XV\llJoddns Ol S ~"~ dSO s9J!nb9J 000 ~SS 941. "8
"8"~ sPBloS S! SO wnw!u!w 94l 'P9I1BlSU! 9JB s91npow OMl!1 "~
"S UO!SJ9/\ ~"~" ~ SPBIOS S! W9lSAS 6u!lBJ9do wnw!u!w 941. "~
S9loN

"\" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \'

'rT' \" rTT' r' rTT' \,T' \'
'\,'1" \" \" 1" 1" (" \" \" 1" r' 1" r
,r' 1" \" r:.t' f'.!"..r: f l r' r' I'
'\" r~~Id~,:!,'{'I\S' \" r
'\,T' \" \,TT' \" rTT' \,T' r
'rT'~" 1" 1" r' 1" r' 1" \,T' r' \'
'\" 1" \" 1" 1" (" 1" \" 1" r' 1" \" r
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 'rT'r' ("rT'r'rTT'!''!''!'
I, y', M'~' M' w~, M' W M'I\" \''!'' \" \" 1" \" \" \" 1" 1" \" 1" r

:r: r: r: r: r: r: r: r: r: r: r: r:

~cck008

o
'(" 1" (" 1" 1" r' 1" (" 1" r' r'~" I'
\" 1" 1" r' 1" \" 1" 1" r' r' I'
TrTr'rTrT'rTrTr
'\''!'' rT'!" rT' r'!" f'!" r'!'
'r' r' r' r' 1" \" 1" r' 1" r' 1" 1" I'
'r' 1" r' r' 1" r' r' r'~c r' r' r' r
'r'r'r'l*\800~1(11 1"1" 1"1'
'\" 1" r' r' 1" r' r' (" r'~" r' 1" I'
'I" r' 1" r' r' r' r' (" 1" 1" r' 1" r
'\" 1" \" 1" 1" \" 1" r' 1" r' r' 1" r
'r' r' r'~" r' r' 1" r' r' r' r'~" I'
'I" 1" 1" r' r' r' r' 1" 1" 1" r' r' I'

'r' 1"

D

'::"'::"';;:.'r-'r-':;'='::"'t"'f='1!=';(-'r-'

c=l

~oeo::l

JOlOaUU08 snsVIJ

ZHVlJ09
6~Sc-~OS

~U ~
OOO~SS

99 ~ ~ SUO!ldO

OcSS

XSO~SS

O~SS

alnpOV\l 8l:fvdS Jadn s ~9V\1S
SNOI..LVl::In81~NOO

00/9 ~/6

)jooqpUBH JaaU!6U 3 Pia!.::!

0E>08'v'dS83dns

'~~-U£~-GOB 'ep!nf) UO!re/rejSu/ e/npovv atJ'tfdSJedns 'G
'G ~ -9£OG- ~OB 'ep!nf) UO!jfll/fljSU/ e/npovv aCl'tldSJedns '~
S90U9J9!9l:1

'91Qe90eld9J PI9!! S! ~OBO.::lle ~O-9'\7GG-09 ~ 9sn.::l VB 9LLL 'B
'91Qe90eld9J PI9!! lOU S! Alddns J9MOd 80-80 MGG 941.. 'L
'pJeo8 IOJlU08 3000~SS 9LH 4l!M 9lQ!ledwoo lOU S! 69LG-~09 941.. '9
'OOO~SS 94l U! 9sn JO! p91\oJdde JO P9lS9ll0U S! 69LG-~09 941.. '9
'zHVII09 S! 88XVII 94l!O p99ds sn8V11 wnw!xew 941.. ''\7
'p9poddns lOU S! s9dAl 91npow lU9J9H!P 5u!X!VII '£
'£'G SpelOS S! SO wnw!u!w 94l 'P9I1elSU! 9m s91npow OMl!1 'G
'8 UO!SJ9/\ ~'~' ~ S!JeIOS S! W9lSAS 5u!leJ9do wnw!u!w 941.. '~
S9loN

'r' r' r' r'
'r' r' r' r'
r' r' r' r'
"i-' i-' i-' r'!"!" r' r'
'r'!'" r' r' \'" \,,'!" r' \'"
'r' r' f' r',' r' r' r' f'
'r' r' r' r' r' r' r' f' \'"
'!'" \"'!'" f' f' f'!,'!,' f'
'!'" r' r' r' \'" f' r' r' \'"
'f' r' f',' r' \'" f'!,' r'
~~~"

r'

:t: r: t: r: r: r: r: r: t: r: r: r: r:

~G('a-008

o

:r" t' r" r" r: r: t' t' t' t' t' t' t'

'f'!"~"!" f' f' {' r' r' r'!'" r' f'
'r' f'!,' r'!" f' f'!,' r' r'!" r' r'
,r' f' !" \'" r' f' !" !" !" r' f' f' r'
'r' f'!,,' f'!,' r' r' \'" r' r' f' f'!,,'
'r' r' f' f' r' r' f' f'!,,' r' f' f'!,'
'r' r'!'" f' r' r' r' f' \'" f'!,' f' f'
'!" r'!" r~~lMr'!" r' r'
'r' r' r'!"!" r'!" r'!" r' r' r' r'
'f' f' r' r' r' r'!" r' r' r' r'!"!"
'I" I"!,' f' f' \"'!" r'!" 1" r' f'!,,'
'f' f'!,' f' r' \'" r' r' 1" \'" f' r'!"
f' 1" f' 1" r' f' 1" r'!" f' r'
'r'!"
'"i"'::""r=':;--'l;'-':(o'::--'r='::""!:""":"":;,,'r-'

D
C=:J

'r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r'
'r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r'
'r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r'
'!" r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r'!'"
'\'" \'" r' \'" \,,'!,,'!" r' r'J" \'" r' r'
',' ,lf9'3t:I'v'l:tSJ !'lQ"@!"'r'
'r' f' f' r' r'!'" r' f' r' r' r' f' f'
'f' r'!" f' f'!,' r' r' f'!,'!,' r'!"
'f' f' r' r' f' r'!'" r' f' r' r' f' r'
'f' f' r' r',' f' f' r' f' r' f' r' r'
'r'!'" \'" f' r' r' f'!,,' r'!"!" r' \'"

~080;:l
JOI06UU0:J

snsVII

ZHVII09

69LG-WS

OGSS

XSO~SS

O~SS

alnpoV\J Ol:fifdSJadns ~9V\JS
OO/B~/6

SNOLL'v'8n81.::!NOO

1118/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SM61 SuperSPARC Module
SS10

SS10SX SS20
501-2752

SS600MP

60MHz

MBus Connector
F0801c=]

D
I

I

I

•••

I

••

I

••

I

•

. J .J.J.J.J .J.J .,1.J.-I.J.J.J.
.J.J.J.J .,1.J.-I.J.J.J .,1.J.J .
.J.,1.,1.J.J.J.,1 ...\.J.J.J.J.J .
.J.J.J.J .,1.J.J.J.J.J .,1.J.J .
.J.J.J.J .-I ...\.J .J.'! .J.J.J.J .
.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .
.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .
.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.

o

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B.
2. If two modules are installed, the minimum OS is Solaris 2.3.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
5. The 501-2752 is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus.
6. OBP 2.14v3 was used to test the 501-2752 in the SS600MP.
7. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable.
8. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12.
2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11.

Volume I

SUPERSPARC-31

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/0C

SM61 SuperSPARC Module
SS10

SS10SX SS20
501-2782
60MHz

MBus Connector
F0801c=:J
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..!."!."! •..!."! •..! •..! •..! •..!.-l.
-l."!.-l •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..!*~gg~~ •..! •..!.-l.
..! •..! •..! •..! • • • • • • • ..! •..! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..\ •..! •..\ •
..!.-l •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •
..! •..\ •..\ •..\ •..! •..\ •..! •..! •..! •..!.-l •..! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..\ •..! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •
•

•

I

••

I

••••

I

••

..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.-.! •..! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.-l •..! •..! •..! •..!.
-l.,1.,1 •..! •..\ •..! •..! •..! •..!.,1 •..!.,1 •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..l.
,I •..! ...! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..~ •..! •.~ •.
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.
'':'':'':'':'':'':'':'--:'

D

.--:.--:.--:.

-l •..! •..!.-l •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!."! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.,1 •..! •..! •..! •..!
..! •..! •..! •..\ •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!
-l."!."!."!."!.,1.-l •..! •..!.,1.,1."!."!."!
..! •..l •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!
..! •..! ·$!!p.~:1!t"1~s!i·,1·..1
,1 •.1 • • • • • • • • :l.:l.~ ...! •..!
..!.,1 •..! •..!.,1 •..! •..l •..! •..!.,1 •..! •..! •..! •..!
..! •..!.-l."! •..! •..!."! •..!.,1 •..!.,1.,,! •..! •..l
..!.,,!.,1 •..! •..l •..!."! •..! •..! •..! •..!."! •..! •..!
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!
"! •..!.-l •..! •..! •..!."! •..l •..!.,1 •..! •..l •..! •..!

0
300-1221
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.,1 •..! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.
"! •..! •..I.,1.-l •..! •..! •..! •..! •
..!.,1 •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..l •..! •
,1."!."!.,1 •..\ •..! •..l •..! •..!.
..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.~ •..!.~ •..! •
..! •..! •..! •..!.
"!."!.,1'..!:j
,I •..! •..! •..!.
,1 •..! •..I.,1.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B.
2. If two modules are installed. the minimum as is Solaris 2.3.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
5. The 501-2782 is not tested or approved for use in the SS 1000.
6. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable.
7. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12.
2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11.

SUPERSPARC-32

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SM61 SuperSPARC Module
SS 10

SS 1OSX SS20 SS600M P
Options 1168 1171
501-2825

SS 1000

60MHz

I

I

MBus Connector
F0801
••••••••••

I

-==:::J

••

..I.~ ...I.~ ...I.~.~.J ...I.J.~ ...I.~.

~.J.~.J ...I ...I.J.~ ...\ ...1 •..1 •..\ •..1 •
..I.J.J.J ...I.J.~.J ...I.J.~.~.J.
J.J.~.J ...I.J.J.J ...I.J.J ...1 •..\ •
..I.J.J ...I ...I ...I.J.J.~ ...I ...I.J.J.
J.J.J.J~~~~~.J ...I.J.
~.J.~ ...1. • • .J. . ...I.J ...1 •
..\.J.J ...I ...I ...I.J.J ...I ...I ...l ...I.J .
..I.J ...1 •..1 •..I.J.J.~ .J.J.~ .J.~.
J.J.~.J.J.J.J.~ ...\.J.J ...\.J .
..I.J ...1 •..1 •..I.J.J.~.J.J.~.J.J.
J ...\.J.J.J ...\ ...I.J ...\.J.J.J.J.
I~'~'~'~'~'~'~ ,,:,.~ .... ~.~.~.
J ...I.J ...I.J.J ...I.J.J.J.J ...I.J.
..I.J.~.J ...I.J.J.J.~ ...I.J.J.J .
..\.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J ...I.J.
J.J.J.J ...I ...I.J.J.J ...I.J.J.J .
..I •..I.J ...1 •..1 •..\ "'.J.J.J.J ...I.J.
J ...I.J.J .J ...l.J .J ...l ...l ...I.J ...I.
J.J.J.J ...I.J.J.J.J.J.J ...\.J .
..l.J.J .J . ..\ ...I.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
300-1221
I... ·... ·... ·.. ·..,·..,· .. ·..,·.. ·..,· .. ·.. ·..,·
J ...I.J ...I ...\.J .J.J.J .J.J.J .J.
J ...l.J ...\.J.J.J.J ...\.J ...\.J.J.~ .J.J .J.J .J.J .J.J .J.
J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .
J .J.J ...\.J.J ...l.J.J .J.J ...l.J.~ .J ...\.J ...\.J ...\.J.J ...l.
J.J ...I.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J . .J.J .J.J .J.J .J.J .J .
J.J~~~~p'~.J.~ .J.J ...\.J.J.J.J.J.J.
J.J. . . . .J. . .J ...l.J.J • .J.J.J.J.J.J .J.J.J .
J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. .J.J .J.J .J.J .J.J .J.
J.J ...\.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .~ ...I.J.J.J
J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J . .J.J.J.J.
J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .~ .J.J.J.J.
J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J . .J.J.J.J.

D

0

j

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B.
2. If two modules are installed, the minimum as is Solaris 2.3.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The SS1000 requires aBP 2.18 to support MXCC 3.x.
5. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
6. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
7. aBP 2.14v3 was used to test the 501-2825 in the SS600MP.
8. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable.
9. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12.
2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11.

Volume I

SUPERSPARC-33

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SM61-2 SuperSPARC Module
SC2000
Option 1167
501-2543
60MHz

MBus Connector

..
,l.,l.,l.,l.,l.,l.-!.-!.-!.-!.-!.-!.,l.

F0801

C=:J

.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~

~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~

J.J.~.J.J.J.J.J.~.~.J.~.J.

J.J.J.,l.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.,l.J.
J.J ..,l.J.J.J ..,l.J.J.J ..,l.J.J.
,l.J.J.JM~OOa:;xl.J ..,l ..,l.
-!.J.-!.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
J.J ..,l ..,l.J ..,l.J.J.J ..,l.J.J.J.
J.J.,l.J .J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J.J.
,l.J.J.J.J.J .,l.J ..,l.J.J ..,l ..,l.
J .J.J .J.J.J.J ..,l ..,l.J.J ..,l.J.
J:.J.J.J:.J.J.J.J.J.J: .,l.J.J .
.J.J.J.J ..... ..,.-> ..... ->.-> •..,.->.->.
J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
J .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .,l.
J.J •..l.J.J.J.J.J.J: .J.J .J:.J.
J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
J:.J.J.J:.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
:iJ.J.J .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J •
.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
300-1221
J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
J.J.J:.-!.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J . ,:,.,:,.,:,.,:,.,:,.,:,.,:,.,:,.':'.
J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .~ .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
J.J.J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J:.J.J.J.~ .J.J.J: .J.J .J.J.J.J: .
.,l.J .J.J .J.J ..,l.J.J.J .J.J .J • .J.J.J .J ..,l .J.J ..,l.J.
J .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J ...l.~ .J.J.J.J.J.J:.J.J.J.
J .J.$tJperSEl'~J.J. .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .J .
..l ...l ...l.J ...l ...l ...l ...l ...l ...l ...l •..l ...l.~ ...l ...l.J ...l.J.J •..l.J.J.
J .J.J.J ...l.J.J.J ..,l ..,l.J.J.J. .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. ·J·,l·.,l·J:1
J ..,l.J.J ..,l.J.J .J ..,l.J.J .J.J.~ .J ..,l.J.J.
d.J.J'1:J'1.J .J.J •..l.J .J.J . .J.J.J.J.

D

0

.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. The SC2000 requires aBP 2.18 to support MXCC 3.x.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
5. System Board 501-1866-xx can only access 1MB of cache.
6. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12.
2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11.

SUPERSPARC-34

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

3/18/00

SM61-2 SuperSPARC Module
SC2000
Option 1167
501-2757
60MHz

MBus Connector

D
-l.-l.-l.-l.-l.-l.-l.-l •.,\.-l.-l •.,\ •.,\.
-l.-l.-l •.,l.-l •.,\.-l.-l.-l.-l •.,\.-l •.,\ •
.,l •.,\ ..,l •.,\.-l.-l.-l.-l •.,\.-l.-l ..,\.-l .
..l.-l •..l.-l •..l •.,\ •..l.-l •..l •.,\ •..l •..l •.,\.
-l."\.-l.J.-l.-l.-l.-l.J.J.-l.J •..l.
J ...l .-l •..l.J.J.J.J.J."\ •..l.J ...l.
J.J.J.J.J .-l.J.J •..l.J.J.J.J.
J.J.J.J.J •..l .-l.J.J.J.J.J •..l.
•

•

I

•

•

•

I

•

I

•

•

I

o
300-1221

.11 ~~..:::=;::;:~

J.J.J.J.J."\.J.J.J."\.J.J •..l .ij,
J~~~~~~~~~~~~.

~~~~~~~~~.

J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
J~~~~~~~~~~~~.

~~~~~~~~~.

J .J.J .J.J.J.J.J.J .J.-l ...LJ.
J.J ,q,.hArli;P~J&!2.l.J.
J.J.1 ;-..f.l.~.i.J .~-;J •..l.J.J.
J •..l.J •..l.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
J.J.J.J.J."\.J.J.J."\.J •..l.J.
..l.J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J.
J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.

.J •..l.J •.,l.J.J.J .-l.J.
.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
.J.J.J.J •..l.J.J.J.J.
.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.
.J.J."\.J .('--'--'---'~
.J.J.J .J.
.J.J.J.J.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. The SC2000 requires aBP 2.18 to support MXCC 3.x.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
5. System Board 501-1866-xx can only access 1MB of cache.
6. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12.
2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11.

Volume I

SUPERSPARC-35

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SM71 SuperSPARC II Module
SS10 SS20
Option 1175
501-2520
75MHz

I

I

MBus Connector

F0600 -c::::J-

--DD
-- D
DD
------- DD
c=J=o
--- 00°
300-1265

0

imffi.i:l@~

_ _ Ml

l\@lm@~_ifliIDMl@

~
MHz

Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B or Solaris 2.3 HW: 8/94.
2. The SS10 and SS20 require Boot PROM 2.22.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
5. The 501-2520 is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus.
6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC 1/ Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10.
2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC 1/ Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10.
3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC 1/ Module X-Option, 802-2568-10.
4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC 1/ Module X-Option, 802-2569-10.
5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10.

SUPERSPARC-36

Field Engineer Handbook

3/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SM71 SuperSPARC II Module
SS10 SS20
Option 1175
501-2904
75MHz

I

MBus Connector

I
0

F0600 -c::::::J-

300-1265

DD

D

DD

DD

CJ:o
SHpeMfABp II %3

00°
75 0

1 MHz
. 1

Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B or Solaris 2.3 HW: 8/94.
2. The SS10 and SS20 require Boot PROM 2.22.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
5. The 501-2904 is not compatible with the XDBus.
6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10.
2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10.
3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2568-10.
4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2569-10.
5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10.

Volume I

SU PERSPARC-37

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SM71 SuperSPARC II Module
SS10 SS20
Option 1175
501-2940
75MHz

I

MBus Connector

I
F0600 -c:::::::J-

0
-DD
- - D
- - DD
- - DD
_m_

&i~@1l11i~il!~

300-1265

~1lMiiiW\W~rnj~m

ffi~~

m_ _

~~~i:1mWi~1

--am~WOOJM~~~

~1W1W:glflmMW~Jl_iWilll_WIlli~

~mi~@OOlM%ml%i@:@@rni'l_@~1

~ml@ill@_

!mij!@@li@~

-- ---

CJo

00

0

~
MHz

Notes
1. The minimum 08 is 80laris 1.1.1 Version B or 80laris 2.3 HW: 8/94.
2. The 8810 and 8820 require Boot PROM 2.22.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
5. The 501-2940 is not compatible with the XDBus.
6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC II Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10.
2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC II Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10.
3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC II Module X-Option, 802-2568-10.
4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC II Module X-Option, 802-2569-10.
5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10.

SUPERSPARC-38

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SM71 SuperSPARC II Module
SS10 SS20
Option 1175
501-3001
75MHz

I

MBus Connector

I
0

F0600~

300-1265

DD

D

DD

DD
CJ:o
S!!peMp6HI; Ii 24 a

00°
~
MHz

Notes
1. The minimum 08 is 80laris 1.1.1 Version B or 80laris 2.3 HW: 8/94.
2. The 8810 and 8820 require Boot PROM 2.22.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
5. The 501-3001 is not compatible with the XDBus.
6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10.
2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10.
3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2568-10.
4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2569-10.
5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10.

Volume I

SUPERSPARC-39

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SM71 SuperSPARC II Module
SS10 SS20
Option 1175
501-2925
75MHz

I

MBus Connector

I
0

F0600~

300·1265

DD
~

D

DD

DD

CJ:o

00°
Notes
1. The minimum 08 is 80laris 1.1.1 Version B or 80laris 2.3 HW: 8/94.
2. The 8810 and 8820 require Boot PROM 2.22.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
5. The 501-2925 is not tested or approved for use in the 881000.
6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10.
2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10.
3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2568-10.
4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2569-10.
5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10.

SUPERSPARC-40

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SM71 SuperSPARC II Module
SS10 SS20
501-4130
75MHz

I

I

MBus Connector

------~w~

F0600~

300-1265

0

DD

D

----, DD
ij~'i%@~il

DD

CJ=o

- 00°
[tID
MHz

Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B or Solaris 2.3 HW: 8/94.
2. The SS1 0 and SS20 require Boot PROM 2.22.
3. Mixing different module types is not supported.
4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
5. The 501-4130 is not compatible with the XDBus.
6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10.
2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10.
3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2568-10.
4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2569-10.
5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10.

Volume I

SUPERSPARC-41

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SM81 SuperSPARC II Module
SS1000
Option 1177
501-3033
85MHz

I

I

MBus Connector

F0600 -c:::::J_ _ m_1IlI

300-1265

0

DD
_0000 _ _ _ _ _

D

DD

DO
1mmmm~#m~~@1lW

c=J=o

00°
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch ;:::101945-35.
2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode.
3. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ;:::102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed.
4. SS1000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards.
5. Mixing different module types is not supported.
6. The 881000 requires LefVRight Side Panel 330-1869.
7. Side Panel 330-1869 is used on systems produced after July 1995.
8. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
9. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11.
2. SS1000 and SS1000E Side Vent Product Note, 802-2896-10.
3. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10.

SUPERSPARC-42

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

3/18/00

SM81 SuperSPARC II Module
SS1000
Option 1177
501-2953
85MHz

I

_ _M _

-

®fjffi'MtgMmnk~_~WJ@fi!M

-

I

MBus Connector

-

jjj!l:~rnttRW&rmll~~~M

F0600 -c::=J-

300-1265

0

DD

D

DD

DD
,
;r_tmm_~~~

c:=J=o

00°
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch ;::101945-35.
2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode.
3. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ;::102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed.
4. SS1000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards.
5. Mixing different module types is not supported.
6. The SS1 000 requires Left/Right Side Panel 330-1869.
7. Side Panel 330-1869 is used on systems produced after July 1995.
8. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
9. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11.
2. SS1000 and SS1000E Side Vent Product Note, 802-2896-10.
3. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10.

Volume I

SUPERSPARC-43

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SM81 SuperSPARC II Module
SS1000
Option 1177
501-4810
85MHz

I

I

MBus Connector

---

F0600 <=:J--

300-1265

0

W&~~$jWi~

00

-_&__ D
----- D D
&

--,-

00
c=t:o

00°

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch 2101945-35.
2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode.
3. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch 2102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed.
4. SS1000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards.
5. Mixing different module types is not supported.
6. The SS 1000 requires Left/Right Side Panel 330-1869.
7. Side Panel 330-1869 is used on systems produced after July 1995.
8. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
9. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11.
2. SS 1000 and SS 1000E Side Vent Product Note, 802-2896-10.
3. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10.

SUPERSPARC-44

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SM81-2 SuperSPARC II Module
SC2000
Option 1178
501-3022
85MHz

I

I

MBus Connector

F0600 -c:::J-300-1265

,

39WDC-DC

0

DD

D

DD

,

I

DD

CJ:o

00°

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and patch ;::101945-35.
2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode.
3. Patch 101945-35 fixes a watchdog reset problem that may occur when
more than 12 modules are installed.
4. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ;::102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed.
5. SC2000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards.
6. Mixing different module types is not supported.
7. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
8_ The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11.
2. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10.

Volume I

SUPERSPARC-45

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SM81-2 SuperSPARC II Module
SC2000
Option 1178
501-3098
85MHz

I

I

MBus Connector

F0600 --c::::JI

300-1265

I

39W DC-DC

I

DD

,

I

0

,

D

DD

,

DD

CJ=o

I

,

5

00°

Notes
1_ The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch ~1 01945-35.
2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode.
3. Patch 101945-35 fixes a watchdog reset problem that may occur when
more than 12 modules are installed.
4. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ~1 02001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed.
5. SC2000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards.
6. Mixing different module types is not supported.
7. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
8. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11 .
2. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10.

SUPERSPARC-46

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SM81-2 SuperSPARC II Module
SC2000
Option 1178
501-4780
85MHz

I

MBus Connector

'

,
H

F0600 -c:=J-

I

300-1265
39WDC-DC

ID

,

DD

I

1
8

I
0

I

I

I
s

M

lL

DD

1

,
,
,

1

DD

I

,

1
I

:

I

,

1

I,

!

~~(

I

1

,
I
1

iI
1

II" 'fi
1

CJ:o

00°

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch ;::101945-35.
2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode.
3. Patch 101945-35 fixes a watchdog reset problem that may occur when
more than 12 modules are installed.
4. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ;::102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed.
5. SC2000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards.
6. Mixing different module types is not supported.
7. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
8. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11.
2. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10.

Volume I

SUPERSPARC-47

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SM81-2 SuperSPARC II Module
SC2000
501-5056
85MHz

I

I

MBus Connector

F0600 -c::J300-1265
39WDC-DC

0

DD

D

DD

DD
CJ:o
I

00°

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch ;:0:101945-35.
2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode.
3. Patch 101945-35 fixes a watchdog reset problem that may occur when
more than 12 modules are installed.
4. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ;:0:102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed.
5. SC2000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards.
6. Mixing different module types is not supported.
7. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz.
8. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable.
References
1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11 .
2. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10.

SUPERSPARC-48

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS
HYPERSPARC

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

hyperSPARC
HS11 hyperSPARC Module .................................................
HS14 hyperSPARC Module .................................................
HS21 hyperSPARC Module .................................................
SM151 hyperSPARC Module ...............................................

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

2
4

5
6

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

HS 11 hyperSPARC Module
SS10

SS10SX

SS20

370-1864
100MHz

I

MBus Connector

I

III

'--

D

100.000
MHz

Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94.
2. Only one 370-1864-01 is supported in order to meet FCC Class B.
3. The SSlO, SS10SX, and SS20 require OBP 2.19.
4. The hyperSPARC Module is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus.
References
1. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module Upgrade, 802-1652-11 .
2. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module Upgrade, 802-1214-11.
3. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module X-Option, 802-2565-10.
4. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module X-Option, 802-2564-10.

HVPERSPARC-2

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

HS11 hyperSPARC Module
SS10

SS10SX SS20
Option 1181
370-1866
100MHz

MBus Connector
,*!ilW _ _

-~---:

~II

"

--D

II!WJliH%!i

100.000
MHz

Notes
1. The minimum as is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94.
2. If two modules are installed, the minimum as is Solaris 2.4 HW: 11/94.
3. The SSlO, SS10SX, and SS20 require OBP 2.19.
4. The hyperSPARC Module is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus.
References
1. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module Upgrade, 802-1652-11 .
2. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module Upgrade, 802-1214-11.
3. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module X-Option, 802-2565-10.
4. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module X-Option, 802-2564-10.

Volume I

HVPERSPARC-3

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

HS 14 hyperSPARC Module
SS10

I

SS10SX

370-1867

370-3720

100MHz

100MHz

I

MBus Connector

D

100.000
MHz

- '---

iliiillJl

IWm

~ffi

SS20

----,m_ml_ _

_

M

I-

__

m§ffi~@n.:M~ilwn.@

_ W i i l l J I m _ f f i_ _ _

----,

lD"'-m
i

~ :([]
FAB 270-6216-60

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94.
2. The SSlO, SS10SX, and SS20 require aBP 2.19.
3. The hyperSPARC Module is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus.
References
1. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module
2. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module
3. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module
4. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module

HVPERSPARC-4

Upgrade, 802-1652-11 .
Upgrade, 802-1214-11.
X-Option, 802-2565-10.
X-Option, 802-2564-10.

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

HS21 hyperSPARC Module
SS10

SS10SX S820
Option 1183
370-1865

125MHz 256KB Cache

%

~

-

i

MBus Connector

__

_IE

~~--

p~

1M

~_ _ m_ _
_

1_ _ _

-

~-~ru%EI--E

D

,

125.000
MHz

Notes
1. The minimum as is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94.
2. If two modules are installed, the minimum as is Solaris 2.4 HW: 11/94.
3. The SSlO, SS10SX, and SS20 require OBP 2.19.
4. The hyperSPARC Module is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus.
References
1. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module
2. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module
3. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module
4. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module

Volume I

Upgrade, 802-1652-11 .
Upgrade, 802-1214-11 .
X-Option, 802-2565-10.
X-Option, 802-2564-10.

HVPER8PARC-5

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SM151 hyperSPARC Module
SS10

SS10SX

SS20

370-2162
150MHz

MBus Connector
,_m_

_ M_iIiI_
_ _ mmm

_00

~

_ _ _ immill

----

IiIiI

!PAl

_ _ _mm_mmIMII

D

150,000
MHz

Notes
1. The minimum as is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94.
2. If two modules are installed, the minimum as is Solaris 2.4 HW: 11/94.
3. The SS1 0, SS10SX, and SS20 require OBP 2.25.
4. The hyperSPARC Module is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus.

HVPERSPARC-6

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS
ULTRASPARC

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

UltraSPARC
Ultra 2 Ultra 30 Ultra 60 Ultra 80 E250 E450
UPA Terminator .................................................................
167MHz UltraSPARC I Module .........................................
200MHz UltraSPARC Module .........................................
250M Hz UltraSPARC Module ........................................
300MHz UltraSPARC Module ........................................
360M Hz UltraSPARC Module ........................................
400MHz UltraSPARC Module ........................................
440MHz UltraSPARC Module ........................................
450MHz UltraSPARC Module ........................................
480MHz UltraSPARC Module ........................................

2
3
5
7
9
11
14
19
20
22

E3xOO E4xOO E5xOO E6xOO E10000
UltraSPARC Module Installation .......................................
167MHz UltraSPARC I Module .........................................
250M Hz UltraSPARC II Module ........................................
333M Hz UltraSPARC II Module ........................................
336M Hz UltraSPARC II Module ........................................
400MHz UltraSPARC II Module ........................................

24
26
28
31
32
33

Ultra 5 Ultra 10
270M Hz UltraSPARC
300M Hz UltraSPARC
333M Hz UltraSPARC
360M Hz UltraSPARC
400MHz UltraSPARC
440MHz UltraSPARC

.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................

45
47
49
51
53
55

1000
UltraSPARC III Module .......................................
UltraSPARC III Module .......................................
UltraSPARC III Module .......................................

56
57
58

Sun Blade
600MHz
750MHz
900MHz

IIi
IIi
IIi
IIi
IIi
IIi

Module
Module
Module
Module
Module
Module

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

UPA Terminator
Ultra 2
501-4843

Notes
1. Ultra 2 requires 501-4843 if only one 300MHz module is installed.
2. The UPA Terminator is included with UG-M1 XXX-M1300.
3. The UPA Terminator is not included with Option X1191 A.
Reference: Sun Ultra 2 UltraSPARC-1I Module Upgrade, 805-0936-11.

ULTRASPARC-2

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

167MHz UltraSPARC I Module
Ultra 2
501-2702-03
512KB Cache Spitfire

FAB 270-2702

ggggQ

OlD
Reference: Ultra 2 UltraSPARC Module X-Option, 802-6079-10.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-3

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

167MHz UltraSPARC I Module
Ultra 2
Option 1187
501-2942
512KB Cache Spitfire

FAB 270-2702

ggggg

DD
Notes
1. UltraSPARC 2.2 is installed on 501-2942-01.
2. UltraSPARC 4.0.2 is installed on 501-2942-02.
3. When 501-2942-01 and 501-2942-02 are mixed and asp is ~3.1.2,
the module speed is set to 148MHz. asp 3.1.3 fixes this problem.
Reference: Ultra 2 UltraSPARC Module X-Option, 802-6079-10.

ULTRASPARC-4

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

200MHz UltraSPARC I Module
Ultra 2
Option 1188
501-3041
1MB Cache Spitfire

FAB 270-3041

ggggg
gg gg

DOl
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Ultra 2 aBP 3.1 Beta 1 is required.
3. Ultra 2 System Board ;0:501-3132-07 is required.
4. Ultra 2 System Board 501-2487 is not compatible with this 501-3041.
5. Mixing module speeds is not supported.
Reference: Ultra 2 UltraSPARC Module X-Option, 802-6079-10.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-5

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

200MHz UltraSPARC I Module
Ultra 2
Option 1188
501-4791
1MB Cache Spitfire

FAB 270-4791

ggggg
gg gg

lOlOj
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Ultra 2 aBP 3.1 Beta 1 and System Board ;:::501-3132-07 is required.
3. Ultra 2 System Board 501-2487 is not compatible with 501-4791.
4. UltraSPARG is made by TI (MANUF=17) or NEG (MANUF=22).
5. UltraSPARG on 501-4791-02 is only made by NEG (MANUF=22).
6. Use the .ver and switch-cpu aBP commands to see the MANUF code.
7. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported.
Reference: Ultra 2 UltraSPARC Module X-Option, 802-6079-10.

ULTRASPARC-6

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

250MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Ultra 2

Enterprise 450 Netra t 1100
Option 2230
501-4278
1 MB Cache Blackbird

FAB 270-4278-02

gggg
gggg

OlD
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware:4/97.
2. This module is not supported in the Ultra 2.
3. The 501-4278 was not shipped in Enterprise 250 systems.
4. The 250MHz module was not shipped in Ultra 450 Workstations.
5. Mixing module speeds is not supported.
6. The Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
7. Option X2230A includes a Module and DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
Reference
Ultra Enterprise 450 UltraSPARC" Module X-Option, 805-1704-10.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-7

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

250MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Ultra 30

Enterprise 250 Enterprise 450
Options 11 90 2230
501-4857

Netra t 1100

1MB Cache Blackbird

FAB 270-xxxx

gggg
gggg

lOIO)
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware:4/97.
2. This module is not supported in the Ultra 2.
3. Mixing module speeds is not supported.
4. The 250M Hz module was not shipped in Ultra 450 Workstations.
5. The Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
6. Option X2230A includes a Module and a DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
Reference
Ultra Enterprise 450 UltraSPARC " Module X-Option, 805-1704-10.

ULTRASPARC-8

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

300MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Ultra 2

Ultra 30

Enterprise 450 Netra t 1120
Options 1191 2240
501-4196

Netra t 1125

2MB Cache Blackbird
FAB 270-4253

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Ultra 2 asp 3.7vO and CPU ~501-3132-07 is required.
3. UPA Terminator 501-4843 is required if only one module is installed on
Ultra 2 CPU ::;;501-3132-12.
4. The 501-4196 is not compatible with the Ultra 60 (A23).
5. The 501-4196 was not shipped in A20, A23, or A26 systems.
6. Mixing module speeds is not supported.
7. The Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
8. Option X2240A includes a Module and DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
References
1. Sun Ultra 2 Module Upgrade, 805-0936-11.
2. Sun Ultra 2 UltraSPARC /I Module X-Option, 805-0937-10.
3. Ultra Enterprise 450 UltraSPARC /I Module X-Option, 805-1704-10.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-9

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

300MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Ultra 2 Ultra 30 Ultra 60 Ultra 450 Enterprise 250
Enterprise 450 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra ft 1800
Options 1191 2240
501-4849
2MB Cache Blackbird
FAB 270-xxxx

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Ultra 2 OBP 3.7vO and CPU ~501-3132-07 is required.
3. UPA Terminator 501-4843 is required if only one module is installed on
Ultra 2 CPU ::;501-3132-12.
4. Modules ::;501-4849-02 are not compatible with the Ultra 60.
5. UltraSPARC II revision 1.1 is not compatible with the Netra ft 1800.
6. Mixing module speeds is not supported.
7. The Ultra 450 and Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
8. Option X2240A includes a Module and DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
References
1. Sun Ultra 2 Module Upgrade, 805-0936-11.
2. Sun Ultra 2 UltraSPARC /I Module X-Option, 805-0937-10.
3. Ultra Enterprise 450 UltraSPARC /I Module X-Option, 805-1704-10.

ULTRASPARC-10

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

360MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Ultra 60
Option 1192
501-5129
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The Ultra 60 UPA speed is 120MHz using a +3 clock.
3. Mixing module speeds is not supported.
4. UltraSPARC on 501-5129 is mask# <80 (Blackbird).
5. UltraSPARC on 501-4781 is mask# :2:80 (Sapphire).
6. Ultra 60 requires aBP 3.11v26 when mask# <80 and :2:80 are mixed.
7. Use the .ver or .properties aBP commands to see the mask#.
8. Use the switch-cpu aBP command to switch CPUs.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-11

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

360M Hz UltraSPARC II Module
Ultra 60
Option 1192
501-4781
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The Ultra 60 UPA speed is 120MHz using a +3 clock.
3. Mixing module speeds is not supported.
4. UltraSPARC on 501-5129 is mask# <80 (Blackbird).
5. UltraSPARC on 501-4781 is mask# ;:::80 (Sapphire).
6. Ultra 60 requires aBP 3.11 v26 when mask# <80 and ;:::80 are mixed.
7. Use the .ver or .properties aBP commands to see the mask#.
8. Use the switch-cpu aBP command to switch CPUs.

ULTRASPARC-12

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

360MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Ultra 60
Option 1192
501-5552
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The Ultra 60 UPA speed is 120MHz using a +3 clock.
3. Mixing module speeds is not supported.
4. Use the .ver or .properties aBP commands to see the mask#.
5. Use the switch-cpu aBP command to switch CPUs.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-13

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Enterprise 250
Option 1194
501-5237
2MB Cache Sapphire-Black

00 00 00[ll]

0000
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported.
3. This module is not qualified for use in the Ultra 2.
4. The Enterprise 250 requires aBP ;:03.12 Version 10.
Enterprise 250 Chassis Notes
1. Rear cardguides installed prior to =2/99 may require replacement to
prevent component damage on the 400MHz Module. Two guides, part
number 250-1390 or 250-1484, are included with the module option.
2. Chassis :::::540-3272-02 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250M Hz and
300M Hz modules are installed.
3. Chassis :::::540-3272-02 is FCC Class A EMI compliant when 400MHz
modules are installed.
4. Chassis ;:0540-3272-03 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250M Hz,
300M Hz, and 400MHz modules are installed.
5. Front Bottom Door 540-3352-03 is required for FCC Class B.
6. Removable Media Tray 540-3351-02 is required for FCC Class B.
7. Chassis 540-3273-03 includes 540-3351-02 and 540-3352-03.

ULTRASPARC-14

Field Engineer Handbook

3/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Ultra 2
Option 1193
501-5541
2MB Cache Sapphire-Black

[ll][ll][ll][ll]

LIlLIl

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported.
3. The Ultra 2 requires System Board ~501-3132-13.
4. The Ultra 2 requires OBP ~3.11 Version 2 POST ~3.3.8.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-15

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Ultra 2 Enterprise 250
Options 1193 1194
501-5445
2MB Cache Sapphire-Black

[l1][l1][l1][l1]

0000
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported.
3. The Ultra 2 requires System Board ~501-3132-13.
4. The Ultra 2 requires OBP ~3.11 Version 2 POST ~3.3.8.
5. The Enterprise 250 requires OBP ~3.12 Version 10.
Enterprise 250 Chassis Notes
1. Chassis :::;540-3272-02 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250MHz and
300MHz modules are installed.
2. Chassis :::;540-3272-02 is FCC Class A EMI compliant when 400MHz
modules are installed.
3. Chassis ~540-3272-03 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250MHz,
300M Hz, and 400MHz modules are installed.
4. Front Bottom Door 540-3352-03 is required for FCC Class B.
5. Removable Media Tray 540-3351-02 is required for FCC Class B.
6. Chassis 540-3273-03 includes 540-3351-02 and 540-3352-03.

ULTRASPARC-16

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Enterprise 450 Ultra AXmp
Options 2244 5224
501-5239
501-5420
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black
X2244A
w/o Cover for A25

4MB Cache Sapphire-Black
SME5224UPA-400
w Cover for Ultra AXmp

illillillillillillillill

0000
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported.
3. The Enterprise 450 requires System Board 501-5270.
4. The Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
5. Option 2244 includes 501-5239 and DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
6. Empty E450 slot CPU-A 1 requires Air Baffle 330-2781 or 330-2805.
7. Do NOT install a cover on the 400MHz module for the E450 or AXmp.
8. The 400MHz module is not qualified for the Ultra 450 Workstation.
9. The 400MHz module is not compatible with System Board 501-2996.
Ultra Enterprise 450 Chassis Notes
1. Chassis ::;540-2833-04 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250MHz and
300M Hz modules are installed.
2. Chassis ::;540-2833-04 is FCC Class A EMI compliant when 400MHz
modules are installed.
3. Chassis :2:540-2833-05 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250MHz,
300M Hz, and 400MHz modules are installed.
4. Front Disk Door 540-2832-03 is required for FCC Class B.
5. Removable Media Tray 540-2903-03 is required for FCC Class B.
6. Chassis 540-2833-05 includes 540-2832-03 and 540-2903-03.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-17

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Enterprise 450 Ultra AXmp
Options 2244 5224
501-5500
501-5446
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black
X2244A
wlo Cover for A25

4MB Cache Sapphire-Black
SME5224UPA-400
w Cover for Ultra AXmp

[Iill[Iill[Iill[Iill

0000
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported.
3. The Enterprise 450 requires System Board 50; -5270.
4. The Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
5. Option 2244 includes 501-5446 and DC-DC Converter 300-1322.
6. Empty E450 slot CPU-A1 requires Air Baffle 330-2781 or 330-2805.
7. Do NOT install a cover on the 400MHz module for the E450 or AXmp.
8. The 400MHz module is not qualified for the Ultra 450 Workstation.
9. The 400MHz module is not compatible with System Board 501-2996.
Ultra Enterprise 450 Chassis Notes
1. Chassis :::;540-2833-04 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250M Hz and
300MHz modules are installed.
2. Chassis :::;540-2833-04 is FCC Class A EMI compliant when 400MHz
modules are installed.
3. Chassis :2:540-2833-05 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250MHz,
300MHz, and 400MHz modules are installed.
4. Front Disk Door 540-2832-03 is required for FCC Class B.
5. Removable Media Tray 540-2903-03 is required for FCC Class B.
6. Chassis 540-2833-05 includes 540-2832-03 and 540-2903-03.

ULTRASPARC-18

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

440MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405
Option 1197
501-5682
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

Ultra 60 System Board Notes
1. The Netra t 1120 and Netra t 1250 use the Ultra 60 System Board.
2. The minimum as is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97,2.6 HW: 5/98, or 7 HW: 3/99.
3. The Operating Environment Installation CD is required to install
Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 and Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98.
4. OBP ~3.17 Version 0 is required.
Ultra 80 System Board Notes
1. The Netra t 1400 and Netra t 1405 use the Ultra 80 System Board.
2. The minimum Netra t 1400/1405 as is Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98.
3. The Operating Environment Installation CD is required to install
Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98.
Reference: Ultra 60 Module Upgrade, 806-1055.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-19

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

450MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Ultra 60 Ultra 80
Option 1195
501-5344
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

~------------~~

Ultra 60 Notes
1. The minimum as is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97,2.6 HW: 5/98, or 7 HW: 3/99.
2. The Operating Environment Installation CD is required to install
Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 and Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98.
3. asp :2:3.17 Version 0 is required.
Reference: Ultra 60 Module Upgrade, 806-1055.

ULTRASPARC-20

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

450MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Ultra 60 Ultra 80
Option 1195
501-5539
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

Ultra 60 Notes
1. The minimum OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97, 2.6 HW: 5/98, or 7 HW: 3/99.
2. The Operating Environment Installation CD is required to install
Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 and Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98.
3. OBP ::0:3.17 Version 0 is required.
Reference: Ultra 60 Module Upgrade, 806-1055.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-21

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

480MHz UltraSPARC II Module
Enterprise 450
Option 2248
501-5729
8MB Cache Blaze

Enterprise 450 Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6.
2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported.
3. aBP :?:3.18 Version 0 is required.
4. System Board 501-5673 is required.
5. DC-DC Converter 300-1322 is required.
6. Airduct 540-4597 is required.
7. Airduct 540-4597 is included with the 480MHz upgrade.
8. Empty Slot CPU-A1 requires Cover 330-3127.
9. Empty CPU Slots require Filler Panel 330-3102.
10. This module is not compatible with System Boards 501-2996,
501-5028, 501-5270, and 501-5672.
Reference: Enterprise 450 Upgrade Guide, 806-4667.

ULTRASPARC-22

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

This page intentionally left blank.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-23

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

UltraSPARC Module Installation
E3xOO-6xOO UltraSPARC Module installation methods are:
Method A
1. Finger tighten all screws following the sequence #1, #2, and #3.
2. Tighten screws #1 , #2, and #3 almost all the way.
3. Tighten screws #1 , #2, and #3 until medium resistance is met.
4. Finally, tighten screws #1, #2, and #3 an additional 3/4 turn.
Method A References
1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051-10.
2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845-10.
Method B (Installation method from September 1997 to September 1998)
1. Finger tighten all screws.
2. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 3 in-Ib (.34Nm).
3. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 6 in-Ib (.68Nm).
Method B References
1. Ultra Enterprise CPU Installation Guide, 802-5031-11.
2. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051-11.
3. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845-11.
4. Enterprise 3500 System Reference Manual, 805-2630-10.
5. Enterprise 45001550016500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632-10.
6. Ultra Enterprise 300014000 Module Installation, 805-0323-10.
7. 4 Mbyte UltraSPARC" Installation Guide, 805-1150-10.
8. CPU Module Installation Guide, 805-7345-10.
9. Torque Screwdriver for UltraSPARC Module Installation, 805-2634-10.
Method C (Preferred installation method after September 1998)
1. Finger tighten all screws.
2. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 3 in-Ib (.34Nm).
3. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 6 in-Ib (.68Nm).

Method C Reference: CPU Moduieinstaiiation Guide, 805-7345-;;.
Method A

Method B

~#4
3/32 Hex

Method C
@#1

#3@)

~#1

@#5

OlD

[9[9[9[9[9

~ ~~~~~~~~~~~ ~
ULTRASPARC-24

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

UltraSPARC Module Installation - Continued
E10000 UltraSPARC Module installation methods are:
Method A
1. Remove the blue plastic strip from the system board thermal pad.
2. Wipe the system board gold pads with a lint-free non-abrasive cloth.
3. Wipe the module connectors with a lint-free non-abrasive cloth.
4. Finger tighten all screws.
5. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 3 in-Ib (.34Nm).
6. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 6 in-Ib (.68Nm).
Method A References (Installation method before July 1998)
1. Enterprise 10000 Component Replacement Guide, 805-0311-10.
2. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-10.
3. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-11.
4. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-12.
5. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-13.
6. Enterprise 10000 333MHz Upgrade Instructions, 805-4500-10.
Method B (Preferred installation method after June 1998)
1. Remove the blue plastic strip from the system board thermal pad.
2. Wipe the system board gold pads with a lint-free non-abrasive cloth.
3. Wipe the module connectors with a lint-free non-abrasive cloth.
4. Finger tighten all screws.
5. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 3 in-Ib (.34Nm).
6. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 6 in-Ib (.68Nm).
Method B References
1. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-14.
2. Enterprise 10000 333MHz Upgrade Instructions, 805-4500-11 .
3. System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10.

Method A

~#4

Method B
@#1

~#1
3/32 Hex

Volume I

@#5

DO
ULTRASPARC-25

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

167MHz UltraSPARC I Module
E3000
E3500

E4000 E5000
E4500 E5500
Option 2500
501-2941

E6000
E6500

512KB Cache Blackbird

@

l8l8

§§§§§

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board is not supported.
3. Mixing module cache sizes within a system is supported.
4. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
5. The speed is 167MHz with Clock 501-2975.
6. The speed is 167MHz with Clock 501-4286/501-4946 and asp <3.2v6.
7. The speed is 168MHz with Clock 501-4286/501-4946 and asp ;:O:3.2v6.
8. E3500-E6500 systems were not shipped with 167MHz modules.

ULTRASPARC-26

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

167MHz UltraSPARC I Module
E3000
E3500

E4000 E5000
E4500 E5500
Option 2510
501-2959

E6000
E6500

1MB Cache Blackbird

~

@

@)

GJGJ

§§§§§
@

Ir

~

0
~

nn

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board is not supported.
3. Mixing module cache sizes within a system is supported.
4. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
5. The speed is 167MHz with Clock 501-2975.
6. The speed is 167MHz with Clock 501-4286/501-4946 and aBP <3.2v6.
7. The speed is 168MHz with Clock 501-4286/501-4946 and aBP ::O:3.2v6.
8. E3500-E6500 systems were not shipped with 167MHz modules.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-27

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

250MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E10000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2530
501-4178
1MB Cache Blackbird

(@

@

@)

DD

[§[§[§[§[§
@
~

~ ~.

~
fjj1

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Solaris 2.5.1 Patch 103640-06 is recommended.
3. Mixing module cache sizes within a system is supported.
E3000 - E6000 Notes
1. aBP 3.2 Version 6 is required to support 250MHz 1MB modules.
2. Clock Board 501-4286 is required to support 250MHz modules.
3. Clock Board 501-4946 also supports 250MHz modules.
4. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
5. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires aBP ;::3.2.21.
6. Ex500 systems were not shipped with 1MB 250M Hz modules installed.
E10000 Notes
1. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required.
2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported.
3. Set the clock multiplier to 3:2 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command.

ULTRASPARC-28

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

250M Hz UltraSPARC II Module
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E10000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2550
501-4249
4MB Cache Blackbird
SRAM 100-4777

@

(@

@)

Will Will

aD~~
@

~
~

~
II

O·
DO

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Mixing module cache sizes within a system is supported.
E3000 - E6500 Notes
1. aBP 3.2 Version 7 is required to support 250M Hz 4MB modules.
2. Clock Board 501-4286 is required to support 250MHz modules.
3. Clock Board 501-4946 also supports 250MHz modules.
4. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
5. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires aBP ~3.2.21.
6. CPU/Memory Board 501-2976 supports up to 2MB of cache per module.
7. CPU/Memory Board 501-4312 supports up to 8MB of cache per module.
8. CPU/Memory Board 501-4882 supports up to 8MB of cache per module.
E10000 Notes
1. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required.
2. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
3. Set the clock multiplier to 3:2 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-29

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

250MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E10000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2550
501-4836
4MB Cache Blackbird
SRAM 100-5528

@

(@

@)

[]ill[]ill
~~D~~
@
~

~ ~"

~
II

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Mixing module cache sizes within a system is supported.
E3000 - E6500 Notes
1. aBP 3.2 Version 7 is required to support 250MHz 4MB modules.
2. Clock Board 501-4286 is required to support 250M Hz modules.
3. Clock Board 501-4946 also supports 250MHz modules.
4. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
5. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires aBP ~3.2.21.
6. CPU/Memory Board 501-2976 supports up to 2MB of cache per module.
7. CPU/Memory Board 501-4312 supports up to 8MB of cache per module.
8. CPU/Memory Board 501-4882 supports up to 8MB of cache per module.
E10000 Notes
1. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required.
2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported.
3. Set the clock multiplier to 3:2 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command.

ULTRASPARC-30

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

333MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E10000
Option 2560
501-4363
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

~

@

@)

DHIlDHIl

~~D~mj
@

~

~ ~.

~
II

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported.
3. The module runs at 333MHz from an 83.33MHz clock.
4. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required.
5. Set the clock multiplier to 2: 1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-31

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

336MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E3000
E3500

E4000 E5000
E4500 E5500
Option 2560
501-4363

E6000
E6500

4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

(@

@

@)

DHIJDHIJ
~~D~~
t@'

@

~ ~.

~
II

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
3. The module runs at 336M Hz from an -84MHz clock.
4. aBP 3.2 Version 12 is required to support 336M Hz 4MB modules.
5. Clock Board 501-2975 does not support 336MHz modules.
6. Clock Boards 501-4286 and 501-4946 support 336M Hz modules.
7. CPU/Memory Board 501-2976 supports up to 2MB of cache per module.
8. CPU/Memory Board 501-4312 supports up to 8MB of cache per module.
9. CPU/Memory Board 501-4882 supports up to 8MB of cache per module.

ULTRASPARC-32

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E3000

E4000

E5000 E3500
Option 2570
501-4995

E4500

E5500

4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

~

@

@)

Wil Will

H~D~m
@

~

~ ~"

~
II

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. Solaris 2.5.1 patches ~1 03640-06 and ~1 04595-03 are required.
3. OBP 3.2 Version 18 is required.
4. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires OBP ~3.2.21.
5. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
6. N+ 1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed.
Compatibility Notes
1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported.
2. This module requires 1OOMHz CPU/Memory and I/O boards.
3. The E3xOO supports Clocks 501-4286, 501-4946, and 501-5365.
4. The E4xOO and E5xOO do not support Clock 501-4286.
5. The E4xOO and E5xOO support Clocks 501-4946 and 501-5365.
6. The E4000 and E5000 require a 100MHz Centerplane upgrade.
7. This module is not supported in the E6000 or E6500.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-33

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E10000
Option 2570
501-4995
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

@

(@

@)

[IJill[lJill
H
mDm~m
@
~

~ ~"

~
II

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported.
3. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required.
4. Set the clock multiplier to 2:1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command.
5. System Boards 501-4347,501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible
with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
6. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with
the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
Reference
System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10.

ULTRASPARC-34

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E3000

E4000

E5000 E3500
Option 2570
501-5425

E4500

E5500

4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

(©

©

©)

UillJUillJ

H
~D~~
©
~

~ ~"

~
II

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. Solaris 2.5.1 patches:2:1 03640-06 and :2:104595-03 are required.
3. OBP 3.2 Version 18 is required.
4. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires OBP :2:3.2.21.
5. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
6. N+1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed.
Compatibility Notes
1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported.
2. This module requires 1OOMHz CPU/Memory and I/O boards.
3. The E3xOO supports Clocks 501-4286, 501-4946, and 501-5365.
4. The E4xOO and E5xOO do not support Clock 501-4286.
5. The E4xOO and E5xOO support Clocks 501-4946 and 501-5365.
6. The E4000 and E5000 require a 1OOMHz Centerplane upgrade.
7. This module is not supported in the E6000 or E6500.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-35

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

400MHz UltraSPARC " Module
E10000
Option 2570
501-5425
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

(@

@

@)

Will Will

H~D~~

t@"

~

~ ~.

~
I

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported.
3. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required.
4. Set the clock multiplier to 2:1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command.
5. System Boards 501-4347,501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible
with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
6. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with
the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
Reference
System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10.

ULTRASPARC-36

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E3000

E4000

E5000 E3500
Option 2570
501-5585

E4500

E5500

4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

~

©

©)

Will Wil

H~D~~
©

~

~ ~H

TITI
0

II

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. Solaris 2.5.1 patches ~1 03640-06 and ~1 04595-03 are required.
3. asp 3.2 Version 18 is required.
4. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires asp ~3.2.21.
5. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
6. N+ 1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed.
Compatibility Notes
1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported.
2. This module requires 1OOMHz CPU/Memory and I/O boards.
3. The E3xOO supports Clocks 501-4286, 501-4946, and 501-5365.
4. The E4xOO and E5xOO do not support Clock 501-4286.
5. The E4xOO and E5xOO support Clocks 501-4946 and 501-5365.
6. The E4000 and E5000 require a 100MHz Centerplane upgrade.
7. This module is not supported in the E6000 or E6500.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-37

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

400MHz UltraSPARC " Module
E10000
Option 2570
501-5585
4MB Cache Sapphire-Black

(@

@

@)

[]ill []ill
HOOoOOml
~
~ ao" ~
@

II

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported.
3. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required.
4. Set the clock multiplier to 2:1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command.
5. System Boards 501-4347,501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible
with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
6. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with
the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
Reference
System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10.

ULTRASPARC-38

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2580
501-5235
4:1 and 5:1 Clock Ratios
8MB Cache Sapphire-Black

@

(@

@)

[Dill [Dill
'@ft ~D~~
~

~

~
I

rro"

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. Solaris 2.5.1 patch ~103640-27 and 2.6 patch ~105181-14 are required.
3. aBP 3.2 Version 21 is required.
4. Use the Iimit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.5.1
and before booting Solaris 2.5.1 without patch 103640-27.
5. Use the Iimit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.6
and before booting Solaris 2.6 without patch 105181-14.
6. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
7. N+ 1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed.
Compatibility Notes
1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported.
2. The E6000 and E6500 require Clock 501-5365 for a 5:1 clock ratio.
3. The E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO require Clock 501-5365 for a 5: 1 clock
ratio if 84MHz system boards are installed.
4. Clock 501-4286 or 501-4946 is supported in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and
E5xOO if the centerplane and all system boards are 100MHz.
5. Clock 501-5365 is supported if 84MHz or 1OOMHz system boards are
installed in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-39

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E10000
Option 2580
501-5235
8MB Cache Sapphire-Black

@

(@

@)

DEIJDEIJ

H~D~~

t@'

@

~ @"

~
I

~

Notes
1. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported.
2. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required.
3. Set the clock multiplier to 2:1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command.
4. System Boards 501-4347,501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible
with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
5. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with
the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
Reference
System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10.

ULTRASPARC-40

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2580
501-5661
4:1 and 5:1 Clock Ratios
8MB Cache Sapphire-Black

(@

@

@)

DBDDBD

H
~D~~
@
~

~ ~.

~
II

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. Solaris 2.5.1 patch 2':103640-27 and 2.6 patch 2':105181-14 are required.
3. aBP 3.2 Version 21 is required.
4. Use the limit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.5.1
and before booting Solaris 2.5.1 without patch 103640-27.
5. Use the limit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.6
and before booting Solaris 2.6 without patch 105181-14.
6. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
7. N+ 1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed.
Compatibility Notes
1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported.
2. The E6000 and E6500 require Clock 501-5365 for a 5: 1 clock ratio.
3. The E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO require Clock 501-5365 for a 5: 1 clock
ratio if 84MHz system boards are installed.
4. Clock 501-4286 or 501-4946 is supported in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and
E5xOO if the centerplane and all system boards are 100MHz.
5. Clock 501-5365 is supported if 84MHz or 1OOMHz system boards are
installed in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-41

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E10000
Option 2580
501-5661
8MB Cache Sapphire-Black

~

@

@)

lliilllliill

HHruOHruHru
~
~ ~HP ~
@

II

~

Notes
1. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported.
2. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required.
3. Set the clock multiplier to 2:1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command.
4. System Boards 501-4347,501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible
with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
5. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with
the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
Reference
System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10.

ULTRASPARC-42

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2580
501-5762
4:1 and 5:1 Clock Ratios
8MB Cache Sapphire-Black

(@

@

@)

rnwrnw

'@ft ~D~~
~

~ ~"

~
II

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. Solaris 2.5.1 patch ~103640-27 and 2.6 patch ~105181-14 are required.
3. aBP 3.2 Version 21 is required.
4. Use the limit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.5.1
and before booting Solaris 2.5.1 without patch 103640-27.
5. Use the limit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.6
and before booting Solaris 2.6 without patch 105181-14.
6. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported.
7. N+1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed.
Compatibility Notes
1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported.
2. The E6000 and E6500 require Clock 501-5365 for a 5:1 clock ratio.
3. The E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO require Clock 501-5365 for a 5:1 clock
ratio if 84MHz system boards are installed.
4. Clock 501-4286 or 501-4946 is supported in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and
E5xOO if the centerplane and all system boards are 100MHz.
5. Clock 501-5365 is supported if 84MHz or 1OOMHz system boards are
installed in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-43

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

400MHz UltraSPARC II Module
E10000
Option 2580
501-5762
8MB Cache Sapphire-Black

(@

@

@)

WillWill

H
mDmll'~
@
~

~ ~"

~
fjj1

~

Notes
1. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported.
2. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required.
3. Set the clock multiplier to 2: 1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command.
4. System Boards 501-4347, 501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible
with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
5. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with
the 400MHz UltraSPARC module.
Reference
System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10.

ULTRASPARC-44

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

270MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module
Ultra 5
501-4477
256KB Cache Sabre
Plastic UltraSPARC IIi

. - - _ ... _. - - --- - -- - - - - --- - - - - - - -. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -. - - -.
.

180-Pin Connector

.

g J0201
Pin Connector
. - - - - - - - - - -120
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -. -- - - - - - _.

Notes
1. The minimum
is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The Ultra 10 was not shipped with 270MHz Modules.
3. This module shipped with System Boards 375-0009 and 375-0066.
4. This module is compatible with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115.
5. This module was phased out of production in late March 1998.

as

Reference: Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-45

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

270MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module
Ultra 5

501-5039
256KB Cache Sabre
Ceramic UltraSPARC IIi

.-------_ .. _----------._ .. _------------------------_ .. _--.
180-Pin Connector
.
_ .. - .. -------------------------------------------- .... _---.

.

g J0201

.--- .... _-------------- -------------.
•
120 Pin Connector
.
... _------------------ ........ _ .. _-_ .........

Notes
1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The Ultra 10 was not shipped with 270MHz Modules.
3. This module shipped with System Boards 375-0009 and 375-0066.
4. This module is compatible with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115.
5. This module shipped with System Board 375-0079 after July 1999.
Reference: Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422.

ULTRASPARC-46

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

300MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module
Ultra 10
501-4379
512KB Cache Sabre
Plastic UltraSPARC Iii

. - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - -- - -. - - - --- - ---- - --- - -------- - --- - -- - - .
.
180-Pin Connector
.
.. -- - - ----- _ .. - ---- - - - -- - --- - - --- - _. - - - -- - ---- - --- - -- _.

· ------ - - --- - - -- - - --- - - -- - - - -- - - . -.
·
120 Pin Connector
.
· - - -- - - --- - - --- - - _. ----- - ---- - --- _.

Notes
1. The minimum
is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The Ultra 5 was not shipped with 300MHz Modules.
3. This module shipped with System Boards 375-0009 and 375-0066.
4. This module is compatible with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115.

as

Reference: Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-47

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

300MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module
Ultra 10
501-5040
512KB Cache Sabre
Ceramic UltraSPARC IIi

180-Pin Connector
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000

120 Pin Connector

Notes
1. The minimum
is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The Ultra 5 was not shipped with 300MHz Modules.
3. This module shipped with System Boards 375-0009 and 375-0066.
4. This module is compatible with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115.

as

Reference: Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424.

ULTRASPARC-48

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

333MHz UltraSPARC Iii Module
Ultra 5 Ultra 10
501-5090
2MB Cache Sabre
Ceramic UltraSPARC iii

l80-Pin Connector
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000

120 Pin Connector

Note
1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The Ultra 5/10 PGX8 was not shipped with 333M Hz Modules.
3. This module shipped with System Board 375-0066 before July 1999.
4. This module shipped with System Board 375-0079 after July 1999.
5. This module is compatible with System Board 375-0115.
References
1. Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422.
2. Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-49

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

333M Hz UltraSPARC IIi Module
Ultra 5 Ultra 10
501-5568
2MB Cache Sapphire-Red
Ceramic UltraSPARC iii

180-Pin Connector
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000

120 Pin Connector

Notes
1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The Ultra 5/10 PGX8 was not shipped with 333MHz Modules.
3. This module requires Ultra 5/10 aBP ~3.19v4.
4. This module was not shipped with System Board 375-0066.
5. This module shipped with System Board 375-0079 after July 1999.
6. This module is compatible with System Board 375-0115.
References
1. Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422.
2. Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424.

ULTRASPARC-50

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

360MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module
Ultra 5
501-5148
256KB Cache Sapphire-Red
Ceramic UltraSPARC iii

Connector
. - - - - - - --- - ------- - - -1aO-Pin
- --- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - _.
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000

120 Pin Connector

Notes
1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. This module requires Ultra 5/10 aBP ~3.19v4.
3. The Ultra 5 PGX8 was not shipped with 360MHz Modules.
4. The Ultra 10 was not shipped with this 360MHz Module.
5. This module shipped with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115.
Reference: Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-51

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

360MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module
Ultra 10
501-5222
2MB Cache Sabre
Ceramic UltraSPARC Iii

180-Pin Connector
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000000000

120 Pin Connector

Notes
1. The minimum
is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The Ultra 5/10 PGX8 was not shipped with 360MHz Modules.
3. The Ultra 5 PGX24 was not shipped with this 360M Hz Module.
4. This module shipped with System Board 375-0066.
5. This module shipped with System Board 375-0079 after July 1999.
6. This module is compatible with System Board 375-0115.

as

Reference: Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424.

ULTRASPARC-52

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

400MHz UltraSPARC Iii Module
Ultra 5
501-5740
2MB Cache Sapphire-Red
Ceramic UltraSPARC Iii

Connector
.. - - -- - --------- - - - - -180-Pin
- - - -. - -. - - _. - - - - _ .. - - - - - - - - - - - - - _.

o

o

. - - - - -. - - - - -- - - _. - _ .. ---- _. - ---- - ..
,

120 Pin Connector

'

Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. This module requires Ultra 5/10 OBP :::::3.25v1.
3. This module was not tested with System Board 375-0009.
4. This module ships with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115.
References
1. Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Gu;de, 805-0422.
2. Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-53

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

400MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module
Ultra 5
501-5741
2MB Cache Sapphire-Red
Ceramic UltraSPARC IIi

· - - - -------- - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - -.
·
180-Pin Connector
.
· . - - - - - - . - - ------------.. ---- - -- - -- - --- - -- - - . - ------...

o

o
120 Pin Connector

Notes
1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. This module requires Ultra 5/10 aBP ;::3.25v1.
3. This module was not tested with System Board 375-0009.
4. This module ships with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115.
References
1. Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422.
2. Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424.

ULTRASPARC-54

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

m8/00

440MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module
Ultra 10
501-5149
2MB Cache Sapphire-Red
Ceramic UltraSPARC IIi

180-Pin Connector

o

o

. ------ - - - - - - -- - - - - - - ----- - - - - - -- ..
,

120 Pin Connector

'

. - - - - - ------------------- - -- ... -- - .

Notes
1, The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 5/98.
2. The Operating Environment Installation CD is required to install
Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 and Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98.
3. This module requires Ultra 5/10 OBP ~3.19v4.
4. This module ships with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115.
5. OBP 3.25v2 fixes memory timing BuglD 4342398.
References
1. Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422.
2. Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-55

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

600MHz UltraSPARC III Module
Sun Blade 1000
501-4999
4MB Cache Cheetah

o
o
o

0
SRAM

0
0

[]]I[IJ[]I[]

I'M'

l'r-r

[]]I[IJ[]I[]

o
o
o

SRAM

0

0
0

Notes
1. The minimum Operating System is Solaris 8.
1. Use torque tool 340-6395 to install the module.
2. Torque tool 340-6395 is included with systems that use this module.
Reference: Sun Blade 1000 Service Manual, 805-6618.

ULTRASPARC-56

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

750MHz UltraSPARC III Module
Sun Blade 1000
501-5675
8MB Cache Cheetah

o
o
o

SRAM

0
0
0

DJI[IJOJI[]
-

o[(

it

~
5

h-r'

f'l-(

DJI[IJOJI[]

o
o
o

SRAM

0
0
0

Notes
1. The minimum Operating System is Solaris 8.
1. Use torque tool 340-6395 to install the module.
2. Torque tool 340-6395 is included with systems that use this module.
Reference: Sun Blade tOOO Service Manual, 805-6618.

Volume I

ULTRASPARC-57

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

900MHz UltraSPARC III Module
Sun Blade 1000
501-5770
8MB Cache Cheetah

o
o
o

SRAM

0
0
0

DJI[IJDJIOJ

h-r

l'rr'

DJI[IJ[]IOJ

u

o
o
0

SRAM

0
0

U

Notes
1. The minimum Operating System is Solaris 8.
1. Use torque tool 340-6395 to install the module.
2. Torque tool 340-6395 is included with systems that use this module.
Reference: Sun Blade 1000 Service Manual, 805-6618.

ULTRASPARC-58

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS
MEMORY

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Memory
Memory Module Compatibility ..............................................

2

SBus Prestoserve ................................................................ .
SBus 32MB NVRAM Board ................................................. .
PCI 64MB NVRAM Board ................................................... .
SPARCengine CP1500 Memory Board ................................

6
7
9
10

NVSIMMs
SS 1000 SC2000.............................................................
SS10 SS20 .....................................................................

11
12

DIMMs and SIMMs
SS4 SS5 ..........................................................................
SS20 ..................................................................................
Ultra 1 ................................................................................
Ultra 2 ................................................................................
Ultra 5 Ultra 10 ...............................................................
Ultra 30 Netra t 1100 ......................................................
Ultra 60 Enterprise 220R Netra t 1120/1125 ...............
Ultra 80 Enterprise 420R Netra t 1400/1450 ...............
Ultra 80 Memory Riser ......................................................
Sun Blade 100 ........................... ... .... ......... ... .... .... .............
Sun Blade 1000 ........................... ..... ......... .......... ..............
Enterprise 250 ...................................................................
Ultra Enterprise 450 .......................................
Ultra 450
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000.....................................
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500.....................................
E10000 ..............................................................................
E10000 Memory Board .....................................................

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
26
27
28

Peripheral SIMMs
RSM Array 2000 ................................................................
StorEdge A3000/A3500/A3500FC ....................................
StorEdge A 1000 ................................................................

29
29
30

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

9/18/00

CONFIGURATION

Memory Module Compatibility
An x indicates the Memory Module was installed at the factory or
included in a memory expansion option. An s indicates the Memory
Module was tested and is supported in other systems.
JavaStation JJ and JavaStation JK Memory Modules
SIZE

SPEED

PINS

PART#

JavaStation
JJ-xx

DESCRIPTION

JavaStation
JK-xx

x
x
x
x

4MB 150ns 80 501-4733
SIMM
8MB 150ns 80 501-4732
SIMM
16MB 60ns 168 501-4637
SIMM
32MB
SIMM
60ns 168 501-4639
4MB 150ns 80 501-4733 Flash SIMM
8MB 150ns 80 501-4732 Flash SIMM
16MB 60ns 168 501-4637
DIMM
32MB
DIMM
60ns 168 501-4639

x
x
x
x

Sun-4m DIMMs
SIZE

8MB
16MB
16MB
16MB
32MB
32MB
64MIj
64MB
64MB

SPEED

PINS

PART#

SS4

SS5

60ns
80ns
80ns
60ns
60ns
60ns

168
200
200
200
168
200

501-2470

x

x

501-1785
501-2273
501-2479
501-2471
501-2622
80ns 200 501-1930
60ns 200 501-2480
60ns 200 501-2771

x

SS10

SS20

x
x
x

x

x
x
x
x

x
x*

* For Sun internal use only.

Sun-4d and Sun-4d6 DIMMs
SIZE

8MB
32MB
8MB
32MB

PINS

PART#

SS1000

SC2000

68
68

501-1817

x
x

x
x

Unknown
Unknown

MEMORY-2

501-2196
370-2746
370-2747

CS6400

X
X

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Memory Module Compatibility
Sun-4u DIMMs
MB

NS PIN

16
32
64
64
128
256
256

60
60
60
60
60
60
60

200
200
200
200
200
200
200

PART#
501-2479
501-2622
501-2480
501-5691
501-3136
501-4743
501-5896

U1

U1

U2

U30 U60 U80 E450 E250
A11 A12 A14 A16 A23 A27 A20 A26
A25

x
x
x
x
x
t

x
x
x
x
x
t

x
x
x
x
x
t

x
x
x
x
x
t

x
x
x
x
x
:j:

x
x

*
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
t

* Not supported. May cause correctable ECC errors.

t The memory controller does not support 256MB DIMMs.
t aBP limits the bank address size to .5GB.

Sun-4u DIMMs - Continued
MB

NS PIN

16
32
64
128
256
32
64
128
256

60
60
60
60
60
50
50
50
50

168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168

U5 U10
PART# A21 A22
370-3211 x
x
370-3198 x
x
x
370-3199 x
370-3200 x
x
*
370-3201
x
370-3796 xt xt
370-3797 xt xt
370-3798 xt xt
370-3799 x*t xt

* The chassis does not support 256MB DIMMs.
t The SOns DIMMs are sold in the Ultra 5/10 :2:360MHz 24-Bit PGX.

Sun-4u DIMMs - Continued
SIZE

SPEED

PINS

PART#

8MB
32MB

60ns
60ns

168

501-2652
501-2653

128MB
256MB

60ns
60ns

Volume I

168
168
168

501-2654
501-5658

E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500

x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x

MEMORY-3

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Memory Module Compatibility
Sun-4u DIMMs - Continued
SIZE

SPEED

PINS

PART#

NeIra 11
AC/DC200

256MB

370-4237

X

512MB

370-4281

x

SunBlade
100

SunBlade
1000

128MB

10ns

168

370-4149

X

256MB

10ns

168

370-4150

x

512MB

10ns

168

370-4151

X

128MB

7ns

232

501-4489

x

256MB

7ns

232

501-5401

X

512MB

7ns

232

501-5030

1GB

7ns

232

501-5031

X

Sun-4u1 DIMMs
SIZE

SPEED

PINS

PART#

E10000
SYSTEM BD

8MB

70ns

80

100-5677

32MB

60ns

168

501-2653

X

128MB

60ns

168

501-2654

X

MEMORY-4

E10000
CONTROL BD

X

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00
Memory Module Compatibility
Miscellaneous Memory Modules
SIZE

PINS

PART#

A3000
A3500

A1000

8MB
32MB
4MB
4MB
4MB

72
72

370-2438
370-2439

72
72
72

None
None

x

8MB
32MB
128MB

72
168
168

None
None

x

64MB
128MB
16MB
64MB

168 370-3800
168 370-3801
None
144
72

T3

SunPCi

L1000
L11000

SRC/P

x
x

x
x*
xt

None

None

HSI/P

x
x

None

x
x
xt

§

* Tin plated SIMM and gold socket on 370-2728-01.

t Gold plated SIMM and gold socket on 370-2728-02.
t ATL part number 6220340.
§ OPT part number OM4050-64. A OM4050-16 is available from OPT.

Volume I

MEMORY-5

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Prestoserve
8un-4/15/30/50/75 884 885
8810 8820 88600 A11 A12 A14
Option 1021
370-1401
SBus Connector

Software Compatibility

OS
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.5.1

PRESTOSERVE
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.4/2.4.1/2.4.2
2.4/2.4.1/2.4.2
2.4/2.4.1/2.4.2
2.412.4.1/2.4.2
2.4.2
2.4.2

F2

-D-

1/16A Fuses

F1

BATTERY 2

3.5Vdc
750mAH

-D-

BATTERY 1

SW1

1=I

BAT
+5V·
SW2

CACHE STATUS BUTTON

E1

.
LED1

C

3.5Vdc
750mAH

L-_....l

ON = CACHE DATA
OFF= NO DATA

Notes
1. Set SW1 to BAT when the board is installed. Software will not initialize
Prestoserve unless battery backup is enabled.
2. Set SW1 to +5V when the board is removed and cache data does not
need saving.
3. Cache is cleared when SW1 is set to +5V for more than five minutes.
4. Do NOT accelerate the root file system.
5. Install Patch 101714-01 for Prestoserve 2.4 and 2.4.1.
6. The Prestoserve hardware design is not compatible with 64-bit DVMA.
Disable 64-bit DVMA when Prestoserve is used with Ultra 1 Model 170E,
Ultra 2, and SunSwift. Refer to BuglD 1224649. Add the following to
/etc/system:
set fas:fas_enable_sbus64 = 0
References
1. Prestoserve User's Manual, 800-6396-12
2. Prestoserve User's Guide, 801-4896-10.

MEMORY-6

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

32MB NVRAM Board
A14
Option 1075
375-0012
Micro Memory MM-1360C
32MB ECC
64-Bit SBus Connector

~
LED

00

0

l

BATIERY ENABLE JUMPERS

In" Enabled / Out" Disabled

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. Device drivers for the NVRAM Board are in Netra NFS 1.2.
3. The 375-0012-02 fixes BuglD 4085112.
4. Use the nvadm -v command to display the board status bits.
Battery

OxOO

Normal operation

Battery

Ox01

Battery 1 has open fuse or is not enabled

Battery

Ox02

Battery 1 has low voltage

Battery

Ox04

Battery 2 has open fuse or is not enabled

Battery

OxOS

Battery 2 has low voltage

Battery

Ox10

Battery 3 has open fuse or is not enabled

Battery

Ox20

Battery 3 has low voltage

Dirty Bit

OxOO

No valid data is present (Cache Data LED if Off)

Dirty Bit

Ox01

Valid data is present and the cache is dirty (Cache Data LED is On)

Reference: Installation and User's Guide, 805-1378-10.

Volume I

MEMORY-7

9/18/00

CONFIGURATION

32MB NVRAM Board
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000
Options 6738 6745
375-0087
Micro Memory MM-1360C
32MB ECC

64-Bit SBus Connector

00

I

~

LE~ 0

I

00

BATTERY ENABLE JUMPERS
In = Enabled / Out = Disabled

00

I

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. Solaris 7 requires Fast Write Cache :2:1.2.
3. Two boards are included with Options 6738 and 6745.
4. Two boards per system are required.
5. The 375-0087 is not compatible with Netra NFS.
6. The 375-0012-03 is not compatible with Netra NFS.
References
1. Installation and User's Guide, 805-7709-10.
2. Fast Write Cache 2.0 Installation Guide, 806-4405-10

MEMORY-8

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

64MB NVRAM Board
A23

A25 A26 A27
Option 6739
375-0086
64MB ECC
5V 64Bit 33M Hz

[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J

[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J

[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J

[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J
[:=J

[:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J
[:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J
[:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J

~DD
0000

000

DD~

DD
LJo1
;J
I

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6.
2. Two boards are included with Option 6739.
3. Two boards per system are required.
Reference: Fast Write Cache 2.0 Installation Guide, 806-4405-10.

Volume I

MEMORY-9

9/18/00

CONFIGURATION

SPARCengine CP1500 Memory
Netra t1 100/105 Netra ct 400/800
370-4096
370-4155

SPARCengine CP1500
501-5209

256MB

256MB

128MB FRU

501-5210

501-5388

501-5359

64MB FRU

256MB FRU

512MB FRU

540-5358
64MB FRU
501-5210

540-4349
256MB FRU
501-5388 <12/99
370-4096 >12/99

540-4350

540-4547

512MB FRU
501-5359

256MB FRU
370-4155

~------~I ~I______~

c=JD D Dc=J
c=J c=J c=J c=J
c=J c=J c=J c=J
c=J c=J c=J c=J
I
II
II
II
I
I1-1-----,I 1-1-----,I 1-1-----,I 1-1-------,I I
Notes.
1. Install the highest capacity memory board first.
2. The 370-4155 was sold for use in the Netra t1 100/105.
3. Up to four 370-4155 256MB Memory Boards can be installed.
4. Only one 370-4155 can be mixed with any other memory board.
References
1. SPARCengine CP1500 OEM Technical Manual, 805-5871.
2. SPARCengine CP1500 Technical Reference Manual, 806-2104.

MEMORY-10

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

1MB NVSIMM
SS 1000 SC2000
Option 172
501-2197

8

DDD
D
000

Battery Jumper
Enabled o~
Disabled 10 010

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2 and Prestoserve 2.4.1.
2. The SS1000 supports two banks of four NVSIMMs.
3. The SC2000 supports one bank of eight NVSIMMs.
4. The Panasonic BR2330 Battery is not replaceable.
5. If Prestoserve 2.4.1 is installed on SS1000 or SC2000 systems, install
Patch 101714-03 or remove the SUNWprsto package before upgrading
to Solaris 2.4.
6. If Solaris 2.4 is installed, do not install Prestoserve 2.4.1 or Patch
101714-03 on SS1000 or SC2000 systems.
References
1. Memory Module Installation Guide, 801-2030-11.
2. Prestoserve User's Guide, 801-4896-10.
3.2.4.1 Prestoserve Release Note, 801-4897-10.

Volume I

MEMORY-11

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

2MB NVSIMM
SS10 SS20
Option 178
501-2001

8

JlOO1=

000000 0000

R3032

I

II

II

II

II

I

DDDD DDDDD
L-----lil'--------'

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 80laris 2.2 and Prestoserve 2.4.1.
2. One NV81MM or one 8Bus Prestoserve is supported.
3. Install the NV81MM in 8810 connector J0301 or J0202.
4. Install the NV81MM in 8820 connector J030S or J0304.
S. Install a shunt at J1001 to enable the battery backup mode.
6. The 8820 requires NV81MM ~S01-2001-02.
7. The Panasonic BR3032 Battery is not replaceable.
References
1. SPARCstation 10 NVSIMM Installation, 801-3386-10.
2. Prestoserve User's Guide, 801-4896-10.
3.2.4.1 Prestoserve Release Note, 801-4897-10.

MEMORY-12

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

SS4

SS5

Options 108 132
501-2470
501-2471
8MB 5.0V ECC
1Mx72 Fast Page
60ns DIMM
Option 108

DDDD

32MB 5.0V ECC
4Mx66 Fast Page
60ns DIMM
Option 132

DDDDD

168-Pin

Memory Map
SS4 SOCKET

SS5S0CKET

None

J0403

None
None

J0402
J0401
J0400

DIMM7 OeOOOOOO - Offfffff
DIMM6 OcOOOOOO - Odffffff
DIMM5 OaOOOOOO - Obffffff
DIMM4 08000000 - 09ffffff

J0303
J0302

DIMM3 06000000 - 07ffffff
DIMM2 04000000 - 05ffffff

J0301
J0300

DIMM 1 02000000 - 03ffffff
DIMMO 00000000 - 01ffffff

J0305
J0304
J0303
J0302
J0301

DIMM

ADDRESS RANGE

Notes
1. Install the highest capacity DIMM in Slot 0 under Solaris 1.x.
2. The minimum memory requirement is one DIMM in Bank O.
3. The SS4 and SS5 use a 66-bit parity protected memory subsystem.
4. If a memory error occurs and the DIMM location is not reported,
use the MFAR (memory fault address register) value as the physical
address of the memory error.
References
1. SPARCstation 4 Service Manual, 802-1529-10.
2. SPARCstation 5 Service Manual, 801-6396-10.

Volume I

MEMORY-13

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SS20
501-2479

Options 116 132 164
501-2480
501-2622

16MB 5.0V ECC
60ns DIMM
Option 116

64MB 5.0V ECC
60ns DIMM
Option 132

32MB 5.0V ECC
60ns DIMM
Option 164

DOD DOD
0000000
DOD DOD
200-Pin

Memory Map
SOCKET

DIMM*

J0201
J0202
J0203
J0301
J0302
J0303
J0304
J0305

DIMMO
DIMM 1
DIMM2
DIMM3
DIMM4
DIMM5
DIMM6
DIMM7

DIMM t
DIMMO
DIMM2
DIMM5
DIMM3
DIMM6
DIMM 1
DIMM7
DIMM4

ADDRESS RANGE

BANK

Bank 0
Bank 2
Bank 5
Bank 3
Bank 6
Bank 1
Bank 7
Bank 4

00000000 - 03ffffff
08000000 - Obffffff
14000000 - 17ffffff
OcOOOOOO - Offfffff
18000000 - 1bffffff
04000000 - 07ffffff
1cOOOOOO - 1fffffff
10000000 - 13ffffff

* This installation sequence does not match the bank order.
* 8S20 Service PII'lanual, 801-6189-11.

t This installation sequence matches the bank order.

t

SS20 DSIMM Installation, 801-6185-11.

t SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10.

Notes
1. The 32MB DIMM is not supported in the SS1 0 or SS1 OSX.
2. The minimum memory requirement is one DIMM in Bank O.
3. Install Solaris 2.3 Patch ~1 01318-34 when:
One 32MB DIMM is mixed with seven 16 or 64MB DIMMs.
Two 32MB DIMMs are mixed with five or more 16 or 64MB DIMMs.
Three 32MB DIMMs are mixed with three or more 16 or 64MB DIMMs.
Four 32MB DIMMs are mixed with one or more 16, 32, or 64MB DIMMs.
4. Use the sxconfig (1 M) command to configure contiguous memory.

MEMORY-14

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 1
Options 7001
501-2479 501-2480
16MB 5V ECC
60ns DIMM
Option 7001

64MB 5V ECC
60ns DIMM
Option 7003

7002 7003 7004 7043
501-2622
501-3136
501-5691
32MB 5V ECC
60ns DIMM
Option 7002

128MB 5V ECC
60ns DIMM
Option 7004

64MB 5V ECC
60ns DIMM
Option 7043

DDD DDD
DDDODDD
DDD DDD

,. 200-Pin

Memory Map
SOCKET

BANK

U0604
U0704
U0603
U0703
U0602
U0702
U0601
U0701

Bank 3
Bank 3
Bank 2
Bank 2
Bank 1
Bank 1
Bank 0
BankO

BYTE

16
00
16
00
16
00
16
00

- 31
- 15
- 31
- 15
- 31
- 15
- 31
- 15

BITS

ADDRESS RANGE

128 - 255
000 - 127
128 - 255
000 - 127
128 - 255
000 - 127
128 - 255
000 - 127

30000000 - 3fffffff
30000000 - 3fffffff
20000000 - 2fffffff
20000000 - 2fffffff
10000000 - 1fffffff
10000000 - 1fffffff
00000000 - Offfffff
00000000 - Offfffff

Notes
1. Each bank requires two DIMMs.
2. The minimum memory requirement is two DIMMs in Bank O.
3. DIMMs can be installed in Bank 1, Bank 2, or Bank 3 in any order.
4. Each bank addresses 256MB of memory. Unused memory is mapped
out by the memory management hardware.
References
1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Service Manual, 802-3819-10.
2. Sun Ultra 1 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-4148-10.

Volume I

MEMORY-15

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Ultra 2
Options 7001
501-2479 501-2480
16MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7001

64MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7003

7002 7003 7004 7043
501-2622
501-3136
501-5691
32MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7002

128MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7004

64MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7043

DOD DOD
0000000
DOD DOD
200-Pin

Memory Map
SOGKET

GROUP

BANK

ADDRESS RANGE

WORD

U0604
U0704
U0404
U0504
U0603
U0703
U0403
U0503
U0602
U0702

Group 3
Group 3
Group 3
Group 3
Group 2
Group 2
Group 2
Group 2
Group 1
Group 1

Bank 1
Bank 1
BankO
BankO
Bank 1
Bank 1
BankO
BankO
Bank 1
Bank 1

60000000 - 7fffffff
60000000 - 7fffffff
60000000 - 7fffffff
60000000 - 7fffffff
40000000 - 5fffffff
40000000 - 5fffffff
40000000 - 5fffffff
40000000 - 5fffffff
20000000 - 3fffffff
20000000 - 3fffffff

2nd Obi
2nd Obi
1st Obi
1st Obi
2nd Obi
2nd Obi
1st Obi
1st Obi
2nd Obi
2nd Obi

l.nA'''')
VV'-tVL

r' ............... ...
\,,:;uuUIJ I

Ualll'\U

U0502
U0601
U0701
U0401
U0501

Group
Group
Group
Group
Group

BankO
Bank 1
Bank 1
BankO
BankO

1
0
0
0
0

D ........ I'" 1'\

BYTE

16-31
00-15
16-31
00-15
16-31
00-15
16-31
00-15
16-31
00-15
16-31
20000000 - 3fffffff I~l nI-l
UUI
1st
Obi
00-15
20000000 - 3fffffff
00000000 - 1fffffff 2nd Obi 16-31
00000000 - 1fffffff 2nd Obi 00-15
00000000 - 1fffffff 1st Obi 16-31
00000000 - 1fffffff 1st Obi 00-15
.. _.I.

Notes
1. Two pair of OIMMs form a group of four OIMMs.
2. All four OIMMs within a group must be the same size.
3. The minimum memory requirement is four OIMMs in Group O.
4. OIMMs can be installed in Group 1, Group 2, or Group 3 in any order.
5. Each group addresses 512MB of memory. Unused memory is mapped
out by the memory management hardware.
Reference: Ultra 2 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-2561-10

MEMORY-16

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 5

Ultra 10

Options 7030 7031 7032 7033
370-3211 370-3198 370-3199
32MB
3.3V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7030

16MB
3.3V EGG
60ns DIMM
No Option

7036 7037 7038 7039
370-3200
370-3201
128MB
3.3V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7032

64MB
3.3V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7031

370-3796

370-3797

32MB
3.3V EGG
50ns DIMM
Option 7036

64MB
3.3V EGG
50ns DIMM
Option 7037

256MB
3.3V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7033

370-3798

370-3799

128MB
3.3V EGG
50ns DIMM
Option 7038

256MB
3.3V EGG
50ns DIMM
Option 7039

DDDDD DDDD
Memory Map
SOGKET

BANK

DIMM 1
DIMM2
DIMM3
DIMM4

BankO
BankO
Bank 1
Bank 1

ADDRESS RANGE

00000000
00000000
10000000
10000000

- Offfffff
- Offfffff
- 1fffffff
- 1fffffff

ADDRESS RANGE

20000000
20000000
30000000
30000000

- 2fffffff
- 2fffffff
- 3fffffff
- 3fffffff

Notes
1. The minimum memory requirement is two DIMMs in any bank.
2. The 16MB DIMM uses 1O-bit column addressing and was not sold.
3. The 32, 64, 128, and 256MB DIMMs use 11-bit column addressing.
4. If 1O-bit and 11-bit DIMMs are mixed, either pair will be ignored.
5. The 256MB DIMMs are not supported in the Ultra 5.
6. Memory speed is 60ns if 50ns and 60ns DIMMs are mixed.
7. UltraSPARC IIi speeds ;::360MHz support 50ns memory speed.
8. Boards 375-0066, 375-0079, and 375-0115 support 50ns memory.
9. OBP ;::3.25v3 is required when DIMMs manufactured by Micron are
installed with 360M Hz, 400MHz, or 440MHz CPU modules.
References
1. Sun Ultra
1. Sun Ultra
2. Sun Ultra
3. Sun Ultra
4. Sun Ultra
5. Sun Ultra
6. Sun Ultra

Volume I

5/10 Service Manual, 805-0423-10.
5 Service Manual, 805-7763.
10 Service Manual, 805-7764.
5/10 Product Note, 805-3647-10.
5/10 Product Note, 805-4970-10.
5 ShowMe How CD-ROM, 704-5753.
10 ShowMe How CD-ROM, 704-5983.

MEMORY-17

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Ultra 30

Netra t 1100

Options 7001
501-2479 501-2480

7002 7003 7004 7043
501-2622
501-3136
501-5691

16MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7001

32MB5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7002

64MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7003

128MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7004

64MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7043

DOD DOD
0000000
DOD DOD
l'
200-Pin

,..

Memory Map
SOGKET

QUAD

PAIR

U1004

Quad 3

U0904
U0804
U0704
U1003

Quad
Quad
Quad
Quad
Quad

3
3
3
2
2

Pair 1
Pair 1
Pair 0
Pair 0
Pair 1
Pair 1

Quad 2
Quad 2
Quad
Quad
Quad
Quad
Quad
Quad

U0903
U0803
U0703
U1002
U0902
U0802
U0702
U1001
U0901
U0801
U0701

1
1
1
1
0
0

Quad 0
Quad 0

PAIR ADDRESS

70000000
70000000
60000000
60000000
SOOOOOOO

- 7fffffff
- 7fffffff
- 6fffffff
- 6fffffff
- Sfffffff

QUAD ADDRESS

60000000 - 7fffffff
- 7fffffff
- 7fffffff
- 7fffffff
- Sfffffff
- Sfffffff

Pair 0
Pair 0

60000000
60000000
60000000
40000000
SOOOOOOO - Sfffffff 40000000
40000000 - 4fffffff 40000000
40000000 - 4fffffff 40000000

Pair 1
Pair 1
Pair 0
Pair 0
Pair 1

30000000 - 3fffffff 20000000
30000000 - 3fffffff 20000000
20000000 - 2fffffff 20000000
20000000 - 2fffffff 20000000
10000000 - 1fffffff 00000000

- 3fffffff
- 3fffffff
- 3fffffff
- 3fffffff
- 1fffffff

- Sfffffff
- Sfffffff

Pair 1 10000000 - 1fffffff 00000000 - 1fffffff
Pair 0 00000000 - Offfffff 00000000 - 1fffffff
Pair 0 00000000 - Offfffff 00000000 - 1fffffff

Notes
1. Two DIMMs form a pair. Two pair of DIMMs form a quad.
2. The minimum requirement is two DIMMs in any adjacent pair.
3. DIMMs can be installed in any order of pairs.
4. Interleaving requires a fully populated quad.
S. Each quad addresses up to S12MB of memory.
Reference: Ultra 30 Service Manual, 802-7719.

MEMORY-18

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATION

Ultra 60
501-2480
64MB S.OV EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7003

9/18/00

Enterprise 220R

Netra t 1120/1125

Options 7002 7003 7004 7043
501-2622
501-3136
32MB S.OV EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7002

128MB S.OV EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7004

501-5691
64MB S.OV EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7043

DOD DOD
0000000
DOD DOD
200-Pin

Memory Map
SOGKET

U1004
U1003
U1002
U1001
U0904
U0903
U0902

BANK

ADDRESS RANGE

Bank 3 aOOOOOOO - bfffffff
Bank 3 aOOOOOOO - bfffffff
Bank 3 aOOOOOOO - bfffffff
Bank 3 aOOOOOOO - bfffffff

U0901
U0804

Bank 2 80000000 - 9fffffff
Bank 2 80000000 - 9fffffff
Bank 2 80000000 - 9fffffff
Bank 2 80000000 - 9fffffff
Bank 1 20000000 - 3fffffff

U0803
U0802

Bank 1 20000000 - 3fffffff
Bank 1 20000000 - 3fffffff

U0801
U0704

Bank 1 20000000 - 3fffffff
BankO 00000000 - 1fffffff
BankO 00000000 - 1fffffff

U0703
U0702
U0701

BankO 00000000 - 1fffffff
BankO 00000000 - 1fffffff

Notes
1. The minimum requirement is four DIMMS in any bank.
2. DIMMs can be installed in any bank order.
3. Each bank addresses 512MB of memory.
4. Interleaving is not supported.
References
1. Ultra 60 Service Manual, 805-1709-10.
2. BuglD 4091708 against the Ultra 60 Service Manual.

Volume I

MEMORY-19

9/18/00

Ultra 80

CONFIGURATIONS

Enterprise 420R

Netra t 1400/1405

Options 7043 7005
501-5691
501-4743
64MB 5.0V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7043

256MB 5.0V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7005

DOD DOD
0000000
DOD DOD
200-Pin

Memory Map
RISER
BOARD

SYSTEM
BOARD

BANK

ADDRESS

0000 0000 - 3fff ffff

U1301
U1302

a
a
a
a

4000 0000 - 7fff ffff
4000 0000 - 7fff ffff

U1401

1
1
1

U0301
U0302

U0401
U0402
U1402
U0303
U0304
U1303
U1304
U0403
U0404

1
2
2

2
2
3
3

U1403

3

U1404

3

0000 0000 - 3fff ffff
0000 0000 - 3fff ffff
0000 0000 - 3fff ffff

4000 0000 - 7fff ffff
4000 0000 - 7fff ffff
8000 0000 - bfff ffff
8000 0000 - bfff ffff
8000 0000 - bfff ffff
8000 0000 - bfff ffff
cOO a 0000 - ffff ffff
cOO a 0000 - ffff ffff
cOO a 0000 - ffff ffff
cOOO 0000 - ffff ffff

Notes
1. The minimum requirement is four DIMMs in any bank.
2. DIMMs are required on both the Riser Board and the System Board.
3. The recommended installation sequence is Bank 0, 2, 1, 3.
4. Each bank addresses 1GB of memory.
5. 64MB DIMM 501-2480 and 128MB DIMM 501-3136 are not supported.
6. 16MB and 32MB DIMMs are not sold for the Ultra 80.
Reference: Ultra 80 Service Manual, 805-6618.

MEMORY-20

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 80 Memory Riser
Ultra 80

Enterprise 420R Netra t 1400/1405
501-5218
OMB FRU

U0403

BANK 3

cOOO 0000 - 7ffff fffl

U0403

BANK 3

cOOO 0000 - 7ffff ffff

U0402

BANK 1

4000 0000 - 7fff ffff

U0401

BANK 1

4000 0000 - 7fff ftft

U0304

BANK 2

8000 0000 - bfff fffl

U0303

BANK2

8000 0000 - bfff fffl

U0302

BANKO

0000 0000 - 31ft fffl

U0301

BANKO

0000 0000 - 3fff ftft

J1601

J1501

Mictor Connector

Mictor Connector

Notes
1. The minimum requirement is four DIMMs in any bank.
2. The recommended installation sequence is Bank 0, 2, 1, 3.
3. DIMMs are required on both the Riser Board and the System Board.
4. Memory is 2-way interleaved when the same size DIMMs are installed in
Banks 0 and 1.
5. Memory is 4-way interleaved when the same size DIMMs are installed in
Banks 0, 1, 2, and 3.
6. Damage to the Mictor Connectors can occur if DIMMs are installed
or removed when the Riser Board is installed on the System Board.
7. Each bank addresses 1GB of memory
Torque Requirements
1. Use torque tool 340-6091 to install the memory riser board.
2. Tool 340-6091 is included with systems that use the memory riser board.
3. A torque driver set to 4.0 - 4.5 in/lbs with a #2 Square Drive bit may be
used to install the memory riser board.
References
1. Ultra 80 Service Manual, 805-6618.
2. Ultra 80 Product Note, 806-1457.
3. Memory Riser Assembly Damage Caution, 806-2892.

Volume I

MEMORY-21

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Sun Blade 100
Options 6691 6692
370-4149
370-4150
128MB 3.3V EGG
10ns SDRAM DIMM
Option 6691

256MB 3.3V EGG
10ns SDRAM DIMM
Option 6692

6693
370-4151
512MB 3.3V EGG
10ns SDRAM DIMM
Option 6693

DDDDD DDDD
Memory Map
U5

DIMM 3

60000000-7fffffff

or

cOOOOOOO-ffffffff

U4

DIMM 2

40000000-5fffffff

or

80000000-bfffffff

U3

DIMM 1

20000000-3fffffff

or

40000000-7fffffff

U2

DIMM 0

00000000-1 fffffff

or

00000000-3fffffff

Notes
1. The minimum memory requirement is one DIMM in U2.
2. The memory installation sequence is U2, U3, U4, and U5.
3. Each bank addresses 512MB of memory with 500MHz UltraSPARC.
4. Each bank addresses 1GB of memory with ~550MHz UltraSPARC.
Reference: Sun Blade 100 Service Manual, 806-3416.

MEMORY-22

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Sun Blade 1000
Options 7050 7052
501-4489
501-5031
128MB 3.3V EGG
7ns SDRAM DIMM
Option 7050

1GB 3.3V EGG
7ns SDRAM DIMM
Option 7052

7053
501-5401
256MB 3.3V EGG
7ns SDRAM DIMM
Option 7053

DDDDD
DDD
DD
232-Pin

Memory Map
U0407

Group 1

Bank 1/3

faOOOOOO - 1f3ffffff

U0406

Group 0

Bank 0/2

00000000 - f9ffffff

U0305

Group 1

Bank 1/3

faOOOOOO - 1f3ffffff

U0305

Group 0

Bank 0/2

00000000 - f9ffffff

U0203

Group 1

Bank 1/3

faOOOOOO - 1f3ffffff

U0202

Group 0

Bank 0/2

00000000 - f9ffffff

U0101

Group 1

Bank 1/3

faOOOOOO - 1f3ffffff

U0100

Group 0

Bank 0/2

00000000 - f9ffffff

Notes
1. The minimum requirement is four DIMMs in any Group.
2. DIMMs can be installed in any Group order.
3. Each Group addresses 4GB of memory.
Reference: Sun Blade 1000 Service Manual, 805-4496.

Volume I

MEMORY-23

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Enterprise 250
Options 7001
501-2479 501-2480
16MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7001

7002 7003 7004 7043
501-2622
501-3136
501-5691

64MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7003

32MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7002

128MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7004

64MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7043

DOD DOD
0000000
DOD DOD
1
200-Pin

,..

Memory Map
SOGKET LABEL BANK

DIMM#

ADDRESS

3

U0704

0
0
0
0

3

dimm@O,O 6000 0000 - 7fff ffff
dimm@0,1 6000 0000 - 7fff ffff

U1003

B

2

dimm@0,2 4000 0000 - 5fff ffff

U0903

B

2

U0803

B

2

dimm@0,3 4000 0000 - 5fff ffff
dimm@O,O 4000 0000 - 5fff ffff

U0703

B

2

U1002

C
C
C
C
A
A
A
A

1

U1004
U0904
U0804

U0902

U0802
U0702
U1001
U0901
U0801
U0701

3
3

1
1
1
0

dimm@0,2 6000 0000 - 7fff ffff
dimm@0,3 6000 0000 - 7fff ffff

dimm@0,1 4000 0000 - 5fff ffff
dimm@0,2 2000 0000 - 3fff ffff
dimm@0,3 2000 0000 - 3fff ffff
rlill"'V'll"V'l un (\ f\ 1')(",,, "''''f\
0":" "'"
,c;.vvv VVVU - viii
IIII
UIIIIIII~V,V

dimm@0,1 2000 0000 - 3fff ffff
dimm@0,2 0000 0000 - 1fff ffff

0

dimm@0,3 0000 0000 - 1fff ffff
dimm@O,O 0000 0000 - 1fff ffff

0

dimm@0,1 0000 0000 - 1fff ffff

0

Notes
1. Four DIMMs of the same size form a bank.
2. The recommended installation sequence is Bank A, B, C, D.
3. Each bank addresses 512MB of memory.
References
1. Enterprise 250 Owner's Guide, 805-5160.
2. Enterprise 250 ShowMe How, 724-2974.

MEMORY-24

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

Ultra 450
Options 7002
501-2480

Ultra Enterprise 450
7003 7004
501-2622

64MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7003

32MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7002

7005 7043
501-3136
128MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7004

501-4743

501-5691

501-5896

256MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7005

64MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7043

256MB 5V EGG
60ns DIMM w GAL
Option 7005

CJCJCJ CJCJCJ
CJCJCJDCJCJCJ
l'CJCJCJ CJCJCJ
200-Pin

....

Memory Map
SOCKET

LABEL

INSTALL

BANK

DIMM#

ADDRESS

U1604

D

4th

1

3

4000 0000 - 71ff ffff

U1603

D

4th

1

2

4000 0000 - 71ff ffff

U1602

0

4th

1

1

4000 0000 - 7fff ffff

U1601

D

4th

1

0

4000 0000 - 71ff ffff
cOOO 0000 - ffff Ifff

U1804

B

2nd

3

3

U1803

B

2nd

3

2

cOOO 0000 - ffff Ifff

U1802

B

2nd

3

1

cOOO 0000 - ffff IIff

U1801

B

2nd

3

0

cOOO 0000 - flff ffff

U1704

G

3rd

0

3

0000 0000 - 3fff fill

U1703

G

3rd

0

2

0000 0000 - 31ff ffff

U1702

G

3rd

0

1

0000 0000 - 31ff flff

U1701

G

3rd

0

0000 0000 - 3fff ffff

U1904

A

1st

0
2

3

8000 0000 - bfff ffff

U1903

A

1st

2

2

8000 0000 - bfff ffff

U1902

A

1st

2

1

8000 0000 - blff ffff

U1901

A

1st

2

0

8000 0000 - blff ffff

Notes
1. Four DIMMs of the same size form a bank.
2. The installation sequence is AAAA, BBBB, ecce, and DODD.
3. Use the setenv memory-interleave aBP command to set interleaving.
4. The smallest DIMM size is used and the remaining memory is lost if
interleaving is enabled and the bank sizes are different.
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 450 Server Owner's Guide, 805-0429-10.
2. Ultra 450 Workstation Owner's Guide, 805-0430-10.

Volume I

MEMORY-25

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

E3000
E3S00
501-2652
8MB 3"3V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7021

E4000
E4S00

E6000
E6S00

Options 7021 7022 7023 7026
501-2654
501-2653
32MB 3"3V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7022

DDDD

168-Pin

ESOOO
ESSOO

128MB 3"3V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7023

501-5658
256MB 3"3V EGG
60ns DIMM
Option 7026

DDDDD

Notes
1" Eight DIMMs form a bank"
2" All DIMMs within a bank must be the same size"
3" The first bank of memory can be either Bank 0 or Bank 1"
4" Install one bank on each CPU/Memory board before installing the
second bank on any board"
5" Install the largest density banks first, then medium density banks,
and finally the smallest density banks"
6" The 256MB DIMMs require aBP ~3"2"23"
7" The Solaris 2"5" 1 prtdiag command displays incorrect memory capacity"
Install Patch 104595-1 0"
8. aBP 3"2v26 fixes 2GB memory bank BuglD 4323635"
References
1" Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051-10"
2" Ultra Enterprise 4000/5000/6000 System Manual, 802-3845-10"
3" DIMM Installation Guide, 802-5032-14"

MEMORY-26

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

E10000
Options 7022 7023
501-2653
501-2654
32MB 3.3V ECC
60ns DIMM
Option 7022

128MB 3.3V ECC
60ns DIMM
Option 7023

DDDD

DDDDD

168-Pin

DIMM Installation
MEMORY ASIC 0 MEMORY ASIC 1
#DIMMs BANKO BANK 2 BANK 1 BANK3

16
16
16
16
32

x
x

x

x

x
x
x
x

x

x

x
x

Notes
1. All DIMMs on the E10000 Memory Board must be the same size.
2. Memory Board configurations of 512MB or 1GB are supported using
32MB DIMMs. Configurations of 768MB are not supported.
3. Memory Board configurations of 2GB or 4GB are supported using
128MB DIMMs. Configurations of 3GB are not supported.
Reference
Ultra Enterprise 10000 Component Replacement Guide, 805-0311.

Volume I

MEMORY-27

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

E10000 Memory Board
Option 7025
501-4351
501-4776
OMS FRU

MM37

BANK 3

DIMM7

MM17

BANK 1

DIMM7

MM36

BANK 3

DIMM6

MM16

BANK 1

DIMM6

MM35

BANK 3

DIMM5

MM15

BANK 1

DIMM5

MM34

BANK 3

DIMM4

MM1 4

BANK 1

DIMM4

OMS FRU

I (09 100)
I Mezcon Connector
I
I
I
I
I
I (06
2 0)

D D W0
I MM2 7
I MMO 7
I MM2 6
I MMO 6
I MM25
I MMO 5
I MM24
I MMO 4

BANK 2

DIMM 7

BANKO

DIMM7

BANK 2

DIMM 6

BANKO

DIMM 6

BANK 2

DlMM 5

BANKO

DIMM5

BANK 2

DIMM4

BANKO

DIMM4

(01

I MM3

3

BANK 3

DIMM3

I MM1 3

BANK 1

DIMM3

2

BANK 3

DIMM2

2

BANK 1

DIMM2

1

BANK 3

DIMM1

1

BANK 1

DIMM1

0

BANK 3

DIMMO

0

BANK 1

DIMMO

I MM3
I MM1
I MM3
I MM1
I MM3
I MM1

W
50)

I MM2
I MMO
I MM2
I MMO
I MM2
I MMO
I MM2
I MMO

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

DD
3

BANK 2

DIMM 3

3

BANKO

DIMM3

2

BANK 2

DIMM 2

2

BANKO

DIMM2

1

BANK 2

DIMM 1

1

BANKO

DIMM1

0

BANK 2

DIMMO

0

BANKO

DIMMO

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Notes
1. Tighten the Mezcon Connector screws to 6 in/lb in the sequence shown.
2. All DIMMs on the Memory Board must be the same size.
References
1. Enterprise 10000 Component Replacement Guide, 805-0311.
2. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917.

MEMORY-28

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATION

9/18/00

RSM Array 2000 StorEdge A3000
StorEdge A3500 StorEdge A3500FC
Option 7020
370-2438
370-2439
8MB MPU SIMM
No Option Number

32MB RPA SIMM
Option 7020

8MB MPU SIMM 370-2438

________________

~

~

D
n

72_P;O'---'________________

~

.

~

l

32MB RPA SIMM 370-2439

'-----II I

I 1'-----1

DDDDDDDD

72·Pin

Notes
1. The Main Processor Unit (MPU) SIMMs serve as processor memory.
2. The RAID Parity Assist (RPA) SIMMs serve as cache memory.
3. Install 501-2439 in SIMM-1 and SIMM-3 for RPA High Bank.
4. Install 501-2439 in SIMM-2 and SIMM·4 for RPA Low Bank.
5. Install 501-2438 in SIMM-5 and SIMM-6 for MPU DRAM.
6. Memory failures are reported as a pair of two SIMMs.
7. The 370-2438 or 370-2439 are not labeled with a Sun part number.
References
1. RSM Array 2000 Controller Module Installation Guide, 802-7602.
2. RSM Array 2000 Installation and System Manual, 802-7603.

Volume I

MEMORY-29

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

StorEdge A1000
Option 7040
No Sun Part Number
4MBMPU SIMM
No Option Number

No Sun Part Number
8MB MPU/RPA SIMM
No Option Number

370-2439
32MB RPA SIMM
Option 7040

Front View of 4MB MPU SIMM

l:,.",11-------'

_______________

~

D

-J"~

________________

~

Rear View of 4MB MPU SIMM

'----_--"'. ~__~J
Front View of 8MB MPU/RPA SIMM

l".J'-------'

D
...

~---------------~ ~--------------~
Rear View of 8MB MPU/RPA SIMM

~---,g___J
FiOnt View of 32MB RPA Slivlivi 370-2439

DDDDDDDD

72-Pin

Notes
1. The Main Processor Unit (MPU) SIMMs serve as processor memory.
2. The RAID Parity Assist (RPA) SIMMs serve as cache memory.
3. Install 8MB or 32MB SIMMs in RPA slots SIMM-1 and SIMM-2.
4. Install 4MB or 8MB SIMMs in MPU slots SIMM-3 and SIMM-4.
Reference
A 1000 Installation, Operation, and Service Manual, 805-2624-10.

MEMORY-30

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS
GRAPHICS

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Graphics
SBus
MG1 ...................................................................................
MG2 ...................................................................................
CG3 ...................................................................................
GX .....................................................................................
GXplus ...............................................................................
ZX ......................................................................................
TurboZX ............................................................................
VideoPix ............................................................................
SunVideo ...........................................................................
TurboGX ............................................................................
TurboGXplus .....................................................................

3
4
6
9
10
11
14
18
19
21
23

SS4 1MB Video SIMM ..........................................................
SS5 S24 ...............................................................................

25
26

SS20 Auxiliary Video Board .................. ........ .......................
SS20 CG14 ..........................................................................

27
28

UPA Bus
Elite3D
Creator Series 1
Creator3D Series 1
Creator Series 2
Creator3D Series 2
Creator Series 3
Creator3D Series 3

AFB ............................................
FFB ............................................
FFB ............................................
FFB2 ..........................................
FFB2 ..........................................
FFB2+ ........................................
FFB2+ ........................................

30
38
40
43
44
46
47

PCI
PGX ...................................................................................
PGX32 ...............................................................................
SunVideo Plus ...................................................................
Expert 3D ..........................................................................

49
50
51
52

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

This page intentionally left blank.

GRAPHICS-2

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

MG1
1-Bit ECl Monochrome Frame Buffer
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 Sun-4/E SS10
SS600 SC2000
501-1419
501-8043

SS20

w 4/E Backpanel

SBus Connector

JMP4
JMP4 In =1600 x 1280 ~
JMP4 Out = 1152 x 900 0
JMP4 Out = Auto select

DB9

Screen Resolutions
1152 x 900
1600 x 1280

61.8KHz 66Hz
89.0KHz 66Hz

UNIX 10: /dev/bwtwoO
Power:

1.3 Amps @ +5Vdc
6.5 Watts

Note: The final software release is Solaris 2.6

Volume I

GRAPHICS-3

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

MG2
1-Bit Analog Frame Buffer
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600
501-1455
501-8062
W

4/E Backpanel

SBus Connector
JMP5

~

r:::=:l JMP5 In = 27C256 EPROM
~

JMP5 Out = 27C64 EPROM

B
DB13W3

Screen Resolution
1152 x 900

61.8KHz 66Hz

UNIX 10: /dev/bwtwoO
Power: 0.4 Amps
2.0 Watts

@

+5Vdc

Note
1. The final software release isSolaris 2.6.
2. The MG2 Frame Buffer produces a 1-bit Analog output.

GRAPHICS-4

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

MG2
1-Bit Analog Frame Buffer
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10
501-8077
501-1561

SS20 SS600

W 4/E Backpanel

SBus Connector

DB13W3

Screen Resolutions
1152 x 900
1152 x 900
'Default

61.8KHz 66Hz
71.7KHz 76Hz'

UNIX ID: /dev/bwtwoO
Power: 0.3 Amps
1.6 Watts

@

+5Vdc

Note
1. The final software release is Solaris 2.6.
2. The MG2 Frame Buffer produces a 1-bit Analog output.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-5

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

CG3
8-Bit Color Frame Buffer
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10
501-1415
501-8044
FAB 270-1415

W

SS20

4/E Backpanel

I

SBus Connector

BDD

FcodeD

DB13W3

Screen Resolution
1152 x 900

61.8KHz 66Hz

UNIX 10: /dev/cgthreeO
Power: 0.7 Amps @ +5Vdc
3.5 Watts

GRAPHICS-6

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

CG3
8-Bit Color Frame Buffer
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10
501-1718
501-1909
FAB 270-1415

FAB 270-1909

I

SBus Connector

192 .94 MHz 1

SS20

1 105 .5 MHz 1

D

D
FcodeD

DB13W3

Screen Resolutions
1152 x 900
1152 x 900
'Default

61.8KHz 66Hz
71.7KHz 76Hz'

UNIX 10: /dev/cgthreeO
Power: 1.1 Amps
5.5 Watts

Volume I

@

+5Vdc

GRAPHICS-7

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

CG3
8-Bit Color Frame Buffer
SS5
501-2691

I

SBus Connector

D D

I

S4.375MHz

I

EJ
FcodeD

DB13W3

Screen Resolution
1024 x 768 x 77Hz

UNIX ID: /dev/cgthreeO
Power: 0.7 Amps
3.5 Watts

GRAPHICS-8

@

+5Vdc

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

GX
8-Bit Color Frame Buffer
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 8810 8820 88600
881000 8C2000
501-1672
501-1996
w/o 340·2348

SBus Connector

105 5

. 1
1 MHz

94 1
192.MHz

DB13W3

Screen Resolutions
1152 x 900
1152 x 900
'Default

61.8KHz 66Hz
71.7KHz 76Hz'

UNIX ID: /dev/cgsixO
Power: 1.0 Amps
5.0 Watts

Volume I

@

+5Vdc

GRAPHIC8-9

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

GXplus
8-Bit Color Frame Buffer
Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600
SS 1000 SC2000
501-1717
501-2018
501-2039
wlo 340-2349
J1 SBus Connector

J2 SBus Connector

92.94
MHz

LSC

92.94
MHz

~
~

f105.5l

~

I II
FCod,

MMDAC

I

DB13W3

Screen Resolutions
1152 x 900 61.8KHz 66Hz
1152 x 900 71.7KHz 76Hz
1024 x 800 71.7KHz 85Hz
1280 x 1024 71.7KHz 67Hz'
'Default

UNIX 10: /dev/cgsixO
Power:

2.5 Amps
12.5 Watts

@

+5Vdc

Reference: GXplus Installation Guide, 800-5940-10.

GRAPHICS-10

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

ZX
24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
SS5 SS 10 SS20 SS 1000 SC2000
A11 A12 A14
Option 1094
501-1845
501-1843
501-1844

Sun-4/15/30/75

2 Board Set
w/o 340-2349

Upper Board

Lower Board

501-1845 Rear View

Ii
SBus Connector

"I

SBus Connector

501-1845 Front View without Backpanel

lliJ2

II

\ !!

501-1845 Front View with Backpanel

D

@

'-1 _ _-->\

FILLER PANEL
340-2851

STEREO

DB13W3

501-1845 with Backpanel and Upper Backpanel 340-2349

FILLER PANEL
340-2851

STEREO

DB13W3

UNIX 10: /dev/leoO
Power:

Volume I

6_8 Amps
34.0 Watts

@

+5Vdc

GRAPHICS-11

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

ZX Upper Board
501-1843
Bottom Side
P0201

D D
D D
D D

P1501

P1502

DB13W3

Screen Resolutions
640 x 480
77U

960
960
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280

x

brb

x 680
x 680
x 768
x 768
x 900
x 900
x 1024
x 1024

GRAPHICS-12

60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
60Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
76Hz
67Hz

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

ZX Lower Board
501-1844
Bottom Side
SBus Connector

SBus Connector

D
D
D
D
D
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2.
2. The GT/ZX Supplement to Solaris 2.2 is recommended.
3. The final software release is Solaris 2.6.
4. The ZX Graphics Accelerator uses the /opt/SUNWleo device driver.
5. Standoff 240-2716 and Screw 240-2102 fasten the boards together.
6. The Sun-4/15/30/75 requires three 250-1195-01 rubber bumpers.
7. The SC1 000 and SC2000 require three 240-2090-01 nylon screws.
8. The SC1 000 and SC2000 require three 240-2103-01 nylon standoffs.
9. The A 11 and A 12 require SBus Extender Cable 530-2290.
10. The A 11 and A 12 require Ferrite 150-2633 if the stereo output is used.
Screen Resolution
1. The variable monitor_type is defined in /etC/init.d/leoconfig.
2. Make temporary changes to the screen resolution with the following
command: letc/optlSUNWleo/binlleoconfig -M monitoctype. .
3. Make permanent changes to the screen resolution by removing the
comment symbol # from the desired setting in /etc/init.
Reference: ZX Graphics Accelerator Installation Manual, 800-7213-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-13

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

TurboZX
24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
SS10 SS10SX SS20
Option 1096
501-2503
501-2502
501-2711
2 Board Set

Upper Board

Lower Board

wlo 340-2349

501-2503 Rear View

Ii

II i
SBus Connector

SBus Connector

501-2503 Front View without Backpanel

:1 ,

&

\ II

L#J 2

501-2503 Front View with Backpanel

D
FILLER PANEL
340-2851

@

,-f_ _-J.\

STEREO

DB13W3

501-2503 with Backpanel and Upper Backpanel 340-2349

..r-'
FILLER PANEL
340-2851

11..-.,

STEREO

DB13W3

SS20 Cooling
Systems manufactured prior to May 1995 require Left Vent 330-1661-02
and Right Vent 540-2548-02.

11111111111111111

~~~~1~:~02 and 540-2548-02

11111111111111111

~~~~1~:~-01 and 540-2548-01

GRAPHICS-14

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

TurboZX Upp er Board
501-2711

Bottom Side
P0201

D
D
D

~[g]
. - -____

P1500·1~

~~~

D
D

D

__________________

DB13W3

Screen Resolutions
60Hz
640
770
960
960
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280

x 480
x 575
x 680
x 680
x 768
x 768
x 900
x 900
x 1024
x 1024

50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
60Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
76Hz
67Hz

UNIX 10: /dev/leoO

Volume I

GRAPHICS-15

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

TurboZX Lower Board
501-2502

Bottom Side
SBus Connector
P0201

o

SBus Connector

I Flex Cable to Fan Card

00

o
i\ioies
1. Solaris 2.3 requires Patch 101284-12.
2. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch 101921.
3. Solaris 2.4 with hyperSPARC requires Patch 101945.
4. The final software release is Solaris 2.6.
5. TurboZX was announced in May 1995 and discontinued in Nov 1995.
6. TurboZX uses the /opt/SUNWleo device driver.
7. Standoff 240-2716 and Screw 240-2102 fasten the boards together.
8. The SS10 and SS20 require two 501-2840 Fan Cards.
Screen Resolution
1. The variable monitor_type is defined in letclinit.dlleoconfig.
2. Make temporary changes to the screen resolution with the following
command: letc/optiSUNWleolbin/leoconfig -M monitoctype.
3. Make permanent changes to the screen resolution by removing the
comment symbol # from the desired setting in /etc/init.
Reference: TurboZX Installation Manual, 801-7829-10.

GRAPHICS-16

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

TurboZX Fan Card
501-2840

SBU5 Connector

P1

Flex Cable 530-2165

To Fan Card P1

Notes
1. The 8810 and 8820 require two 501-2840 Fan Cards.
2. Flex Cable 530-2165 provides additional power to the TurboZX.
Reference: TurboZX Installation Manual, 801-7829-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-17

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

VideoPix
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4
Option 218
501-1706

SS5

SS10

SS20

SBus Connector

D
o

SELFTEST
LED

D
PORT 2

PORii

RCA JACK

RCA JACK

UNIX 10: /dev/vfcO
Power: 1.0 Amps @ +5Vdc
5.0 Watts
Notes
1. Video Pix is not supported in SunOS 4.1.3_U1 Version B.
2. Video Pix is not supported in SunOS 4.1.4.
3. Video Pix is not supported in Solaris 2.x.
Reference: Using VideoPix, 800-5099-10.

GRAPHICS-18

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SunVideo
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS 10
SS20 SS600 A11 A12 A14
Option 1085
501-2232

SS 1OSX

SBU5 Connector

DD
DD

JALAPENO
100-3701-02/03

EJ

525-1356

FCode

J0601

g

J0201

D
CL4000

B

100-3700-02/03/04

Pin-1 = Luminance
Pin-2 = Chrominance
Pin-3 :;; Luminance Rtn
Pin-4 = Chrominance Rtn

S-VIDEO IN

VIDEO IN 1

LED

g

VIDEO IN 2

UNIX 10: /dev/rtvcO
Power: 1.8 Amps @ +5Vdc
9.0 Watts
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. Jalapeno revision 3 is not compatible with Solaris 2.3 SunOiag.
Install Patch 101330-05.
3. The SUNWrtvc package is required.
4. The XIL runtime packages are required.
5. SunVideo input is NTSC or PAL format.
6. SunVideo uses the Philips square pixel decoder chip set.
References

1. Sun Video User's Guide, 801-5179-10.
2. SunVideo User's Guide, 802-1318-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-19

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SunVideo
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10
SS20 SS600 A11 A12 A14
Option 1085
501-3019

SS10SX

SBus Connector

JALAPENO
100-3701-03

8

525-1440

DD
DD

FCode

J0601

g

J0201

0
CL4000

B
Pin-1
Pin-2
Pin-3
Pin-4

~

~
~
~

100-4456

Luminance
Chrominance
Luminance Rln
Chrominance Rln

LED

I

S-VIDEO IN

VIDEO IN 1

g

VIDEO IN 2

UNIX 10: /dev/rtvcO
Power: 1.8 Amps
9.0 Watts

@

+5Vdc

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. Jalapeno revision 3 is not compatible with Solaris 2.3 SunOiag.
Install Patch 101330-05.
3. The SUNWrtvc package is required.
4. The XIL runtime packages are required.
5. SunVideo input is NTSC or PAL format.
6. SunVideo uses the Philips square pixel decoder chip set.
Reference: Sun Video User's Guide, 802-1318-10.

GRAPHICS-20

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

TurboGX
8-Bit Color Frame Buffer
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 S84 885 8810 8820 88600
881000 8C2000 A11 A12 A14 E150
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 322 359
501-2325
SBus Connector

TGXASIC

Screen Resolutions
1024
1024
1152
1152

x
x
x
x

768
768
900
900

48.2KHz
62.0KHz
61.8KHz
71.8KHz

60Hz
77Hz
66Hz
76Hz

DB13W3

UNIX 10: /dev/cgsixO
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.0.3.
2. If multiple cards are installed, the minimum OS is SunOS 4.1.1.
3. To test multiple cards with SunOiag, 4.1.1 requires 4.1.1 GFX Rev 2.
4. The SS1, SS1 +, and IPC require OSP 2.x.
5. OSP 2.x for the SS1, SS1 +, and IPC requires SunOS 4.1.1.
6. The SS2 requires OSP ~2.4.
References
1. TurboGX/TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 801-5399-10.
2. TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 800-7579-10.
3. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-2661-10.
4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10.
5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10.

Volume I

GRAPHIC8-21

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

TurboGX
8-Bit Color Frame Buffer
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS 10 SS20 SS600
SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E150
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 322 359 7110
501-2922
SBus Connector

TGXASIC

Screen Resolutions
1024
1024
1152
1152

x
x
x
x

768
768
900
900

48.2KHz
62.0KHz
61.8KHz
71.8KHz

60Hz
77Hz
66Hz
76Hz

DB13W3

I
UNIX 10: /dev/cgsixO
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.0.3.
2. If multiple cards are installed, the minimum OS is SunOS 4.1.1 .
3. To test multiple cards with SunOiag, 4.1.1 requires 4.1.1 GFX Rev 2.
4. The SS1, SS1 +, and IPC require OBP 2.x.
5. OBP 2.x for the SS1, SS1 +, and IPC requires SunOS 4.1.1.
6. The SS2 requires OBP ~2.4.
References
1. TurboGXfTurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 801-5399-10.
2. TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 800-7579-10.
3. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-2661-10.
4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10.
5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10.

GRAPHICS-22

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

TurboGXplus
8-Bit Color Frame Buffer
Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600
SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 367
501-2253
SBus Connector

TGXASIC

Screen Resolutions
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1600

x 768
x 768
x 900
x 900
x 1024
x 1024
x 1280

48.2KHz
62.0KHz
61.8KHz
71.8KHz
71.7KHz
81.1KHz
101.8KHz

66Hz
77Hz
66Hz
76Hz
67Hz
76Hz
76Hz

BT467

DB13W3

UNIX 10: /dev/cgsixO
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1.
2. To test multiple cards with SunOiag, 4.1.1 requires 4.1.1 GFX Rev 2.
3. The 501-2253-05 is required to support 1600x1280x76.
4. The SS2 requires OBP ~2.4.
References
1. TurboGXlTurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 801-5399-10.
2. TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 800-7579-10.
3. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-2661-10.
4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10.
5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-23

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

TurboGXplus
8-Bit Color Frame Buffer
Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600
SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 367 3655
501-2955
SBus Connector

TGXASIC

Screen Resolutions
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1600

x 768
x 768
x 900
x 900
x 1024
x 1024
x 1280

48.2KHz
62.0KHz
61.8KHz
71.8KHz
71.7KHz
81.1KHz
101.8KHz

60Hz
77Hz
66Hz
76Hz
67Hz
76Hz
76Hz

BT467

DB13W3

I

UNIX ID: /dev/cgsixO
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1.
2. To test multiple cards with SunDiag, 4.1.1 requires 4.1.1 GFX Rev 2.
3. The 501-2955 is not compatible with the SS5 on Solaris 1.x.
4. The SS2 requires OSP 22.4.
References
1. TurboGX/TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 801-5399-10.
2. TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 800-7579-10.
3. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-2661-10.
4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10.
5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10.

GRAPHICS-24

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

1MB Video SIMM
SS4
Option 102
501-2576

168-Pin

UNIX 10: /dev/txcO
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or 2.4 Hardware: 11 /94.
2. Video memory without the VSIMM installed is 1MB.
3. Video memory with the VSIMM installed is 2MB.
4. The VSIMM adds support for 1280 x 1024 resolution.
Reference: SPARCstation 4 VSIMM Installation Guide, 802-1898.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-25

CONFIGU RATIONS

9/18/00

824
24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
SS5
Options 323 324
501-2337
AFXbus Connector

D
D
D

FCode

D

D
D
D

n

D

b,-I__

_---'I

DB_13_W_3

J

1152 x 900 Maximum Resolution

UNIX 10: /dev/tcxO
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3 Hardware: 8/94.
2. Solaris 2.3 HW: 8/94 on the Model 110 requires Patch 101863-02.
3. Solaris 2.4 HW: 11/94 on the Model 110 requires Patch 101923-05.
4. Solaris 2.4 HW: 3/95 on the Model 110 requires Patch 101923-05.
5. The S24 uses the backpanel opening for SBus Slot 3.
Reference: 824 Frame Buffer Installation Manual, 801-5519-10.

GRAPHICS-26

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Auxiliary Video Board
SS10SX SS20
Options 325 326 327 345 346
501-2488
501-2020
SS10SX

SS20

83.8 mm x 98.4 mm

83.8 mm x 95.6 mm

347

Screen Resolutions
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1600

x 768
x 768
x 768
x 800
x 900
x 900
x 1024
x 1280

60Hz
60Hz
70Hz
84Hz
66Hz
76Hz
66Hz
66Hz
DB13W3

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. Solaris 2.3 requires the Solaris 2.3 Supplement CO, 704-4195-10.
3. Solaris 2.6 does not support XIL compute acceleration for the SX.
4. The Auxiliary Video Board is required if two VSIMMs are installed.
5. Install the second VSIMM in J0202 on the SS1 OSX CPU.
6. Install the second VSIMM in J0406 on the SS20 CPU.
7. Use the sxconfig (1 M) command to configure contiguous memory.
8. Use the cg14config (1 M) command to change resolutions.
References
1. SPARCstation 10SX VSIMMs Installation, 801-2535-10.
2. SPARCstation 20 VSIMMs Installation, 801-6185-10.
3. SS10SX System Configuration Guide, 801-5498-10.
4. SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10.
5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-2661-10.
6. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10.
7. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-27

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

CG14
4MB 60ns 24-Bit VSIMM
SS20
Options 325 327
501-2481

D
DDD DDD
DD
DDD
DD
DDD
Screen Resolutions
1024 x 768
60Hz
60Hz
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
70Hz
84Hz
1024 x 800
1152 x 900
66Hz
1152 x 900
76Hz
1280 x 1024
66Hz
1600 x 1280
67Hz
UNIX 10: /dev/cgfourteenO
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. Solaris 2.3 requires the Solaris 2.3 Supplement CO, 704-4195-10.
3. Solaris 2.6 does not support XIL compute acceleration for the SX.
4. Install the first VSIMM in J0407 and the second VSIMM in J0406.
5. The Auxiliary Video Board is required if two VSIMMs are installed.
6. Use the sxconfig (1 M) command to configure contiguous memory.
7. Use the cg14config (1 M) command to change resolutions.
References
1. SPARCstation 20 VSIMMs Installation, 801-6185-10.
2. SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10.

GRAPHICS-28

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

CG14
8MB 60ns 24-Bit VSIMM
SS20
Option 326
501-2482

DDD DDD
DDD ODD
DDD
DD
DDD DDD
DD
DDD
DD
DDD
Screen Resolutions
1024 x 768
60Hz
60Hz
1024 x 768
70Hz
1024 x 768
1024 x 800
84Hz
66Hz
1152 x 900
1152 x 900
76Hz
1280 x 1024
66Hz
1600 x 1280
66Hz
UNIX 10: /dev/cgfourteenO
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. Solaris 2.3 requires the Solaris 2.3 Supplement CO, 704-4195-10.
3. Solaris 2.6 does not support XIL compute acceleration for the SX.
4. Install the first VSIMM in J0407 and the second VSIMM in J0406.
5. The Auxiliary Video Board is required if two VSIMMs are installed.
6. Use the sxconfig (1 M) command to configure contiguous memory.
7. Use the cg14config (1 M) command to change resolutions.
References
1. SPARCstation 20 VSIMMs Installation, 801-6185-10.
2. SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-29

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Elite30-m3

Elite30-m6

AFB Series 1

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A16 A22 A23 A27
Options 3664 3665
501-5268
501-5201

501-4860
Elite3D-m3/FRU

Elite3D-m3/FRU

Elite3D-m3/FRU

540-3623

540-3902

501-5058

Elite3D-m6/FRU
501-4860 + 501-5058

Elite3D-m6/FRU
501-5201 + 501-5058

Daughter Board

Elite3D-m3

I

501-5484

Elite3D-m3

FLOAT

Daughter Board

I I
Fg

FLOAT

,-: I

I

FLOAT

'

,

I

'-'
.,g.

:~:

EJ

'5'

'u'

tI
'

to Daughter Board

D

,

FLOAT

I

: .: to Elite3D-m3

D

E]E]
D

D

D EJ D
0

0

Ribbon Cable Assembly 530-2672
DB13W3
VIDEO

DIN7
STEREO

Screen Resolutions
640
i640
i768
5960
5960
1024
1024
1024

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

480 60Hz
480 60Hz
575 50Hz
680 108Hz
680 112Hz
768 77Hz
768 75Hz
768 70Hz

GRAPHICS-30

1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1280
1280

x 800
x 900
x 900
x 800
x1024
x 1024
x 1024

84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
76Hz
67Hz
60Hz

~TI~ ~TI~
DB9
SERIAL

DB9
SERIAL

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-4860
501-5268
501-5201
501-5484
540-3902
501-5058
540-3623

Operating System Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or Solaris 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The E/ite3o Supplemental CO for Solaris 2.5.1 is required.
3. Elite3D device drivers are bundled in Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 3/98.
Board Notes
1. Do NOT assemble or disassemble an Elite3D-m6. The Mictor connector
can be damaged during assembly and disassembly.
2. Elite3D-m6 assembly 540-3623 includes 501-4860 and 501-5058.
3. Elite3D-m6 assembly 540-3902 includes 501-5201 and 501-5058.
4. Elite3D-m3 501-5484 includes 501-5201 and barcode label 262-5463.
5. Elite3D-m3 501-5268 includes 501-4860 and barcode label 262-5565.
Compatibility Notes
1. Elite3D-m3 is not compatible with 300MHz Module :<;;501-4379-05.
2. Elite3D-m3 is not compatible with 300MHz Module :<;;501-5040-02.
References
1. afbconfig (1 M) and afb (70) manual pages.
2. Elite30 Installation Guide, 805-4391-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-31

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Elite3D-m3

Elite3D-m6

AFB Series 2

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A16 A22 A23 A27
Options 3677 3679
501-5575
540-4313

501-5574
Elite3D-m3/FRU

Elite3D-m3

Elite3D-m3

Elite3D-m6/FRU
501-5575 + 501-5058

501-5058
Daughter Board

Daughter Board

.·.1 FLOAT 1
..
..

1 FLOAT 1 Fg, 1 FLOAT 1

~

•.E •

1

FLOAT

1

:~:

EJ

'5'
.C) •
1

1

..
,t 1 FLOAT 1

to Daughter Board

D

FLOAT

: .: to Elite3D·m3

D

BE:]
D

D
,-----,

jJ

D~ D
0

0

Ribbon Cable Assembly 530-2672
DB13W3
VIDEO

DIN7
STEREO

Screen Resolutions
640
;640
;768
5960
5960
1024
1024
1024

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

480 60Hz
480 60Hz
575 50Hz
680 108Hz
680 112Hz
768
77Hz
768
75Hz
768
70Hz

GRAPHICS-32

1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1280
1280

x 800
x 900
x 900
x 800
x1024
x 1024
x 1024

84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
76Hz
67Hz
60Hz

wUw wUw
DB9
SERIAL

DB9
SERIAL

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

501-5574

CONFIGURATIONS

501-5575

540-4313

501-5058

Operating System Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or Solaris 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The Elite30 Supplemental CO for Solaris 2.5. 1 is required.
3. Elite3D device drivers are bundled in Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 3/98.
Board Notes
1. Do NOT assemble or disassemble an Elite3D-m6. The Mictor connector
can be damaged during assembly and disassembly.
2. Elite3D-m6 assembly 540-3623 includes 501-4860 and 501-5058.
3. Elite3D-m6 assembly 540-3902 includes 501-5201 and 501-5058.
4. Elite3D-m3 501-5484 includes 501-5201 and barcode label 262-5463.
5. Elite3D-m3 501-5268 includes 501-4860 and barcode label 262-5565.
Compatibility Notes
1. Elite3D-m3 is not compatible with 300M Hz Module :0;501-4379-05.
2. Elite3D-m3 is not compatible with 300MHz Module :0;501-5040-02.
References
1. afbconfig (1 M) and afb (70) manual pages.
2. Elite30 Installation Guide, 805-4391-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-33

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Elite3D-m6

AFB

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A14 A20
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 3666 3667
540-3979
501-4231
501-4232
540-3058
AFB Assembly

AFB Assembly

Lower Board

Upper Board

Upper Board

Connector to Lower Board

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : UPA Connector
: : : : : : : : Aux Power Connector

Screen Resolutions
640
i640
;768
s960
s960
1024
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1280
1280

x 480

x 480
x 575
x 680
x 680
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 800
x 900
x 900
x 800
x 1024
x 1024
x1024

60Hz
60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
77Hz
75Hz
70Hz
60Hz
84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
76Hz
67Hz
60Hz

I

GRAPHICS-34

I

I

L:J

0r::l 0
000

Connector to Upper Board

0r::l 0
000
Lower Board
DB13W3
VIDEO

DIN7
STEREO

DB9
SERIAL

DB9
SERIAL

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

540-3058

540-3979

501-4231

501-4232

Notes
1. The minimum
is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or Solaris 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The Elite3D Supplemental CD for Solaris 2.5.1 is required.
3. Elite3D device drivers are bundled in Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 3/98.
4. Use V-Cable 180-1910 to drive multiple monitors from the stereo port.

as

Compatibility Notes
1. Lower board ~501-4231-06 is not compatible with the A20.
2. Assembly ~540-3058-06 is not compatible with the A20.
3. Assembly 540-3058 is not compatible with the E3xOO-E6xOO.
References
1. afbconfig (1 M) and afb (7D) manual pages.
2. Elite3D Installation Guide, 805-3321-10.
3. Elite3D Installation on Sun Enterprise Servers, 805-6938-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-35

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Elite30-m6

AFB

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A14 A20
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 3680
501-5608
501-4232
540-4335
AFB Assembly

Lower Board

Upper Board

Upper Board

Connector to Lower Board

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : U PA Connector
: : : : : : : : Aux Power Connector

Screen Resolutions
640
i640
i768
s960
s960
1024
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1280
1280

x 480
A 480
x 575
x 680
x 680
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 800
x 900
x 900
x 800
x 1024
x 1024
x 1024

60Hz
60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
77Hz
75Hz
70Hz
60Hz
84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
76Hz
67Hz
60Hz

I

l:j

Connector to Upper Board

0QO
ODD
Lower Board

I~------

GRAPHICS-36

I

0QO
ODD

DB13W3
VIDEO

DIN7
STEREO

DB9
SERIAL

DB9
SERIAL

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

540-4335

501-5608

501-4232

Notes
1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or Solaris 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The Elite3D Supplemental CD for Solaris 2.5. 1 is required.
3. Elite30 device drivers are bundled in Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 3/98.
4. Use Y-Cable 180-1910 to drive multiple monitors from the stereo port.
References
1. afbconfig (1 M) and afb (70) manual pages.
2. Elite3D Installation Guide, 805-3321-10.
3. Elite3D Installation on Sun Enterprise Servers, 805-6938-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-37

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

FFB

Creator Series 1

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A12 A14
Option 3651
501-2634
67MHz Clock

AFX UPA Connector
FAB 270-2634

D

FBC

Screen Resolutions
640 x 480
60Hz
50Hz
768 x 575
960 x 680 108Hz
960 x 680 112Hz
77Hz
1024 x 768
70Hz
1024 x 768
60Hz
1024 x 768
84Hz
1024 x 800
76Hz
1152 x 900
1152 x 900
66Hz
76Hz
1280 x 1024
128U x 1U£4
67Hz

Feode

D
NTSC

PAL
Stereo
Stereo

D
[QQ]

00

J1101

o

D_B-,13_w_3_--,1

, - I_ _

I
'------------------'

0

J1100

Q
I
STEREO

UNIX ID: /dev/ffbO
Notes
1. Revisions S501-2634-04 are not compatible with the E3xOO, E4xOO,
E5xOO, or E6xOO. Use 501-2634-05 or 501-4127.
2. The FFB has a combined framebuffer and graphics clock.
References
1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (7D) manual pages.
2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-6682-11.
3. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11 .
4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10.
5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10.

GRAPHICS-38

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Creator Series 1

FFB

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A12 A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 3651 3653 3669
501-4127
67MHz Clock

AFX UPA Connector
FAB 270-2634-03

D

FBC

Screen Resolutions
640
768
960
960
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280

x 480
x 575
x 680
x 680
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 800
x 900
x 900
x 1024
x1024

60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
77Hz
70Hz
60Hz
84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
67Hz

NTSC

Feode

D

PAL
Stereo
Stereo

D El

@:Q]

00

J1101

J1100

DB13W3
STEREO

UNIX ID: /dev/ffbO
Notes
1. Revisions :::;501-2634-04 are not compatible with the E3xOO, E4xOO,
E5xOO, or E6xOO. Use 501-2634-05 or 501-4127.
2. The FFB has a combined framebuffer and graphics clock.
References
1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (7D) manual pages.
2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-6682-11.
3. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11.
4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10.
5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-39

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

FFB

Creator3D Series 1

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A12 A14
Option 3652
501-2633
67MHz Clock

AFX UPA Connector
FAB 270-2633

D

FBC

Screen Resolutions
640
768
960
960
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1600
1920

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

480
575
680
680
768
768
768
800
900
900
1024
1024
1280
1080

60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
77Hz
70Hz
60Hz
84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
67Hz
76Hz
72Hz

NTSC

PAL
Stereo
Stereo

FCode

D D D D

D El D
[QQJ

00

J1101

u

_--=D..:.B:.;:.13..:...W..::.3_ _

LI

I

J1100

y
STEREO

UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO
Notes
1. Revisions :::;501-2633-05 are not compatible with the E3xOO, E4xOO,
E5xOO, or E6xOO. Use 501-2633-06 or 501-4126.
2. The FFB has a combined framebuffer and graphics clock.
References
1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages.
2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-6682-11.
3. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11.
4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10.
5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10.

GRAPHICS-40

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Creator3D Series 1

FFB

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A12 A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 3652
501-3129
75MHzClock

AFX UPA Connector
FAB 270-3129

FBC

Screen Resolutions
640
768
960
960
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1600
1920

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

480
575
680
680
768
768
768
800
900
900
1024
1024
1280
1080

60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
77Hz
70Hz
60Hz
84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
67Hz
76Hz
72Hz

NTSC
PAL
Stereo
Stereo

D
FCode

D D D D

DB D
00
J1101

@:Q]

J1100

DB13W3
STEREO

UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO
Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

501-3129 was released in May 1996 without an option number.
501-3129 was assigned Option number 3652 in November 1996.
I/O Graphics board requires iPOST 3.2.6. Refer to BuglO 1256295.
FFB has a combined framebuffer and graphics clock.

References
1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages.
2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-6682-11.
3. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11.
4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10.
5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10

Volume I

GRAPHICS-41

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

FFB

Creator3D Series 1

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A12 A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 3652 3654
501-4126
67MHz Clock

AFX UPA Connector
FAB 270-2633-04

D

FBC

Screen Resolutions
640
768
960
960
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1600
1920

x 480
x 575
x 680
x 680
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 800
x 900
x 900
x 1024
x 1024
x 1280
x 1080

60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
77Hz
70Hz
60Hz
84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
67Hz
76Hz
72Hz

NTSC
PAL
Stereo
Stereo

FCode

DODD

DElD

L -__~

00

~

J1101

.J1100

01L _ _D_B~13_w_3_---,1 0
-"I

L-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

y

STEREO

UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO
Note: The FFB has a combined framebuffer and graphics clock.
References
1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages.
2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-6682-11.
3. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11 .
4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10.
5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10.

GRAPHICS-42

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Creator Series 2

FFB2

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A16 A23
Options 3658 7131
501-4174

FAB 270-4172-04

Stereo Mode Jumper J11 01
3-4 = Stereo Mode Slave
R1105 and R1108 Removed
R1104 and R1107 Installed
This setting is not used

c---r-

1-2 = Stereo Mode Master
R1105and R11081nstalled
R1104 and R11 07 Removed
Default jumper setting and
resistor installation locations

-

EJ

Screen Resolutions
640
768
960
960
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1280
1280

x 480
x 575
x 680
x 680
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 800
x 900
x 900
x 800
x1024
x 1024
x 1024

60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
77Hz
70Hz
60Hz
84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
60Hz
67Hz
76Hz

D

NTSC
PAL

Stereo
Stereo

D

IDAC I

_0

D

~ J1101
1

PROM

0

D F1101

rot

SOl

I

DB13W3

STEREO

UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO
Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
References
1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages.
2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-43

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Creator3D Series 2

FFB2

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A12 A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 3657 3675 7132 7140
501-4173
AFX UPA Connector
FAB 270-4173-03

FBC

D

FCode

Screen Resolutions
640
640
768
960
960
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1440
1600
1600
1600
1920
1920

x 480
x 480
x 575
x 680
x 680
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 800
x 900
x 900
x1024
x 1024
x 900
x 1000
x1000
x 1280
x 1080
x1200

60Hz
60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
77Hz
70Hz
60Hz
84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
67Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
76Hz
72Hz
70Hz

NTSC

PAL
Stereo
Stereo

D D D D

D EJ D

UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO
Notes
1_ The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
2. The E4000 CPU/Memory Board requires aBP 3.2 Version 9.
References
1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages.
2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11.

GRAPHICS-44

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Creator3D Series 2

FFB2

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A16 A23
Options 3659 7133 7141
501-4172

FAB 270-4172-04
Stereo Mode Jumper J11 01
3-4 = Stereo Mode Slave
R1105 and R1107 Removed
R1104 and R1108 Installed
This setting is not used

r- r-

1-2 = Stereo Mode Master
R1105 and R11 07 Installed
R1104 and R11 08 Removed
Default jumper setting and
resistor installation locations

1-

Screen Resolutions
640 x 480
60Hz
NTSC
640 x 480
60Hz
768 x 575
50Hz
PAL
Stereo
960 x 680 108Hz
Stereo
960 x 680 112Hz
1024 x 768
77Hz
1024 x 768
70Hz
1024 x 768
60Hz
1024 x 800
84Hz
1152 x 900
76Hz
1152 x 900
66Hz
1280 x 1024
76Hz
1280 x 1024
67Hz
1440 x 900
76Hz
1600 xl000
66Hz
1600 x 1000
76Hz
1600 x 1280
76Hz
1920 x 1080
72Hz
1920 x 1200
70Hz

B
D
D

I I
DAC

0

0

~ J1101

'--[0

1

"--SOl

I

PROM

DF1101

Pl
DB13W3

STEREO

UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO
Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
References
1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages.
2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-45

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Creator Series 3

FFB2+

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A16 A22 A23
Options 3662 3672
501-4789
FAB 270-4174

FBC2+ison
5501-4789-04 Rev 50
FBC2 or FBC2+ is on
;'501-4789-04 Rev 51

B
FBC

FBC2 = L2B0257
FBC2+ = L2A0791

Screen Resolutions
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

480
575
680
680
768
768
768
800
900
900

1?RO •

800

640
768
960
960
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152

1280 x 1024
1280 x 1024
1280 x 1024

60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
77Hz
70Hz
60Hz
84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
60Hz
67Hz
76Hz

D

NTSC
PAL
Stereo
Stereo

IDAC I

D

PROM

n

o

Fll0l
0

0

DB13W3

STEREO

UNIX 10: IdevlffbO
Notes
1. The minimum
is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
2. The FFB2+ is not compatible with 300MHz Module 501-4196.
3. The FFB2+ is not compatible with 300M Hz Module :::;501-4849-02.
4. The 300M Hz Module is not compatible with FFB2+ :::;501-4789-02.
5. Errors may occur using SunVTS 2.1.2 with ;:0:501-4789-04 Rev 51.

as

References
1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages.
2. Creatorlnstal/ation Guide, 802-7731-11.

GRAPHICS-46

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Creator3D Series 3

FFB2+

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 3661 3671
501-4790
AFX UPA Connector
FAB 270-4173-03

D
FBC

FCode

Screen Resolutions
640
640
768
960
960
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1440
1600
1600
1600
1920
1920

x 480
x 480
x 575
x 680
x 680
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 800
x 900
x 900
x 1024
x 1024
x 900
x1000
x1000
x1280
x 1080
x1200

60Hz
60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
77Hz
70Hz
60Hz
84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
67Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
76Hz
72Hz
70Hz

NTSC
PAL
Stereo
Stereo

DODD

DElD

L....-_-,

DB13W3
STEREO

UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO
Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

minimum OS is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
E3000-E6000 CPU/Memory Board requires OBP 3.2 Version 9.
FFB2+ is not compatible with 300MHz Module 501-4196.
FFB2+ is not compatible with 300MHz Module :0;501-4849-02.

References
1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages.
2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-47

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Creator3D Series 3

FFB2+

24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A16 A22 A23
Options 3663 3670
501-4788
501-5690
FAB 270-4172

EJ
Screen Resolutions
640
640
768
960
960
1024
1024
1024
1024
1152
1152
1280
1280
1440
1600
1600
1600
1920
1920

x 480
x 480
x 575
x 680
x 680
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 800
x 900
x 900
x 1024
x 1024
x 900
x1000
x 1000
x 1280
x 1080
x1200

60Hz
60Hz
50Hz
108Hz
112Hz
77Hz
70Hz
60Hz
84Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
67Hz
76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
76Hz
72Hz
70Hz

NTSC

PAL

D

Stereo
Stereo

I I

D

DAC

PROM

0
DF1101
0

0

DB13W3

STEREO

I
UNIX 10: Idev/ffbO
Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

as

minimum
is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
FFB2+ is not compatible with 300MHz Module 501-4196.
FFB2+ is not compatible with 300MHz Module :0;501-4849-02.
300MHz Module is not compatible with FFB2+ :0;501-4788-02.

References
1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages.
2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11.

GRAPHICS-48

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

PGX
8-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26
Options 3660 7128 7138 7148
370-2256
5V 32Bit 33MHz

DD
DDD
J7

Screen Resolutions
1600
1600
1440
1280
1280
1280
1280
1280
1152
1152
1024
1024
1024
800
768
640

x 1000
x 1000
x 900
x1024
x 1024
x 1024
x 1024
x 800
x 900
x 900
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 600
x 575
x 480

79.9KHz
65.5KHz
71.8KHz
81.1KHz
xx.xKHz
71.7KHz
xx.xKHz
xx.xKHz
71.7KHz
61.8KHz
xx.xKHz
xx.xKHz
48.3KHz
46.8KHz
xx.xKHz
xx.xKHz

76Hz
66Hz
76Hz
76Hz
75Hz
67Hz
60Hz
76Hz
76Hz
66Hz
75Hz
70Hz
60Hz
75Hz
50Hz
60Hz

3DMG
1

"!

I

J2

DB13W3

UNIX 10: /dev/fbs/m640
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
2. The A20/A25 is not compatible with FCode 1.06 on 370-2256-02.
3. The A20/A25 displays black lines with FCode 1.09. Use FCode 1.11.
Reference: M641nstallation Guide, 802-5787-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-49

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

PGX32
8/24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 3668
370-3753
3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz
Screen Resolutions
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1280
1280
1280
1280
1280
1280
1152
1152
1152
1152
1152
1152
1024
1024
1024
1024
1024
1024
800
800
800
800

x 1200
x 1200
x 1200
x 1200
x 1200
x 1200
x 1200
x 1200
x 1024
x 1024
x 1024
x 1024
x 1024
x 800
x 900
x 900
x 900
x 900
x 900
x 900
x 800
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 768
x 600
x 600
x 600
x 600

80Hz
76Hz
75Hz
70Hz
65Hz
60Hz
76Hz
66Hz
85Hz
76Hz
75Hz
67Hz
60Hz
76Hz
85Hz
76Hz
75Hz
70Hz
66Hz
60Hz
85Hz
85Hz
77Hz
75Hz
70Hz
60Hz
85Hz
75Hz
72Hz
60Hz

Mode 33
Mode 32
Mode 31
Mode 30
Mode 29
Mode 28
Mode 27
Mode 26
Mode 25
Mode 24
Mode 23
Mode 22
Mode 21
Mode 20
Mode 19
Mode 18
Mode 17
Mode 16
Mode 15
Mode14
Mode 13
Mode 12
Mode 11
Mode 10
Mode 9
Mode 8
Mode 7
Mode 6
Mode 5
Mode 4

640 x 480

85Hz

Mode 3

640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480

75Hz
72Hz
60Hz

Mode 2
Mode 1
Mode 0

DDD
DD
•..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.
•..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.
•..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.
•..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.
•..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •
•..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.

D
HD15F

UNIX 10: /dev/fbs/gfxpO
Notes
1. The minimum as is 2.6 with the TSlgfxdrv and TSlgfxOW packages.
2. The TSlpgx package is integrated in Solaris 7 Hardware: 5/99.
3. Testing on Solaris 2.5.1 has not been completed as of 3/26/99.
4. The A20/A25 OBP banner command fails with PGX32 <370-3753-03.
5. The E3000-6000 and E3500-E6500 require PGX32 370-3753-04.
6. Option 3668 includes H015 to OB13W3 Adapter 530-2357 or 530-2917.
7. Resolutions up to 1280 x 1024 default to 8/24-bit mode.
8. Resolutions over 1280 x 1024 default to 8-bit mode.
Reference: PGX32 PCI Graphics Card Installation Guide, 805-7770-10.

GRAPHICS-50

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SunVideo Plus
A16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A27
Options 1086 1087 1088 1089
370-3278
5V 32Bit 33MHz

D
Do
DD

D
L -_ _

COMPOSITE IN
S-VIDEO

' - - - - - COMPOSITE IN

UNIX 10: /dev/olkO
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
2. SunVideo Plus 1.0 device drivers are on CD-ROM 704-5994-10.
3. Solaris 2.6 requires SunVideo Plus 21.1 (CD-ROM 704-5994-11).
4. Solaris 7 requires SunVideo Plus 21.2 (CD-ROM 704-5994-12).
5. Sun Video Plus uses the SUNWolkpd device driver.
6. SunVideo Plus uses the SUNWolkpu runtime scripts.
Reference: SunVideoPlus User's Guide, 805-2682-10.

Volume I

GRAPHICS-51

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Expert3D
24-Bit Color Frame Buffer
A23 A25 A27 A34
Option 3678
370-3987
I ntense3D Wildcat

4110

3.3/5V 64Bit 66MHz

J2 Multiview-Out Connector
J1 Multiview-In Connector
Cable 530-2927 or 530-2989
connects J2 on a Master Expert3D
to J1 on a SiaveExpert3D
Screen Resolutions
1920 x 1200
75Hz
1920 x 1200
70Hz
1920 x1080
72Hz Composite
VESA
1792 x 1344
75Hz
1600 x 1280
76Hz
1600 x 1200
75Hz
VESA
1600 x 1000
76Hz Composite
1600 x 1000
66Hz
1440 x 900
76Hz Composite
1280 x 1024 112Hz
Stereo
85Hz
1280 x 1024
VESA
76Hz Composite
1280 x 1024
1280 x 1024
75Hz
VESA
67Hz Composite
1280 x 1024
1280 x 1024
60Hz
VESA
76Hz
1280 x 800
1152 x 900
76Hz Composite
66Hz Composite
1152 x 900
1024 x 800
84Hz Composite
1024 x 768
77Hz
1024 x 768
75Hz
VESA
1024 x 768
70Hz
60Hz Composite
1024 x 768
Stereo
960 x 680 112Hz
Stereo
960 x 680 108Hz
768 x 575
50Hz Interlaced
640 x 480
60Hz
VESA
60Hz Composite
640 x 480

DJ3
,,.!,,.!,,.!, ..L,.!
,,.!, ..L,.!,,.!,,.!
,,.!,,.!,,.!,,.!,,.!
,,.!, ..L,.!,,.!,,.!

D

UNIX 10: Idevlfbs/ifbO
References
1. fbconfig and SUNWifb_config manual pages.
2. Expert3D Graphics Card Installation Guide, 806-1859.

GRAPHICS-52

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS
FIBRE CHANNEL

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Fibre Channel
SPARCstorage Array Model 100 and Model 200 Series
Fibre Channel Host Adapter FC25/S........... ...................
Fibre Channel Optical Module FC/OM.... ...... ...... ...........
Battery Module ..................................................................
SSA Model 101 Array Controller .. ...... ... .... ......... ........... ....
SSA Model 102 Array Controller .......................................
SSA Model 112 Array Controller .. ... ........ ..........................
Chassis Backplane ............................................................
8-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane........................ ......................
SSA Model 200 Array Controller .......................................
SSA Model 210 Array Controller ............ ...........................
Differential SCSI Adapter .................... ....................... .......
LCD Assembly...................................................................
Chassis Backplane ............................................................

2
4
5
6
6
8
10
11
12
14
16
17
18

FC-AL Host Adapter FC100/S ..........................................
FC-AL Host Adapter FC100/P ..........................................
Dual FC-AL Host Adapter.....................................................
FC-AL SW-GBIC ................. ................ ... ...... ......... ........... ....
FC-AL LW-GBIC .............. ........... ....... ..... ...................... ........
FC-100 Hub StorEdge F100 Hub .. ...... ............... ...............

19
22
23
24
25
26

Enterprise Network Array A5000 StorEdge A5xOO
Interface Board ..................................................................
7 -Slot FC-AL Disk Drive Backplane ..................................
11-Slot FC-AL Disk Drive Backplane .... ............................
Vertical Interconnect Board ...............................................
Horizontal Interconnect Board ...........................................

27
28
29
30
31

E3500 FC-AL Interface Board ..............................................

32

StorEdge T3
RAID Controller .................................................................
Interconnect Card ..............................................................

33
34

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

CONFIGURATION8

9/18/00

Fibre Channel Host Adapter FC25/S
884 885 8810 8820 88600 881000 8C2000
A11 A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000
Option 1057
501-2069
501-2553
w 370-1426

FRU w/o 370-1426

SBus Connector

DB
J0303

J0302

Slot A

Slot B

Connector 1

o

FIBRE-2

J02010

o

0

o
o

Connector 0

o

o

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-2069

501-2553

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. Filler Panel 340-2895 cannot be installed in Slot B.
3. Install the first Fibre Channel Optical Module in Slot B.
Firmware Notes
1. The FC25/S requires firmware 21.33 to boot the SPARCstorage Array.
2. Firmware 1.33 is on FC25/S 501-2069-07 and 501-2553-03.
3. Use the OBP sccsid command to display the FC25/S firmware level:
ok setenv fcode-debug? true
ok cd lio-unit@f,e1200000/sbi@O,O/SUNW,soc@3,O
ok sccsid type
1.18 94/03/15
ok device-end
4. Use the fc_update command to download the FC25/S firmware, then
halt the system and power cycle the SPARCstorage Array:
# Icdrom/ssa_2_1_sparc/fc_update/fc_update
5. The fc_update command is not supported on the SS4 or SS5.
Firmware Revisions
PART#

FCode

REVISION

501-2069-05 525-1386-02 1.18
501-2069-07 525-1386-03 1.33
501-2069-09 525-1386-04 1.52
Booting Notes
1. Solaris 2.3 does not support booting from the Array Controller.
2. Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 3/95, SPARCstorage Array Software 2.1, and
FC25/S firmware 21.33 are required to boot the SPARCstorage Array.
References
Fibre Channel SBus Card Installation Manual, 801-6313-10.
Fibre Channel Optical Module Installation Manual, 801-6326-10.
Fibre Channel SBus Card Product Note, 802-3237-10.
SPARCstorage Array 2.0 CD Insert Product Note, 804-4793-11.
SPARCstorage Array 2.1 CD Insert Product Note, 804-4996-10.
SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 Product Note, 802-2043-11.
SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 CD Product Note, 802-5314-10.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Volume I

FIBRE-3

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Fibre Channel Optical Module FC/OM
Option 595
370-1426
Eldec IBM Vixel Western Digital

Fibre Channel Optical Module

End View

I[
SPARCstorage Array Controller

II

B

A

0

D

0

FIBRE CHANNEL OPTICAL MODULE

Optical Channel Host Adapter

Optical Cable Connector
WHITE PLUG

FIBRE CHANNEL OPTICAL MODULE
2 Meter 50/125 Cable 537-1004
5 Meter 50/125 Cable 537-1020
15 Meter 50/125 Cable 537-1006
YELLOW PLUG

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. Install the first card in Slot B on the FC25/S.
3. Install the first card in Slot B on the Array Controller.
4. The following cable types are supported:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers
62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
Reference
Fibre Channel Optical Module Installation Manual, 801-6326-10.

FIBRE-4

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Battery Module
501-2028

501-2857

Obsolete

501-2857

501-2028

3V BATTERY
CR17335E2P

J0101

3VBATTERY
CR17335E2P

10

J0101

STANDOFF

STANDOFF

240·2079

240-2079

10

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. SPARCstorage Array Software 1.0 and 2.0 do not support fast writes.
3. SPARCstorage Array Software 2.1 supports fast writes.
4. The 3V batteries are not field replaceable.
5. The battery provides approximately 72 days of backup power.
6. The low battery warning signal activates when there are 10 to 15 days
of battery backup life remaining.
References
1. SPARCstorage Array 100 Series Service Manual, 801-2206-12.
2. SPARCstorage Array 200 Series Service Manual, 802-2028-10.

Volume I

FIBRE-5

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SSA Model 100 Series Array Controller
SPARCstorage Array Models 101 and 102
501-2080
501-2552
FRU

Top Side

w Battery and Optical Module

Bottom Side

I

= = R1601! R1602

1256KX 161 256K x 161

J1401D

1256KX 1611256KX 161

~
256K x 16 ~
256K x 16

I256K x 161 I256K x 161

EJ

Battery Module
=R1604

I

256K x 1611256KX 161

512K x 72 NVRAM = 4MB
= = R1605!R1606

ISP1000
SCSI6

256K x 8 FEPROMs

= = R1611!R1612

AMBER LED = = R1607! R1608
NVRAM SWITCH

ISP1000
SCSI5

NORMAUEXTENDED DIAG
RESET

= = R1609!R1610

!40MHZ!
ISP1000
SCSI4

microSPARC

I

BIANCA

I

ISP1000
SCSI3
.

J1702
FIBRE MODULE B

0

II PLCC II U121
0
FEPROM
ISP1000
SCSI2

I

BIANCA

I

=R1603

J1701D
FIBRE MODULE A

ISP1000
SCSI1

FIBRE-6

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2080

501-2552

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. Install the first Fibre Channel Optical Module in Slot B.
Array Controller Firmware Notes
1. Firmware 2':1.9 is required with Solaris 2.3 and SSA 2.0.
2. Firmware 2':1.10 is required with Solaris 2.3 and SSA 2.1.
3. Firmware 2':2.0 is required with Solaris 2.4 and SSA 2.1.
Firmware 2':2.1 is recommended.
4. Use the SSA 1.0 or 2.0 ssaeli command to program the firmware, then
halt the system and power cycle the SPARCstorage Array:

# ssaeli -s -f lopt/SUNWssallibl1.xlssafirmware download 
# ssaeli -s -f lopt/SUNWssallibI2.xlssafirmware download 
5. Use the SSA 1.0 or 2.0 ssaeli command to display the Array Controller
status, Firmware level, and Device status:

# ssaeli display 
6. Use the SSA 2.1 ssaadm command to program the firmware, then halt
the system and power cycle the SPARCstorage Array:

# ssaadm download -f lusr/lib/firmware/ssalssafirmware 
7. Use the SSA 2.1 ssaadm command to display the Array Controller
firmware level, Controller status, and Device status:

# ssaadm display 
8. Array Controllers 501-2080-09 and 501-2552-06 contain Firmware 2.0
and Diagnostic PROM 525-1366-06.
9. Array Controllers manufactured after June 1994 use LSI Logic or
Toshiba/QLogic ISP Controllers. Toshiba/QLogic ISP Controllers are not
compatible with firmware :::;1.9.
10. Solaris 2.3 Patch 103351-01, Solaris 2.4 Patch 103290-02, or Solaris
2.5 Patch 103017-04 includes Array Controller Firmware 3.6.
11. Firmware revisions >3.6 are not supported by Solaris 2.3 as of 7/21/97.
Fast Write Notes
1. Fast Writes are not supported in SSA 1.0, SSA 2.0, or Solaris 2.3.
2. Fast Writes are supported in SSA 2.1.
3. Fast Writes require diagnostic PROM 2':525-1366-06 at U1210.
4. Array Controllers 501-2080-09 and 501-2552-06 contain Firmware 2.0
and Diagnostic PROM 525-1366-06.
5. Fast writes require Array Controller Firmware 3.6.
References
1. SPARCstorage Array 100 Series Service Manual, 801-2206-12.
2. SPARCstorage Array Installation Manual, 801-2205-12.
3. SPARCstorage Array Configuration Guide, 801-6530-11.
4. SPARCstorage Array User's Guide, 801-2204-12.
5. SPARCstorage Array 2.0 CD Insert Product Note, 804-4793-11.
6. SPARCstorage Array 2.1 CD Insert Product Note, 804-4996-10.
7. SPARCstorage Array 2. 1. 1 Product Note, 802-2043-11.
8. SPARCstorage Array 2. 1. 1 CD Product Note, 802-5314-10.

Volume I

FIBRE-7

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SSA Model 100 Series Array Controller
501-2872

SPARCstorage Array Model 112
501-2982
501-4271

Light Grey

Light Grey
w Battery
w Optical Module

FRU

Top Side

Medium Grey

501-4272
Medium Grey
w Battery
w Optical Module

FRU

Bottom Side
= = R1601/R1602

f1Mx16l

~
~~

1Mx16 ~
1 x16
~

~~
~~

J1401D
Battery Module
=R1604

2M x 72 NVRAM = 16MB
= = R1605/R1606

ISP1000
SCSI6

256K x 8 FEPROMs

= = R1611/R1612

NVRAM SWITCH
ISP1000
SCSI5

NORMAUEXTENDED DIAG
RESET

microSPARC II
110MHz

I BIANCA I

= = R1609/R1610

ISP1000
SCSI4

ISP1000
SCSI3

J1~D

FIBRE MODULE B

II

PLCC

II U1210
FEPROM
ISP1000
SCSI2

I BIANCA I

=R1603

J1ro1D

FIBRE MODULE A
ISP1000
SCSI1

FIBRE-8

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

501-2872

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2982

501-4271

501-4272

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. SPARCstorage Array Software 2.1.1 is required.
3. Install the first Fibre Channel Optical Module in Slot B.
4. The 2.1 GB Disk Drive requires Firmware 0417 (~370-1412-02).
5. The 2.9GB Disk Drive requires Firmware 0404 (~370-1695-01).
Array Controller Firmware Notes
1. Firmware revision ~3.x is required to support microSPARC II.
2. Use the ssaadm command to program the Array Controller firmware,
then halt the system and power cycle the SPARCstorage Array:
# ssaadm download -f lusr/lib/firmware/ssa/ssafirmware 
3. Use the ssaadm display command to display the Array Controller
firmware level, Controller status, and Device status:
# ssaadm display 
4. Use the ssaadm command to spin-up a disk tray after a warm-plug.
The differential SCSI disk tray will not automatically spin-up:
# ssaadm start 3.6 are not supported by Solaris 2.3 as of 7/21/97.
References
1. SPARCstorage Array 200 Series Service Manual, 802-2028-12.
2. SPARCstorage Array 200 Installation Manual, 802-2027-12.
3. SPARCstorage Array Configuration Guide, 801-6530-11.
4. SPARCstorage Array User's Guide, 801-2204-12.
5. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 Product Note, 802-2043-11.
6. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 CD Product Note, 802-5314-10.

Volume I

FIBRE-9

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Chassis Backplane
SPARCstorage Array Model 100 Series
501-2029
Front View

Rear View

Ctlr 4
Ctlr 5

J0103

= Right Tray
= Right Tray

~

~

~

~Q)

c::
c::

0

u
]l

e"E
0

J0301

t5
Q)

~

0

Ctlr 2 = Middle Tray
Ctlr 3 = Middle Tray

~

0

u

>-

J0102

c::
c::

U
~

c.

~

C.
:>

en

iii

s:0

a..

J0101

Ctlr 0 = Left Tray
Ctlr 1 = Left Tray

~
J0401

FIBRE-10

IC)()I---+-

Fan Tray

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

8-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane
SPARCstorage Array Model 100 Series
501-2010

Solenoid
Not Installed
J02051

Disk 4
aO-Pin SCA Connector

J02041

Disk 3

J0203

I

Disk 2

J0202

I

Disk 1

J0201

I

Disk 0

J0105

I

Disk 4

J0104

I

Disk 3

J0103

I

Disk 2

J0102

I

Disk 1

J0101

I

Disk 0

IIII
Volume I

Controller 1 = Left Tray
Controller 3 = Middle Tray
Controller 5 = Right Tray

Controller 0 = Left Tray
Controller 2 = Middle Tray
Controller 4 = Right Tray

IIII
FIBRE-11

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SSA Model 200 Series Array Controller
SPARCstorage Array Model 200
501-2651
501-2786
FRU

Top Side

w Battery and Optical Module

Bottom Side
1256K x 1611256KX 161
J1401D
1256K x 161 1256K x 16 1 Battery Module

1256K x 1611256KX 161
1256K x 1611256KX 161
1256K x 1611256KX 161
512K x 72 NVRAM = 4MB

ISP1000
SCSI6

256K x 8 FEPROMs

NVRAM SWITCH
ISP1000
SCSI5

NORMAUEXTENDED DIAG
RESET

I

40MHz

I

microSPARC

I B~NCA I
IIpLccllU1210
FEPROM

ISP1000
SCSI4

ISP1000
SCSI3
J1702
FIBRE MODULE B

0

ISP1000
SCSI2

I BIANCA I

J1701D
FIBRE MODULE A
ISP1000
SCSI1

FIBRE-12

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-2651

501-2786

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. SPARCstorage Array Software 2.1 is required.
3. Install the first Fibre Channel Optical Module in Slot B.
4. The 2.1 GB Disk Drive requires Firmware 0417 (;:::370-1412-02).
5. The 2.9GB Disk Drive requires Firmware 0404 (;:::370-1695-01).
Array Controller Firmware Notes
1. Use the ssaadm command to program the Array Controller firmware,
then halt the system and power cycle the SPARCstorage Array:
# ssaadm download -f lusr/lib/firmware/ssa!ssafirmware 
2. Use the ssaadm display command to display the Array Controller
firmware level, Controller status, and Device status:
# ssaadm display 
3. Use the ssaadm command to spin-up a disk tray after a warm-plug.
The differential SCSI disk tray will not automatically spin-up:
# ssaadm start 
4. Array Controllers manufactured after June 1994 use LSI Logic or
Toshiba/QLogic ISP Controllers. Toshiba/QLogic ISP Controllers are not
compatible with firmware :::;1.9. Use firmware ;:::1.10.
5. Fast writes require Firmware 3.6.
6. Solaris 2.3 Patch 103351-01, Solaris 2.4 Patch 103290-02, or Solaris 2.5
Patch 103017-04 includes Array Controller Firmware 3.6.
7. Firmware revisions >3.6 are not supported by Solaris 2.3 as of 7/21/97.
References
1. SPARCstorage Array 200 Series Service Manual, 802-2028-12.
2. SPARCstorage Array 200 Installation Manual, 802-2027-12.
3. SPARCstorage Array Configuration Guide, 801-6530-11.
4. SPARCstorage Array User's Guide, 801-2204-12.
5. SPARCstorage Array 2.1 CD Insert Product Note, 804-4996-10.
6. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 Product Note, 802-2043-11.
7. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 CD Product Note, 802-5314-10.

Volume I

FIBRE-13

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SSA Model 200 Series Array Controller
SPARCstorage Array Model 210
501-3021
501-3024
FRU
Top Side

w Battery and Optical Module

Bottom Side
= = R1601iR1602

~
~~

J1401D

~ ~ Battery Module

~~=R1604

~~
~~

2M x 72 NVRAM = 16MB

ISP1000
SCSI6

256K x 8 FEPROMs

NVRAM SWITCH
ISP1000
SCSI5

NORMAUEXTENDED DIAG
RESET

microSPARC II
110MHz

I

""NCA

I

ISP1000
SCSI4

ISP1000
SCSI3

J1
3. Use the ssaadm display command to display the Array Controller
firmware level, Controller status, and Device status:
# ssaadm display 
4. Use the ssaadm command to spin-up a disk tray after a warm-plug.
The differential SCSI disk tray will not automatically spin-up:
# ssaadm start 
5. Fast writes require Firmware 3.6.
6. Solaris 2.3 Patch 103351-01, Solaris 2.4 Patch 103290-02, or Solaris 2.5
Patch 103017-04 includes Array Controller Firmware 3.6
7. Firmware revisions >3.6 are not supported by Solaris 2.3 as of 7/21/97.
References
1. SPARCstorage Array 200 Series Service Manual, 802-2028-12.
2. SPARCstorage Array 200 Installation Manual, 802-2027-12.
3. SPARCstorage Array Configuration Guide, 801-6530-11.
4. SPARCstorage Array User's Guide, 801-2204-12.
5. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 Product Note, 802-2043-11.
6. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 CD Product Note, 802-5314-10.

Volume I

FIBRE-15

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Differential SCSI Adapter
SPARCstorage Array Model 200 Series
501-2670

I PTe I F0801
68-PIN SCSI-2

68-PIN SCSI-2

I PTe I

F0701

II

II

c

68-PIN SCSI-2

I PTe I

FIBRE-16

F0601

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

LCD Assembly
SPARCstorage Array Model 200 Series
501-2781

DISPLAY PCB 501-2671

LCD CABLE
530-2156

~

LCD 501-2713

LCD CABLE
530-2156

Volume I

FIBRE-17

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Chassis Backplane
SPARCstorage Array Model 200 Series
501-2664
Pressfit

D

FAN POWER

J0502

Differential SCSI Adapter Slots
Array Controller Slots

J0302

J0402

[;]

J0501

~

LCD Display Slot

~
~
~
~

J0301

J0202

~
~
~
~

J0201

FIBRE-18

J0102

~
~
~
~

J0101

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

FC-AL Host Adapter

FC100/S

SS1000E SC2000E
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000
Option 6730
501-3060
540-2989
FRU

~540-2989-03

wlo 370-2303

w 501-3060
w 370-2303

SBus Connector

I

FCode

00

I

G

DiDiO 0

gg J0501

00 .------,

J0503

J0502

Port 1

Port 0

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97.
2. The Ultra 2 is not compatible with FC100/S 501-3060.
3. The A3500-FC is not compatible with FC100/S 501-3060.
4. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
References
1. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572.
2. A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573.

Volume I

FIBRE-19

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

FC-AL Host Adapter

FC100/S

SS1000E SC2000E A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000
Option 6730
501-5202
540-2989
FRU
w/o 370-2303

540-2989-04
w 501-5202
w 370-2303

SBU5 Connector

I

FCode

00

I

B

DiDiO 0

gg J0501

00 ,------,

J0503

J0502

Port 1

Port 0

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97.
2. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
References
1. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572.
2. A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573.

FIBRE-20

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

FC-AL Host Adapter

FC100/S

SS1000E SC2000E A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000
Option 6730
501-5266
540-2989
FRU

~540-2989-05

wlo 370-2303

w 501-5266

w 370-2303

SBus Connector

B

00

DiDiO 0

gg J0501

00 r - - - ,

J0503

J0502

Port 1

Port 0

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97.
2. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
References
1. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572.
2. A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573.

Volume I

FIBRE-21

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

FC-AL Host Adapter
A23

A25

FC100/P

A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105
Option 6729
375-0040
QLogic QLA21 OaF
3.3/5V 32/64Bit 33/66MHz

D

D
ISP2100

or
ISP2200

D

50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
2 Meter Cable 537-1004
5 Meter Cable 537-1020
15 Meter Cable 537-1 006

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6.
2. The minimum StorEdge A5000 firmware is 1.05.
Reference: Installation Manual, 805-3682.

FIBRE-22

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Dual FC-AL Host Adapter
Option 6726
375-0099
QLogic

3.3/5V 32/64Bit 33/66MHz

D
D
D

D

50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
2 Meter Cable 537-1004
5 Meter Cable 537-1020
15 Meter Cable 537-1006

Notes
1. The minimum
is Solaris 7 HW: 11/99 or Solaris 8 HW: 6/00.
2. The minimum StorEdge A5000 firmware is 1.05.
3. Supported systems are not listed in the Installation Manual.

as

Reference: Host Adapter Installation Manual, 806-4199.

Volume I

FIBRE-23

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

FC-AL SW-GBIC
FC100/S FC100/P
Option 6731
370-2303-03
370-2303-02
IBM 21H9750
Vixel 00550037-904
CD-ROM laser
830 - 870 nm

IBM 21H9870
Vixe100651050-70
VCSEl laser
830-870 nm

370-3975

IBM 21H9750
Relabeled 370-2303-02
CD-ROM laser
830 - 870 nm

Internal End View

Top View

t t
100M5SNIR

100M5SNIT

External End View

SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
2 Meter Cable 537-1004
5 Meter Cable 537-1020
15 Meter Cable 537-1006

Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97.
References
1. GBIC Installation and Removal, 805-3885-10.
2. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572.
3. A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573.

FIBRE-24

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

FC-AL LW-GBIC
FC100/S FC100/P
Option 6737
370-3722
IBM 21H9154
veSEL laser
1270 - 1350 nm

Internal End View

Top View

t t
External End View

SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR
9/125 Singlemode Fiber up to 10 Kilometers
15 Meter 9/125 Cable 537-1014

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97.
2. Sun supplies 15 meter Singlemode 9/125 Fiber Cable 537-1014.
3. The A5xOO Interface Board requires Firmware v1.09.
4. The A5xOO Horizontal Interconnect Board requires Firmware v1.09.
References
1. Long Wave GBIC and Cable Specification, 806-1527-10.
2. Long Wave GBIC Installation and Removal, 805-6965-10.
3. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572.
4. A5000 Installation /Service Manual, 802-7573.

Volume I

FIBRE-25

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

FC-100 Hub

StorEdge F100 Hub
Option 6732
370-3012
Vixel Corporation
IntraLink 1000

Front View

Sun Logo

o
Green LED

Rear View
-

DeVlce
. A'
ctlve LED (G reen

~~D~8~D~D~D~D~D
'-

Bypass LED (Yellow)

Internal 5x20 mm 2.5A 250V Fuse

Notes
1. The Bypass LED is On when a port is not connected.
2. The Device Active LED is Off when a port is not connected.
3. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
Reference: Hub Installation and Service Manual, 805-0315.

FIBRE-26

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Interface Board
Enterprise Network Array A5000
StorEdge A5000 StorEdge A51 00 StorEdge A5200
Option 6734
501-2951
540-2988
FRU

wlo 370-2303

w 370-2303

~o J1301
00

gg
(££]

B
FCode

J1

Vitesse VSC7125

-+-----..-----.,

Vitesse VSC7120

-+--,-------------,

Vitesse VSC7121 - - 1 - - - - - ' - - - - - '

J0303
Port 1

J0302
Port 0

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97.
2. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
References
1. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572.
2. A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573.

Volume I

FIBRE-27

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

7-Slot FC-AL Disk Backplane
Enterprise Network Array A5000
StorEdge A5000 StorEdge A51 00
501-4372
501-5316
Released 12/98
Inactivated 8199
Not Manufactured

I'

71

1,

71

J0901 40-Pin FC-AL

0 01201
0 01202

.. --. -

0

0:1203

0

0:1204

To Interconnect Assembly

.

D1-20S- --

0 0:1206

. To Interconnect Assembly
0 0:1207
0 0"1208- _.

.-----.

0 [)1209

To Interconnect Assembly

0

D

J0902 40-Pin FC-AL

" _____

0

~

D I'
D
D

71

J0903 40-Pin FC-AL

1'

71

D I'

71

D

71

J1001 40-Pin FC-AL

J1002 40-Pin FC-AL

0:1210

._---_.

.-----0
0 0.1211

1,

J1003 40-Pin FC-AL

0 [)1212

D

To Interconnect Assembly
0 [)1213
0

0'f~t14-

1,

71

J1101 40-Pin FC-AL
--

Note: The minimum configuration is 5 disk drives installed in Front Backplane
Slots 3 and 6 and Rear Backplane Slots 0, 3, and 6.
Reference: A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573.

FIBRE-28

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

11-810t FC-AL Disk Backplane
StorEdge A5200
501-4158

o 01401
o 01402
o 01403
o 0:1404

:

00:1405

'

o D1406

:

To Interconnect Assembly
o

O:1~?!_ __

o 0:1:19ll_ -:
o [)1409

:

o 0:1410

:

00:1411

:

To Interconnect Assembly

o :1:4:1::::
00:1413

:

o D,1414

,:

To Interconnect Assembly -1---'--o D1415

'

o 0:1418

:

o 0:1419

'

o [)1420

:

To Interconnect Assembly
o

O:1_4~_1_ __

o 01422

D
D
D
D
D
D
D

1\
J150140-Pin FC-AL

1\
1\

71

J1503 40-Pin FC-AL

1\

71

J1601 40-Pin FC-AL

1\

n

J1602 40-Pin FC-AL

1\

11

J1603 40-Pin FC-AL

1\

71

J1701 40-Pin FC-AL

I\

D
D

71

J1502 40-Pin FC-AL

II

J1703 40-Pin FC-AL

I\

II

J1801 40-Pin FC-AL
1\

71

J1802 40-Pin FC-AL

Note: The minimum configuration is 7 disk drives installed in Front Backplane
Slots 0, 5, and 10 and Rear Backplane Slots 0, 3, 6, and 10.
Reference: A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573.

Volume I

FIBRE-29

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Vertical Interconnect Board
Enterprise Network Array A5000
StorEdge A5000 StorEdge A51 00 StorEdge A5200
540-2864
501-2947
Interconnect Assembly

Vertical Board

w 501-2947 and 501-2948

Front

Rear

r.===:;-:.":"':'"--: -:-_":
-: - "':-'"-

: ' ". 1 -

.

J0302

J0301

Front Fan

Rear Fan

,. I

-

-

.

-

-

.

-

-

.

8: ~~:
cil g :~:

!

go·

00

[L

J0202
(;

'"....,0

J0102

J0203

25..::

ro",
",ro

25m

't:~

't:~

-0

Em

-0

Em

ro",
",ro

To Vertical Interconnect Board

Reference: A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573.

FIBRE-30

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Horizontal Interconnect Board
Enterprise Network Array A5000
StorEdge A5000 StorEdge A51 00 StorEdge A5200
540-2864
501-2948
Interconnect Assembly

Horizontal Board

w 501-2947 and 501-2948

Guide Pin Receiver

J0301

J0204
J0803

J0802
J0302

J0203

J0303

J0202

J0304

J0201

I I
PLCC

U0703 PROM
World Wide Number

To Vertical Interconnect Board
To Front Disk Backplane

To Rear Disk Backplane

Reference: A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573.

Volume I

FIBRE-31

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

E3500 FC-AL Interface Board
Option 2652
501-4820
595-4739
FRU w/o GBIC

Option 2652

w 2 370-2303 GBICs
w 1 537-1004 Cable

IVSC7121I

IVSC7121I

IVSC7121I

IVSC7121I

DDDDDDDD

LOOP 1
PORT1
T4T5T6T7

LOOP 1
PORT 0
T4T5T6T7

LOOP 0
PORT 1
TOT1T2T3

LOOP 0
PORT 0
TOT1T2T3

GBICO
LA

Backpanel and Connectors

GBIC3

GBIC2

GBIC1

UB

UA

LB

EJECTOR

Reference: Enterprise 3500 Reference Manual, 805-2630.

FIBRE-32

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

RAID Controller
StorEdge T3
375-0084
w 32MB Processor Memory
w 256MB Cache Memory

P1
ASsy 16-220-0082

ISP2100
Disk Side

DDDD
DDDDD i
DD DOD!
DDD 1_.01
'"

'" '"
0

E
Q)
::E
Q)

.r::;
0

Q)

.r::;
0

'"

'"

()

OJ

::E

OJ

::E

~

~
~

00

t;

o

0

E
Q)
::E

()

ITIJD

ISP2100
Disk Side

00

ISP2100
Host Side

FC.

D[]
FC..
This connector is
on early production
controllers

10BASE·T

o
COM

ONLINE RESET
LED BUTTON

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6.
2. There is no Sun Part Number for the 32MB Processor Memory.
3. There is no Sun Part Number for the 128MB Cache Memory.
Reference: T3 Installation, Operation, and Service Manual, 806-1062.

Volume I

FIBRE-33

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Interconnect Card
StorEdge T3

375-0085

Noble Loop-9

Assy 16-220-0088

D D D
D

I

106.25MHz

00","

I

D

88C861

DPROM
10088-3041

LED

IN.

OUT • •

330 mm Cable 530-2842
600 mm Cable 530-2843

Notes
1. Interconnect Card 1 controls Drives 4 to 9.
2. Interconnect Card 2 controls Drives 1 to 3 and the cache mirror.
3. Cache mirroring is disabled when Interconnect Card 2 fails.
Reference: T3lnstallation, Operation, and Service Guide, 806-1062.

FIBRE-34

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS
SCSI

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SCSI
SBus SCSI Host Adapters
SCSI
SCSI/Ethernet
Fast SCSI/Ethernet
Differential SCSI/Ethernet
Single-Ended FastlWide
Differential FastlWide
Differential UltralWide
Single Ended FastlWide

3
4
5
6
7

SSHA ............................. .
SBE/S ............................ .
FSBE/S .......................... .
DSBE/S ......................... .
SWIS/S .......................... .
DWIS/S .......................... .
UDWIS/S ....................... .
SunSwift .........................

9
10

PCI SCSI Host Adapters
Single Ended UltralWide
SunSwift '" ................. .....
Single Ended UltralWide ...................................................
Dual Single-Ended UltralWide ........ ...................................
Dual Differential Ultra/Wide ...............................................
SCSI RAID Controller
SRC/P .............................

12
13
14
15
16

SCSI Adapters
SS4 SS5 SS20............................................................
Ultra 1 ................................................................................
Ultra 30 Ultra 60 .............................................................
Ultra 80 ..............................................................................
Netra t 1100 .......................................................................
Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 ...............................................
E220R E420R.......................................................... ......
E4xOO E5xOO E6xOO....................................................
MediaCenter 1000E ..........................................................
Desktop Storage Pack.......................................................
SPARCstorage Unipack ....................................................
StorEdge Unipack .............................................................
SPARCstorage FlexiPack .................................................
StorEdge FlexiPack ...........................................................

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
28
29
29
33
33

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

8

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SCSI - Continued
SCSI Backplanes
MultiPack 6-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane .............................
MultiPack 12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane ...........................
E150 12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane ..................................
E450 Removable Media Backplane ..................................
E450 4-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane ....................................
E450 8-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane ....................................
E250 6-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane ........................ ............

36
38
39
40
41
42
43

SPARCstorage RSM
Operator Panel ..................................................................
WD2S SCSI Adapter.......................... ....... ... .....................
Environmental Sensor............................ ..... ......... .............
7-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane ..............................................

44
45
46
47

RSM Array 2000 StorEdge A3000/A3500/A3500FC
RSM Array 2000 Array Controller......................................
StorEdge A3000 Array Controller ......................................
StorEdge A3500 Array Controller ......................................
StorEdge A3500FC Array Controller .................................
Chassis Backpanel ............................................................

48
48
50
52
54

Disk Cards
SS1000 2.1-Gbyte Disk Card
SS 1000 4.2-Gbyte Disk Card
SS1000 8.4-Gbyte Disk Card
E4xOO/5xOO/6xOO Disk Board

............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................

55
56
57
58

StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000
A 1000 RAID Controller ......................................................
01000 Differential SCSI Controller .... ....... .........................
8-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane ..............................................
12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane.. ..................... .....................

60
62
64
65

SCSI-2

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SCSI

SSHA

Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75
SS5 SS10 SS20 A11 A12
Option 1055
501-1759
501-1850

SS4

FCC-A/VCCI-1

FCC-BNCCI-2

15/30/40/50160165/75

15/30/40/50160165/75
884/885/8810/8820

A14

A11/A12/A14

501-1759

501-1850

32-Bit SBU5 Connector

IFCOdeI525-1151-01
525-1151-02

32-Bit SBU5 Connector

I ~DMA+ I

IFCOdeI525-1151-03
525-1151-04

I=OAI

I

53C90A

I ~-DMA+ I

I

D

D

2A F0102
150-1174 •

Green LED
TERMPWR

0 0

H050-PIN SCSI

2A F0102
150-1174 •

Yellow LED
Blown Fuse

Green LED
TERMPWR

0 0

Yellow LED
Blown Fuse

H050-PIN SCSI

Power: 0.6Amps @ +5Vdc
3.0 Watts
Notes
1. The Sun-4/60 CPU requires Boot PROM 1.3 Version 3.
2. This card is not compatible with Slot-3 of the Sun-4/60/65.
3. Disable the SS 10 on-board Ethernet if two or more SCSI host adapters
are installed. Use an SBE/S or FSBE/S for Ethernet.
4. FCode on SSHA 501-1759 is not compatible with the SS 10, SS20, A 11,
A 12, and A 14. The 501-1759 was discontinued in March 1991.
5. The SS4, SS5, SSlO, SS20, A 11, A 12, and A 14 require 501-1850-02.
Refer to BuglD 1264704.
6. Add the following to /etc/system on Solaris 2.6: forceload: drv/dma.
Refer to BuglD 4078972.
Reference: SBus SCSI Host Adapter Installation Guide,800-5385-1 O.

Volume I

SCSI-3

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SCSI/Ethernet

SBE/S

SS5 SS 10 SS20 SS600
SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14
Option 1054
501-1869

32-Bit SBus Connector

TEST POINTS

OJ0101

o J0102
o J0103
o J0104

r=l~

0°

1001 J0202
J0302g

53C96
ESP236

I.:J
L:J

F0201 • • F0301
SCSI

0 0 Ethernet
1.5A 150-1383-01

HD50·PIN SCSI

JUMPER SETTING

J0202
J0302
J0302

In
In
Out

ETHERNET

DESCRIPTION

Enable SCSI clock
Enable 10BASE5
Enable 10BASE-T

Power: 1.9 Amps @ +5Vdc
9.5 Watts not including MAU + 12Vdc power requirements
Notes
1. Use Adapter Cable 530-1812 for 10BASE5 Ethernet.
2. Use Adapter Cable 530-1813 for 1OBASE-T Ethernet.
3. The SBE/S does not provide Link Test. Disable Link Test on the HUb.
Reference: SBEIS SBus User's Guide, 800-6475.

SCSI-4

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Fast SCSI/Ethernet

FSBE/S

Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10
SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
E10000
Option 1053
501-2015
501-2981
501-2015

501-2981

32-Bit SBus Connector

I

""",m'B
o J0101
o J0102
o J0103
o J0104

ESC-1

IFcodel

B

32-Bit SBus Connector

I

TEST POINTS

o J01 01
o J0102
o J0103

ESC-1

IFcodel

o J0104

IPALI

AM7990
AM79C90

1001 J0202

EJ

J0302g

r----53FC96
FAS236

D

F0201
SCSI PTC

'--

.

.

I

This PAL IS attached
upside down to one
corner of the 79C90

IPALI

1001 J0202
53FC96
FAS236

I

AM"C90

J0302g

I

D

F0201
SCSI PTC

~

HD50-PIN SCSI

10BASE-T

HD50-PIN SCSI

10BASE-T

Power: 1.9 Amps @ +5Vdc
9.5 Watts not including MAU + 12Vdc power requirements
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1 (SunOS 4.1.3)
2. Open Boot PROM 2.x is required.
3. Install J0202 to enable the SCSI clock.
4. Install J0302 to disable the TPE link integrity test.
5. Remove J0302 to enable the TPE link integrity test.
6. The 501-2015-05 uses a modified AM79C90 Ethernet Controller and a
piggyback mounted PAL to make the AM79C90 act like a AM7990.
7. The 501-2981 uses a modified AM79C90 Ethernet Controller.
Reference: FSBEIS SBus Card Installation Guide, 800-7508.

Volume I

SCSI-5

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Differential SCSI/Ethernet

DSBE/S

4/75 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600
SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
E10000
Option 1052
501-1902

I

I

32-Bit SBU5 Connector

ESC-1

IFeode I
AM7990
or
MK7990

SCSI PTC F0901

D

~ J0302

L--J
10BASE-T

Power: 1.9 Amps
9.5 Watts

@

HD6S-PIN SCSI

+5Vdc

Notes
1. Install J0302 to disable the TPE link integrity test.
2. Remove J0302 to enable the TPE link integrity test.
Reference: DSBEIS+ SBus Card Manual, 800-7176-10.

SCSI-6

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Single-Ended Fast/wide

SWIS/S

SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600
SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
E10000
Option 1063
370-1703
QLogic SP1610402

64-Bit SBU5 Connector

IFCode I
ISP-1000

140MHZI

DD
HD68-PIN SCSI

Power: 1.6 Amps @ +5Vdc
8.0 Watts maximum
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. The SWIS/S supports up to 15 targets on the SCSI bus.
3. Do NOT mix narrow (8-bit) and wide (16-bit) SCSI devices on the
same controller under Solaris 2.3. Install Patch 101378-01.
4. Warning messages are displayed if fast/wide SCSI is enabled under
Solaris 2.3. Install Patch 101378-01.
5. Set scsLoptions=Ox3f8 in /etc/system to enable fast/wide transfers.
Reference: SBus Intelligent SCSI Host Adapter, 801-5355-11.

Volume I

SCSI-7

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Differential FasVWide SCSI

DWIS/S

SS5 SS 10 SS20 SS600 SS 1000 SC2000 A 11 A 12 A 14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
E10000
Option 1062
370-1704
QLogic SP1710401

64-Bit SBus Connector

ISP-1000

D

140MHZI

SCSI PTCF1

DOD
HD68-PIN SCSI

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. The DWIS/S supports up to 15 targets on the SCSI bus.
3. Do NOT mix narrow (8-bit) and wide (16-bit) SCSI devices on the same
controller under Solaris 2.3. Install Patch 101378-01.
4. Warning messages are displayed if fast/wide SCSI is enabled under
Solaris 2.3. Install Patch 101378-01.
5. Set scsi_options=Ox3f8 in /etc/system to enable fast/wide transfers.
6. The 2.1 GB Disk Drive requires 0420 Firmware (370-1412-03) for
optimal performance. Set scsLoptions=Oxf8 in the /etc/system file if
older disk drive firmware is used.
7. Install SunSwift in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1 when installing SunSwift
and DWIS/S on an E10000 I/O board. Refer to BuglDs 4046986,
4049704, and 4091053.
Reference: SBus Intelligent SCSI Host Adapter, 801-5355-12.

SCSI-8

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Differential UltralWide SCSI

UDWIS/S

SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E150
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
E10000
Option 1065
370-2443
QLogic SP71 0401

64-Bit SBus Connector

EJ

DODD

DDD
~~~~~~~

PTC F1

D

TERMINATORS

HD68-PIN SCSI

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4.
2. Install Solaris 2.4 Patch 102509-06.
3. Install Solaris 2.5 Patch 103936-01.
4. Install Solaris 2.5.1 Patch 103934-01.
5. The UDWIS/S supports up to fifteen targets on the SCSI bus.
6. FCode 1.26 on 370-2443-02 fixes BuglD 4230719.
7. Install the UDWIS/S and SCion separate E10000 SBus channels.
Reference
SBus Wide Intelligent Ultra SCSI Differential Host Adapter Guide, 802-7748.

Volume I

SCSI-9

9/18/00

CONFIGU RATION8

Single-Ended FastlWide SCSI

SunSwift

4/1S/30 88S 8810 8820 88600
8S1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14
E3000 E4000 ESOOO E6000 E3S00 E4S00 ESSOO E6S00
E10000
Option 1018
S01-2739

I

I

64-Bit SBus Connector

I FCode I
FEPS

D
D

DD
I
10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

HD68-PIN SCSI

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4.
2. The SUNWhmd and SUNWhmdu packages are bundled in Solaris 2.5.
3. Solaris 2.4 packages are on CD-ROM 794-5626-01.
4. The SS1000 and SC2000 require OBP 2.26. Refer to BuglD 1228182.
5. Install SunSwift in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1 on E10000 SBus I/O
board 501-4349.
Reference: SunSwift Installation and User's Guide, 802-6021-10.

SCSI-10

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

This page intentionally left blank.

Volume I

SCSI-11

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Single-Ended UltralWide SCSI

SunSwift

A 16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105
Netra t 1100 Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 1032
501-2741
3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz

I_I

I

U0201 IISP1040 Code

I

U0301 I Cheerio Code

1"·wl

HD68-Pin SCSI

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
2. Use Auto-negotiation to select ethernet operating mode and speed.
Reference: SunSwift PCI Adapter Guide, 802-6628-10.

SCSI-12

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Single-Ended UltraIWide SCSI
A21 A22
Option 5010
375-0097
3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz

Symbios SYM8751 SPE

(jj
()
(j)

1

c

c::

~

Upper

cO

CD

o

I

--,
"""

[QQ] Lower

J3 HD68-Pin SCSI

LOWER

UPPER

DESCRIPTION

1-2
Out
-

1-2

Automatic Termination Enabled
Lower Byte Termination Disabled
Upper Byte Termination Disabled
Upper Byte Termination Enabled

Out
2-3

Notes
1. The minimum as is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97,2.6 HW: 5/98, or 7 HW: 3/99.
2. The default jumper configuration enables automatic termination.
Reference: PCI UltraSCSI Host Adapter Installation Guide, 806-3126.

Volume I

SCSI-13

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Dual Single-Ended UltralWide SCSI
A20

A21

A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105
Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405
Option 6540
375-0005
375-0013
Symbios SYM22801
w/o FCode
3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz

U21~~~~1 ~~.

J9 Channel B
Remote LED

Symbios SYM22801
w FCode
3.3/5V 32Bit 33M Hz

----:

lB 2B 3B 4B

0

F2D

0

w

C

ii:

00
<0

Cl
I

...,<0

Q;
"0
co
Q)
I

c

...J
"0

~

0
.<::

U)

ii:

CD

LO

a.

6

...,ro

~

E

. -- - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - .
:
:
:
:

1 Internal 50-Pin Connector
2 Internal 68-Pin Connector
3 Upper Address Bits
4 External 68-Pin Connector:

00

INTAIINTB

. - - - - -- - ------- - - -.

~

U11~~~~1 ~~. ----:

J5 Channel A
Remote LED

lA2A3A4A

c

ii:

ffi

Cl

I

...,C\I

J3

J7

o

VHDCI 68-Pin
VHDCI 68-Pin
.8 Meter Cable 530-2452
2 Meter Cable 530-2453
4 Meter Cable 530-2454
10 Meter Cable 530-2455

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
2. Dip switches enable/disable termination.
3. Ultra 5/10 aBP 3.11 Version 9 fixes BuglD 4114784.
4. VHDCI is the Very High Density Cable Interconnect Standard.
Reference: PCI Host Adapter User's Guide, 805-1271-10.

SCSI-14

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Dual Differential Ultra/wide SCSI
A 16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105
Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 Netra ft 1800
Options 6541 6935
375-0006
375-0014
540-3980
Symbios SYM22802
w/o FCode
3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz
J7 Channel B
Remote LED

o

0

Netra It 1800 FRU
w 375-0006

Symbios SYM22802
w FCode
3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz

TP5 Term Power Shorted

o

F1

D DF2

ow

...J

c

a::

18o

TP1 INTAIINTB

00

:r:

....,

L()

J4 Channel A
Remote LED

o

0

TP2 Term Power Shorted

o
o

W

...J

c

a::

ro
CD

o
:r:
N
....,

TP3
J3

o
o

TP6
0
0

J6

VHDCI 68-Pin
VHDCI68-Pin
.8 Meter Cable 530-2452
2 Meter Cable 530-2453
4 Meter Cable 530-2454
10 Meter Cable 530-2455

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
2. Ultra 5/10 aBP 3.11 Version 9 fixes BuglD 4114784.
3. Ultra 30 aBP 3.11 Version 2 fixes BuglD 4114784.
4. Ultra 60 aBP 3.11 Version 26 fixes BuglD 4114784.
5. VHDCI is the Very High Density Cable Interconnect Standard.
Reference: PCI Host Adapter User's Guide, 805-1271-10.

Volume I

SCSI-15

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SCSI RAID Controller

SRC/P

A25 A26
Options 6542 6602
375-0078
DPT SmartRAID Millennium PM3755U2B
w Battery Backup Module BB4050
w SCSI Expansion Module SX4055U2-2
w 64MB ECC EDO DIMM DM4050-64
3.3/5V 64Bit 33MHz

SRC/P 375-0078
Battery Backup Module

SmartRAIO Millennium
OPT PM3755U2B
No Sun part number
L--_---'I

J12 to Battery Module

LOAD

g

LOAD

g

RUN

~

RUN

~

Intel i960

Intel i960

c ECCER
c ECCEN
J7/J8 to SCSI Expansion Module

I

I J7
L--_---'I J8

1,",00", 1 1,,,,,,,1
Cll«

«

0000

00



c3kO-4>

I

l

J0205

I

J0204

Tray 1 Rear Drives

c1kO-4>

l

J

J0203

2A

3A

I

1A

501-2980 Top Side

Daughter Card Connectors
.-------~I

rl------~

J0201

J0202

J0203

J0204

J0205

1A

2A

3A

501-2070 Top Side

J0102
Tray 3 Front Drives

Tray 1 Front Drives

c6kO-4>

c2kO-4>

3B

SCSI-26

J0101

2B

1B

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-2980

595-3563

501-2070

Assembly 595-3563 Backpanel
J0205

I 3A

To Sys Bd 3 SBus 1
J0105

I 3B

To Sys Bd 3 SBus 2

J0204

2A

To Sys Bd 2 SBus 1
J0104

I 2B

To Sys Bd 2 SBus 2

J0203

1A

To Sys Bd 0 SBus 2
J0103

I 1B

To Sys Bd 1 SBus 2

SPARCstorage Array SCSI Disk Trays
SCSI Tray 1 Rear

SCSI Tray 2 Rear

SCSI Tray 3 Rear

c1tOdO Data 1A

c3tOdO Data 2A

c5tOdO Data 3A

c1t1 dO Data 1A

c3t1dO Data 2A

cSt1 dO Data 3A

c1t2dO Data 1A

c3t2dO Data 2A

cSt2dO Data 3A

c1t3dO Data 1A

c3t3dO Data 2A

c5t3dO Data 3A

c1t4dO Parity 1A

c3t4dO Parity 2A

c5t4dO Parity 3A

c2tOdO Data 1B

c4tOdO Data 2B

c6tOdO Data 3B

c2t1 dO Data 1B

c4t1dO Data 2B

c6t1dO Data 3B

c2t2dO Data 1B

c4t2dO Data 2B

c6t2dO Data 3B

c2t3dO Data 1B

c4t3dO Data 2B

c6t3dO Data 3B

c2t4dO Parity 1B

c4t4dO Parity 2B

c6t4dO Parity 3B

SCSI Tray 1 Front

SCSI Tray 2 Front

SCSI Tray 3 Front

Notes
1. Sun MediaCenter software is required.
2. Sun MediaCenter software is an integrated extension to Solaris 2.4,
incorporating modified device drivers, file system management tools,
and networked media management tools.
3. Solstice Backup and Solstice DiskSuite are not compatible with the
Media File System because the Media File System uses RAID 4 data
striping and parity.
References
1. Sun MediaCenter Server Software Manual, 802-3804-10
2. Sun MediaCenter Server Hardware Manual, 802-4680-10.
3. Sun MediaCenter 1000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-4865-10.

Volume I

SCSI-27

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SCSI Adapter
Desktop Storage Pack
540-1776
540-1978
w Switch 150-1338

w Switch 150-1557
w Switch 150-2049

SCSI I/O PCB FAB 270-1468

~1

o

I

P2

+5 GND
Diode D1
J1'( 0

I

P3

Pin-26
TERMPWR
Pin-38
TERMPWR

I

Pin-38
;
TERMPWR

I

~

Fuse F1

Notes
1. The 2A Fuse, 150-1174-01, protects the power supply. The peripheral
inside the Desktop Storage Pack is not affected if the fuse blows.
2. TERMPWR, Pin-38, from the external SCSI bus is not connected to the
peripheral inside the Desktop Storage Pack.
3. TERMPWR, Pin-26, from the peripheral inside the Desktop Storage
Pack is not connected to the external SCSI bus.
4. TERMPWR from the power supply is not connected to the peripheral
inside the Desktop Storage Pack.
5. TERMPWR from the power supply is connected to Pin-38 on the
external SCSI bus.

SCSI-28

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SCSI Adapter
SPARCstorage UniPack StorEdge UniPack
501-2790
SO-Pin Disk Options
FastlWide SCSI

To Next Device

From SCSI Host

HD6S-Pin Connector

HD6S-Pin Connector

J0101

J0201
ADDRSWITCH
CONNECTOR

G-

P0403
FAN POWER

---EJ

DCPOWER

P0401
J0301

LED CABLE

SO-Pin SCA2 Connector

Notes
1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",170 mm.
2. The SCSI Adapter is included with Power Supply Assembly 540-2694.
Termination Notes
3. The Desktop Storage Pack requires external termination.
4. The SPARCstorage Unipack does not require external termination.
5. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 015 - 08.
6. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 07 - DO.
Reference
SPARCstorage UniPack Hardware Setup Instructions, 802-3227-10.

Volume I

SCSI-29

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SCSI Adapter
StorEdge UniPack
501-4823
80-Pin Disk Options
UltralWide SCSI

To Next Device

From SCSI Host

HD68-Pin Connector

HD68-Pin Connector

J0101

J0201
ADDR SWITCH
CONNECTOR

G-

P0403
FAN POWER

C=J

-EJ

DCPOWER

P0401

J0301

LED CABLE

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Notes
1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",,170 mm.
2. The SCSI Adapter is included with Power Supply Assembly 540-3732.
Termination Notes
3. The Desktop Storage Pack requires external termination.
4. The StorEdge Unipack does not require external termination.
5. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D15 - D8.
6. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D7 - DO.
Reference
SPARCstorage UniPack Hardware Setup Instructions, 802-3227 -10.

SCSI-30

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SCSI Adapter
SPARCstorage UniPack StorEdge UniPack
501-2791
CD-ROM Options
Narrow SCSI Tape Options

To Next Device

From SCSI Host

HD68-Pin Connector

HD68-Pin Connector

J0101

J0201
ADDR SWITCH
CONNECTOR

8- DC~ER
P0401

P0403
FAN POWER

C=J
P0402

--EJ
P0404

ADDR CABLE

r;::::::==========:::;-]

---tl

P0405

70 mm Ribbon Cable
530-2178

50-Pin Connector

Notes
1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",170 mm.
2. The ribbon cable is soldered to the printed circuit board.
3. The SCSI Adapter is included with Power Supply Assembly 540-2674.
Termination Notes
4. The Desktop Storage Pack requires external termination.
5. The SPARCstorage Unipack does not require external termination.
6. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 015 - 08.
7. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 07 - DO.
Reference
SPARCstorage UniPack Hardware Setup Instructions, 802-3227-10.

Volume I

SCSI-31

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SCSI Adapter
SPARCstorage UniPack StorEdge UniPack
501-3108
Wide SCSI Tape Options

To Next Device

From SCSI Host

H068-Pin Connector

H068-Pin Connector

J0101

J0201
ADDR SWITCH
CONNECTOR

G-

P0403
FAN POWER

P0402

--EJ
P0404

DCPOWER
ADDR CABLE

P0401

C=J

---f]

P0405

r;:::::=========~

235 mm Ribbon Cable
530-2324

68-Pin Connector

Notes
1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",170 mm.
2. The ribbon cable is soldered to the printed circuit board.
3. The SCSI Adapter is included with Power Supply Assembly 540-3004.
Termination Notes
4. The Desktop Storage Pack requires external termination.
5. The SPARCstorage Unipack does not require external termination.
6. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D15 - D8.
7. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D7 - DO.
Reference
SPARCstorage UniPack Hardware Setup Instructions, 802-3227-10.

SCSI-32

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SCSI Adapter
SPARCstorage FlexiPack StorEdge FlexiPack
501-4327
Wide SCSI

To Next Device

From SCSI Host

H068-Pin Connector

H068-Pin Connector

J0101

J0201

8-

DCPOWER

FAB 270-3108

P0401
495mm
Ribbon Cable
530-2373

HD68-Pin Connector

HD68-Pin Connector

Notes
1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",170 mm.
2. The ribbon cable is soldered to the printed circuit board.
3. Adapter 501-4327 supports two Wide SCSI devices.
4. Narrow 50-Pin devices require HD68-Pin to 50-Pin Adapter 370-2819.
5. The SPARCstorage FlexiPack does not require external termination.
6. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 015 - 08.
7. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 07 - DO.
Reference: SPARCstorage FlexiPack Installation Manual, 802-7737.

Volume I

SCSI-33

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SCSI Adapter
SPARCstorage FlexiPack

StorEdge FlexiPack

501-4356
Narrow SCSI

To Next Device

From SCSI Host

H068-Pin Connector

H068-Pin Connector

J0101

J0201
AD DR SWITCH
CONNECTORS

8-

DCPOWER

FAB 270-2791

P0401
300 mm Ribbon Cable
530-2378

50-Pin Connector

Notes
1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",,170 mm.
2. The ribbon cable is soldered to the printed circuit board.
3. Adapter 501-4356 supports one Narrow SCSI device.
4. The SPARCstorage FlexiPack does not require external termination.
5. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D1S - D8.
6. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D7 - DO.
Reference: SPARCstorage FlexiPack Installation Manual, 802-7737.

SCSI-34

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SCSI Adapter
SPARCstorage FlexiPack StorEdge FlexiPack
501-4357
Wide SCSI

To Next Device

From SCSI Host

H068-Pin Connector

H068-Pin Connector

J0101

J0201
ADDRSWITCH
CONNECTOR

8- DC~ER
P0401

FAB 270-3108
235mm
Ribbon Cable
530-2324

HD68-Pin Connector

Notes
1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",,170 mm.
2. The ribbon cable is soldered to the printed circuit board.
3. Adapter 501-4357 supports one Wide SCSI device.
4. The SPARCstorage FlexiPack does not require external termination.
5. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 015 - 08.
6. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 07 - DO.
Reference: SPARCstorage FlexiPack Installation Manual, 802-7737.

Volume I

SCSI-35

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

6-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane
SPARCstorage MultiPack
501-2871
FasVWide SCSI

)

T9fT12 Tl0fT13 T11fT14
Tl fT4 T2fT5
T3fT6
LEDS

Target Numbers
T4fT12

T5fT13

r-

r-

J0504

T6fT14
,.-

J0505

'-

J0506

"-

80-Pin SCA2 Connectors

Target Numbers
T1fT9

-

J0401

T2fT10

T3fT11

r-

r-

J0402

'-

J0403

'-

"-

80-Pin SCA2 Connectors
DC POWER

I

J0301 Daughter Card Connector

I

Daughter Card 501-2893

......- T1-T6 or T9-T14 Address Switch S0301
~

08-015 Termination LED
00-07 Termination LED
68-Pin Connector

1

I

J010l

I

'V

From SCSI Host

SCSI-36

68-Pin Connector

r

J0201

1

To Next Device or FPT

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

6-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane
SPARCstorage MultiPack 2 StorEdge MultiPack
501-4747
UltralWide SCSI

-

5

T9fT12 Tl0fT13 TllfT14
TlfT4
T2fT5
T3fT6
LEDS

Target Numbers
T41T12

T51T13

T61T14

r-

r-

~

J0504

J0505

L-

J0506

L-

SO-Pin SCA2 Connectors

Target Numbers
T1!T9

T21T10

~

T31T11

~

J0401

~

J0402

L-

J0403

LSO-Pin SCA2 Connectors

L-

DC POWER

I

J0301 Daughter Card Connector

I

Daughter Card 501-2S93

~

T1-T6 or T9-T14 Address Switch S0301
-

OS-015 Termination LED
00-07 Termination LED
6S-Pin Connector

1

I

J0101

I

6S-Pin Connector

I

J0201

I

'V

From SCSI Host

Volume I

No terminator if UltralWide Host
No other devices if UltralWide Host

SCSI-37

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane
SPARCstorage MultiPack

501-2899
FastIWide SCSI
T3fT11
T5fT13
T9fT15
T211 0
T4Z12
TSZ14

1

)

1

1

I"'"
LEDS

Target Numbers
T10

-

J0601

T11

T12

T13

T14

r-

r-

r-

r-

J0602

-

J0603

~

J0704

~

J0705

~

T15

-

J0706

-

~

80-Pin SCA2 Connectors

Target Numbers
T2

T3

T4

T5

T8

T9

-

-

r-

r-

r-

-

J0401

J0402

-

J0403

'-

J0504

'-

J0505

J0506

-

'-

80-Pin SCA2 Connectors
DC POWER

I

J0301 Daughter Card Connector!
Daughter Card 501-2893

r--- D8-D15 Termination LED

i

DO-D7 Termination LED
68-Pin Connector
I JOtol
I
From SCSI Host

SCSI-38

68-Pin Connector
I J0201
I
To Next Device or FPT

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane
Netra nfs 150
501-3081

Netra i 150

J0601

T10

J0602

T11

J0603

T12

Enterprise 150

J0704

T13

J0705

T14

J0706

T15

BO-Pin SCA2 Connectors

BO-Pin SCA2 Connectors
J0401

T2

J0402

T3

J0403

T4

J0302

J0504

T5

J0505

TB

J0506

T9

J0301

Power:
J0901

50-PIN SCSI
EXTERNAL IN
J0401 J0402 J0403
J0504 J0505 J0506

Volume I

50-PIN SCSI
EXTERNAL OUT
J060 1 J0602 J0603
J0704 J0705 J0706

50-PIN SCSI
EXTERNAL OUT
J0401 J0402 J0403
J0504 J0505 J0506

SCSI-39

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Removable Media Backplane
Ultra 450

Ultra Enterprise 450
501-3128

Front View

D

P0201 SCSI Power

..- - - - ------- - - _..
,

J0201 50-Pin SCSI Data
J010424-Pin

J0202 50-Pin SCSI Data

D

P0202 SCSI Power

J0100

'

DO

F0102 F0101
P0101

Floppy Data Floppy Power
LED Board

Rear View

\

/
J0103 80-Pin
SCSI/Floppy Data
J0100
J0100 20-Pin
.-------.
DC Input Power . - - - - - - - .

I

·· - - - - - - - - ---- - - - - - -..

·. ------ - - - -- - - - -- - - ...

. -- - - - - - - - - - .
.

-----------.

Notes
1. The RMA Backplane is controlled by /pci@ H,4000/scsi@2.
2. The external A20/A25 SCSI bus is controlled by /pci@ H,4000/scsi@2.
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0429-10.
2. Ultra 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0430-10.

SCSI-40

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

4-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane
Ultra 450

Ultra Enterprise 450
501-4148

Front View

.- - -- - - -- - -----.

"

o 00402

SO-Pin SCA2 J0303

1021 /

I
D

"

004030

SO-Pin SCA2 J0302

I

\

1031 /

Ventilation Hole

(

I

\
Ventilation Hole

)

~.------------~

PCF85741 2 C

o 00400

SO-Pin SCA2 J0201

1001 /

SO-Pin SCA2 J0301

I

\

1011 /

004010

\1

Rear View

0

/

P0500
12

c Bus

\
J0102 6S-Pin SCSI

J0101 20-Pin Power

..- - - . - . -- - -- - . -.

..- - - - - - - - -- - . --."

"

(

)

Ventilation Hole

.--------------.

"

"

C~

_____~_ntil_rui_on_HO_le____~)
.- - --- - -- - - - -- -.

"

"

Notes
1. The 4-Slot Backplane is controlled by /pci @1f,4000/scsi @3.
2. Set aBP disk-Ied-assoc 0 to access the 4-Slot Backplane.
3. Hot plugging :::;501-4148-04 causes other disks on the bus to go off-line.
4. Hot plugging operates correctly in 501-4148-05.
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0429-10.
2. Ultra 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0430-10.

Volume I

SCSI-41

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

8-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane
Ultra 450 Ultra Enterprise 450
Options 6600 6601 6602
501-4189
501-5274
501-5274
X6600A

X6601A

X6602A

:~ ~Q4.6i~§:fir_S{::~[ : ..

.. _______ .
o 00502
102

aO-Pin SCA2 J0502

II

To J0402

(

J0101 20-Pin Power
\

I

Ventilation Hole

103
)

aO-Pin SCA2 J0503

II

(

008030

\

To J0402

.!:

I
)

Ventilation Hole

~
0<0
0
0..

o 00401
100

aO-Pin SCA2 J0401

II

To J0402

(

008010

aO-Pin SCA2 J0501
\

I

Ventilation Hole

101
)

IL

To J0402

(

\1

)

Ventilation Hole

6a-Pin SCSI J0102 :
000702
102

aO-Pin SCA2 J0303

Ii

To J0102

(

D

aO-Pin SCA2 J0302

~I

103

)

Ventilation Hole

IL

(

1001

P0600 12 C Out : : :

aO-Pin SCA2 J0201

L

To J0102

)

Ventilation Hole

PCF85741 2 C

000700

0070qcL

~I

To J0102

007010

aO-Pin SCA2 J0301
\1

101 1

L

To J0102

~I

Notes
1. The 8-Slot Backplane is split into two SCSI buses.
2. Options 6600 and 6601 include a dual single-ended SCSI Controller,
internal SCSI Cable, DC Power Cable, and 12C Cable.
3. Option 6602 includes an SRC/p, internal SCSI cable, DC Power Cable,
and 12C Cable.
4. Hot plugging 501-4189 causes other disks on the bus to go off-line.
5. Hot plugging 501-5274-02 operates correctly.
6. Set the disk-Ied-assoc OBP parameter after installing a disk backplane.
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0429-10.
2. Ultra 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0430-10.

SCSI-42

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

6-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane
Enterprise 250
501-4682

J0104 DC Power
to RMA Tray

J06010n/Off
to Keyswitch

. - _. -.

J0602 -1---£:=:::1
to LEDs

O

::-:-----1- J0103 LED/Key/1 2C

Orient the LED Cable
as shown

Tc

w

"0

"0

I

I

"
~
E

0
:;;"
E

0

c

ii:

600

T8

Ta

w

N

«
en

U

to DC Distribution

U0801 0
Temp Sensor

~

~

J0402

J0303

J0301

Tb

T9

TO

w

"0

I

"
0

~

E
~

J0401

J0302

J0201

..-. - - - - - - - - - - - -..
J0101 a-Pin
DC Input Power

J0102 aO-Pin SCA
SCSI/Floppy Data
to System Board

Notes
1. Backplane 501-4682-04 with FAB 270-4682-04 is shown.
2. Backplane 501-4682-03 was built with FAB 270-4682-03.
3. Power connector J01 04 is on the right side of FAB 270-4682-03.
4. Keyswitch connector J0601 is on the left side of FAB 270-4682-03.
References
1. Enterprise 250 Owner's Guide, 805-5160.
2. Enterprise 250 ShowMe How, 724-2794.

Volume I

SCSI-43

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Operator Panel
SPARCstorage RSM
370-2198
FRU Assembly

Q=P
50-Pin Connector
4.5" Cable to Centerplane

LEDS
Green
Red
Red

-

Ala~G

OnlOff Switch

Yellow
Red
Red

D)
D)
D)
D)
D)
D)

[]:::J

Power Indicator
Pwr Module A Fault
Pwr Module B Fault
Fan Module Warning
Fan Module Failure
Over Temperature
Alarm Reset Switch

Note
FRU 370-2198 includes the Chassis, Operator Panel, Operator Panel Cable,
and Centerplane.
Reference
SPARCstorage RSM Installation, Operations, and Service, 802-5062.

SCSI-44

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

WD2S SCSI Adapter
SPARCstorage RSM
370-2196
370-3375
Programable FPGA
w U30 Installed

Masked PROM

wlo U30 Installed

96-Pin Connector
[01000
~ooo

~ZM~

0090

I

InstalllD3 when the WD2S card
is used with the RSM Array 2000

Xylinx FGPA
or
Unisys PROM

XylinxFGPA
or
Unisys PROM

D
o
D

U30

D
20MHz

REMOTE/LOCAL

HD68-Pin Connector
DIFFERENTIAL FASTIWIDE SCSI

Notes
1. Do NOT connect the WD2S to single-ended host adapters.
2. The WD2S does not support Ultra SCSI transfer rates.
3. Single-ended SCSI disk drives are installed in the SPARCstorage RSM.
4. The WD2S converts single-ended wide SCSI to differential wide SCSI.
5. Daisy chain operation is not supported by the 370-2196 WD2S card.
6. SCSI addresses are 0 to 7 when ID3 is removed.
7. SCSI addresses are 8 to f when ID3 is installed.
Reference
SPARCstorage RSM Installation, Operations, and Service, 802-5062.

Volume I

SCSI-45

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/0C

Environmental Sensor
SPARCstorage RSM
Option 6510
370-2195

IxeM30 I
-ONCE

g

DS1
L:J

OPEN

S1 1-4 Open (Default)
Disable Logic Reset (1)
'-------If- Disable RS485 (2)
li====t= Enable SCSI Interface (3-4)

TARGET O-f
ROTARY SWITCH

Notes
1. Set the first board to target Oxf on the Rotary Switch.
2. Set the second board to target Oxe when two trays are daisy chained.
3. The maximum number of disk drives is thirteen when two trays and two
Environmental Boards are daisy chained.
Reference: SPARCstorage RSM SEN Card Installation, 805-0213-10.

SCSI-46

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

7-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane
SPARCstorage RSM
370-2198
FRU Assembly

J6 I To O[lerator Panel

J4 To SCSI Interface Card

-- - ----- --..- - - - - - -- - - - - _..
~

~

··- - - - - - - -- - -. _..
J14

SO-Pin SCA2 Connectors
JSI

'\

7 I
TO

J91

'\

·
.
._-----------_.

7 I
T1

··- -- - - - - - - - - - _..
J10I

'\

J2 Power Module B

7 I
T2

J111

'\

7

I

T3

-

·
.
._-----------_.

o

J3 Blower Power

-:;-

J121

'\

7

I

J1 Power Module A

T4

J131

··- -- - - - - - - -- - _..
7

'\

·
.
.------------_.

I

T5

J141

'\

7

I

T6

. - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -.

. - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - _.

·
.
._-----------_.
To Environmental Sensor

J5

\~====:!.7:...J1

. - - - - - - - - - - - -- - .
. - - - - - - - - - - - - - _.

LI

Note
FRU 370-2198 includes the Chassis, Operator Panel, Operator Panel Cable,
and Centerplane. Individual parts are not available.
Reference
SPARCstorage RSM Installation, Operations, and Service, 802-5062.

Volume I

SCSI-47

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Array Controller
RSM Array 2000
370-2435

StorEdge A3000
540-3600

w/o Memory

16MB MPU
w64MB RPA
FRU

W

0

0

0

PCB 3480031424

53C875

Ol

.,.'"co
6r-'"
:2

i486DX2
66MHz

HOST
~

:2
Ci5
:::>
a..
:2

Ol

Q)

.,.'"co .,.'"C)l .,.6'" .,.'"'"6 .,.'"'"6
6r-- r-- r-- r-- r-'" :2:2'" :2:2'" :2:2'" :2:2'"
:2
Ol

0

:2
Ci5
:::>
a..
:2

Ci5
0

Ci5

I

Ci5
0

Ci5

...J

...J

I

i'ta::

i'ta::

i'ta::

i'ta::

4

3

2

'"co :2'"co :2'" :2'" :2'" :2'"
'"'" '"'" '"'" '"'"

:2

ISCSI-ol
SIMM

6

[ITI

ISCSI-11

5

[}

IS824231

.,l.J.

[}
=
=
LEOS

ISCSI21
ISCSI-31

LSB

I

MSB
PWR
FLT

Ipclsetl

SGSI-4

liGON I

D

B E " O O M48TI8
EI212:£1

iDP38905i

SWIll
DIAGNOSTIC g: 1

E1300

0

0

0

Alternating Pattern LED Codes
On

=. =
Off

0

.0000000

00000000

O •• 0 ••• 0

•

••••••••

••• 0 •

o

0 ••

00 • •

SCSI-48

0 •

0

o •• 0
o •••

•• 0 ••• 0

• •• • • •••

• •• 0 • 0 .0
000000 00
000000

o

0

Active - No fault
Passive - No fault
Controller held in reset
Controller in wrong slot
MPU SIMM fault
RPA SIMM fault

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

370-2435

540-3600

Notes
1. The Phase I minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4.
2. The Phase II minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
3. Phase II software requires Firmware 202.04.04.01.
4. The M48T18 NVRAM uses an M4T28 SNAPHAT battery.
RSM Array 2000 Notes
1. The RSM Array 2000 is a controller and chassis.
2. The RSM Array 2000 is also the name of a cabinet mounted RSM Array
2000 controller and chassis with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays.
3. An RSM Array 2000 nameplate is on the RSM Array 2000 chassis in an
RSM Array 2000 cabinet with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays.
4. The RSM Array 2000 was renamed StorEdge A3000 in January 1998.
5. Use Array Controller 540-3600 with the RSM Array 2000.
StorEdge A3000 Notes
1. The StorEdge A3000 is a controller and chassis.
2. The StorEdge A3000 is also the name of a cabinet mounted A3000
controller and chassis with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays.
3. An RSM Array 2000 nameplate is on the StorEdge A3000 chassis in a
StorEdge A3000 cabinet with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays.
4. Use Array Controller 540-3600 with the StorEdge A3000.
StorEdge A3500 Notes
1. The StorEdge A3500 is a controller and chassis.
2. The StorEdge A3500 is also the name of a rack mounted StorEdge
A3500 controller and chassis with StorEdge 01000 disk trays.
3. Before December 1999, a StorEdge A3000 nameplate was on the
StorEdge A3500 chassis in a StorEdge A3500 cabinet with StorEdge
D1000s. After November 1999, a StorEdge A3500 nameplate is used.
4. Use Array Controller 540-3083 with the StorEdge A3500.
Memory Notes
1. The Main Processor Unit (MPU) SIMMs serve as processor memory.
2. The RAID Parity Assist (RPA) SIMMs serve as cache memory.
3. Use 8MB SIMM 370-2438 and 32MB SIMM 370-2439.
4. The 370-2438 and 370-2439 are not labeled with a Sun Part Number.
5. Memory failures are reported as a pair of two SIMMs.
6. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-2 and SIMM-4 for RPA Low Bank.
7. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-1 and SIMM-3 for RPA High Bank.
8. Install 8MB SIMMs in SIMM-5 and SIMM-6 for MPU DRAM.
9. The 540-3600 Array Controller FRU was released October 1997.
References
1. RSM Array 2000 System Manual, 802-7603.
2. RSM Array 2000 Controller Module Installation Guide, 802-7602.
3. RAID Manager Controller Replacement Guide, 805-7854.

Volume I

SCSI-49

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Array Controller
StorEdge A3500
370-3656
540-3083
w/o Memory

w 16MB MPU
w64MB RPA
FRU

0

0

0

PCB 3480031424

'" '"
co
co
..-'l' ..-'l' '"..-6 ..-2:
.... ....
.... ....
:2
'"
:2
:2
:2
:2
M

53C875

i486DX2
66MHz

~

M

M

C\I

0

0

M

M

M

:2

:2

Ui

HOST

=>

"-

:2
tll

:2
co

I SCSI-O I
SIMM

=>

:2

Ui

J:

2:
....

0
....

'"::;;: :2'"

:2

Ui
0...J

:2

Ui

J:

rt a:rt a:rt a:rt
a:

"-

:2
tll

tll

:2
co

6

[1fl

ISCSI- 1 1

Ui
0
...J

Ui

..-'"'" ..-'"'"
'l'

5

tll

:2

:2

C\I

C\I

'"

M

4

3

tll

:2
C\I

tll

:2
C\I

'" '"
2
LSB

[}

IS824231

,~,~,

I

[}

MSB

LEDS

PWR
FLT

=
=

I SCSI-2 I

ISCSI-3 1

I pClsetl

I

ICON

D

8
E 1 1 0 0 M48T18
SCSI-4
E12@21

I

DP3890s1

SW1
DIAGNOSTIC

E1300

0

I

0

IIIg:

1

0

Alternating Pattern LED Codes
On=. Off = 0
.0000000

000000

o ••

•

0 ••• 0

••••••••
•• •
•• o.
•• ••
.0

0 0

00

SCSI-50

0 •

0 •

•

0

0

o

•• 0 •• •

0
0

0 •

0

• •• • • • • •
• ••
•
0

000 0 0 0 0 0

000 0 0 00 0

Active - No fault
Passive - No fault
Controller held in reset
Controller in wrong slot
MPU SIMM fault
RPA SIMM fault

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

370-3656

540-3083

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 8/97.
2. The M48T18 NVRAM uses an M4T28 SNAPHAT battery.
RSM Array 2000 Notes
1. The RSM Array 2000 is a controller and chassis.
2. The RSM Array 2000 is also the name of a cabinet mounted RSM Array
2000 controller and chassis with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays.
3. An RSM Array 2000 nameplate is on the RSM Array 2000 chassis in an
RSM Array 2000 cabinet with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays.
4. The RSM Array 2000 was renamed StorEdge A3000 in January 1998.
5. Use Array Controller 540-3600 with the RSM Array 2000.
StorEdge A3000 Notes
1. The StorEdge A3000 is a controller and chassis.
2. The StorEdge A3000 is also the name of a cabinet mounted A3000
controller and chassis with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays.
3. An RSM Array 2000 nameplate is on the StorEdge A3000 chassis in a
StorEdge A3000 cabinet with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays.
4. Use Array Controller 540-3600 with the StorEdge A3000.
StorEdge A3500 Notes
1. The StorEdge A3500 is a controller and chassis.
2. The StorEdge A3500 is also the name of a rack mounted StorEdge
A3500 controller and chassis with StorEdge D1000 disk trays.
3. A StorEdge A3000 nameplate is on the StorEdge A3500 chassis in a
StorEdge A3500 cabinet with StorEdge D1 000 disk trays if the unit was
built before December 1999. Units built after December 1999 have a
A3500 nameplate on the A3500 chassis.
4. Use Array Controller 540-3083 with the StorEdge A3500.
Memory Notes
1. The Main Processor Unit (MPU) SIMMs serve as processor memory.
2. The RAID Parity Assist (RPA) SIMMs serve as cache memory.
3. Use 8MB SIMM 370-2438 and 32MB SIMM 370-2439.
4. The 370-2438 and 370-2439 are not labeled with a Sun Part Number.
5. Memory failures are reported as a pair of two SIMMs.
6. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-2 and SIMM-4 for RPA Low Bank.
7. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-1 and SIMM-3 for RPA High Bank.
8. Install 8MB SIMMs in SIMM-5 and SIMM-6 for MPU DRAM.
References
1. A 1000101000 Installation, Operation, and Service, 805-2624.
2. A3000 Controller Module Replacement Guide, 805-4980.
3. RAID Manager Controller Replacement Guide, 805-7854.

Volume I

SCSI-51

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Array Controller
StorEdge A3500FC
Option 6538
540-4026
370-3931

370-3930
Memory
Used in 540-4026
Option 6538
WiD

w 16MB MPU
w64MB RPA
D1000 FRU

540-4027

Memory
Used in 540-4027
No Option Number

w 16MB MPU
w64MB RPA
SSA214/219 FRU

WiD

o

o

PCB 3480031423

53C875

i486DX2
66MHz

~
~

ISGSI- 1 1

___

o :

5
1~8~~~31- ----------

JJUJ ___ i
~MM

6

4

3

2

R

SGSI-4

PWR

LEOS'

~8 I~

liGON

D :,' IDP389051

E1100

48T18

E1200

I
~

SW1

I
MSB

=
=

Daughter Board

LSB

FLT

,

DIAGNOSTIC ~ 1 :
.. _. _ .. ---- - _. _. - - -. _.
o

E1300

o

Alternating Pattern LED Codes

=. =

On
Off 0
.0000000

o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o ••

•

•

0 ••• 0

••••••••

•

0 •

•

•

0

• • • • • • ••

••• 0.0.0

•

•• 0 •

00 • • 0 • • 0

o
o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

00 • • 0 • • •

SCSI-52

0 •

0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Active - No fault
Passive - No fault
Controller held in reset
Controller in wrong slot
MPU SIMM fault
RPA SIMM fault

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

370-3930

540-4026

370-3931

540-4027

Daughter Board
No Sun Part Number

D
U1 Link Module
PCB 348-0032834
D

SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR
50/125 MM Fiber up to 500 meters
2 Meter Cable 537-1004
5 Meter Cable 537-1020
15 Meter Cable 537-1006

TACHYON

DTPI

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6.
2. The M48T18 NVRAM uses an M4T28 SNAPHAT battery.
SSA 214/219 RSM Notes
1. Use Controller 540-4027 with the SSA 214/219 RSM disk tray.
2. Controller 540-4027 is not available in a chassis option.
3. Controller 540-4027 is available as Upgrade UG-A3K-A3500FC.
StorEdge 01000 Notes
1. Use Controller 540-4026 with the StorEdge 01000 disk tray.
2. Controller 540-4026 is available in Chassis Option 6538.
3. Controller 540-4026 is available in Upgrade UG-A3500-A3500FC.
Memory Notes
1. The Main Processor Unit (MPU) SIMMs serve as processor memory.
2. The RAID Parity Assist (RPA) SIMMs serve as cache memory.
3. Use 8MB SIMM 370-2438 and 32MB SIMM 370-2439.
4. The 370-2438 and 370-2439 are not labeled with a Sun Part Number.
5. Memory failures are reported as a pair of two SIMMs.
6. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-2 and SIMM-4 for RPA Low Bank.
7. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-1 and SIMM-3 for RPA High Bank.
8. Install 8MB SIMMs in SIMM-5 and SIMM-6 for MPU DRAM.
References

Volume I

SCSI-53

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Chassis 8ackpanel
RSM Array 2000 StorEdge A3000
StorEdge A3500 StorEdge A3500FC
370-2431
Chassis Backpanel
J3

I

To Host 1
I
H068·Pin

I

DIFF SCSI IN BDI

To RSM Drive Tray 1 To RSM Drive Tray 3 To RSM Drive Tray 5
I
I
I
H068·Pin
J9
HOS8·Pin
J7
H061l-Pin

Jll

I

I 14-Pin I

I

I

DIFF SCSI ARRAY 1

I

I

:~:::~:~

I

HOSTSCSIID

DIFF SCSI ARRAY 3 DIFF SCSI ARRAY 5

I 15-Pin I

c::J TERMPWR Jumper

RS232 BDI

PIS INTERFACE

I 15-Pin I

Terminator

I

I

HOSIl-Pin

I

ETHERNET BDI

J5 DIFF SCSI OUT BDI

J4

I

To Host 1
I
H068·Pin

J6

DIFF SCSI IN BD2

I0

0 0 0

I 15-Pin I

I

I

Terminator
I
H061l-Pin

To RSM Drive Tray 2 To RSM Drive Tray 4
I
I
Jl0
H061l-Pin
J8
H068·Pin

I

I

I

RS232 BD2

I

DIFF SCSI OUT BD2 DIFF SCSI ARRAY 2 DIFF SCSI ARRAY 4

I

IS-Pin

I

ETHERNET B02

0 TERMPWR Jumper

I

GND+5GNO+5

34-Pin

I

BATTERY

ofOlO 0 ofOlofOl
01210 0

012l012l

2 3 2 2 2 12° 2 3 2 2 2 12°
Controller 1 Controller 2
Lower Slot Upper Slot
SCSI ID 4 SCSI ID 5

Notes
1. Set Controller 1 to Host-Side SCSI 10 4.
2. Install Controller 1 in the lower slot of the chassis.
3. Set Controller 2 to Host-Side SCSI 10 5.
4. Install Controller 2 in the upper slot of the chassis.
RSM Array 2000 Notes
1. The Phase I minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4.
2. The Phase II minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
SSA 214/219 RSM Drive Tray Notes
1. Count Drive Trays from the bottom (Tray 1) to the top (Tray 5) of the
Expansion Cabinet.
2. Set the Drive Tray to hi-order addressing (8 - f) by installing a jumper at
location 103 on the WD2S card.
References
1. RSM Array 2000 System Manual, 802-7603.
2. RSM Array 2000 Controller Module Installation Guide, 802-7602.

SCSI-54

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

2.1-Gbyte Disk Card
SS1000 disktower 1000
Option 597
501-2066
501-2244
wlo Disks

ri

4535MB Disks
Disk FRU 540-2403

S-

240-Pin Connector
300-1109-01 or -02

DF1

00

00

r--

501-2067 ADAPTER BOARD

:;c
TARGET 1

()
(J)

c

-

0::

600

~

-

-

-

:;c

()
(J)

c

TARGET 2

0::

600

----=

i====

:;c

TARGET 0

()
(J)

-

c

0::

600

-

()

-

0::

-

'----

~

:;c

-

(J)

c

TARGET 3

600
~

r-l
~

LEDS
0-3

SCSI IN
HD50-PIN

SCSI OUT
HD50-PIN

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2.
2. Drive Address selection is preset to Target 0, 1, 2, and 3.
3. An FSBE/S card is required if only one system board is installed.
4. Do NOT daisy chain System Board 0 to the SCSI Expansion Board,
if disk drives are installed on the SS1000 internal SCSI Bus.
5. Do NOT daisy chain SCSI Expansion Boards.
6. The 42W DC-DC Converter 300-1109 is not field replaceable.
7; Use Single-Ended SCSI Terminator 150-1785.
Reference: 2. 1-Gbyte Disk Card Installation Manual, 801-2196-11.

Volume I

SCSI-55

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

4.2-Gbyte Disk Card
SS1000 disktower 1000
Options 772 773
501-2588
501-2589
WiD

ri

Disks

4 1.05GB Disks
Disk FRU 540-2568

1-

240-Pin Connector

300-11 09-02

F1

D00 00

-

501-2587 ADAPTER BOARD

;;:

u

TARGET 1, 9, or 13

(/)

-

-

-

-

c

c::

600
~

;;:
u

(/)

c

-

c::

TARGET 2,10, or 14

600

--=---->

=
;;:

TARGET 0,8, or 12

u(/)
c

c::

600

;;:

-

-

(/)

-

c::

-

-

u
c

TARGET 3, 11, or 15

600

-

r-l

~

. VJoJoJ_

LEOS
3

o-

SCSI IN
HD68-PIN

SCSI OUT
HD68-PIN

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2.
2. Backplane Slot 0 sets drive addresses to Targets 0, 1, 2, and 3.
3. Backplane Slot 1 sets drive addresses to Targets 8, 9, 10, and 11.
4. Backplane Slot 2 sets drive addresses to Targets 0, 1, 2, and 3.
5. Backplane Slot 3 sets drive addresses to Targets 12, 13, 14, and 15.
6. An SWIS/S card is required if only one system board is installed.
7. The 42W DC-DC Converter 300-1109 is not field replaceable.
8. Use Single-Ended Wide-SCSI Terminator 150-2267.
Reference: Disk Card Installation Manual, 801-7671-10.

SCSI-56

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

8.4-Gbyte Disk Card
SS 1000 disktower 1000
Option 775
501-2588
501-2980
wlo Disks

-l

4 2.1 GB Disks
7200 RPM
Disk FRU 540-2706

r--

240-Pin Connector

F1

000 00

300-11 09-02

.----

501-2587 ADAPTER BOARD

::;:
TARGET 1, 9, or 13

()
rJ)

c

0:
6
co

~

::;:
()

-

-

-

-

rJ)

TARGET 2,10, or 14

~

i===

::;:

::;:
TARGET 0,8, or 12

()
rJ)

=

LEDS

-

-

()
rJ)

c

TARGET 3, 11, or 15

0:
6co

'---

b

0-3

-

c

0:
6co

~

c

0:
6co

SCSI IN
HD68-PIN

~

SCSI OUT
HD68-PIN

Notes
1. Backplane Slot sets drive addresses to Targets 0, 1, 2, and 3.
2. Backplane Slot 1 sets drive addresses to Targets 8, 9, 10, and 11.
3. Backplane Slot 2 sets drive addresses to Targets 0, 1, 2, and 3.
4. Backplane Slot 3 sets drive addresses to Targets 12, 13, 14, and 15.
5. An SWIS/S card is required if only one system board is installed.
6. The 42W DC-DC Converter 300-1109 is not field replaceable.
7. Use Single-Ended Wide-SCSI Terminator 150-2267.

°

Reference: Disk Card Installation Manual, 802-3533-10.

Volume I

SCSI-57

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Disk Board
E4000
501-4168

E5000 E6000 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 5161 5162 5163 5164
501-5137
501-5584
501-5761

2 2.1 GB Disks
7200 RPM
OGB FRU 501-3113
Disk FRU 540-2730
Disk FRU 540-2936

24.2GB Disks
7200 RPM
OGB FRU 501-3113
Disk FRU 540-2938

2 9.1 GB Disks
7200 RPM
OGB FRU 501-3113
Disk FRU 540-3704

2 18.2GB Disks
10000 RPM
OGB FRU 501-3113
Disk FRU 540-4177

1-------------1

------

---

D

"

3

30A 32V Fuse

(fJ

z

a:
\

J0702

DISK 0

g

ENABLEOO
A300
A200
A100
AOOO

/

BRACKET 340-3026
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..J
1-------------"""1

------

---

"

00

3
(fJ

z

a:

6co
\

J0706
J0703

ENABLE 00
A300
DISK 1
A200
A100
AOOO

c::=:::J

o
o

F1

o
o
o:mn
o
o

o
o

/

BRACKET 340-3026
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..J

CJ F800
HD68-PIN SCSI

300-11 09-xx

C:::=::::::J

E4000/E5000/E4500/E5500 Notes

1.
2.
3.
4.

Up to four Disk Boards are supported.
Install the Disk Board in any slot.
The 4.2GB Disk Drive requires Disk Board ~501-3113-03.
Disk Drives may fail to power up on Disk Board :::;501-3113-02.

E6000 and E6500 Notes
1. Up to two Disk Boards are supported.
2. Install the Disk Board in Slot 14 and Slot 15 only.
3. The 4.2GB Disk Drive requires Disk Board ~501-3113-03.
4. Disk Drives may fail to power up on Disk Board :::;501-3113-02.
5. Install the Disk Board in Slot 15 if only one board is installed.

SCSI-58

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-4168

501-5137

501-5584

501-5761

Default Drive Address Settings
The default drive address settings are assigned by the centerplane
when a jumper is not installed on J0702 and J0703 Pins 1-2.
SLOT

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

DISKO
DISK 1
ADDRESS ADDRESS

4
6
0
10
2
12
8
14

5
7
1
11
3
13
9
15

SLOT

DISKO
DISK 1
ADDRESS ADDRESS

10
0
12
2
14
8
0
10

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

11
1
13
3
15
9
1
11

Jumper Settings
Jumpers J0702 and J0703 override the default drive address
settings assigned by the centerplane.
JUMPER

J0702
J0702
J0702
J0703
J0703
J0703
J0705
J0706

PINS

SETTING

1-2
Out
1-2
In
AO-A3 As required
1-2
Out
1-2
In
AO-A3 As required
1-2
As required
1-2
As required

DESCRIPTION

Disk 0 default address selection
Disk 0 manual address selection
Disk 0 address select
Disk 1 default address selection
Disk 1 manual address selection
Disk 1 address select
Disk 0 delay spin
Disk 1 delay spin

Notes
1. Disk Board FRU 501-5113 does not include disk drives.
2. 10000 RPM disk drives require Disk Board ~501-5113-05.
3. The normal LED pattern is On-Oft-On prior to Solaris 2.6 HW 5/98.
4. The normal LED pattern is Off-an-Off in Solaris ~2.6 HW 5/98.
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845-11.
2. Enterprise 45001550016500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632-10.

Volume I

SCSI-59

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Raid Controller
375-0007

StorEdge A 1000
375-0015

375-0016

8MB MPU Memory
16MB RPA Memory
W Battery

16MB MPU Memory
64MB RPA Memory
FRU w/o Battery

8MB MPU Memory
16MB RPA Memory
FRU w/o Battery

375-0134

375-0135

375-0136

8MB MPU Memory
16MB RPA Memory
w Battery

8MB MPU Memory
16MB RPA Memory
FRU w/o Battery

16MB MPU Memory
64MB RPA Memory
FRU w/o Battery

Symbios Logic 3240 Array Controller 348-0033621
~ E7

100MHZ Pentium

~ E5

E4

D

D

WE6

IICON I

g
E3

@]::I

SIMM4 MPU DRAM

SW2
1 -4

CJg~

Processor Memory
4MB or 8MB EDO SIMMs

J06
SIMM3 MPU DRAM
SIMM2 RPA DRAM

RAID Parity Assist Memory
8MB or 32MB EDO SIMMs

SIMM1 RPA DRAM

6Vdc Battery
370-3417

DoB

53C875

D

1839051

NVRAM

LEDS

LOCKING HANDLE

D

SERIAL 10BASE-T
DB-9

g E2
t:=3-- To External Power Switch
J11

LEDS

SW1

§

E1

LEDS

HD68-PIN SCSI

HD68-PIN SCSI

DIFFERENTIAL ULTRA SCSI

SCSI-60

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

375-0007
375-0015
375-0016
375-0134
375-0135
375-0136
Switch and Jumper Settings

LOCATION PINS

E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
SW1
SW2

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
O-f
1-4

SETTING

In
Out
In
Out
In
In
Out
As required
Off

DECRIPTION

Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
SCSIID
Diag

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 8/97.
2. The M48T59 NVRAM uses an M4T28 SNAPHAT battery.
Memory Notes
1. The RAID Controller uses Extended Data Out SIMMs.
2. The 32MB RPA SIMM is Sun Part Number 370-2439-01.
3. The 4MB MPU SIMM has no Sun part number.
4. The 8MB MPU or RPA SIMM has no Sun part number.
5. Install 8MB or 32MB RPA SIMMs in slots SIMM-1 and SIMM-2.
6. Install 4MB or 8MB MPU SIMMs in slots SIMM-3 and SIMM-4.
Firmware Notes
1. Firmware on 375-0007, 375-0015, and 375-0016 is compatible with
RAID Manager 6.0, 6.1, and 6.1.1. This controller firmware is not
compatible with RAID Manager 6.22.
2. Firmware on 375-0134, 375-0135, and 375-0136 is compatible with
RAID Manager 6.22. This controller firmware is not compatible with
RAID Manager 6.0,6.1, and 6.1.1.
Reference
A 1000 Installation, Operation, and Service Manual, 805-2624-10.

Volume I

SCSI-61

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Differential SCSI Controller
StorEdge 01000
375-0008
Symbios Nighthawk

SINGLE ENOEO ULTRA SCSI

5 -1

o

Symbios Logic Nighthawk 348-0032581

SW3
E16

00

SW3-1 On GEMI Enabled
SW3-2 On GEM2 Enabled

E15

g
Ell ~
E9 ~

E14

EI3~~EI2

~ El0

~ E8

~ E6

E7 :

[I]

[I]

SCSI Accessed Fault-Tolerant Enclosure ICs

Single Ended to Differential Ultra SCSI Converters

g E3

c:::::J Power Switch Connector
Box 10 Configuration Options
0-9 1-5

E2§)

Off , - - - - - - ,

H068-PIN
SCSI2-B

I

LEDS

H068-PIN
SCSI2-A

SW2 SWI

H068-PIN
SCSll-B

I

I

Fl

D

El§)
o ,------,
o "----_ _---'
LEDS

H068-PIN
SCSI I-A

I

OIFFERENTIAL ULTRA SCSI

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 8/97.
2. There are no pins at E3, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, E11, E12, E13, or E14.

SCSI-62

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

375-0008
SW1 Switch Settings
SWITCH OIP

SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1
* Up

1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5

SETTING

OESCRIPTION

Up *
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up/Down

Array 1 drive addresses 8-11 (default)
Array 1 drive addresses 0-3
Array 2 drive addresses 8-11
Array 2 drive addresses 0-3 (default)
Wait for start unit command
Use SW1-4 setting (default)
Delayed start 12 sec x drive id (default)
Start at power-on
Reserved for future use

=On, Down =Off
SW2 Rotary Switch Settings

Rotary Switch SW2 sets the Module ID of the StorEdge D1000.
StorEdge A3500
1x5 10 Settings
72" Exp Cabinet

StorEdge A3500
2x7 10 Settings
72" Exp Cabinet

StorEdge A3500 3x15 Configuration
1x8 10 Settings
2x7 10 Settings
72" Exp Cabinet
72" Exp Cabinet

01000105

01000105

01000105

01000104

01000104

01000104

01000105

01000103

01000103

A3000

01000104

01000102

01000102

01000105

01000103

01000101

01000101

01000104

A3000 B

A3000 B

A3000 C

01000103

A3000A

A3000A

01000105

01000102

01000102

01000101

01000104

01000101

01000101

01000102

01000103

Notes
1. The board is installed solder side up in the StorEdge D1000.
2. SW1 switch setting Up is toward the solder side of the board.
3. SW1 switch setting Down is toward the component side of the board.
References
1. A 1000 and 01000 Installation, Operation, and Service, 805-2624-10.
2. A3S00 Hardware39 Configuration Guide, 805-4981-10.

Volume I

SCSI-63

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

a-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000
501-4560
Front View
....
....

Rear View

FAB 270-4560-03

J1403

.--.

c:J

. ...

SO-Pin SCA2
T11 J0602

0

"0

I

c:

I

:-:0

~

n'
E

' ,

T9 J0705

1

TS J0704

~O
T3 J0402

o·

,---

T2 J0401

T1 J0505

0

o ......
· - _. --

0

-

o·
o·

....
.. ,"

TO J0504

a

.O!
0

_.

o ...: ....... :

o

~

o.

.--_._---,

r

0. ..

\

0

M

po,

'"

\

1

___

· - -- - -- _.

, ,

Ol

c:J

\

:0

---

J1404

o. . . . . ::.~~

0

T10 J0601

. -- --- - --

0.·________
.0
- - - - - - _.

Q)

0

-- - - - - - - - •

."'.
....

a

'"

.0 i

J1401

J1402

c:J

c:J

StorEdge 01000 Controller Address Settings
SWITCH DIP SETTING

SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1

SCSI-64

1
1
2
2

DESCRIPTION

Up
Down

Array 1 drive addresses 8-11 (default)
Array 1 drive addresses 0-3

Up
Down

Array 2 drive addresses 8-11
Array 2 drive addresses 0-3 (default)

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000
501-4440
Rear View

Front View
80-Pin SCA2
r

__

T12 J0602

0

I
T11 J0601

I

... 0

0

0 .... _.. __ ..

2J

O .. __ .... J~

0'"

\

I
T8 J0704

0:...

~c-

o ·._.---- --- --- - - ..
_.

'L

~.':- _-:-: :-EJ

:0

,----,

T5 J0403

:0
T4 J0402

:.:0
[J
0

I

0
. ...
__

::

O

O

T3 J0401

\

0'"

• - - - - - - - - -.

•

Ie

·---------D::~
,

'N

· _. ---- - - -.

SJ

0

o. ________ ~

\
TO J0504

,N
,0

D·.-_-_-_____________

\

I

,
,

,...,
D ,"~

T2 J0506

I
T1 J0505

,_

:[:
\

I

0

O:':-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:':~nl
.--------- U~

, ,

T10 J0706

T9 J0705

:0

LJ

\

:0 I

J1404

0·--------·0

... '

T13 J0603

0

J1403 • - - - - - - - • -.

.--.

,

"-_.

.--.
....

J1401

• _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J1402

o

0

StorEdge D1 000 Controller Address Settings
SWITCH DIP SETTING

SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1

Volume I

1
1
2
2

Up
Down
Up
Down

DESCRIPTION

Array
Array
Array
Array

1 drive addresses
1 drive addresses
2 drive addresses
2 drive addresses

8-13 (default)
0-5
8-13
0-5 (default)

SCSI-65

This page intentionally left blank.

CONFIGURATIONS
DISK

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Disk
Single Ended Standard Connector SCSI Disk Drives
Quantum 105S
104MB ..................................
Quantum 21 OS
207MB ..................................
Maxtor LXT-213SY
207MB ..................................
Conner CP30200
207MB .......... .......... ..............
CDC 94171-327/344
327MB ..................................
Seagate ST1480N
424MB. ..... .......... ............ ......
Micropolis 1588-15
669MB .......................... ........
Maxtor XT-8760S
669MB ..................................
Seagate ST41600N
1.3G B ..................................

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14

Single Ended Standard Connector Fast SCSI Disk Drives
Seagate ST3610N
535MB ..................................
Conner CP30540
535MB... ........ .......................
Seagate ST5660N
535MB ............................ ......
Seagate ST11200N
1.05GB........ ............ ......... .....
Seagate ST31200N
1.05GB ..................................
1.05GB........... .......... .............
Conner CFP1 080S
Seagate ST12400N
2.1 GB ..................................
Conner CFP21 05S
2.1 GB ..................................
2.1 GB ........ ............ ......... .....
Seagate ST32430N
Seagate ST32550N
2.1 GB ... ...............................
IBM DFHS-32160-S2F
2.1GB ..................................
Seagate ST15230N
4.2GB ........... .......... .............

15
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

Single Ended Single Connector Fast SCSI Disk Drives
Mounting Hardware ...........................................................
535MB.......... ................... .....
Seagate ST3500NC
Conner CP30548
535MB ..................................
Seagate ST5660NC
535MB ........................ ..........
1.05GB ..................................
Seagate ST31200WC
Conner CFP1 060E
1.05GB .......................... ........
Conner CFP1 080E
1.05GB ......................... .........
IBM DPES-31 080-S1 S
1.05GB ..................................
1.05GB ........ ... .......... ....... ......
Quantum 1080S

28
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Disk - Continued
Single Ended Single Connector Fast SCSI Disk Drives
2.1 GB ..................................
Conner CFP21 05E
Seagate ST32430WC
2.1 GB .. .......... ......................
Seagate ST32550WC
2.1 GB ..................................
2.1GB ..................................
IBM DFHS-32160-S2S
Seagate ST15230WC
4.2GB .... ........................ ......

38
39
40
41
42

Single Ended Single Connector Ultra SCSI Disk Drives
Seagate ST32155WC
2.1GB ..................................
IBM DORS-32160
2.1 GB ..................................
IBM DCAS-32160
2.1 GB ..................................
2.1 GB ..................................
Fujitsu M2952
Seagate ST32171 WC
2.1 GB .. .......... ......................
Quantum VK22J05
2.1 GB ..................................
Fujitsu M2954
4.2GB ........ ............ ..............
4.2GB ..................................
Seagate ST34371WC
Quantum VK45J05
4.2GB ..................................
Fujitsu MAB3045SC
4.2GB ..................................
IBM DDRS-34560
4.2GB ..................................
Seagate ST34501 WC
4.2GB ...... .................. ..........
Seagate ST34502LC
4.2GB ..................................
9.1 GB ..................................
Fujitsu M2949
Seagate ST19171 WC
9.1 GB ..................................
9.1 GB ..................................
Fujitsu MAB3091 SC
IBM DDRS-39130
9.1 GB ..................................
Seagate ST39173WC
9.1 GB ..................................
Fujitsu MAE3091 LC
9.1 GB ..................................
IBM DNES-309170
9.1 GB ..................................
Seagate ST39102LC
9.1 GB ..................................
9.1 GB ..................................
Fujitsu MAG3091 LC
Seagate ST391 03LC
9.1 GB ..................................
Seagate ST39204LC
9.1 GB ..................................
Fujitsu MAA3182SC
18.2GB ..................................
Seagate ST118273LC
18.2GB ..................................

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

DISK-2

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Disk - Continued
Single Ended Single Connector Ultra SCSI Disk Drives
IBM DGHS-18Y
18.2GB ..................................
Fujitsu MAG3182LC
18.2GB ..................................
Seagate ST318203LC
18.2GB ..................................
Seagate ST318404LC
18.2GB ..................................
Fujitsu MAJ3182M
18.2GB ..................................
Fujitsu MAF3364LC
36.4GB ..................................
36.4GB ..................................
Seagate ST136403LC
Fujitsu MAJ3364M
36.4GB ....... ...........................
36.4GB....... .................. .........
Seagate ST336704LC

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78

Differential SCSI Disk Drives
Seagate ST42400ND
Seagate ST43401 ND
Seagate ST43402ND
Seagate ST41 0800WD
ATAIIDE/EIDE Disk Drive
Seagate ST34342A
Seagate ST34321 A
Seagate ST34312A
Seagate ST38420A
Seagate ST3841 OA
Seagate ST39140A
IBM DJNA-370910
Seagate ST39120A
Seagate ST39111A
Seagate ST315320A

Volume1

2.1GB
2.9GB
2.9GB
9.0GB

..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................

79
80
82
83

4.3GB
4.3GB
4.3GB
8.4GB
8.4GB
9.1GB
9.1GB
9.1GB
9.1GB
15.3GB

..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................

85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94

DISK-3

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Disk - Continued
FC-AL Disk Drives
Seagate ST19171 FC
Seagate ST39102FC
Seagate ST391 03FC
Seagate ST118273FC
Seagate ST118202FC
Seagate ST318203FC
Seagate ST318304FC
Seagate ST136403FC
Seagate ST336704FC
Seagate ST173404FC

DISK-4

9.1GB
9.1GB
9.1GB
18.2GB
18.2GB
18.2GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
36.4GB
73.4GB

..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................

95
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Quantum 1058
31/2"

104MB

3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI
Sun-4/60/65
Option 550
370-1200
1 5/8" Height

DD
Power

ss

00

EP
WS

00

AO
A1

00

A2

00

00

00

I 1L-_----'-5-'-o-'-'Pi"-nD.....;;a=ta;....:;C~on""-n-'-'ec;.;.;:to-'-r_------'

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex
Cable as shown and plug it into AO A 1 A2.
JUMPER

SETTING

SS
EP
WS
AO,A1,A2
AO
A1
AO,A1

Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
In

DESCRIPTION

Spindle sync
Parity
Wait spin
Drive 10
Drive 10
Drive 10
Drive 10

USAGE

Not used
Not used
Not used
Target 0
Target 1
TarQet 2
Target 3

Power: 0.7 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.5 Amps @ + 12Vdc
9.5 Watts
Reference: Sun-3/80 Internal Disk Drive Installation Manual, 813-1064.

Volume I

DISK-5

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Quantum 21 OS
31/2"

207MB

3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI
Sun-4/40/50/75 SS10
Options 552 553
370-1327
370-1376
1 5/8" Height

1 5/8" Height

D

PO

00

Ct

00

CO

00

ss

00

EP @:£J

"'Mew~ D

WS

00

AO

00

At
A2

00

[f
o

_ v._ _
-e:::J-

00
00

00

TERMINATORS
- - - Removed - -

2.54 mm Flex Cable

50-Pin Data Connector

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex
Cable as shown and plug it into AO A 1 A2.
JUMPER

SETTING

SS
EP
WS
AO,A1,A2
AO
A1
AO,A1

Out
In
Out
Out
In
In
In

DESCRIPTION

Spindle sync
Parity
Wait spin
Drive ID
Drive 10
Drive ID
Drive ID

USAGE

Not used
Enable parity
Not used
Target 0
Target 1
Target 2
Target 3

Power: 0.7 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.7 Amps @ +12Vdc
11.9 Watts
Notes
1. Remove the TERMPWR fuse when installing the drive in an SS10.
2. The Sun-4/60 or Sun-4/65 chassis does not provide adequate cooling
for the 207MB Disk Drive.
References
1. SPARCstation IPC Installation Guide, 800-5037-10.
2. SPARCstation IPC Installation Guide, 800-5565-10.
3. Installing SPARCstation 2 Internal Disk Drives, 800-5661-10.

DISK-6

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Maxtor LXT-213SY
31/2"

207MB

3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI
Sun-4/40/50/75 SS10
Option 553
370-1327
1 5/8" Height

TERMPWR Fuse

-e::::J00

TP

AO

00

A1
A2

00
00

ws[QQJ
EP~

DD

_"".TERMINATORS
Removed

I Power I 1'---_....::5-=-O-.;....;Pi'-'..nD::.:a=ta;,..:C,-,-on",-n.;;.;ec:..:..:t0c....r_----'
JUMPER

SETTING

AO,A1,A2
AO
A1
AO,A1
WS
EP
TP

Out
In
In
In
In
In
Out

DESCRIPTION

Drive 10
Drive 10
Drive 10
Drive 10
Wait spin
Parity
TERMPWR

USAGE

Target 0
Target 1
Target 2
Target 3
Spin with power
Enable parity
Disable TP

Power: 0.6 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.6 Amps @ + 12Vdc
10.2 Watts
Notes
1. The Sun-4/60/65 chassis does not provide adequate cooling for
the 207MB Disk Drive.
2. This drive is not supported inside the Desktop Storage Pack due to
the orientation of the address jumpers.
3. The SS10 requires minimum Firmware 4.22,370-1327-04 Rev 52.
References
1. SPARCstation IPC Installation Guide, 800-5037-10.
2. SPARCstation IPC Installation Guide, 800-5565-10.
3. Installing SPARCstation 2 Internal Disk Drives, 800-5661-10.

Volume I

DISK-7

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Conner CP30200
31/2"

207MB

3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI
Sun-4/15/30/40/50 SS10
Option 552
370-1417
1" Height

o

I

1111 II

I J6 Not Used

LED

j

o
00
00

00

E1 AO

00
00

E2 A1
E3 A2

o

E4 Wait Spin

0

2 mm Flex Cable

TERMPWR Fuse

-Do

1
II

Power

0

E5 TERMPWR

1

49

11r-'---,5:-::0--;:.P::-in--=D:-:at-a-:::-Co-n-ne-,ct,-or----.:."I

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex
Cable as shown and plug it into E1 E2 E3.
Power: 0.410 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.215 Amps @ +12Vdc
4.63 Watts
Notes
1. Use 2 mm shunts on Jumpers E1, E2, E3, E4, and E5.
2. The 370-1417 Disk Drive requires 35W Power Supply 300-1090-02
or 300-11 05-xx, Flex Cable 530-1894, and Mounting Bracket
340-1966-04 when installed in the Desktop Storage Pack.
3. The Conner CP30200 is not supported in the Sun-4/75. The drive
does not provide adequate loading of the DC power supply.
References
1. Desktop Storage Pack Service Manual, 800-4895-10.
2. Installing Drives in a SPARCstation 2, 800-6398-10.

DISK-8

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

CDC 94171-327/344

327MB

51/4" 3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI
Options 526 527 530 539
555-1 005
370-1153
370-1230
w Bracket
wlo Bezel

wlo Bracket
wlo Bezel

wlo Bracket

77777107

77777107

w Bezel
77777126

3 1/4" Height

3 1/4" Height

i i ~ iii
~I~ 0._
"0

c3-g

7-8 Out
9-10 In 555-1005
9-10 In 555-1005
9-1 0 Out 370-1230

Terminator

",0

J3 Setting
~ 1-2/3-4In370-1153
J::.Ql 1·213-4 In 555-1005
() C/) 1-2/3-4 Out 370-1230
-Ci) -

gj

49
50-Pin Data Connector

In the External Storage Module,
orient the Address Switch Cable
as shown and plug it into J4.

~
~

2.54 mm Pins

Notes
1. Remove the terminators from the underside of the drive.
2. Terminate the SS630MP SCSI-Out PCB with terminator 120-1608-01.
Format Utility Notes
1. The 94171-327 has fewer cylinders than the 94171-344.
2. Solaris 2.x includes an entry for the 94171-327 in format.dat.
Remove the comment symbol "#" to use the entry.
3. The SunOS 4.x format utility fails if the 94171-327 is used with the
standard format.dat entry on any system other than a Sun386i.
4. Use the following format.dat entry for the 94171-327 on SunOS 4.x.
disk_type = "CDC Wren IV 94171-327" \
: ctlr = SCSI: fmt time = 4: cache = Ox11: trks zone = 9 \
: asect = 3 : ncyl ~ 1520 : acyl = 2 : pcyl = 1549-: nhead = 9 \
: nsect = 46 : rpm = 3600 : bpt = 20833
References
1.327MB Embedded SCSI Configuration Procedures, 814-1015-01.
2. 5 114-lnch Disk Drive Installation Manual, 813-1055-10.
3. Sun 327 Mbyte SCSI Disk Configuration Manual, 813-2048-03.

Volume I

DISK-9

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST1480N

424MB

3 1/2"

4400 RPM Single Ended SCSI
Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS10
Option 540
595-2965
370-1392
540-2165
3 1/4" Height FRU

o

LED
1 0 0

J6

~
o 0

Factory Use
Motor Enable
Delay Spin

@:i

~;~~~ Protect

o 0

X540A Assembly

SS10 Assembly

J7°001Ol0
000121 0

1

9

Reserved
TERMPWR
TERMPWR

r'l TERMPWR
~ Fuse

o

[f
o

00
00

50-Pin Data Connector

2 mm Flex Cable

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex
Cable as shown and plug it into J5.

Power: 0.8 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.9 Amps @ + 12Vdc
14.8 Watts Operating Maximum
References
1. Desktop Storage Pack Service Manual, 800-4895-10.
2. Installing Drives in a SPARCstation 2, 800-6398-10.

DISK-10

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Micropolis 1588-15

669MB

51/4" 3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI
Options 561 563 565 566
370-1319
370-1326
555-1151
FS0013-03-5
Black Bezel
Green LED
31/4" Height

FS0019-01-6
w/o Bezel
w/o LED
3 1/4" Height

FS0019-01-6
w/o Bezel
w/o LED
w Bracket

Bottom View
All other jumpers on this board are set by the manufacturer.
Do NOT change these settings.

W28 Frame Ground - In for External Storage Module Only
o
W11 TERMPWR

o
o

o

W1 TERMPWR

~

W2 TERMPWR 0

TERMINATOR
Removed

J1

J3

W5
W4 Motor
Parity Enable
00

00

J2

End View

00 HDA GROUND CONNECTOR J4
FRAME GROUND CONNECTOR J5

MULTI-FUNCTION
CONNECTOR

J2
1
~

I

0000000000000000000
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

I~oo
00
.1 ~ u U U I.

SIGNAL CONNECTOR

POWER

J1

J3

p....::...-=-=-=-;::"";::""::"";:"'::"'..::..J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

In the External Storage Module, orient Pin-1 of
102 of J2.

~ the Address Select Switch Cable with

References
1. 5-1/4" SCSI Disk Drive Installation and Configuration for Sun Office
Pedestals, 813-2048-11.
2. Revised Removal/Replacement Procedures for Sun ESM and EEM
Storage Units, 814-3044-01.

Volume I

DISK-11

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Maxtor XT-8760S

669MB

51/4" 3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI
Options 561 563 565 566
370-1319
370-1326
555-1151
1098618-B
Black Bezel
Green LED
3 1/4" Height

FS0019-01-6
w/o Bezel
w/o LED
w Bracket

1098778-B
w/o Bezel
w/o LED
3 1/4" Height

Bottom View
All other jumpers on this board are set by the manufacturer.
Do NOT change these settings.
JP14
Motor Enable

JP35
AO

JP36
AI

JP37
A2

~

0

0

0

o

o

o

JP40 JP39
Parity

JP38
Delay Start

~ ~ ~
TERMINATORS
- - - Removed - - -

..
Fl

M'iI'il _ . _ 1115i1_ JP34

D
J2

J6

0 0
TERMPWR
JP41 [QJU TERMPWR

50-Pin Data Connector

AUXILLIARY
CONNECTOR

End View

)

1

1

111000000000000000000°1000000
0
1110000000000000000000
0000000

J1
SIGNAL CONNECTOR

DISK-12

J6

J2
AUXILLIARY
CONNECTOR

I~I
J3
POWER

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

370-1319

370-1326

555-1151

Address Description
The address is set on the J2 Adapter installed in the J2 Auxiliary connector,
the Address Select switch on the External Storage Module, or on Jumpers
JP35, JP36, and JP37. Set the address at only one location.
J2 Adapter Circuitry
ADDRESS SELECT PINS

SCSI
ID

External Storage Module

[~~
A2

Pin-1

Orient Pin-1 of
Address Select
Switch Cable
530-1659 with
104 on the J2
2.54 mm Cable
Adapter.

I

~

GND

1D-PIN CONNECTOR

[ND AD
A1
WPRT
A2

+LED
GND
-LED

Notes
1. Drive address selection cannot be set on Auxiliary Connector J2
unless the adapter is installed.
2. The J2 Adapter must be installed in order for the 10 Select Switch on
the External Storage Module to function.
3. The Maxtor drive does not fit into the lower drive position of External
Storage Modules manufactured prior to October 1990. Remove the
vertical stop block with 1Q-lnch End Cutter 250-1074-01.
References
1. 5-1/4" SCSI Disk Drive Installation and Configuration for Sun Office
Pedestals, 813-2048-11.
2. Revised Removal/Replacement Procedures for Sun ESM and EEM
Storage Units, 814-3044-01.

Volume I

DISK-13

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST41600N
51/4"

1.3GB

5400 RPM Single Ended SCSI
SS630MP SS670MP
Option 571
370-1377
3 1/4" Height

976002-012
Elite-1

Top View

J01 TERMPWR
4 3

J4A

J5

TFilT

F1
c:=J

~m
2 1

I

TERMINATOR
Removed

I

J4B

OTID

50-Pin Data Connector

End View
J4A

J06

J5

J15

J4B

000000000°1°00000000000000000°11100001110100101
00000 000 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Il
JI lQloolQI

1

~

2.54 mm Pins

In the Desktop Storage Module, orient Pin-1
of the Address Select Switch Cable with 102
on J5. Remove all jumpers from J4A.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1.
2. SunOS 4.1.1 Sun-4c requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive Enhancement
(esp.o, sd.o, and format.dat).
3. SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B Sun-4c requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive
Enhancement (esp.o and sd.o).
4. SunOS 4.1.1 Sun-4 requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive Enhancement
(format.dat) .
5. The 1.3GB Disk Drive is not supported inside Sun 12-Slot Office
Pedestals that use SCSI Interface PCBs 501-1493 and 501-1496.
6. The 1.3GB Disk Drive is not supported inside SCSI Peripheral Trays
that use SCSI Interface PCB 501-1496.
References
1. Desktop Storage Module Service Manual, 800-6219-10.
2. Desktop Storage Module Service Manual, 800-7236-10.
3. Sun SCSI Expansion Pedestal Service Manual, 800-6402-11 .
4. Sun SCSI Expansion Pedestal Service Manual, 800-7285-10.
5. 12-Slot Office Pedestal with Single Peripheral Tray, 800-6497-10.

DISK-14

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST361 ON
31/2"

535MB

5400 RPM

Single Ended Fast SCSI
SS1000
Options 580 581 582
370-1424
1 5/8" Height

952002-030
12

o

LED

J6

DPTC
Reserved
o 0 Delay Spin
[Q:Q] Motor Enable
00

J2

@i ~:~~~ ~~!~f!
00

Spindle Sync
TERMPWR

00

o

TERMPWR

0

0
AO
Al
A2

J5

2 [[lex
Cable
00
00
00

49

Power

50-Pin Data Connector

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the
Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J5.
Power: 0.8 Amps @ +5Vdc
1.6 Amps @ +12Vdc
23.2 Watts Peak
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B.
2. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
3. The Target 10 is the Boolean OR of J5 and J6. Do NOT install
shunts in both locations.
4. The Seagate drive is not supported in the 4/15/30/50/75 or SSlO.
Reference: 535 Mbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-10.

Volume I

DISK-15

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Conner CP30540
31/2"

535MB

5400 RPM

Single Ended Fast SCSI
SS1000
Options 580 581 582
370-1424
1" Height

O

I

IIIIII

I J6 Serial Port is Not Used

LED

D
j

0D

o
00
00

o

00

00
00

E1 AD
E2A1
E3A2
E4 TERMPWR

o0
@::::2] E5 Wait Spin

2 mm Flex Cable

TERMPWR Fuse
1

I Power

1

-D-

0 0 E6 TERMPWR

49

11"":---5::':OC-:-P:-:-in-=D'-'at'-'a~Co-n-ne-ct'-'or--':":;1

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the
Flex Cable as shown and plug it into E1.

Power: 0.6 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.3 Amps @ + 12Vdc
6.6 Watts
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B.
2. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
3. Use 2 mm shunts on Jumpers E1 through E6.
Reference: 535 Mbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-10.

DISK-16

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Conner CP30540
31/2"

535MB

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS10
Option 581
370-1684
1" Height

O

I

IIIIII

I J6 Serial Port is Not Used

LED

D
0D

o

00

00
00
o0

@:::2:]

E1 AO
E2A1
E3A2
E4 TERMPWR
E5 Wait Spin

TERMPWR Fuse
1

I

1

-D-

0 0 E6 TERMPWR

49

Power 11r------5-0--P-in---O-at-a-,-Co-n-ne-ct-or--"""1

Power: 0.6 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.3 Amps @ + 12Vdc
6.6 Watts
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B.
2. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
3. Use 2 mm shunts on Jumpers E1 through E6.
4. Part number 370-1684 is only a Conner drive.
5. Part number 370-1424 is either a Seagate or Conner drive.
6. The Seagate drive is not qualified for use in the 4/15/30/50/75.
Reference: 535 Mbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-10.

Volume I

DISK-17

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST5660N
31/2"

535MB

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS10
Options 580 581
370-1843
3/4" Height
9A2002-0301031/032
Decathlon 545

J8 Exploded View
34
2
oooooooo~ooooooo
oooooooo~ooooooo
33
1
2

34

J8

LED

AO
A1,

A2', J5

I

I~~

'00
~_ _ _ _~~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~

Power

50-Pin Data Connector

2 mm Flex Cable

to
00
00

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex
Cable as shown and plug it into J5.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B.
2. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
3. This drive was not qualified for use in the SS1 000.
Reference: 535 Mbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-10.

DISK-18

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST11200N

1.05GB

31/2"

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
Sun-4/15/30/75 SS10
Options 545 546 547
595-2996
370-1546
540-2420
1 5/8" Height
947001-033

X546A

5510

12

o

LED

o

PTe

Reserved
o 0 Delay Spin
[l[Q] Motor Enable
J2 0 0 Write Protect
[l[Q] Parity Enable
00

~ ~ f~i~~~W~C
00

TERMPWR ~

t

2 mm Flex Cable

J5

o

00
00

Power

50-Pin Data Connector

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the
Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J5.
Power: 0.8 Amps @ +5Vdc
1.0 Amps @ +12Vde
11.0 Watts Typical
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B.
2. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
3. SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B Sun-4c requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive
Enhancement (esp.o and sd.o).
4. The Target 10 is the Boolean OR of J5 and J6. Do NOT install
in both locations.
Reference: 1.05 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-2349-10.

Volume I

DISK-19

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST31200N
3 1/2"

1.05GB

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
Sun-4/15/30/75 SS10 SS1000
Options 545 546 771 773
370-1710
1" Height
950001-035
12

o

LED

J6

o 0 Spindle Sync
o 0 Delay Spin
[QJD Motor Enable

J2

@i ~:~~~ ~~!~f!
00
00

TE

00

TP

TP

DpTC

o

2 mm Flex Cable

l

o

J5
Power

00
00

50-Pin Data Connector

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the
Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J5.
Power: 0.73 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.40 Amps @ + 12Vdc
8.45 Watts Typical
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B.
2. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.X.
3. SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B Sun-4c requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive
Enhancement (esp.o and sd.o).
4. The Target 10 is the Boolean OR of J5 and J6. Do NOT install
shunts in both locations.
Reference: 1.05 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6131-10.

DISK-20

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Conner CFP1 080S
31/2"

1.05GB

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
Sun-4/15/30/75 SS 10 SS 1000
Options 545 546 771 773
370-1963
1" Height
Antigua

IIII J6 I" II II

c::J

~~<~
~
c
.5.

en

I J3

I

Not Used

dc/)

~(J)

I

J1

o
D

o@
2 mm Flex Cable

D

AOA1 A2

~o

~

0 0

E~ E~ ~2 ~3

~\\

1

II

1

Power II

J4

L Spin Disable

c:::I

F1

@:£l E1 TERMPWR

49

50-Pin Data Connector

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the
Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J4.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B.
2. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.X.
3. SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B Sun-4c requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive
Enhancement (esp.o and sd.o).
4. The Target 10 is the Boolean OR of J4 and J6. Do NOT install
shunts in both locations.
References
1. 1.05 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6131-10.
2. 1.05 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2704-10.

Volume I

DISK-21

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST12400N
3 1/2"

2.1 GB

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
Sun-4/75 SS10
Options 567 568 569 570
370-1709
1 5/8" Height
949001-033
12

o

LED

J6

o 0 Spindle Sync
o 0 Delay Spin
[Q]2] Motor Enable

J2

~ ~:::: ~~!~~!
00
00
00

TE

TP
TP

DpTC

o

2

t

mm Flex Cable
o

J5
Power

00
00

50-Pin Data Connector

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the
Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J5.
Power: 0.72 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.60 Amps @ +12Vdc
10.8 Watts Typical
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.
2. The 2.1 GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
3. The Target 10 is the Boolean OR of J5 and J6. Do NOT install
shunts in both locations.
References
1. 2.1 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6118-10.
2. Multi-Disk Pack Installation and Service Guide, 801-6119-10.
3. 2.1 Gbvte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2703-10.

DISK-22

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Conner CFP21 05S
31/2"

2.1 GB

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
Sun-4/75 SS10
Options 567 568 569 570
370-1929
1" Height
Cayman

IIII J5 II III II
c:J I
I
fil~<~

J3
Not Used

en
wen

Cl

...J

I

J1

...J

t

2 mm Flex Cable
o

00
00

AO= E1
A1 =E2

00
00
00

A2=E3
Reserved = E4
Motor Start = E5
Delay Spin = E6
Parity =E7

0 0

Il!J!I
0 0
0 0

F1

I

1

0

a

0

TERMPWR = E8

1

49

Power 11"":"'--"""'5=O-=.P"'-in-=D-at-a""'Co-n-ne"""'ct-or--:";I

In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the
Flex Cable as shown and plug it into E1-E3.

Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.
Reference: 2.1 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2703-10

Volume I

DISK-23

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST32430N
31/2"

2.1 GB

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
Sun-4/75 SS10
Options 567 568 569 570
370-2070
1" Height
Hawk-2LP
PLUG

D
D

D

EJ

LED

D
D

DS

SS

D

TP
TP

0015
00

=

: ; J2
00
00
00

1

D

D

TE

ME
WP
PE

J6 Exploded View

0
0
D

J5

AD
A1

A2

50-Pin Data Connector

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.
2. Using the smaller J2 jumpers on J5 or J6 will distort the jumper.

DISK-24

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST32550N
31/2"

2.1 GB

7200 RPM

Single Ended Fast SCSI
SS1000
Options 735 737 738 739 774
370-2067
1" Height

Barracuda-2LP
J4 Exploded View
0000000000

D

D
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Delay Spin
Motor Enable
Write Protect
Parity
Reserved
Reserved

D
00
00
00
00

D

17

100
00
500

J1

D

D
49

50-Pin Data Connector

Power:

1.06 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.57 Amps @ + 12Vdc
12.14 Watts

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.
2. Field Change Order A0069 is recommended.
3. Patch 103451-04 includes drive Firmware 0420.
Reference: 2. 1Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-3527-10

Volume I

DISK-25

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

IBM DFHS-32160-S2F
31/2"

2.1 GB

7200 RPM

Single Ended Fast SCSI
SS1000
Options 735 737 738 739 774
370-1957
1" Height
Starfire

J1 Exploded View
01 2
0000 00000000000
0000000000000000

2

32

1 111111111111111 32 II 2.54 mm Pin Spacing
J11
I J20

2 mm Pin Spacing

D

PTC

D

D
o

LED

DOD
DOD
I

Power:

o

1

Power

1
49
11r----s=O-=-P"'""in-=D,-at-a-=-Co-n-ne-ct-or---,1

1.1 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.75 Amps @ +12Vdc
14.5 Watts

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.
2. This drive was not shipped.
Reference: 2. 1Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-3527-11.

DISK-26

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST15230N
31/2"

4.2GB

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
Options 5211 5212 5210
370-2153
1 5/8" Height
Hawk-4

PLUG

D
D

EI

J6 Exploded View

LED

D

D

D
D
TE

DS

ME
WP
PE
SS

TP
TP

D
D

0015
00

=
~
00
00
00

J2
1

PTC

D

0
D
D

AD

J5

A1
A2

50-Pin Data Connector

Power: 0.8 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.62 Amps @ + 12Vdc
11.5 Watts
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. Solaris 1.x does not support the 4.2GB Disk Drive.
3. Using the smaller J2 jumpers on J5 or J6 will distort the jumper.
Reference: 4.2Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-4223-10.

Volume I

DISK-27

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Mounting Hardware
Single Connector Assembly (SCA) Disk Drives

Jiffy Bracket

Systems

Left 330-1951 and Right 330-1952
Screw and Bracket Kit 540-2767

Ultra 1 Model 140/170
Ultra 1 Model 140E/170E/200E
Ultra 2
Ultra Enterprise 150
Netra nfs 150 and Netra i 150
SPARCstorage MultiPack

Spud Bracket

Systems

1.0" 540-3024 Bracket Kit 560-2442
1.6" 540-3025 1.6" 540-3925

Ultra 1 Ultra 2
Ultra 30 Ultra 60 Ultra 80
E250 E450 E220R E420R
Sun Blade 1000
E150 nfs 150 i 150
MultiPack E3000 E3500
A1000 01000 A3500
A5000 A5100 A5200 A7000
Netra ct 400 Netra ct 800
st 0130 st A1000 st 01000

~

Shield 340-3462
Shield 340-5928
Shield 340-6640

,

Aurora Bracket

Systems

540-2570

SPARCstation 4
SPARCstation 5
SPARCstation 20

DISK-28

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Mounting Hardware
Single Connector Assembly (SCA) Disk Drives

SSA Bracket 540-2764*
SSA Model 100 Series
SPARCserver 1000 Disk Card
• Bracket 540-2764 replaced Seagate bracket
540-2412 and Conner bracket 540-2413

RSM Bracket 370-2304
RSM Filler Bracket 370-2305
SSA Model 214/219 RSM

Not included with Filler
Bracket 370-2305

Volume I

DISK-29

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST3500NC
3 1/2"

535MB

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
Options 589 597
370-1550
540-2403
1" Height
ST3600

SSA FRU
2.1 GB Disk Card FRU
W Bkt 540-2413

o

LED

o
POWER· DATA - SCSI ID

aO-Pin SCA 1 Connector

Notes
1. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
2. The addresses are preset to 0, 1, 2, and 3 on Disk Card 501-2066.
3. Do NOT daisy chain System Board 0 to the disk card if disk drives
are installed on the internal SS1 000 SCSI Bus.
4. The disk card mounting brackets are not interchangeable between
the Seagate and Conner disk drives.
References
1. 2.1-Gbyte Disk Card Installation Manual, 801-2196-11.
2. 535 MByte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-11.
3. 535 MByte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6559-11.

DISK-30

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Conner CP30548

535MB

31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended Fa8t SCSI
SS4 SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14
Option8 589 597
540-2631
540-2403
540-2443
370-1425
1" Height
2.1 GB Disk Card FRU
885/8820 FRU
885/8820 FRU
W Bkt 540-2412
W Bkt 540-2570
W Bkt 540-2570

o

LED

I

I III II I

J6 Serial Port is Not Used

D

o
DO
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

aO-Pin 8CA 1 Connector

Notes
1. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
2. The addresses are preset to 0, 1, 2, and 3 on Disk Card 501-2066.
3. The addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20.
4. The addresses are preset to 0 and 1 in the A 11, A 12, and A 14.
5. Do NOT daisy chain System Board 0 to the disk card if disk drives
are installed on the internal SS 1000 SCSI Bus.
6. The disk card mounting brackets are not interchangeable between
the Seagate and Conner disk drives.
7. System upgrades to A11, A12, and A14 may use this drive.
References
1. 2.1-Gbyte Disk Card Installation Manual, 801-2196-11.
2. 535 Mbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6559-11

Volume I

DISK-31

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST5660NC

535MB

31/2" 4500 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
SS4 SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14
Options 589 597
540-2443
370-1844
540-2403
3/4" Height
Decathlon 545

2.1GB Disk Card FRU
W Bkt 540-2413

11111111111111111

8S5/SS20 FRU
W Bkt 540-2570

...

LED

J8
Not Used

POWER _DATA _SCSI ID

Not Used J5
00

80-Pin SCA 1 Connector

gg

Notes
1. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
2. The addresses are preset to 0, 1, 2, and 3 on Disk Card 501-2066.
3. The addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20.
4. The addresses are preset to 0 and 1 in the A 11, A 12, and A 14.
5. Do NOT daisy chain System Board 0 to the disk card if disk drives
are installed on the internal SS1000 SCSI Bus.
6. The disk card mounting brackets are not interchangeable between
the Seagate and Conner disk drives.
7. System upgrades to A 11, A 12, and A 14 may use this drive.
References
1. 2. 1-Gbyte Disk Card Installation Manual, 801-2196-11.
2. 535 MByte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-11.
3. 535 MByte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6559-11.

DISK-32

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST31200WC

1.05GB

31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI
SS4 SS5 SS20 SSA-101 A11 A12 A14
Options 649 651 652 653 654 655 772 773
370-1753
540-2560
540-2568
540-2733
1" Height

SS5/SS20 FRU
W Bkt 540-2570
W

SSA FRU
SS4 FRU
4.2GB Disk Card FRU
W Bkt 540-2570
Bkt 540-2413 or 540-2764

o

LED

o
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA 1 Connector

Notes
1. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
2. Addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20.
3. Addresses are preset to 0 through 4 in the SPARCstorage Array.
4. System upgrades to A 11, A 12, and A 14 may use this drive.
References
1. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-2207-10.
2. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10.

Volume I

DISK-33

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Conner CFP1 060E

1.05GB

31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI
SS4 SS5 SS20 SSA-101 A11 A12 A14
Options 649 651 652 653 654 655 772 773
540-2568
370-1822
540-2560
1" Height
Barbados

SS5/SS20 FRU
w Bkt 540-2570

o

LED

I

SSA FRU
4.2GB Disk Card FRU
w Bkt 540-2412 or 540-2764

IIIIII I J6 Serial Port is Not Used

D

o

DO
POWER - DATA· SCSI ID

aO-Pin SCA 1 Connector

Power: 0.7 Amps
0.4 Amps
8.3 Watts

@
@

+5Vdc
+12Vdc

Notes
1. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with 80laris 2.x.
2. Addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the 884, 885, and 8820.
3. Addresses are preset to 0 through 4 in the 8PARCstorage Array.
4. This drive was disqualified for use in the 884.
5. 8ystem upgrades to A 11, A 12, and A 14 may use this drive.
References
1. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-2207-10.
2. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10.

DISK-34

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Conner CFP1 OBOE

1.05GB

31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI
SS4 SS5 SS20 SSA-101 A11 A12 A14
Options 649 651 652 653 654 655 772 773 5101
5102 5103
370-1964
540-2560
540-2568
SS5/SS20 FRU

1" Height
Antigua

W

Bkt 540-2570
W

540-2733
W

540-2729

SS4 FRU
Bkt 540-2570

I

A12 FRU
W R Bkt 330-1951
W L Bkt 330-1952

II11II111

SSA FRU
4.2GB Disk Card FRU
Bkt 540-2412 or 540-2764

540-2875
W

SS4 FRU
Bkt 540-2570

I

POWER - DATA - SCSI 10

SO-Pin SCA 1 Connector

Notes
1. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
2. Addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20.
3. Addresses are preset to 0 through 4 in the SPARCstorage Array.
4. System upgrades to A 11 and A 14 may use this drive.
References
1. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-2207-10.
2. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10.

Volume I

DISK-35

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

IBM DPE8-31 080-81 8

1.05GB

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14
Options 649 51 04
540-2765
540-2560
370-2072
3 1/2"

1" Height
Deskstar

A11 FRU
R Bkt 330-1951
W L Bkt 330-1952

555/5520 FRU
Bkt 540-2570

W

W

D
~ ~ ~ ~ J3

DO

"5"5'5
000

DO

J2

POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA 1 Connector

Power: 0.4 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.28 Amps @ +12Vdc
5.56 Watts
Notes
1. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
2. Addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20.
3. Addresses are preset to 0 and 1 in the A 11, A 12, and A 14.
4. This drive does not support wide SCSI transfers.
5. This drive is not used in the SPARCstation 4.
6. This drive is not used in the SPARCstorage UniPack.
7. This drive is not used in the SPARC Storage Array Model 100.
8. System upgrades to A 12 and A 14 may use this drive.
Reference: 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10.

DISK-36

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Quantum 10808

1.05GB

5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI
SS4 SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14
Option 5104
370-2168
540-2560
540-2765
540-2875
31/2"

1" Height
Fireball

SS5/SS20 FRU
Skt 540-2570

A 11 FRU
R Skt 330-1951
W L Skt 330-1952

W

W

\

W

SS4 FRU
Skt 540-2570

/

I-I

D D

D

DD
00
00
00 AD
Not Used 00 A1
00 A2

POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

I

aO-Pin SCA 1 Connector

r

Notes
1. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x.
2. Addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20.
3. Addresses are preset to 0 and 1 in the A 11, A 12, and A 14.
4. This drive does not support wide SCSI transfers.
5. The SS4 requires Standoff 240-2308.
6. Standoff 240-2308 is only on SS4 Model 110 CPU 501-3134.
7. This drive is not used in the SPARCstorage UniPack.
8. This drive is not used in the SPARC Storage Array Model 100.
9. System upgrades to A 12 and A 14 may use this drive.
Reference: 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10.

Volume I

DISK-37

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Conner CFP21 05E

2.1 GB

31/2"

5400 RPM Single Ended Fa8t1Wide SCSI
SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14
Option 659
540-2699
370-1930
540-2770
885/8820 FRU
w Bkt 540-2570

1" Height
Cayman

El
LED

I

IIII II

SS4 FRU

w Bkt 540-2570

I J3

00

~~

J1

1 - 1_

_- - - - '

l'l.,
~:g

~~

D
D
D@D
D

POWER· DATA - SCSI ID

BO-Pin 8CA1 Connector

Note:
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.
2. SPARCstation 4 2.1 GB configurations were removed from the Price
List in October 1995 because the drive failed qualification testing.
3. System upgrades to A 11, A 12, and A 14 may use this drive.
Reference: 2.1 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10.

DISK-38

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST32430WC

2.1 GB

3 1/2"

5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI
SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14
Options 659 5175
540-2699
370-2071
540-2782
SS5/SS20 FRU
w Skt 540-2570

1" Height
Hawk-2LP

A11/A12/A14 FRU
w R SkI 330-1951
w L Skt 330-1952

LED

D

D
D
00
00
00
00

17

~

-

D

Motor start upon Start Unit command

00
00
00
00

1 J2

D

D

POWER· DATA· SCSI 10

80-Pin SCA 1 Connector

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.
2. SPARCstation 4 2.1 GB configurations were removed from the Price
List in October 1995 because the drive failed qualification testing.
Reference: 2. 1Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10.

Volume I

DISK-39

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST32550WC

2.1 GB

31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI
A12 A14 A20 A25 E150 E3000
Options 765 766 768 769 770 775 790 791 792
5151 5152 5153 5161 5511 5512 5513
6590 6591 6592
370-2040
540-2706
540-2730
1" Height
Barracuda-2LP

SSA FRU
AxxlE 150/E3000 FRU
W R Skt 330-1951
8.4GB Disk Card FRU
W Skt 540-2413 or 540-2764 W L Skt 330-1952

El LED

Do

D
D

o
D

o

POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Power:

1.06 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.57 Amps @ + 12Vdc
12.14 Watts

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.
2. Field Change Order A0069 is recommended.

DISK-40

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

IBM DFHS-32160-S2S

2.1 GB

31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended FasVWide SCSI
A12 A14 A20 A25 E150 E3000
Options 765 766 768 769 770 775 790 791 792
5151 5152 5153 5161 5511 5512 5513
370-1956
540-2706
540-2730
1" Height
Starfire

SSA FRU
AxxlE150/E3000 FRU
S.4GB Disk Card FRU
w R Bkt 330-1951
w Bkt 540-2413 or 540-2764 w L Bkt 330-1952

1 1111111111111111 32

I

I J1

o
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

SO-Pin SCA 1 Connector

Power: 0.96 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.36 Amps @ + 12Vdc
9.1 Watts Reading/Writing
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Salaris 1.1.
2. This drive was disqualified. Approximately 200 were shipped.
Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 RPM Disk Drive Specifications, 802-4058-10.

Volume I

DISK-41

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST15230WC
31/2"

4.2GB

5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI
Options 5203 5204
370-2152
1 S/S" Height
Hawk-4

PLUG

D
D

El

LED

D

D

D

D

POWER· DATA· SCSI ID

SO-Pin SCA 1 Connector

Power: 0.85 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.62 Amps @ + 12Vdc
11.7 Watts
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or 2.3.
2. The Solaris 1.1.2 maximum partition size is 2.1 GB, 1940 cylinders,
or 4190400 blocks.
3. Solaris 1.1.2 requires editing format.dat and building a new kernel.
4. Using the smaller diameter J2 jumpers on J6 will distort the jumper.
5. Do NOT install jumpers on J6 Pins 13 -20.
Reference: 4.2 Gbyte Disk Drive Product Note, 802-4495-10.

DISK-42

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST15230WC

4.2GB

31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI
Options 5203 5204 5225 5501 5502 5503 6503 6504
6506 6530 6531
540-2815
370-2286
540-2784
1 5/S" Height
Hawk-4

W

D
D

MultiPack FRU
w R Bkt 330-1951
w L Bkt 330-1952

RSM FRU
Bkt 370-2304

IJ

LED

D

D

D

D

POWER - DATA - SCSI 10

SO-Pin SCA2 Connector

Power: 0.85 Amps
0.62 Amps
11.7 Watts

@
@

+5Vdc
+ 12Vdc

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or 2.3.
2. The Solaris 1.1.2 maximum partition size is 2.1 GB, 1940 cylinders,
or 4190400 blocks.
3. Solaris 1.1.2 requires editing format.dat and building a new kernel.
4. Using the smaller diameter J2 jumpers on J6 will distort the jumper.
5. Do NOT install jumpers on J6 Pins 13 -20.
Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 5400 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-5302-10.

Volume I

DISK-43

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST32155WC 2.1GB
31/2"

5400 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14
Options 659 5175
540-2782
370-2314
540-2699
1" Height
Hawk-2'XL

SS5/SS20 FRU

A11/A12/A14 FRU
w R Bkt 330-1951
w L Bkt 330-1952

w Bkt 540-2570

o

LED

Plug Pins 13-20 BlIIIIII
J6 I
842,1
ID

D

D
D

D

D
D

TERM Enable
Delay Motor Start
Motor Start
Write Protect
Parity Disable
Reserved
TP from Drive
TP to Bus

TP from Bus

D

POWER - DATA - SCSi ID

aO-Pin SCA2 Connector

Note: The Ultra SCSI capability of this drive is not qualified by Sun.
Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10.

DISK-44

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

IBM DORS-32160

2.1GB

31/2"

5400 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI
SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14
Option5 659 5175
370-2315
540-2782
540-2699
1" Height
555/5520 FRU
A11/A12/A14 FRU
Ultrastar E5
W Bkt 540-2570
W R Bkt 330-1951
W L Bkt 330-1952

D

111111111111
J1

-

D
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

1

aO-Pin 5CA2 Connector

I

Note: The Ultra SCSI capability of this drive is not qualified by Sun.
Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10.

Volume I

DISK-45

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

IBM DCAS-32160

2.1GB

3 1/2"

5400 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14
Options 659 5175
370-2842
540-2699
540-3171
1" Height
Ultrastar 2ES

SS5/SS20 FRU

Spud Bracket FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024

w Bkt 540-2570

0
D

I " 111111111

L.....J

1

J1

L

D

D
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

I

aO-Pin SCA2 Connector

D
I

Note: The Ultra SCSI capability of this drive is not qualified by Sun.
Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10.

DISK-46

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Fujitsu M2952
3 1/2"

2.1 GB

7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
Options 5151 5152
370-2366
1" Height
Allegro 3

o LED

D
D

D
0010] eN6
o 0i.QJ

D
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

BO-Pin SCA2 Connector

Notes
1. The Ultra SCSI capability of this drive is not qualified by Sun.
2. The M2952 operating current exceeds the capability of the SSA 100.
Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10.

Volume I

DISK-47

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST32171 we

2.1 GB

31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 E150 E3000
Options 765 766 768 769 770 790 791 792
5151 5152 5153 5161 5511 5512 5513
6520 6590 6591 6592
370-2365
540-2706
540-2936
1" Height
Barracuda 2LP

SSA FRU

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

W Bkt 540-2764

o

LED

Plug Pins 13-20."""

J6 I

842/
ID

D

D
D
D
D

D

TERM Enable
Delay Motor Start
Motor Start
Write Protect
Parity Disable
Reserved
TP from Drive
TP to Bus

TP from Bus

D

POWER - DATA - SCSI 10

aO-Pin SCA2 Connector

Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10.

DISK-48

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Quantum VK22J052.1 GB
31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI
A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 E150 E3000
Options 765 766 768 769 770 790 791 792
5151 5152 5153 5161 5511 5512 5513
6520 6590 6591 6592
370-2808
540-2706
540-2936
1" Height
Viking

W

SSA FRU
Bkt 540-2764

W

Spud Bracket FRU
1" Bracket 540-3024

D

D
D

D

D

POWER - DATA· SCSI ID

I

SO-Pin SCA2 Connector

I

Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10.

Volume I

DISK-49

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Fujitsu M2954

4.2GB

31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended Ultra/Wide SCSI
Options 5209 5213 6507 6508 6509 6532 6533
370-2368
540-2939
1" Height
Allegro 3

RSM FRU

w Bkt 370-2304

D

LED

D

D

D

D
o o!Ol eN6

00121

DOD
POWER· DATA· SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Note: The operating current exceeds the capability of the SSA 100.
Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7744-11.

DISK-50

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST34371 we

4.2GB

31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 E150
Netra t 1100 E3000
Options 5162 5206 5207 5209 5213 5214
5514 5515 5516 6507 6508 6509
6517 6518 6519 6532 6533
370-2367
540-2937
540-2938
540-2939
1" Height
Barracuda 4LP

W

SSA FRU
Bkt 540-2764

OLEO

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

W

RSM FRU
Bkt 370-2304

l1li111111
J6 1
8421 1

Plug Pins13-20

10

D

D

D

D

D

D

TERM Enable
Delay Motor Start
Motor Start
Write Protect
Parity Disable
Reserved
TP from Drive
TP to Bus

TP from Bus

D

POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7744-11.

Volume I

DISK-51

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Quantum VK45J05

4.2GB

31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended Ultra/wide SCSI
A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 E150
Netra t 11 00 E3000
Options 5162 5206 5207 5209 5213 5214
5514 5515 5516 6517 6518 6519
370-2809
540-2937
540-2938
1" Height
Viking

W

SSA FRU
Bkt 540-2764

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

D

D
D

D

D

POWER· DATA· SCSI ID

I

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

I

Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7744-11.

DISK-52

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Fujitsu MAB3045SC 4.2GB
31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI
A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 E150
Netra t 1100 E3000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
Options 5162 5214 5514 5515 5516
370-3412
540-2938
Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

1" Height
Aliegro4L

D

LED

D

D

D

D

D

D

DDD
POWER· DATA· SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7744-11.

Volume I

DISK-53

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

IBM DDRS-34560

4.2GB

31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
SS5 SS20 A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 E150
Netra t 1100 E3000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
Options 5162 5206 5207 5214 5514
5515 5516 5911 6517 6518 6519
540-2937
370-3403
540-2938
540-3988
1" Height
Draco 4

W

SSA FRU
Bkt 540-2764

D
D

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

0

" 1111111111

L.J

1

D
POWER - DATA - SCSI 10

I

SS5/SS20 FRU
Bkt 540-2570

W

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

J4

D
I

Notes
1. Support for 4.2GB Disks in the SS5 was announced in September 1998.
2. Qualification of 4.2GB Disks in the SS20 was completed in Nov. 1998.
3. The 4.2GB Disk was not qualified in Ultra 1 Models 140 or 170 (A 11).
4. Solaris 1.x supports a maximum disk drive size of 2.1 GB.
5. Label the 4.2GB Disk Drive as Sun2.1 G to use the drive on Solaris 1.x.
6. A root partition >2GB is not supported by Sun-4c, 4m, or 4d systems.
References
1. 4.2 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7744-11
2. Disk Drive Product Notes for Solaris 1.x, 805-7623-10.
3. BuglD 4035259 filed against root partition >2GB.

DISK-54

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGU RATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST34501 we
3 1/2"

4.2GB

10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
StorEdge A1000 StorEdge 01000
Option 5228
370-3338
540-3594
1" Height
Cheetah 4LP

o

12-Slot Al01 000 FRU
W 1" Skt 540-3024
W Plate 340-4288

LED

1111111111
J6 I
3210 1
ID

00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00

Reserved
Delay Motor Start
Motor Start
Write Protect
Parity Disable
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

J2

POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3619-10.

Volume I

DISK-55

9/18/0(

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST34502LC
31/2"

4.2GB

10000 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000
Option 5228
390-0003
540-3594
12-810t AID 1000 FRU
w 1" Skt 540-3024
w Plate 340-4288

1" Height
Cheetah 9LD

o

1111111111

LED

J6

I

3210'
ID

00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00

Reserved
Delay Motor Start
Motor Start
Write Protect
Parity Disable
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

J2

POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

80-Pin 8CA2 Connector

Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3619-10.

DISK-56

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Fujitsu M2949

9.1 GB

31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI
Options 5253 5254 6514 6515 6516 6534 6535
370-2370
540-2942
1 5/8" Height
Allegro 3

RSM FRU

w Bkt 370-2304

D

LED

D

D

CN6 00101
00121
POWER - DATA - SCSI 10

I

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

I

Reference: 9 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7745-10.

Volume I

DISK-57

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/0C

Seagate ST19171WC

9.1GB

7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
A 16 A23 A26 Netra t 11 00 E3000
Options 5251 5253 5254 5504 5505 5506 5506 651 L.
6515 6516 6534 6535 6995 6596
370-2369
540-2942
540-2951
31/2"

1 5/8" Height
Barracuda 9

RSM FRU

Spud Bkt FRU

w Bkt 370-2304

w 1.6" Bkt 540-3025

o

D

LED

J6,!!!!!!!!!!,

Do

D

D

D D

D

D

TERM Enab,e
Delay Motor Start
Motor Start
Write Protect
Parity Disable
Reserved
TP from Drive
TP to Bus

TP from Bus

POWER· DATA - SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

. Notes
1. Install four 230-1545 dampers per drive location, to reduce the soft error
rate of the 8T19171 we in the 88A Model 219 R8M Tray.
2. Damper Kit 565-1421 includes 35 dampers.
Reference: 9 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7745-10.

DISK-58

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Fujitsu MAB3091SC

9.1GB

31/2"

7200 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI
A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26
Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra ft 1800 Netra t1 E3000
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1 000 StorEdge A7000
StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
Options 5163 5229 5230 6288 6956
370-3413
1" Height Allegro 4L

540-2942

540-3704

540-3720

540-4004

RSM FRU
w Skt 370-2304

Spud Sracket FRU
w 1" Skt 540-3024

12-Slot ND1 000 FRU
A7000 FRU
w 1" Skt 540-3024
w Plate 340-4288

Netra ft 1800 FRU

Cl LED

D

D

D

D

o

D

D

DDD
POWER· DATA - SCSI ID

J
Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

9.1 GB
9.1 GB
9.1 GB
9.1 GB

Drive
Drive
Drive
Drive

aD-Pin SCA2 Connector

I

is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652.
is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841.

Reference: 9 Gbyte Disk Drive Specification, 805-3935-10.

Volume I

DISK-59

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

IBM DDRS-39130

9.1GB

31/2"

7200 RPM Single Ended Ultra/Wide SCSI
A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26
Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra ft 1800 Netra t1 E3000
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000 StorEdge A7000
StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
Options 5163 5229 5230 6288 6956
370-3404
540-3704
540-3720
540-4004
1" Height
Draco 9

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

D
D

12-Slot AID 1000 FRU
A7000 FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024
W Plate 340-4288

0

11111111 " II
J4

L.J

1

D
POWER· DATA· SCSI ID

I
Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

9.1 GB
9.1 GB
9.1 GB
9.1 GB

Drive
Drive
Drive
Drive

Netra ft 1800 FRU

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

D
I

is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652.
is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841.

Reference: 9 Gbyte Disk Drive Specification, 805-3935-10.

DISK-60

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST39173WC

9.1 GB

31/2"

7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26
Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra ft 1800 Netra t1 E3000
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 StorEdge A7000
StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
Options 5163 5229 5230 6288 6956
370-3595
540-3704
540-3720
540-4004
1" Height
Barracuda9LP

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

o

12-Slot AlD1000 FRU
A7000 FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024
W Plate 340-4288

Netra ft 1800 FRU

11111 l1li1

LED
J6 I

32101
10

D
D
D
D

D

O

O!l
D

Reserved
Delay Motor Start
Motor Start
Write Protect
Parity Disable
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

J2

POWER· DATA· SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

9.1 GB
9.1 GB
9.1 GB
9.1 GB

Drive
Drive
Drive
Drive

is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652.
is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841.

Reference: 9 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3935-10.

Volume I

DISK-61

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Fujitsu MAE3091 LC

9.1 GB

31/2"

7200 RPM Single Ended Ultra/Wide SCSI
A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26
Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra t1 E3000
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 StorEdge A7000
StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
Options 5163 5229 5230 6288
390-0004
540-3704
540-3720
1" Height
Allegro 5

12-810t ND1000 FRU
A7000 FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024
W Plate 340-4288

8pud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

D

LED

D

D

D

D

o
D

D

DDD
POWER· DATA· SCSIID

I
Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

9.1 GB
9.1 GB
9.1 GB
9.1 GB

Drive
Drive
Drive
Drive

SO-Pin SCA2 Connector

I

is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652.
is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841.

Reference: 9 Gbyte Disk Drive Specification, 805-3935-10.

01SK-62

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

IBM DNES-309170

9.1 GB

31/2"

7200 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI
A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26
Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra t1 E3000
StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
Options 5163 5229 5230 6288
390-0007
540-3704
1" Height
Neptune

D
D

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

0
LJ

lLLlUUUIl

D
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

I

1

J4

D

SO-Pin SCA2 Connector

Note: The StorEdge UniPack requires

I

~390-0007-05.

Reference: 9 Gbyte Disk Drive Specification, 805-3935-10.

Volume I

DISK-63

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

8eagate 8T391 02LC

9.1 GB

31/2"

10000 RPM Single-Ended Ultra/Wide SCSI
A 16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t1
StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000
Options 5234 5235
540-3966
540-3881
370-3649
12-Slot ND1 000 FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024
W Plate 340-4288

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

1" Height
Cheetah 9LP

.""11 I

J6 I

D

D
D

D

D

D
POWER· DATA· SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5637-10.

01SK-64

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Fujitsu MAG3091 LC

9.1 GB

31/2"

10000 RPM Single-Ended UltraiWide SCSI
A 16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t1
StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000
Options 5234 5235
390-0005
540-3881
540-3966
1" Height
Allegro 5

12-Slot AlD1000 FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024
W Plate 340-4288

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

LED

D

D

D

D

D

o
D

D

DDD
POWER· DATA· SCSI ID

I

aD-Pin SCA2 Connector

Note: The StorEdge UniPack requires

I

~390-0005-05.

Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5637-10.

Volume I

DISK-65

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST39103LC

9.1GB

31/2"

10000 RPM Single-Ended Ultra/wide SCSI
A 16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t1
StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000
Options 5234 5235
390-0009
540-3881
540-3966

1" Height
Cheetah 18LP

12-Slot ND1 000 FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plate 340-4288

Spud Bracket FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024

.111111
J6 I

D

D
D

I

D

D

D
POWER - DATA - SCSI 10

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5637-10.

01SK-66

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST39204LC

9.1 GB

31/2"

10000 RPM Single-Ended UltraiWide SCSI
A 16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t1
StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000
Options 5234 5235
390-0037
540-3881
540-3966

1" Height
Cheetah 18XL

12-Slot AlD1 000 FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plate 340-4288

Spud Bracket FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024

.111111
J6 I

D
D

D

I

D

D

D
POWER - DATA - SCSI 10

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5637-10.

Volume I

DISK-67

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Fujitsu MAA3182SC

18.2GB

31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
A23 A26 A27 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 E3000
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 StorEdge A7000
StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
Options 5232 5233
370-3414
540-3719
540-3721
1 5/8" Height
Allegro 4

8·Slot ND1 000 FRU
A7000 FRU
W 1.6" Bkt 540-3025
W Plate 340-4288

Spud Bracket FRU
1.6" Bkt 540-3025

W

D

LED

D

D

D

D

D

D

DDD
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

18GB Drive
18GB Drive
18GB Drive
18GB Drive

is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652.
is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841.

Reference: 18 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3936-10.

DISK-68

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST118273LC
31/2"

7200 RPM

18.2GB

Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI
370-3596
1 5/8" Height
Barracuda 18

""1"1

J6 I

D

D

I

D
D

D

D

D

D
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Notes
1. The 370-3956 was released in February 1999.
2. The 370-3956 is not used in any assembly.
Reference: 18 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3936-10.

Volume I

DISK-69

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

IBM DGHS-18Y

18.2GB

3 1/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000 StorEdge A7000
Option 5233
370-3716
540-3721
1 5/8" Height
Marlin

D
D

8-Slot AID 1000 FRU
A7000 FRU
W 1.6" Bkt 540-3925
W Plate 340-4288

0

111111111111

L....J

1

D
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

I

Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

18GB Drive
18GB Drive
18GB Drive
18GB Drive

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

J4

D
I

is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652.
is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656.
requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841.

Reference: 18 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3936-10.

DISK-70

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Fujitsu MAG3182LC

18.2GB

3 1/2" 10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
A20 A23 A25 A26 A27 E3000 Netra t 1400/1405
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 StorEdge MultiPack
Options 5164 5237 5238
390-0006
540-4177
540-4178
1" Height
Allegro 5

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024

12-Slot AlD1 000 FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024
W Plate 340-4288

o
POWER - DATA - SCSI 10

J

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

l

Note: This drive is not NEBS Level 3 qualified in the Netra st 0130.
References
1. 18 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1057.
2. StorEdge Mu/tiPack Product Note, 806-1102.

Volume I

01SK-71

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST318203LC 18.2GB
31/2"

10000 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI
A20 A23 A25 A26 A27 E3000
Netra ft 1800 Netra t 1400/1405
StorEdge A 1000/01000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack
Netra st A 1000 Netra st 01000 Netra st 0130
Options 5164 5237 5238 5239 6957
390-0002
1" Height
Cheetah 18

540-4077

540-4177

540-4178

540-4401

Netra ft 1800 FRU
w Bkt 540-4884
w Plate 340-4288

Spud Bracket FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024

12-Slot ND1 000 FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plate 340-4288

Netra 8t D130 FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plate 340-4288

D

LED

111111111
J6 I

I

D
D

D
D

OD
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

D

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

References
1. 18 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1057.
2. StorEdge MultiPack Product Note, 806-1102.

01SK-72

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST318404LC 18.2GB
31/2" 10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
A20 A23 A25 A26 A27 E3000 Netra t 1400/1405
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000
StorEdge UniPack StorEdge MultiPack
Options 5164 5237 5238
390-0038
540-4177
540-4178
1" Height
Cheetah 18XL

Spud Bracket FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024

o

LED

12-Slot ND1000 FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plate 340-4288

_111111

J6~

I

D
D
D

D

0 8
POWER - DATA - SCSIID

D

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

References
1_ 18 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1057_
2_ StorEdge Mu/tiPack Product Note, 806-1102_

Volume I

DISK-73

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Fujitsu MAJ3182M

18.2GB

3 1/2" 10000 RPM Single Ended Ultra/Wide SCSI
A20 A23 A25 A26 A27 E3000 Netra t 1400/1405
Netra ct 400/800 StorEdge A 1000/01000 Netra st 0130
StorEdge UniPack StorEdge MultiPack
Options 5164 5237 5238
390-0043
390-0060
1" Heighl
Allegro 6lE

1" Heighl
Allegro 6lE
UniPack Drive

540-4177

540-4178

540-4401

540-4620

Spud Bracket FRU
w Drive 390-0043
w 1" Bkt 540-3024

12-Slol AID 1000 FRU
w Drive 390-0043
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plate 340-4288

Neira 51 D130 FRU
w Drive 390-0043
w 1" Bkl 540-3024
w Plale 340-4288

cl 400/800 FRU
w Drive 390-0043
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plale 340-4288

o
D

o

Do
o
POWER· DATA - SCSIID

I

80-Pin SCA2 Conneclor

I

Notes
1. Drives 390-0043 and 390-0060 are the same Fujitsu model number.
2. Drives 390-0043 and 390-0060 respond to an Inquiry command with
different values.
Reference: 18 Gbyte Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1057 and 806-6395.

01SK-74

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Fujitsu MAF3364LC
3 1/2"

36.4GB

10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000
Options 5239 5240
390-0014
540-4263
1 5/8" Height
Allegro 5

8-Slot AID 1000 FRU
W 1.6" Bkt 540-3025
W Plate 340-4288

D

D

POWER· DATA· SCSI ID

I

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

I

Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1492.

Volume I

01SK-75

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST136403LC
3 1/2"

36.4GB

10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000
Options 5239 5240
390-0020
540-4263
8-Slot AlD1 000 FRU
w 1.6" Bkt 540-3025
w Plate 340-4288

1 5/8" Height
Cheetah 36

D

LED

-111111

J6 I

I

D
D

D
D

0'0
POWER· DATA· SCSI ID

D

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1492.

DISK-76

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Fujitsu MAJ3364M

36.4GB

31/2"

10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
A23 A25 A26 A27 A33 A34
StorEdge A1000 StorEdge 01000 Netra st 0130
StorEdge UniPack StorEdge MultiPack
Options 5242 5243 5244
390-0051
390-0059
1" Height
Allegro 6

540-4520

1" Height
Allegro 6

540-4521

12-Slot AID 1000 FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024
W Plate 340-4288

W
W

Drive 390-0051
1" Bkt 540-3024

540-4689
Netra st 0130 FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024
W Plate 340-4288

D

D

DB
D
POWER - DATA - SCSI ID

I

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

I

Notes
1. Drives 390-0051 and 390-0059 are the same Fujitsu model number.
2. Drives 390-0051 and 390-0059 respond to a SCSI Inquiry command
with different values.
Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1492.

Volume I

01SK-77

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST336704LC

36.4GB

31/2"

10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI
A23 A25 A26 A27 A33 A34
StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 Netra st 0130
Options 5239 5240 5244
390-0050
540-4520
540-4521
540-4689
1" Height

w 1" Bkt 540-3024

12-Slot ND1000 FRU
w 1" Skt 540-3024
w Plate 340-4288

o

LED

Netra st D130 FRU
w 1" Skt 540-3024
w Plate 340-4288

.111111
J6

I

I

D
D

D
D

OD
POWER· DATA - SCSI ID

D

80-Pin SCA2 Connector

Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1492.

01SK-78

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST42400ND

2.1 GB

5 1/4" 5400 RPM Differential Fast SCSI
Options 573 574 575 576
370-1412
3 1/4" Height
990002-002
Elite 2

Top View
00

IS@]
00
00
00
00

J01 TERMPWR

~~

TERMINATOR
J4A

J5

I

Removed

I

~~

TERMINATOR

I

Removed

I

~
~~ r----:---~:-:-:-::-:-:=-____,
IIIII
J06 50-PIN CONNECTOR

J15

J4B

,------, OTID

End View
J4A
00000
00 0 0 0

J5
000
00 0

J15

J06 50-PIN CONNECTOR
00100000000000000000001
0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

lro
Il

J4B

00011 10100101
JI lQIo 0 [QI

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.3.
2. Jumpers J01, J4A, and J4B use 2 mm shunts.
3. The J5 spindle synchronization connector is not used.
4. The DWIS/S requires 2.1 GB drive Firmware 0420 (370-1412-03) for
optimum performance. If the firmware is less than 0420, disable fast/wide
transfers by adding "set scsLoptions=Oxf8" to /etc/system.
References
1. SCSI Expansion Pedestal Service Manual, 800-7286-11 .
2. Differential SCSI Disk Tray Service Manual, 800-7341-10.
3. 2. 1Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 800-7007-11.

Volume I

DISK-79

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST43401 NO
51/4"

2.9GB

5400 RPM Differential FastlWide SCSI
Options 583 584 585 586
370-1695
3 1/4" Height

992004-005/6
Elite 3

Top Vie'vv

TERMINATORS
Removed

J4A

ITII

J7

'111111 I

f

Removed

Removed

4 3 J01
~ TERMPWR
J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR

J15
r-----,

J15

0

~~

ano
J4B

End View
J4A

J7

J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR

0000
0000

00000000
00000000

0000000000000000000
0000000000000000000

Orient Address Cable 530-2097 as
shown, and plug it into the left side of J7.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3.
2. Solaris 2.3 requires Patch 101378-xx.
3. The firmware on 370-1695-02 is level 0407.
References
1. Differential SCSI Disk Tray Service Manual, 800-7341-11.
2. 2.9GByte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-2066-10.
3. Product Note, 801-6582-12.

DISK-80

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST43401 NO
5 1/4"

2.9GB

5400 RPM Differential FastlWide SCSI
CS6400 Peripheral Cabinet
370-2766
420-6113-001
3 1/4" Height
992004-001
Elite 3

BSD Part Number

Top View

TERMINATORS
Removed

J4A

'111111 I

Removed

4 3 J01

J7

Ti1T

Removed

i'

o~

~~

TERMPWR
J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR

J4B

J15
.------,
[]TIT

End View
J4A

J7

J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR

0000
0000

00000000
00000000

0000000000000000000

Blu Yel Red

~~~
I" 999
°0

00 00

J15

0000000000000000000

0000

I"

Orient Address Cable 530-2097 as
shown, and plug it into the left side of J7"

Grn Orn 8rn

Power: 2.85 Amps @ +5Vdc
1.85 Amps @ + 12Vdc
36.45 Watts
Note: The firmware on 370-2766-01 is level 0105.

Volume I

DISK-81

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST43402ND
5 1/4"

2.9GB

5400 RPM Differential FastlWide SCSI
CS6400 Peripheral Cabinet
370-2765
420-6063-001
3 1/4" Height

BSD Part Number

992006-002
Elite 3

Top View

J4A

J4B

nIT nIT

o=rn

68-PIN CONNECTOR

End View
J4A

Not Used

0000
0000

0000
0000

68 PIN CONNECTORS
\

4 3

0000000000000000000

0 0 0

J01A

2 1 TERMPWR

PORTB

IL 0

JI

~~
0 0
0000

4 3

RIBBON CABLE

g~ J01B

0

J4B

0000000000000000000 /

g~

TERMPWR 2 1
\

0000000000000000000 /
0000000000000000000
000000000

000000000

J10 Not Used

ggggggggt J9
3210321 0
Port B PortA

0

PORT A

Port A assigned same ID as Port B

SCSIID
Brown

~

Plug the Address Cable into the left side of
J9 with the wire colors oriented as shown.

Blu Yel Red

Note: The firmware on 370-2765-01 is level 0111.

DISK-82

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST41 0800WD
5 1/4"

9.0GB

5400 RPM Differential FastlWide SCSI
Options 783 784 785 786
370-1868
540-2646
31/4" Height
9A7004-021
Elite 9

9.0GB Disk Drive FRU
W Bkt 340-2612

Top View

TERMINATORS

4 3

J01
TERMPWR

0

~

~ ~

Removed

Removed

Removed

J4A

J4B

'111111 III f

[]Til
J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR

End View
J4A

J15

J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR
\

0000000000000000000/
0000000000000000000

J4B

1~I[g]ggg

J4A Adapter Cable
Used on 370-1868-01, 370-1868-02, and 540-2646-01
1000000
1000000

I
Orient Address Switch Cable 530-2097 as shown,
and plug it into J4A or the J4A Adapter Cable.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2_3.
2. Solaris 2.3 requires Patch 101378-xx.
3. The firmware on 370-1868-03 and 540-2646-02 is level 0407.
4. The maximum operating altitude is 6000 feet.
5_ The adapter is required on 370-1868-01 and 370-1868-02.
6. The adapter is not used on 370-1868-03 or 540-2646-02.
References
1. Differential SCSI Disk Tray Service Manual, 800-7341-11 .
2. Product Note, 801-6582-12.

Volume I

DISK-83

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST410800WD
5 1/4"

9.0GB

5400 RPM Differential FastlWide SCSI
CS6400 Peripheral Cabinet
370-2770
420-6117-001
9A7004-001
Elite 9

BSD Part Number

370-2771

420-6117-002

9A7004-025
Elite 9

BSD Part Number

Top View

4 3
J01 o~
TERMPWR

~ ~

TERMINATORS

Removed

Removed

Removed

J4B

J4A

'111111 III f

om

J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR

End View
J4A

gggggg ggg gI

J15

J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR
\

0000000000000000000/
0000000000000000000

J4B

II 0 000 II 101000

IL

JI lQIoo

0

I
Wht Blu Yel Red

~
~

Plug the Address Switch Cable into
the wire colors oriented as shown.

Grn GrnOrnBrn

Note: The firmware on 370-2771-01 is level 0002.

DISK-84

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18100

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST34342A
3 1/2"

4.3GB

4500 RPM Ultra ATA-3
A21 A22
Option 5227
370-3176
Medalist 4342

Bottom View

D

D

o

D

I

D

oD

o

J4

: J5

o

40-Pin Data Connector

o

I

End View
40-Pin Data Connector
00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000

Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuitej
Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite
Reserved (Out

References
1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764.
2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115.

Volume I

DISK-85

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST34321A
31/2"

4.3GB

5400 RPM Ultra ATA-3
A21
370-3692
Medalist 4321

Bottom View
J6 I_111111 I

o
o

o

o
o

D
J3

: J5:

D
J4 40-Pin Data Connector

End View
40-Pin Data Connector
00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000

Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Reserved (Out)
Alternate Capacity (Out)

Notes
1. The 4GB 5400RPM drive was not sold as a standalone option.
2. The 4GB 5400RPM drive was not sold in the Ultra 10.
References
1. Ultra 5110 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764.
2. Ultra 5110 CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085.

DISK-86

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST34312A
31/2"

4.3GB

5400 RPM Ultra ATAl66
A21
370-3692
Medalist 4312

Bottom View
J6 I.11 II II I

o
o

o

o
o

D
J3

: J5

D
J4 40-Pin Data Connector

End View
40-Pin Data Connector
00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000

Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Remote LED (Out)
Alternate Capacity (Out)

Notes
1. The 4GB 5400RPM drive was not sold as a standalone option.
2. The 4GB 5400RPM drive was not sold in the Ultra 10.
References
1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764.
2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115.

Volume I

DISK-87

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST38420A
3 1/2"

8.4GB

5400 RPM Ultra ATA-4
A21
370-3863
Medalist 8420

Bottom View
J6 Il1li111111 I

D
o

o

o
o

D
J3

: J5:

D
J4 40-Pin Data Connector

End View
40-Pin Data Connector
00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000

Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Remote LED (Out)
Alternate Capacity (Out)

Notes
1. The 8.4GB Disk Drive shipped in the 360M Hz Ultra 5.
2. The 8.4GB Disk Drive was not shipped in the Ultra 10.
3. The 8.4GB Disk Drive was not sold as a standalone option.
References
1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764.
2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115.

DISK-88

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST38410A

8.4GS

5400 RPM Ultra ATAl66
A21
370-3863

3 1/2"

U88410

Bottom View

D
o

o

o
o

D
J3

: J5:

D
J4 40-Pin Data Connector

End View
40-Pin Data Connector
00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000

Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Remote LED (Out)
Alternate Capacity (Out)

Notes
1. The 8.4GB Disk Drive shipped in the 360M Hz Ultra 5.
2. The 8.4GB Disk Drive was not shipped in the Ultra 10.
3. The 8.4GB Disk Drive was not sold as a standalone option.
References
1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764.
2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115.

Volume I

DISK-89

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST39140A

9.1 GB

3 1/2"

7200 RPM Ultra ATA-4
A21 A22
Options 5226 5236
370-3693
Medalist Pro 9140

Boiton-I View

D
o

o

o
o

D
J3

: J5:

D
J4 40-Pin Data Connector

End View
40-Pin Data Connector
00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000

Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Remote LED (Out)
Alternate Capacity (Out)

Notes
1. Either a Floppy or a front Disk Drive can be installed in the Ultra 5.
2. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket replaces the Floppy Bracket.
3. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket has no Sun part number.
4. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket is included with Option 5236.
5. The Ultra 10 primary/rear drive requires Mounting Bracket 370-3721.
References
1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764.
2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115.

DISK-90

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

IBM DJNA-370910
31/2"

9.1 GB

7200 RPM Ultra ATAl66
A21 A22
Options 5226 5236
370-3693
Deskstar 22GXP

Bottom View

o

o

o

o

40-Pin Data Connector

End View
40-Pin Data Connector
000000000000000000000
0000000000000000000
0

Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Out
16 Logical Heads (In)

Notes
1. Either a Floppy or a front Disk Drive can be installed in the Ultra 5.
2. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket replaces the Floppy Bracket.
3. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket has no Sun part number.
4. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket is included with Option 5236.
5. The Ultra 10 primary/rear drive requires Mounting Bracket 370-3721.
References
1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764.
2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115.

Volume I

DISK-91

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST39120A
31/2"

9.1 GB

7200 RPM Ultra ATAl66
A21 A22
Options 5226 5236
370-3693
Barracuda ATA

!=ll"\+tt"\r'r'\ \/in""
v

....,"" .. L""III

IV"VV

o

D

D

o

J3

: J5:

D

o

J4 40-Pin Data Connector

End View
40-Pin Data Connector
00000000000000000000

00000000000000000000

Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Remote LED (Out)
Alternate Capacity (Out)

Notes
1. Either a Floppy or a front Disk Drive can be installed in the Ultra 5.
2. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket replaces the Floppy Bracket.
3. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket has no Sun part number.
4. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket is included with Option 5236.
5. The Ultra 10 primary/rear drive requires Mounting Bracket 370-3721.
References
1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764.
2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115.

DISK-92

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST39111 A
31/2"

9.1 GB

7200 RPM Ultra ATA/66
A21 A22
Options 5226 5236
370-3693
Barracuda ATA II

Bottom View

o

D

D

o

J3

: J5:

D

o

J4 40-Pin Data Connector

End View
40-Pin Data Connector

Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
Remote LED (Out)
Alternate Capacity (Out)

Notes
1. Either a Floppy or a front Disk Drive can be installed in the Ultra 5.
2. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket replaces the Floppy Bracket.
3. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket has no Sun part number.
4. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket is included with Option 5236.
5. The Ultra 10 primary/rear drive requires Mounting Bracket 370-3721.
References
1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764.
2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115.

Volume I

DISK-93

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST315320A
31/2"

15.3GB

7200 RPM Ultra ATAl66
A36
370-4154
Barracuda ATA II

Bottom Vie'vv

o

D

D

o

J3

: J5:

D

o

J4 40-Pin Data Connector

End View
40-Pin Data Connector
00000000000000000000

00000000000000000000

Master (Out)
Cable Select (In)
Remote LED (Out)
Alternate Capacity (Out)

DISK-94

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST19171FC

9.1GB

3 1/2" 7200 RPM FC-AL
StorEdge A5000
Option 6708
370-2875
540-3249
1 5/8" Height
Barracuda 9FC

Spud Bracket FRU
1.6" Bkt 540-3025
W Shield 340-3462

W

IIIlI III II
J6 I
I

Plug Pins13-20

Do
D

o

L2A0228 = 170-2
L2A0550 = 170-3

00
POWER - DATA -10

40-Pin Connector

D

Notes
1. The 370-2875 was manufactured with an Aurora 170-2 or 170-3 ASIC.
2. The E3500 cannot boot from CD-ROM if there is one drive on the fibre
channel loop and that drive has an Aurora 170-2 ASIC.
3. The 370-2875 and 540-3249 are not supported in the E3500.
Reference: 9 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-1679-10.

Volume I

DISK-95

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST19171 Fe

9.1 GB

31/2" 7200 RPM FC-AL
E3500 StorEdge A5000
Option 6709
370-3602
540-3852
1 5/8" Height
Barracuda 9FC

Spud Bracket FRU

w 1.6" Bkt 540-3025
w Shield 340-3462
Plug Pins13-20 _111111

J6 I

I

Do
D

o

L2A0550 = 170-3

00
POWER· DATA

-ID

40-Pin Connector

D

Note: The 370-3602 is manufactured with an Aurora 170-3 ASIC.
Reference: 9 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-1679-10.

DISK-96

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST39102FC

9.1GB

3 1/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL
E3500
StorEdge A5200
Option 6710
370-3647
540-3869
Spud Bracket FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plate 340-4288

1" Height
Cheetah 9LP

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D
POWER - DATA -ID

40-Pin Connector

Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5638-10.

Volume I

DISK-97

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST391 03FC

9.1 GB

3 1/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL
E3500 StorEdge A5200 StorEdge T3
Option 6710
390-0016
390-0026
540-3869
540-4366
1" Height
Cheetah 9LP
IA~ssy 540-3869

1" Height
Cheetah 9LP
Ass,' 540-4366

Spud Bracket FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
'vV Plate 340-4288

D

D

T3 FRU

w Bkt 540-4303

D

D

D

D

D

D
POWER - DATA -ID

40-Pin Connector

Notes
1. Drives 390-0016 and 390-0026 are the same Seagate model number.
2. Drives 390-0016 and 390-0026 are not interchangeable because they
have different firmware.
Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5638-10.

DISK-98

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST118273FC
E3500

18.2GB

3 1/2" 7200 RPM FC-AL
StorEdge A5000 StorEdge A51 00
Option 6711
370-3678
540-3923
1 5/8" Height
Barracuda 18

Spud Bracket FRU
1.6" Bkt 540-3025
W Plate 340-4288

W

_111111
J6 I

D

D

I

D

D

D

D

D

D
POWER· DATA -ID

40-Pin Connector

Notes
1. The E3500 requires 2.5.1 Patches 103346-19, 104708-16, and
105310-08.
2. The E3500 requires 2.6 Patches 103346-19,105356-08, and 105375-10.
3. The E3500 on Solaris 7 is not supported as of 6/15/99.
4. A5000 Interface Board Firmware 1.08 fixes BuglD 4190846.
Reference: 18 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-6524-10.

Volume I

DISK-99

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST118202FC

18.2GB

3 1/2"

10000 RPM FC-AL
StorEdge T3
390-0017
540-4287
1 5/8" Height
Cheetah 18

T3 FRU

w Enclosure 540-4303
Early Production

.111111
J6

D

D

1

I

D
D

D

D

D

D
POWER - DATA -ID

40-Pin Connector

Reference: 18 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1493-10.

DISK-100

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST318203FC
A28

18.2GB

3 1/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL
E3500 StorEdge A5200 StorEdge T3
Options 6716 6720 6782
390-0011
390-0022
1" Height
Cheetah 18LP
Assy 540-4191
Assy 540-4673

1" Height
Cheetah 18LP
Assy 540-4440

540-4191

540-4440

540-4673

Spud Bracket FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plate 340-5928
or Plate 340-6640

T3 FRU
w Bkt 540-4303

Spud Bracket FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plate 340-6640

-111111

J6~

D

D

I

D
D

D

D

D

D
POWER - DATA -ID
40-Pin Connector

Notes
1. Drives 390-0011 and 390-0022 are the same Seagate model number.
2. Drives 390-0011 and 390-0022 are not interchangeable because they
have different firmware and different mode sense data.
3. Plate 340-5928 is not compatible with the Sun Blade 1000 (A28).
Reference: 18 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1493-10.

Volume I

DISK-101

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST318304FC
A28

18.2GB

31/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL
E3500 StorEdge A5200 StorEdge T3
Options 6720 6782
390-0034
390-0053
1" Height
Cheetah 36LP
Assy 540-4191
Assy 540-4673

1" Height
Cheetah 36LP
Assy 540-4440

540-4191

540-4440

540-4673

Spud Bracket FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plate 340-5928
or Plate 340-6640

T3 FRU
w Bkt 540-4303

Spud Bracket FRU
w 1" Bkt 540-3024
w Plate 340-6640

-111111

J61

DO

o

D

I

0

D

D
POWER - DATA -ID
40-Pin Connector

Notes
1. Drives 390-0034 and 390-0053 are the same Seagate model number.
2. Drives 390-0034 and 390-0053 are not interchangeable because they
have different firmware and different mode sense data.
3. Plate 340-5928 is not compatible with the Sun Blade 1000 (A28).
Reference: 18 GbYteR)OOO rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1493-10.

DISK-102

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST136403FC

36.4GB

3 1/2"

390-0012
1 5/8" Height
Cheetah 36
Assy 540-4192

10000 RPM FC-AL
StorEdge A51 00
Options 6714 6722
390-0023
540-4192

1 5/8" Height
Cheetah 36
Assy 540-4367

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1.6" Bkt 540-3025
W Plate 340-5928

D

D

540-4367
W

T3FRU
Bkt 540-4303

D
D

D

D

D

D
POWER - DATA -ID

40-Pin Connector

Notes
1. Drives 390-0012 and 390-0023 are the same Seagate model number.
2. Drives 390-0012 and 390-0023 are not interchangeable because they
have different firmware.
Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1491-10.

Volume I

DISK-103

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Seagate ST336704FC
A28
390-0035
1" Height
Cheetah 36LP
Assy 540-4525

36.4GB

31/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL
StorEdge A5200 StorEdge T3
Option 6724
390-0056
540-4525
540-4367
1" Height
Cheetah 36LP
Assy 540-4367

Spud Bracket FRU
W 1" Bkt 540-3024
W Plate 340-6640

W

T3FRU
Bkt 540-4303

-111111

J6~

DO

o

D

I

0

D

D
POWER - DATA -10

40-Pin Connector

Notes
1. Drives 390-0035 and 390-0056 are the same Seagate model number.
2. Drives 390-0035 and 390-0056 are not interchangeable because they
have different firmware and different mode sense data.
Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1491-10.

DISK-104

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Seagate ST173404FC

73.4GB

31/2"

10000 RPM FC-AL
StorEdge T3
Option 6717
390-0036
540-4519
1 5/8" Height
Cheetah 73

W

T3 FRU
Enclosure 540-4303

DO

o

D

0

D

D
POWER - DATA -ID

40-Pin Connector

Reference: 73 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-4800-10.

Volume I

DISK-105

This page intentionally left blank.

CONFIGURATIONS
REMOVEABLE MEDIA

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Removable Media
Floppy Disk Drives
Dual Density Floppy ..........................................................
Triple Density Floppy.........................................................

3
4

SCSI CD-ROM Drives
SunCD ...............................................................................
SunCD Plus ...... ....... ................ ............... ................. ... .......
SunCD 2Plus ........................................................ .............
SunCD 4 ............................................................................
SunCD 12 StorEdge CD12 .... ...................... ...................
SunCD 32 StorEdge CD32 .............................................
10X DVD-ROM ..................................................................

9
10
11
12
14
15
16

ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM Drive
24X CD-ROM ....................................................................
32X CD-ROM ....................................................................

17
18

4 mm Tape Drives
5GB DDS-1 .......................................................................
4-8GB DDS-2 .............................................................. ......
12~24GB DDS-3 ........... ............... ................... ...................
20-40GB DDS-4 ................................................................

20
22
26
27

4 mm Autoloaders
20GB DDS-1 .....................................................................
16-32GB DDS-2 ........ ........................................................
72-144GB DDS-3 ...... ........... ........................ .....................

28
32
36

1/4" Tape Drives
150MB ...............................................................................
2.5GB ................................................................................
4-8GB SLR .................. ........................................ ........ ......
25-50GB MLR ...................................................................

38
39
40
41

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Removable Media - Continued
8 mm Tape Drives
2.3GB ................................................................................
5.0GB ................................................................................
10GB .................................................................................
7-14GB ..............................................................................
20-40GB ............................................................................

42
44
46
48
52

1/2" DLT Tape Drives
20-40GB DLT 4000
20-40GB DLT 4000
20-40GB DLT 4700
35-70GB DLT 7000

...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
.... ......................................... ..............

54
55
55
56

1/2" DLT Tape Libraries
ETL 4/1000 20-40GB DLT 4000 ........................... .............
ETL 4/1800/StorEdge L 1800 35-70GB DLT 7000 ........ .....
ETL 7/3500/StorEdge L3500 35-70GB DLT 7000.............
StorEdge L280 35-70GB DLT 7000 ..................................
StorEdge L 1000 35-70GB DLT 7000 ....................... .........
StorEdge L 11000 35-70GB DLT 7000 ..............................
StorEdge L20/40/60 35-70GB DLT 7000 ..........................
StorEdge L9 40-80GB DLT 8000 ......................................

57
58
58
59
60
61
62
63

REMOVABLE MEDIA-2

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Dual-Density Floppy
A21 A22
370-3159
NEG FD1231
w/o Bezel

Top View

I I I I II I I II I I I I I I I

I

n

Rear View

Power

100001

0

II

34-Pin Data Connector

II

Notes
1. Use 3 mm diameter mounting screws.
2. This drive supports 744KB and 1.44MB formatted capacities.
3. This drive supports 1MB and 2MB unformatted capacities.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-3

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Triple Density Floppy
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75
SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20
Options 554 556 560
370-1420
370-1419
540-2509
Sony MPF420-6-D10
8un-4/60/65/75
SS10
4 mm Black Bezel

Sony MPF420-6-A10
8un-4/15/30/40/50
SS4 SS5 SS20
8 mm Black Bezel

Sony MPF420-6-A10
S84 SS5 S820
FRU Assembly

Bottom View

D
1
8W4D.

o

Rear View

Notes
1. Use #6-32 mounting screws.
2. Set the drive to Unit 0 on switch SW4.
3. This drive supports 1MB, 1.6MB, and 2MB unformatted capacities.
Reference: Floppy Installation Manual, 801-6197-10.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-4

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Triple Density Floppy
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75
SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20
A11 A12 A14
Options 554 556 560 6001 6003
370-2151-01
370-2252
Sony MPF520-7-D10
Black Bezel

Sony MPF520-7-D10
Light Grey Bezel

Top View

Unit ~ = 1-2/ Unit 1 = 2-3
o

o~

o

1

IiTITl
lll!lJ

U

11111111111111111

1

D

Rear View

o

Power

10000 1

0

rr=====:=::=:=:===::==91

II 34-Pin Data Connector II

Notes
1. Use 3 mm diameter mounting screws.
2. The default drive address is Unit O.
3. This drive supports 1MB, 1.6MB, and 2MB unformatted capacities.
4. SPARCstation 20 and Ultra 2 multi-processor systems require DC
Power Filter Cable 530-2316.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-5

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Triple Density Floppy
S84 885 8820
Option 6002
370-2302
540-2854
Sony MPF720-4

FRU Assembly

I - - - Bracket 340-3401

E I---

M2.5 Screw 240-2318

I - - - Grommet 330-2036

1Ht-- M3 Screw 240-1530

[

II=-------=(~!
Power

TIff

Ribbon cable}

1111.

I

II.

34-Pin Connector

Notes
1. This drive supports 1MB, 1.6MB, and 2MB unformatted capacities.
2. This drive is not compatible with Chassis 340-2915.
3. This drive is compatible with Chassis 340-3397.
4. Chassis 340-3397 was phased into production in July 1996.
5. Chassis 340-2915 was phased out of production in Nov/Dec 1996.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-6

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Triple Density Floppy
A16

A20 A23 A25 A26 A27
Options 6004 6005
370-2729
370-2730

Sony MPF920E
Light Grey Bezel

Sony MPF920E
Medium Grey Bezel

Top View

U

ITTITI

I~I LUUnlllllll1

Rear View

o

Power
10000

1 II

34-Pin Data Connector

II

Notes
1. Use 3 mm diameter mounting screws.
2. The default drive address is Unit O.
3. This drive does not support auto ejection.
4. This drive supports 1MB, 1.6MB, and 2MB unformatted capacities.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-7

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Triple Density Floppy
A11 A12 A14 E150
Options 6001 6003
370-3212
Sony MPF920E
Black Bezel

Top Vie'vv

~

U

fiTITI 11111111111111111
lill!J I
n

Rear View

1

o

Power
10000 1

II

34-Pin Data Connector

II

Notes
1. Use 3 mm diameter mounting screws.
2. The default drive address is Unit o.
3. This drive supports 1MB, 1.6MB, and 2MB unformatted capacities.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-8

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SunCD
Su n-4/330/370/390/470/490
SS600MP SS1000 SC2000
Options 558 559
370-1312
370-1347
Sony CDU-B012
Light Grey Bezel

Sony CDU-B012
Black Bezel

Front View

I]

I]
VOLUME
CONTROL

AUDIO
OUTPUT

ACTIVITY
LED

EJECT

MANUAL
EJECT

Rear View
OOO

~11=2=======50=-p=in~a._a~ta=c=0=nn=ec=to=r====50~1.I~
5V

GND
12V

DC INPUT

F.GND

-2-

~
ETIl1
000 ~

SunCD Plus Pack, Multi-Tape Backup Tray, and
SC2000 Remote Address Cable Orientation

JUMPER

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

1,2
Parity

In
In

SCSIID 6
Enable parity

Power: 0.5 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.5 Amps @ +12Vdc
8.5 Watts
Notes
1. The Sun CD-ROM requires 1.0 SunCD for SunOS 4.0.3c.
2. Use 370-1347-03 when mounted on-end in the SS630MP.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-9

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SunCD Plus
SS 1000 SC2000
Options 557 557 -KDK
370-1573
370-1584
370-1615
Sony CDU-561
Option 557-KDK

Sony CDU-561
Light Grey Bezel

Sony CDU-561
Black Bezel

Front View

I]

[I
VOLUME
CONTROL

AUDIO
OUTPUT

ACTIVITY
LED

EJECT

MANUAL
EJECT

Rear View
100000001
GND

0000 091

I II

50-Pin Data Connector
..
kl. . ~g,========="'==========2::L1

I ~EST

012 PREV
ID SELECT
PARITY

~
0 0 0 0

5V

GND
12V

DC INPUT

~Afill
~
000

SunCO Plus Pack, Multi-Tape Backup Tray, and
SC2000 Remote Address Cable Orientation

JUMPER

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

Parity
0,1,2
PrevenVAliow
Test Mode

In
Out
In
Out

Enable parity
10 Select 20, 21 , 22
Enable eject button

Power: 0.5 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.5 Amps @ +12Vdc
8.5 Watts
References
1. Sun CD Plus Desktop Pack Installation Manual, 801-4537-10.
2. SunCD Plus User's Guide, 801-5332-10.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-10

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SunCD 2Plus
SS4

SS5 SS20 SS1000 SC2000
Options 578 579 661
370-1679
370-1682
540-2500
Toshiba XM-41 01 B
1" Purple Bezel

Toshiba XM-41 01 B
1.6" Light Grey Bezel

Toshiba XM-41 01 B
SS4/SS5/SS20 FRU
370-1679 w Bracket

Front View

D
AUDIO
OUTPUT

I

I

EJECT

ACTIVITY
LED

VOLUME
CONTROL

MANUAL
EJECT

Rear View

IliiiiJl

50 1 1
1..=11=2====50:::-p=in=D:::ai;i!.i;ic:::o=nn:::6=ct=or====

=.J

0000 0001
0001

1000

I

SS5 AUDIO CABLE 530-2079

-'-1!

I I1
10 SELECT 4I 2
TERM
.
TEST
:
PRV/ALW
: PARITY

SunCD Plus Pack, Multi-Tape Backup Tray,
and SC2000 Address Cable Orientation

JUMPER

SETTING

421
Parity
Prevent!Allow
Test
TERMPWR

4 and 21n
Out
Out
Out
In

(g gge::J

~

~

DESCRIPTION

10 Select 22 21 20
Enable parity
Enable eject button
Disabled
Enable TERMPWR

Notes
1. The default setting is Target 6.
2. The 10 Select silkscreen is backwards on early production units.
3. The last order date for this drive was September 30, 1996.
4. This drive is not compatible with SS4, SS5, or SS20 chassis 340-3397.
Reference: SlimeD User's Guide, 801-5963-10.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-11

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SunCD 4
Options 6151 6152
370-2082
Toshiba XM-5301 B
1 5/8" Height
Light Grey Bezel
SPARCstorage UniPack

Front View

o

DO

j[j II II IWI

@

I

T

I

I

I

ACTIVITY EJECT MANUAL
LED
EJECT

VOLUME
CONTROL

AUDIO
OUTPUT

Rear View

ID SELECT

J008

tYJl
L

tTl
I: : :~~

J007
0 0

~I

II

50

-

50-Pin Data Connector

2111~1

, , ,

RCH
GND

TERMPWR
TEST
PRV/ALW EJECT
: : : PARITY

~

Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

UniPack Remote Address Cable Orientation

minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3.
drive is not supported in the SC2000.
SPARCstorage UniPack requires Ferrite 150-1480.
drive does not function on its left side with the Eject button up.

References
1. SPARCstorage UniPack User's Guide, 802-3228-10.
2. Specification Sheet, 802-4064-10.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-12

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SunCD 4
SS4 SS5 SS20 SS1000 SC2000
A11 A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000
Options 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156
370-2101
370-2102
Toshiba XM-5401 B
1 5/8" Height
Black Bezel

Toshiba XM-5401 B
1 5/8" Height
Light Grey Bezel

370-2103

370-2203

540-2852

Toshiba XM-5401 B
1 5/8" Height
S81000 Bezel

Toshiba XM-5401 B
1 5/8" Height
Medium Grey Bezel

Toshiba XM-5401 B
884 8S5 S820
FRU Assembly

Front View

o

@

DO

1UillliliUl

T

I

AUDIO
OUTPUT

VOLUME
CONTROL

I

I

I

ACTIVITY EJECT MANUAL
LED
EJECT

Rear View

ID SELECT

J008

J

~

iT]
I~ ~ ~ro

I
LCH
RCH
GND

JOO?
0

~~I

II

50

I

-

50-Pin Data Connector

2111~1

TERMPWR
TEST
PRV/ALW EJECT
, : : PARITY

~

UniPack Remote Address Cable Orientation

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 80laris 1.1.1 or 80laris 2.3.
2. The 881000 uses a custom sized bezel.
3. Use Bezel Kit 555-1334 to change bezel types.
4. This drive is not compatible with 884, 885, or 8820 chassis 340-2915.
Reference: SPARCstorage UniPack User's Guide, 802-3228-10.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-13

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SunCD 12

StorEdge CD12

SS5 A11 A12 A14 A20 A23 A25
Netra t 1100 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125
E150 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000
Options 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163
370-2816
370-2817
Toshiba XM-5701 B
1 5/8" Height
Light Grey Bezel

6165

Toshiba XM-5701 B
1 5/8" Height
Medium Grey Bezel

Front View

o

@
T

DCJ
I I

iLLllllllIUl

I

I

AUDIO
OUTPUT

VOLUME
CONTROL

ACTIVITY EJECT MANUAL
LED
EJECT

Rear View

ID SELECT

AUDIO

IYfl
I
LCH
RCH
GND

1T1

1:::OOo~~1
'

"

,

"

II so

POWER
pM

50-Pin Data Connector

2111r 000011

I

TERMPWR (Oul)
TEST (Oul)
PRV/ALW EJECT (Oul)
,
TERMPWR ON/OFF (Oul)
,
: : : PARITY (Oul)

'

,'

"

"
"
"
"

~~ Backup Pack, UniPack, and FlexiPack
~ l.J..Q..£M' Remote Address Cable Orientation

Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4.
Reference: Sun CD 12 Installation and User's Guide, 805-0940-10

REMOVABLE MEDIA-14

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SunCD 32

StorEdge CD 32

SS5

A11 A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 A27
Netra ft 1800 Netra t 1100 Netra t 1120/1125
Netra t 1400/1405 Netra ct 400/800
E220R E420R E3xOO E4xOO E5xOO E6xOO
Options 6166 6167 6911 6929 6930 Netra S220
370-3415
370-3416
540-4016
Toshiba XM-6201 B
1 5/8" Height
Light Grey Bezel

Netra It 1880 FRU
RMM Tray With
CD-ROM + DDS-3

Toshiba XM-6201 B
1 5/8" Height
Medium Grey Bezel

540-4017

540-4399

540-4539

Netra It 1800 FRU
RMM Tray W CD-ROM

Netra ct 400/800 FRU
RMM Tray W CD-ROM

Netra S220 FRU
RMM Tray W CD-ROM

Front View

o

@

1KilllillUi

I
AUDIO
OUTPUT

VOLUME
CONTROL

DO

I

T

I
I

I

II

ACTIVITY EJECT MANUAL
LED
EJECT

Rear View

ID SELECT
AUDIO

[

~

I
LCH
RCH
GND

iT1

POWER

1~~~oOO~~1

1150

50-Pin Data Connector

2111[000011

I
TERMPWR (Out)
TEST (Out)
PRV/ALW EJECT (Out)
TERMPWR ON/OFF (Out)
PARITY (Out)

Notes
1. SunCD 32 is not ql.Jalified in the UniPack or FlexiPack.
2. SunCD 32, Option 6166, for the FlexiPack was price listed in error.
Reference
1. SunCD 32 Installation and User's Guide, 805-4237.
2. StorEdge CD 32 Installation and User's Guide, 805-4237-10

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-15

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

StorEdge 10X DVD-CDROM
A25 A26 A28 A36 Netra ct 800
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 5883 6168 Netra S220
540-4684
390-0025
540-4683
Toshiba SO-M1401
1 5/8" Height
Medium Grey Bezel

Netra 5220 FRU

Netra ct 800 FRU

Front View

o

DO
I
I

I

ACTIVITY EJECT MANUAL
LED
EJECT

Rear View

POWER

11

50

50-Pin Da;-Connector

2111~1

Notes
1. The minimum CD-ROM mode operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The minimum DVD-ROM mode operating system is Solaris 8.
Reference: Installation and User's Guide, 806-5518

REMOVABLE MEDIA-16

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

24X CD-ROM
A21 A22
Option 6170
370-3319
Goldstar CRD-8240B
ATAPI/IDE Interface
1 5/8" Height

Front View

o

DOD

@

I

T

HEAD~HONE

VOLUME

I

LED

PLAY
SKIP
MANUAL
EJECT

I
OPEN
CLOSE

Rear View

DIGITAL
AUDIO

@:2]

ANALOG
AUDIO

roooJ

[~~

II

POWER

40

40-Pin Da:-Connector

1111~1

i

IMaster (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
LCH
GND
Slave (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
RCG
Cable Select (Out) (805-3085 is superseded by 805-7115)

The boot cdrom command will not work with the default device alias when
the drive is set to slave. Change the asp device alias to boot from CD-ROM.
CD-ROM Connected to the Primary Channel
nvalias cdrom Ipci@1f,O/pci@1,1/ide@3/cdrom@1,O:f
CD-ROM Connected to the Secondary Channel
nvalias cdrom Ipci@1f,O/pci@1,1/ide@3/cdrom@3,O:f
References
1. Ultra 5110 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764.
2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-17

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

32X CD-ROM
A21 A22
Option 6171
370-3694
370-3694
Goldstar CRD-8322B
ATAPI/IDE Interface
1 5/8" Height

Goldstar CRD-8324B
ATAPIiIDE Interface
1 5/8" Height

Front View

o

@

!1ITTTIlTtIJ !

HEAD~HONE

VOLUME

oDD
I I
I

I

T

LED

PLAY
SKIP
MANUAL
EJECT

OPEN
CLOSE

Rear View

DIGITAL
AUDIO

~

ANALOG
AUDIO

[

~

[Oci'O]

Lu.lJ

II

POWER

40

40-Pin Data Connector

1111~1

I

IMaster (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
LCH
GND
Slave (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite)
RCG
Cable Select (Out) (805-3085 is superseded by 805-7115)

The boot cdrom command will not work with the default device alias when
the drive is set to slave. Change the OBP device alias to boot from CD-ROM.
CD-ROM Connected to the Primary Channel
nvalias cdrom Ipci@1f,O/pci@1,1lide@3/cdrom@1,O:f
CD-ROM Connected to the Secondary Channel
nvalias cdrom Ipci@1f,O/pci@1,1/ide@3/cdrom@3,O:f
References
1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764.
2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-18

Field Engineer Handbook

This page intentionally left blank.

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

5GB 4 mm DDS-1 Tape Drive
SS1000
Options 821 822 823 6251 6252
370-1571
370-2088
Archive 4324RP
Light Grey Bezel
Backup Pack

Archive 4324RP
Light Grey Bezel
UniPack

Front View

TAPE SLOT

LEDS

D

D

c::::::J

I

I
I
YELLOW

= DRIVE BUSY

I
EJECT BUTTON

GREEN = TAPE INSTALLED

Rear View

l.!:1!5::0==5=o=-p=in:::D=at:=a=co::n::ne::ct::or==1::!.j11

fOOOl

JP6~
3 2 1

SW1
F1 -c:::J-

0 0 JP4
Off

I~ftft~~ftftftl

1Gi3ll'--___on_8_---I
Address Select Switch Cable
Pin-1
I

~ gg g':

I,

In the Desktop Backup Pack, orient the Flex Cable
as shown, and plug it into JP6.
In the SPARCstorage UniPack, orient the Address
Cable as shown, and plug it into JP6.

Power: 0.63 Amps
0.38 Amps
7.7 Watts

@
@

+5Vdc
+12Vdc

REMOVABLE MEDIA-20

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

370-2088
370-1571
Jumper and Switch Settings
Jumper JP4
PINS SETTING

1-2
1-2

Out
In

DESCRIPTION

Disable TERMPWR to bus
Enable TERMPWR to bus

Jumper JP6
SCSIID

3

2

0
1
2
3
4

Out

Out
Out

1
Out
In

In
In
Out
Out
In

Out
In
Out
In
Out

Out
Out
Out
In
In
In

5
6
Switch SW1

SWITCH SETTING

1

Off

2
3
4

Off
Off
On
On
Off
Off
On

5
6
7

8

DESCRIPTION

Enable SCSIID 0 = 20
Enable SCSI ID 1 = 21
Enable SCSI ID 2 = 22
Enable SCSI-2 mode
Enable parity
Enable data compression
Reserved for factory use
Enable power-on self test

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.1.
2. Solaris 2.1 writes in high-density mode only.
3. Solaris 2.1 reads in low-density or high-density mode.
4. Solaris 2.2 reads and writes in low-density or high-density mode.
5. The Blank Tape part number is 370-1612-01.
6. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01.
7. Firmware Update Tape 4.CDA-24 is part number 370-3006-01.
8. Firmware Update Tape 4.CDB-24 is part number 370-3269-01.
Reference
5Gbyte 4mm Backup Tape Drive Server Installation Manual, 801-4623.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-21

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

4-8GB 4 mm DDS-2 Tape Drive
SS1000 A11 A12 A14 E150
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 6253 6254 6255 6256 6259 6260
370-2176
370-2177
370-2178
Conner CTD8000
Light Grey Bezel

Conner CTD8000
Medium Grey Bezel

Conner CTD8000
881000 Bezel

Front View
TAPE SLOT

LEOS

D

D

c:::::::::::J
EJECT BUTTON

GREEN; TAPE INSTALLED

Rear View

JP5501
1150

III

210
JP5526 0000 000 Pin-1

00000000

50-Pin Data Connector

1

Illr 000011 1
I
SW5501

SW5501 is located on the bottom of the drive.

Off

On

I~~~~~~~~I
8

Address Select Switch Cable
In the SPARCstorage UniPack, orient the Address
Cable as shown and plug it into JP5526.

Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3.
Blank DDS-2 120 Meter Tape part number is 370-2181-01.
Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01.
Bezel Kit part number is 555-1339.

Reference: DDS-2 Tape Drive Specification, 802-5324-10.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-22

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

370-2176
370-2177
370-2178
Jumper and Switch Settings

JP5501
PIN

SETTING

1-2

Out
Out

2-3

DESCRIPTION

Not used
Not used

JP5526
PIN

1-2
3-4
5-6
8-10
11-12
13-14
15-16

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

As required Enable SCSI 100 = 20
As required Enable SCSI 10 1 = 21
As required Enable SCSI 10 2 = 22
Out
Self test
Active termination
Out
Out
Reserved
Out
TERMPWR

SW5501
SWITCH SETTING

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Volume I

Off
Off
Off
On
On
Off
Off
On

DESCRIPTION

Enable SCSI 10 0 = 20
Enable SCSI 10 1 = 21
Enable SCSI 10 2 = 22
Enable SCSI-2 mode
Enable parity
Enable data compression
Reserved for factory use
Enable self test

REMOVABLE MEDIA-23

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

4-8G8 4 mm DDS-2 Tape Drive
Options 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265
TAP4MM-010A TAP4MM-020A
370-2375
Seagate STD18000N
Light Grey Bezel

Front View
TAPE SLOT

LEOS

D

c::::=

D

EJECT BUTTON
YELLOW = DRIVE BUSY
GREEN

= TAPE INSTALLED

Rear View

CP8001 210
0000 000 Pin-1
OOOOOO?O

11 50

III JP2201

50-Pin Data Connector

lJ Ilf

0

0

0011 1
I
SW0801

FlexiPack
Address Cable Orientation

On
Off

I~~~~~~~~I
8

SW0801 is located on
the bottom of the drive.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3.
2. The Blank DDS-2 120 Meter Tape part number is 370-2181-01.
3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01.
Reference: DDS-2 Tape Drive Specification, 802-7790-10.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-24

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

370-2375
Jumper and Switch Settings

JP2201
PIN

SETTING

1-2

Out
Out

2-3

DESCRIPTION

Not used
Not used

CP8001
PIN

1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
9-10
11-12
13-14
15-16

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

As required Enable SCSI 10 0 = 20
As required Enable SCSI 10 1 = 21
As required Enable SCSI 10 2 = 22
N/A
Reserved
Out
Reserved
Out
Active termination disabled
Out
Reserved
Out
TERMPWR disabled

SW0801
SWITCH SETTING

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Volume I

Off
Off
Off
On
On
Off
On
On

DESCRIPTION

Enable SCSI 10 0 = 20
Enable SCSI 10 1 = 21
Enable SCSI 10 2 = 22
Allow non-MRS tapes
Enable parity
Enable data compression
Enable datmon upon power on
Enable self test

REMOVABLE MEDIA-25

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

12-24GB 4 mm DDS-3 Tape Drive
A11 A12 A14 A20 A25 A26 A27
E150 E220R E420R Netra ft 1800
Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 Netra ct 400/800
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6286 6912 6930
TAP4MM-011 A TAP4MM-021 A
540-4016
370-2376
370-2377
540-4409
HP C1537-00626
Medium Grey Bezel

Netra It 1800 FRU
RMM Tray with
CD-ROM + DDS-3

HP C1537-00625
Light Grey Bezel

ct 400/800 FRU
RMM Tray with
370-2376

Front View
TAPE SLOT

LEOS

c::J

c::J

c:::::::::J

TAPE CLEAN

EJECT BUTTON

Rear View
cr:

:s:

":;;

ffi

~

Address Connector -

1150

50-Pin Data Connector

S2

C\I

.--

0

999

&0&0&0&0

0

1111r 0 00011

I

S2 is located on the bottom of the drive.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4.
2. Switch S2 is disabled by the Sun firmware.
3. An adapter cable is attached to the Address Connector.
4. The adapter cable is provided by the drive manufacturer.
5. The Blank Data Tape part number is 370-2378-01.
6. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01.
7. Firmware Update Tape L706 is part number 370-3376-01.
Reference: DDS-3 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-7791-12.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-26

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

20-40GB 4 mm DDS-4 Tape Drive
A14

A23 A27 E250 E450 E220R E420R
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 6295 TAP4MM-012A
390-0028
390-0027
HP C5683-00625
Wide SCSI Enabled
Medium Grey Bezel
StorEdge Unipack

HP C5683-00625
Wide SCSI Disabled
Medium Grey Beze

Front View
TAPE SLOT

Tape Clean
LE DS

c:::>

c:::::>

c:::>

Eject Button

Rear View

Manual Eject Motor Shaft

Address Connector

Turn counterclockwise. Use a :::;;2 rnm

rc:

wide screwdriver bit with a s3 mm

diameter shaft ~30 mm long.

~

~~QgQ~

t.==='=HO==6:=:=s-==P=in==o=at=a7Co=n=ne=c=to=r::::::;,

S 1 is on the bottom of the drive
S 1 370-0027

On
Off

I~~~~~~~~I
1

8

Setting = Ox2b

S 1 370-0028

On
Off

5gg U'IE4=o
=0=0=0""'1
UniPack Address
Cable Orientation

I~~~~~~~~I
1

8

Setting = Ox6b

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 with Patch 103857.
2. The Narrow SCSI 68-50 Pin Adapter Cable is part number 540-4484.
3. Use the Address Cable or 2 mm shunts on the Address Connector.
4. Solaris only supports S1 switch settings Ox2b and Ox6b.
5. The Blank Data Tape part number is 370-4083-01.
6. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01.
Reference: DDS-4 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 806-3313-10.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-27

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

20GB 4 mm DDS-1 Autoloader
SC2000
Options 825 826 827
370-1616
370-1617
Archive 4584NP
Light Grey Bezel

-...,-'-"'_

Archive 4584NP
Black Bezel

_.

()nAr:::ltnr............
P<:>nol

Cassette

=

=

Warning Open / Close

=

=

=

=

Compress Write Protect

Step

LMJB0153 PCB
50-Pin Data Connector

3 2 1

[OO"Ol

l.2..£.2.J
JP6

SWI

F1 -c::::J-

00 JP4

JP3

Address Select Switch Cable
~

~

In the Multi-Tape Backup Tray and SC2000, orient the Address
Select Switch Cable as shown, and plug it into JP6.

Note
Remove the mylar sheet from the bottom of the drive before installation.
Reference: Product Note 801-6234-12.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-28

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

370-1617
370-1616
Jumper and Switch Settings

JP4
PINS SETTING

1-2
1-2

Out
In

DESCRIPTION

Disable TERMPWR to bus
Enable TERMPWR to bus

JP6
SCSIID

3

2

1

0
1
2

Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
In

Out
Out
In
In
Out
Out
In

Out
In
Out
In
Out
In
Out

3
4
5
6
SW1

SWITCH SETTING

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8

Volume I

Off
Off
Off
On
On
Off
Off
On

DESCRIPTION

Enable SCSI 10 0 = 20
Enable SCSI 10 1 = 21
Enable SCSI 102 = 22
Enable SCSI-2 mode
Enable parity
Enable data compression
Reserved for factory use
Enable power-on self test

REMOVABLE MEDIA-29

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

20GB 4 mm DDS-1 Autoloader
370-1616
370-1617
Switch Settings
LMJB0178 PCB
EPROM

81

S1
SWITCH

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

1

Off*
Off*
Off
On
On
On
On
Off
Off
On*
On*
Off
On*
Off
Off

English language display
English language display
French language display
French language display
Spanish language display
Spanish language display
German language display
German language display
Stop after last tape
Restart at Tape 1 after last tape
High intensity display
Low intensity display
Enable power-on self test
Not used
Not used

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
3
3
4
4

5
6
7

* Default settings

REMOVABLE MEDIA-30

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

20GB 4 mm DDS-1 Autoloader
370-1616
370-1617
Switch Settings
Auto-Loader

Off On

1@

4~
S5

S5
SWITCH

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

1
1
2
2
3
3
4

Off*
On
Off
On*
Off
On*
Off

Horizontal character display
Vertical character display
Do NOT load tape on power up
Load tape on power up
Stop after last tape
Restart at first tape after last tape
Not used

* Default settings
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2.
2. Solaris 2.2 reads and writes in low-density or high-density mode.
3. The 4-Tape Magazine part number is 370-1683-01.
4. The Blank 90 Meter Tape part number is 370-1612-01
5. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01.
6. Firmware Update Tape 4.CDA-424 is part number 370-2867-01.
7. Firmware Update Tape 4.CDB-424 is part number 370-3270-01.
References
1. 20 Gbyte 4mm Tape Auto-Loader Installation Manual, 801-4976-12.
2. 20 Gbyte 4mm Tape Auto-Loader User's Guide, 801-4977-13.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-31

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

16-32GB 4 mm DDS-2 Autoloader
Options 6271
370-2179

SC2000
6272 6273 6274
370-2180

Conner 71300105
Light Grey Bezel

6275 6276
370-2201
Conner 71300107
Black Bezel

Conner 71300106
Medium Grey Bezel

Operator Panel

Cassette

=

Warning Open / Close

=

=

=

=

=

Compress Write Protect

Step

LMJB0259 PCB
50-Pin Data Connector

3 2 1

J P6503 [<5C5Cil

~

SW6501
00

JP6501

Off
On

I~~~~~~~~I
8

Address Select Switch Cable
In the Multi-Tape Backup Tray and SC2000, orient the
Address Select Switch Cable as shown, and plug it into
JP6503.

Note
Remove the mylar sheet from the bottom of the drive before installation.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-32

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

370-2179

370-2180
Jumper Settings

370-2201

JP6501
PINS SETTING

1-2
1-2

Out
In

DESCRIPTION

Disable TERMPWR to bus
Enable TERMPWR to bus

JP6503
SCSIID

3

2

1

0
1
2
3
4
5
6

Out
Out
Out
Out
In
In
In

Out
Out
In
In
Out
Out
In

Out
In
Out
In
Out
In
Out

SW6501
SWITCH SETTING

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8

Volume I

Off
Off
Off
On
On
Off
Off
On

DESCRIPTION

Enable SCSI ID 0 = 20
Enable SCSI ID 1 = 21
Enable SCSI ID 2 = 22
Enable SCSI-2 mode
Enable parity
Enable data compression
Reserved for factory use
Enable power-on self test

REMOVABLE MEDIA-33

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

16-32GB 4 mm DDS-2 Autoloader
370-2179
370-2180
370-2201
Jumper Settings
LMJB0178 PCB
EPROM

S1
SWITCH SETIING

1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2

3
3
4
4
5
6
7

Off*
Off*
Off
On
On
On
On
Off
Off
On'
On
Off
On'
Off
Off

DESCRIPTION

English language display
English language display
French language display
French language display
Spanish language display
Spanish language display
German language display
German language display
Stop after last tape
Restart at Tape 1 after last tape
High intensity display
Low intensity display
Enable power on self test
Not used
Not used

, Default settings

REMOVABLE MEDIA-34

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

16-32GB 4 mm DDS-2 Autoloader
370-2179
370-2180
370-2201
Jumper Settings
Auto-Loader

Off On

1~
4~
85

S5
SWITCH

SETTING

1
1
2
2
3
4

Off*
On
Off
On*
Off
Off

DESCRIPTION

Horizontal character display
Vertical character display
Do NOT load tape on power up
Load tape on power up
Reserved
Reserved

* Default settings
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3.
2. Fan Assembly 540-2607 is required when the drive is installed in
the SC2000 SCSI Tray.
3. The 4-Tape Magazine part number is 370-1683-01.
4. The Blank DDS-2 120 Meter Tape part number is 370-2181-01.
5. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01.
References
1. DDS-2 Tape Drive Specification, 802-5324-10
2. DDS-2 Autoloader Installation Manual, 802-5324-10

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-35

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

72-144GB 4 mm DDS-3 Autoloader
Options 6292 6293 TAP4MM-031 A
370-2379
370-2380
HP C1557-00626
Medium Grey Bezel

HP C1557
Light Grey Bezel

Front View

TAPE MAGAZINE SLOT

B
LCD

§O
§] 0

50

Rear View
Off On

OPTION SWITCH

Li

1

r=
0
0

Address Connector - 00000000 0

11 50

50-Pin Data Connector

S2

82 is on the bottom of the drive

Off

On

REMOVABLE MEDIA-36

I

Iyyyyyyyyl

1

lilt 0 00011
I

--

1

DC Y Cable 180-1715

8

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

370-2379
370-2380
Option Switch

Settings
VALUE

1

2

3

4

Ox1h
Ox2h*
Ox6h
Ox7ht

On
Off
Off
On

Off
On
On
On

Off
Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off

* Circular mode. Requires firmware U709.
t Default setting

Options
OPTION

Ox1h

Ox6h

Ox7h*

Auto-Stack
Auto-Eject
Allow Resequencing
LUN 1 Magazine Ready
LUN 0 Drive Inquiry

Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled

* The default setting is Ox7h

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4.
2. Switch S2 is disabled by the Sun firmware.
3. The Option Switch is read at power on.
4. An adapter cable is attached to the Address Connector.
5. The adapter cable is provided by the drive manufacturer.
6. The Blank Data Tape part number is 370-2378-01.
7. The Magazine part number is 370-2381-01.
8. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01.
9. Firmware Update Tape U709 is part number 370-3377-01.
Reference: DDS-3 Autoloader Installation and User's Guide, 802-7791-12.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-37

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

150MB 1/4" Tape Drive
Su n-4/330/370/390/470/490
SS630MP SS670MP SS690MP SC2000
Options 539 565 660
370-1205
370-1206
370-1218
370-1246
Archive 2150S
Half-Height
Black Bezel

Archive 2150S
Full-Height
Black Bezel

Archive 2150S
Half-Height
Custom Bezel

Archive 2150S
Full-Height
Light Grey Be7el

Rear View
DC Power

llliOi.iiJl

TERMINATING
RESISTORS

o o[Q:Qioo
o 0 I2:QI 0 0

o

RXO
OIAG
PARITY

0

I2:QI 00

0 0
0 0
0 0

111========:.1
50-Pin Cata Connector
______
L!::.

TXO

JUMPER

10 01
10 01
10 01

CF2
CF1
CFO

0 0
0 0
0 0

SETTING

RXDITXD
DIAG
Parity
CF2 CF1 CFO
102 101 100
As

Out
Out
Out
In
required

102
101

100

DESCRIPTION

Serial Port
Normal/Diag
Parity (in for 370-1246)
Disconnect Transfer Size = 32K
SCSI 10

Flex Cable
0
( 00
00

In the Desktop Tape Pack, plug the Flex Cable
into the SCSI 10 jumper block.

Address Select Switch Cable
In the External Storage Module, plug the Address
Select Switch Cable into the SCSI 10 jumper block.

Note: The Cartridge Tape part number is 370-1203-01.
Reference: 50MB 1I4-lnch Tape Drive Configuration Manual, 813-2076.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-38

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

2.5GB 1/4" Tape Drive
SC2000 A14 E3000 E4000
Options 6101 6102 6103
370-2017
370-2018
Tandberg TDC4220
Black Bezel

Tandberg TDC4220
Light Grey Bezel

E5000 E6000
6104 6105
370-2202
Tandberg TDC4200
Medium Grey Bezel

Front View
DOOR BUTTON II

o

GREEN LED

II

= TAPE INSTALLED

Rear View

JIlfI

0

000

Ii

)110000 pj00001
100000gO(!)(!)0150

~

50-Pin Data Connector

UniPack Address Cable Orientation

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3.
2. The Cartridge Tape part number is 370-2019-01.
3. The 2.5GB Data Tape part number is 370-2039-01.
4. The 2.5GB Tape Drive requires M3 mounting screws.
5. The drive can read, but not write, OIC-24.
6. The drive can read and write OIC-2GB, OIC-1000, OIC-525,
OIC-150, and OIC-120.
References
1. SPARCstorage UniPack User's Guide, 802-3228-10.
2. 2.SGbyte 1/4 Inch Tape Drive Specifications, 802-3615-10.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-39

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

4-8G8 1/4" SLR Tape Drive
A16 A20 A25 A26 A27
Options 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110
TAPSLR-010A TAPSLR-020A
370-3279
370-3280
Tandberg SLR5
Light Grey Bezel

6111

Tandberg SLR5
Medium Grey Bezel

Front View
DOOR SUDON II

o

GREEN LED

II

= TAPE INSTALLED

Rear View

J2

Jlr

o

000

J3

II

)110000
pj00001
ooooo!QI(!)(!)(!>oI50

~

50-Pin Data Connector

UniPack Address Cable Orientation

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4.
2. The Cartridge Tape part number is 370-3282-01.
3. The Cleaning Tape part number is 370-3281-01.
4. The drive can read and write QIC-4GB, QIC-2GB, QIC-1000,
QIC-525, QIC-150, and QIC-120.
References
1. 4.0 GByte 114" Tape Drive Specifications, 805-2449-12.
2. SPARCstorage UniPack User's Guide, 802-3228-10.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-40

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

25-50G8 1/4" MLR Tape Drive
Options 6120

6122 TAPMLR-310A TAPMLR-320A
370-3371
370-3372

Tandberg MLR3
Light Grey Bezel
Single-Ended Wide

Tandberg MLR3
Medium Grey Bezel
Single-Ended Wide

Front View

c:::>
EJECT

TAPE SLOT

LEDS

I'
J

GREEN; READY
GREEN; ACTIVITY
AMBER; FAULT/CLEANING

Rear View

J~ Iggggggggg~ggggggi

I HD68-Pin Data Connector I

l
~

Test Connector

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.
2. The MLR3 Cartridge Tape part number is 370-3373-01.
3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-3513-01.
4. The 68-50 Pin Adapter Cable is part number 370-3548-01.
5. The drive can read and write OIC-16GB and OIC-25GB.
6. The drive can read OIC-4GB, OIC-2GB, OIC-1000, OIC-525,
OIC-150, and OIC-120.
Reference: 25GB MLR3 Tape Drive, 805-3752-10.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-41

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

2.3GB 8 mm Tape Drive
Sun-4/370/390/470/490
SS670MP SS690MP
Options 566 802 804
370-1297
370-1405
Exabyte EXB-8200
Black Bezel

Exabyte EXB-8200
Light Grey Bezel

Rear View
TERMINATORS 120-1206-01

Pin 1

Ii

P2~
000

P25

50

Pin 1

--)23

1

50-Pin Data Connector

II
~

f

DC Power

Ilo

000

JI u:u:i:!

Jumper P2
SCSI 10

(MSB) 1

4
5

In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out

3

2
1

0

2
Out
Out
In
In
Out
Out

(LSB) 3

Out
In
In
Out
In
Out

Address Select Switch Cable
~
~

Power:

In the Desktop Storage Module and External Storage
Module, orient the Address Select Switch Cable as
shown and plug it into P2_

4.0 Amps @ +5Vdc
1.2 Amps @ +12Vdc
34.4 Watts

REMOVABLE MEDIA-42

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

370-1297

370-1405

MX Card
U32

On

I~~~~~~~~I Off
1

8

B

D

Dip Switch U32
SWITCH SETTING

1
2
3
4

On
On
On
Off
On
Off
Off
Off

5
6
7
8

DESCRIPTION

Bypass memory test
Enable parity checking
Even byte disconnect
Report busy status
Variable block mode on power up
No disconnect during data transfer
Not used
P6 cartridge type

Manual Eject Switch
Side View

~Fronl

VIew

Push Forward to
Open Tape Door
Notes
1. The 112 Meter Tape part number is 370-1298-01.
2. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2344-01.
3. ECO WO_01575 enabled Parity checking on the MX card. Parity
checking is disabled on drives shipped prior to December 1991.
Reference
Sun 2.3-Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Configuration Procedures for 56-Inch
Data Center Cabinets, 813-2081.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-43

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

5.0GB 8

mm Tape Drive

SS670MP SS690MP SC2000
Options 811 812 814 816
370-1415
370-1416
Exabyte EXB·8500
Black Bezel

Exabyte EXB-8500
Light Grey Bezel

Rear View
1

[0'001

212...£...2J
P3

1 2 4

I~~ ~I II

1001

P5

49

U2

1E31

50 Pin Data Connector

50

P4

---c:::JFl

II

2

DC Power

Address Select Switch Cable
In the Multi-Tape Backup Tray, Desktop Storage
Module, and SC2000, orient the Address Select
Switch Cable as shown and plug it into P3.

Manual Eject Switch
Side View

~

Front V;ew

Push Forward to
Open Tape Door

Power: 2.0 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.7 Amps @ +12Vdc
18.4 Watts

REMOVABLE MEDIA-44

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

370-1415
370-1416
Jumper Settings

Jumper P3
SCSIID

4
5
3
2
1
0

1-2
In
In
Out
Out
Out
Out

3-4
Out
Out
In
In
Out
Out

5-6
Out
In
In
Out
In
Out

1
Off
On
On
Off
On
Off

2
Off
Off
On
On
Off
Off

3
On
On
Off
Off
Off
Off

Switch U2
SCSIID

4
5
3
2
1
0

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.2.
2. Use 54000 as the d(bp/), argument to the dump command
in the high-density 8500 compatibility mode.
3. Use 13000 as the s(size), argument to the dump command
in the high-density 8500 compatibility mode.
4. Use 6000 as the s(size), argument to the dump command
in the low-density 8200 compatibility mode.
5. The 112 Meter Tape part number is 370-1298-01.
6. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2344-01.
References
1. 5.0 Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation Manual, 800-7008.
2. Product Note 5.0 Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive, 800-7303.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-45

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

10GB 8 mm Tape Drive
SS 1000 SC2000
Options 831 833 834 836
370-1808
370-1809
Exabyte EXB-8505
Light Grey Bezel

Exabyte EXB-8505
Black Bezel

Front Vie\A./

r-

:Q

~

~

TAPE SLOT

~

UNLOAD SWITCH

GREEN LED
GREEN/AMBER LED
AMBER LED

Rear View

o 0°00000000000000
o 0

II

50-Pin Data Connector

REMOTE ADDRESS CONNECTOR

Address Select Switch Cables
Pin-1

I
~

~

In the Desktop Backup Pack, orient the Flex Cable as
shown and plug it into the remote address connector.
In the Multi-Tape Backup Tray and SC2000, orient
the Address Select Switch Cable as shown and plug
it into the remote address connector.

Power:

1.6 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.6 Amps @ +12Vdc
15.2 Watts

REMOVABLE MEDIA-46

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

370-1809
370-1808
Jumper Settings and LED Codes

Remote Address Connector
SCSIID

3

2

1

SCSIID

3

2

1

Target 0
Target 1
Target 2
Target 3

Out
Out
Out
Out

Out
Out
In
In

Out
In
Out
In

Target 4
Target 5
Target 6

In
In
In

Out
Out
In

Out
In
Out

LED Codes

Top
On
Middle* On
Bottom On

LEDs

READY
TAPE IN

NORMAL
MOTION

Off
On
Fast
Off
Random Random Random Random
On
Off
Off
Off t

Off
Random
Slow

POST
PART 1

LEDs

POST
PART 2

Hi-SPEED
MOTION

SCSI
RESET

Top
Off
On
Middle* Random Random
Bottom Fast
On

POST
FAILED

ERROR

READY
NO TAPE

CLEANING
NEEDED

Fast
Slow
Random Random
Fast
Off

CLEANING
TAPE IN

Off
Random
Slow

* Green - tape is in uncompressed format.
* Amber - tape is in compressed format.
* OFF - drive is not connected to the SCSI Bus.
t Flashing slow and then fast if a tape is loaded.
Slow LED = 1 flash per second (0.96Hz)
Fast LED = 4 flashes per second (3.76Hz)
Random LED = flash rate varies with SCSI Bus activity

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1.
2. Cleaning is required after every 30 hours of tape motion.
3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2344-01.
4. The 112 Meter Tape part number is 370-1298-01.
5. Firmware 07TO Update Tape is part number 370-3235-01.
Reference: 10Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation Manual, 801-7651-10.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-47

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

7-14GB 8 mm Tape Drive
SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E5500 E6500
Options 841 843 844 845 846 6201 6202 6203 6204
6205 6206 6207
370-1856
370-1857
370-1881
Exabyte EXB-8505XL
Rectangu!ai LED
Black Bezel

Exabyte EXB-8505XL
Round LED
Backup Pack Bezel

Exabyte EXB-8505XL
Rectanguiar LED
EXB-210 Bezel

370-1922

370-2200

Exabyte EXB-8505XL
Rectangular LED
Light Grey Bezel

Exabyte EXB-8505XL
Rectangular LED
Medium Grey Bezel

Front View
r-r-

-=
~

~~

~

TAPE SLOT

UNLOAD SWITCH

with raised diamond pattern (except 370-1857)

GREEN LED
GREEN/AMBER LED
AMBER LED

Rear View

o 0°00000000000000
REMOTE ADDRESS CONNECTOR

o 0

~

Ii

MONITOR PORT

50-Pin Data Connector

In the Desktop Backup Pack, orient the Flex Cable

~
as shown and plug it into the Remote Address Connector.
Pin·1
~,

lJ..£.Q..M'

Power:

In the Multi-Tape Backup Tray, SC2000, and SPARCstorage
UniPack, orient the Address Select Switch Cable as shown
and plug it into the Remote Address Connector.

1.6 Amps
0.6 Amps
15.2 Watts

@
@

+5Vdc
+12Vdc

REMOVABLE MEDIA-48

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

370-1856

370-1857
370-1881
370-1922
370-2200
Jumper Settings and LED Codes

Remote Address Connector
3

2

1

SCSI 10

3

2

1

Out
Out
Out
Out

Out
Out
In
In

Out
In
Out
In

Target 4
Target 5
Target 6

In
In
In

Out
Out
In

Out
In
Out

SCSI 10

Target
Target
Target
Target

0
1
2
3

LED Codes
LEOS

POST
PART 1

On
Top
Middle* On
Bottom On

LEOS

POST
PART 2

POST
FAILED

READY
TAPE IN

NORMAL
MOTION

On
Fast
Off
Off
Random Random Random Random
Off
Off
On
Off t

Off
Random
Slow

Hi-SPEED
MOTION

SCSI
RESET

Top
Off
On
Middle* Random Random
Bottom Fast
On

ERROR

READY
NO TAPE

CLEANING
NEEDED

Slow
Fast
Random Random
Off
Fast

CLEANING
TAPE IN

Off
Random
Slow

* Green - tape is in uncompressed format.
* Amber - tape is in compressed format.
* OFF - drive is not connected to the SCSI Bus.
t Flashing slow and fast if a tape is loaded.
Slow LED = 1 flash per second (O.96Hz)
Fast LED = 4 flashes per second (3.76Hz)
Random LED = flash rate varies with SCSI Bus activity
Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1.
2. Cleaning is required after every 30 hours of tape motion.
3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2344-01.
4. The 112 Meter Tape part number is 370-1298-01.
5. The 160 Meter XL Tape part number is 370-1858-01.
6. Firmware 07TO Update Tape is part number 370-3235-01.
7. The E3000 and E4000 Option 6213 replaced 6206 in March 1997.
8. The E3500 and E4500 were introduced in April 1998.
9. Option 6206 is not price listed for the E3500 and E4500.
Reference: 14Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation Manual, 802-1849-10.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-49

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

7-14GB 8 mm Tape Drive
A11 A12 A14 A20 A25 A26 A27
E220R E420R E3000 E4000 E3500 E4500
Options 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6227
6228 6229 TAP8MM-010A TAP8MM-020A
370-2881
370-2882
370-3128
Exabyte EXB-8705DX
Light Grey Bezel

Exabyte EXB-8705DX
rviediurn Grey Bezei

Exabyte EXB-8705DX
EX8-2iO Bezel

Front View

~ ~h~===========~=P=ES=L=m===========u~
L

UNLOAD SWITCH

GREEN LED
GREEN LED
AMBER LED

Rear View
2 1 0

Ell
I""

50-Pin Data Connector

o~C)C)C)C)C)

II"

I~I

I

POWER

000 @221
\
0:0,0_ _-'

'\

:C)

C ) C ) C ) C ) C ) C ) C ) C ) :C)

0

Backup Pack, UniPack, and FlexiPack ~~
Remote Address Cable Orientation
~ llHJ:Y

REMOVABLE MEDIA-50

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

370-3128
370-2881
370-2882
Jumper Settings and LED Codes

Remote Address Connector
SCSIID

Target
Target
Target
Target

0
1
2
3

2

1

0

SCSIID

2

1

0

Out
Out
Out
Out

Out
Out
In
In

Out
In
Out
In

Target 4
Target 5
Target 6

In
In
In

Out
Out
In

Out
In
Out

LED Codes

Top
On
Middle* On
Bottom On

LEDS

READY
TAPE IN

NORMAL
MOTION

Off
Off
On
Fast
Random Random Random Random
Off
Off
On
Off t

Off
Random
Slow

POST
PART 1

LEDS

POST
PART 2

Hi-SPEED
MOTION

SCSI
RESET

Top
Off
On
Middle* Random Random
Bottom Fast
On

POST
FAILED

ERROR

READY
NO TAPE

CLEANING CLEANING
NEEDED
TAPE IN

Fast
Slow
Random Random
Fast
Off

Off
Random
Slow

* OFF - drive is not connected to the SCSI Bus.
t Flashing slow and fast if a tape is loaded.
Slow LED = 1 flash per second (0.96Hz)
Fast LED = 4 flashes per second (3.76Hz)
Random LED = flash rate varies with SCSI Bus activity

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3.
2. Cleaning is required after every 30 hours of tape motion.
3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2344-01.
4. The 112 Meter Tape part number is 370-1298-01.
5. The 160 Meter XL Tape part number is 370-1858-01.
6. Firmware 8HC-0098 Update Tape is part number 370-3639-01.
Reference: 14Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation Manual, 802-1849-10.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-51

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

20-40GB 8 mm Tape Drive
E3000 E4000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 6225 6226 6230 6231 6232
6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238
TAP8MM-011 A TAP8MM-021 A TAP8MM-400G
L1B8MM1-400G TAP8MMB-400G TAP8MMC-400G
370-2401
370-2183
370-2184
EXB-8900
Single-Ended
Light Grey Bezel
W LCD Display

EXB-8900
Differential
EXB-220 Bezel
w/o LCD Display

EXB-8900
Single-Ended
Medium Grey Bezel
w/o LCD Display

Front View

Ik==~

=

=====!..I~

fOl

==TAPE=SLOT

UNLOAD SWITCH-.SJ
LCD DISPLAY

GREEN LED
GREEN LED
AMBER LED

Rear View

o

I

C)C)C)

I

" H" 0
"
68- PIn
1- enslty

I

SINGLE-ENDED
FASTIWIDE SCSI
DATA CONNECTOR

Power:

C)

c)c)c)o

C)C)C)C)C)C)C)C)C)

I

3210
000000
000000

I

REMOTE
ADDRESS
CONNECTOR

II 0000 11
1c...:::....::..1

I

OC)
OC)

fOOOI

0 ,...---,
'----'

I

DC POWER
CONNECTOR

1.6 Amps @ +5Vdc
0.6 Amps @ +12Vdc
15.2 Watts

REMOVABLE MEDIA-52

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

370-2183

370-2184
Jumper Settings

370-2401

Remote Address Connector
LOCATION

0
1
2
3

SETTING

As
As
As
As

required
required
required
required

DESCRIPTION

SCSI 10 0 (20)
SCSI 10 1 (21)
SCSI 10 2 (22)
SCSI 10 3(23)

Drive Configuration Guidelines
SCSI HOST
ADAPTER

COMPRESSION

FastlWide
FastlWide
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
FastlWide

Not enabled
Not enabled
Not enabled
Not enabled
Enabled
Enabled

MAX # OF DRIVES
OTHER DEVICES
PER HOST ADAPTER
ON THE BUS

No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes or No
Yes or No

6
4
3
2
1
1

Library Configuration Guidelines
COMPRESSION

MAX # OF LIBRARIES
PER HOST ADAPTER

Not Enabled
Enabled

3
2

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.
2. The 170 Meter AME Tape part number is 370-2395-01.
3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2396-01.
4. Firmware 37F Update Tape is part number 370-3367-01.
5. Firmware 37F is not compatible with EXB-8900 370-xxxx-02 Rev 52.
6. The E3000 requires internal SCSI Cable 530-2381.
7. The E4000 requires internal SCSI Cable 530-2382.
8. The E5000 does not provide adequate cooling for the EXB-8900.
9. The E6000 does not provide adequate cooling for the EXB-8900.
References
1. 20-40 Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-7712.
2. 20-40 Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation Guide, 805-0416.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-53

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

20-40GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive
Options 6053 6054 6055 6056
6057 6058 6059 TAPDLT-020A
370-2187
370-2255
370-2848
Quantum DLT4000
Single-Ended SCSI
Medium Grey Bezel

Quantum DLT4000
Single-Ended SCSI
Black Bezel

Quantum DLT4000
Single-Ended SCSI
Light Grey Bezel

Front View

D
Rear View

I

-

50-Pin Data Connector

DC Power

Not Used

I Ilo 000)1 I

14-Pin

I

Left Side View
ID Select
Enable ID

Notes
1. The
2. The
3. The
4. The

select~g ~

Loader
Connector
00000
00000

minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4.
DLT4700 Autoloader requires drive 370-2264.
Address Select Switch Cable for 370-2255 is 370-2333.
Address Select Switch Cable for 370-2848 is 530-2372.

References
1. DLT4000 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-5054-11.
2. DLT4000 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-6378-12.
3. DLT4700 Auto-Loader Installation and User's Guide, 802-5688-11.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-54

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

20-40GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive
Options 6051
540-2780
Quantum DLT4000
Single-Ended SCSI
Desktop Assy/FRU
w Drive 370-2848

6052 6071
540-2781
Quantum DLT4700
Single-Ended SCSI
Library Assy/FRU
w Drive 370-2264

Front View

Rear View

I

-

DC Power

Not Used

I Il 0 0 00)1 I

14-Pin

I
-

Left Side View

,.....

ID Select
Enable ID

Select~~

ill

Loader
Connector
00000
00000

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4.
2. The DLT4700 requires drive 370-2264.
3. The Address Select Switch Cable for 370-2848 is 530-2372
References
1. DLT4000 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-5054-11.
2. DLT4000 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-6378-12.
3. DLT4700 Auto-Loader Installation and User's Guide, 802-5688-11.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-55

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

35-70GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive
Options 6060 6061
370-2329
370-3331
Quantum DLT7000
Single-Ended SCSI
Medium Grey Bezel
4MB Internal Cache

Quantum DLT7000
Single-Ended SCSI
Medium Grey Bezel
8MB Internal Cache

6062 TAPDLT-021A
370-2847
370-3330
Quantum DLT7000
Single-Ended SCSI
Light Grey Bezel
8MB Internal Cache

Quantum DLT7000
Single-Ended SCSI
Light Grey Bezel
4MB Internal Cache

Front View

L
TAPE SLOT

HANDLE

I

~

I

------

Rear View
DC Power

I

HD68-Pin Data Connector

I

Il

0

000

JI

Left Side View
......
10 Select
Enable 10

select~~~

Loader
Connector
00000
00000

FlexiPack Remote Address Cable Orientation

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.
2. The SPARCstorage FlexiPack Address Switch Cable is 530-2372.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-56

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

20-40GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive
ETl4/1000
Option 6072
370-2865
Quantum DLT4000
Differential SCSI
ETL 4/1000 FRU

Front View

Rear View

I

..

50-Pin Data Connector

Not Used

I Il 0 0 00)1 I

14-Pin

I

Left Side View
r--.
Loader
Connector
00000
00000

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.
2. The ETL 4/1000 requires a Differential SCSI Controller.
3. The ETL 4/1000 requires a Differential SCSI DLT 4000.

00000
00000

-

References
1. ETL Service CD-ROM, 704-5683-01.
2. ETL 411000 Service Manual, 875-1809.
3. ETL 411000 Planning and Installation Guide, 875-1808.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-57

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

35-70GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive
ETL 4/1800 StorEdge L1800 ETL 7/3500 StorEdge L3500
Options 6063 6073 6074 6075 6076 6079 6080
370-3272
370-3332
Quantum DLT7000
Differential SCSI
4/1800 & 7/3500 FRU
4MB Internal Cache

Quantum DLT7000
Differential SCSI
4/1800 & 7/3500 FRU
8MB Internal Cache

Front View

L
TAPE SLOT

I

I

Rear View
DC Power

I

HD68-Pin Data Connector

I

Il

0

000

JI

-

Left Side View

......

00000
00000

00000
00000

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.
2. The ETL 4/1800 and 7/3500 requires a Differential SCSI Controller.
3. The ETL 4/1800 and 7/3500 requires a Differential SCSI DLT7000.

-

References
1. ETL 4/1000 and 4/1800 Service CD-ROM, 704-5683-02.
2. ETL 4/1000 and 4/1800 Service Manual, 875-1809.
3. ETL 4/1000,4/1800 and 7/3500 Service CD-ROM, 704-5683-03.
4. ETL 7/3500 Service Manual, 805-1038.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-58

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

35-70G8 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive
StorEdge L280
370-3423
Quantum DLT7000
Differential SCSI
Stepper Motor

Front View

r

[

TAPE SLOT

[J

[

I

0

0
0

0

III

III

r-l

,--,

,---,

,...-----,

Rear View

7
HD68-Pin Data Connector

HD68-Pin Data Connector

Notes
11. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.
2. The 370-3423 includes address and data cables, fan, mounting bracket,
stepper motor, and stepper motor circuit board.
3. To remove the tape drive, slide the drive 2.5" (65 mm) out of the chassis.
Disconnect the DC Power, Fan Power, Stepper Motor, and SCSI Address
cables, and remove the drive from the chassis.
Reference: StorEdge L280 User's Guide, 805-3957.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-59

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

35-70GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive
StorEdge L 1000
370-3516
Quantum DLT7000
Differential SCSI

Front View

IL
TAPE SLOT

I

I

Rear View

I

HD68-Pin Data Connector

Il

I

DC Power
0

000

)1

-

Left Side View
r--.
00000
00000

00000
00000

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.
2. The StorEdge L1000 requires a Differential SCSI Controller.
3. The StorEdge L1000 requires a Differential SCSI DLT7000.
4. The DLT 7000 includes an Address Cable, Fan, Interface Board,
Magnetic Interlock, Mounting Bracket, and Stepper Motor.
References
1. StorEdge L 1000 Service CD-ROM, 704-5684.
2. StorEdge L 1000 User's Guide Manual, 805-4823.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-60

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

35-70G8 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive
StorEdge L 11 000
370-3723
Quantum DLT7000
Differential SCSI

Front View

IL
TAPE SLOT

I

I

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.
2. The StorEdge L 11000 requires a Differential SCSI Controller.
3. The StorEdge L11000 requires a Differential SCSI DLT7000.
4. Part number 370-3723 includes a DLT7000, Interface Board, and
Stepper Motor mounted in a Drive Carrier.
5. Install drives in consecutive order from position 0 to position 15.
6. Set the Drive Sideboard Switch to the address on the left/right door.
References
1. StorEdge
2. StorEdge
3. StorEdge
4. StorEdge
5. StorEdge

Volume I

L 11000 User CD-ROM, 704-6526.
L11000 User's Guide, 805-7275.
L 11000 User's Guide Addendum, 6311627-01.
L 11000 Service CD-ROM, 704-6527.
L 11000 Service Manual, 704-7276.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-61

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

35-70G8 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive
StorEdge L20 StorEdge L40 StorEdge L60
380-0346
390-0032
FRU Assembly
HP C7202-80007

Quantum DLT7000
HV Differential SCSI

Front View

~

___________
Th_P_E_S_LO_T__________

~1 ---

Stepper Motor
,-- SCSI
r-

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6.
2. The StorEdge L20/40/60 requires a Differential SCSI Controller.
3. The StorEdge L20/40/60 requires a Differential SCSI DLT7000.
4. Part number 380-0346 includes a DLT7000, Interface Board, and
Stepper Motor mounted in a Drive Carrier.
References
1. StorEdge L20 User CD-ROM, HP C7200-90025.
2. StorEdge L20 User's Guide, HP C7200-90009.
3. StorEdge L20 User's Guide Addendum, HP C7200-90014.
4. StorEdge L20 FRU Replacement, HP C7200-90005.
5. StorEdge L20 Service Manual, HP C7200-90031.

REMOVABLE MEDIA-62

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

40-80GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive
StorEdge L9
380-0383
FRU Assembly
HP C7202-80008
HV Differential SCSI

Front View

I

TAPE SLOT

I~

Stepper Motor
.-- SCSI
r--

~

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6.
2. The StorEdge L9 requires a Differential SCSI Controller.
3. The StorEdge L9 requires a Differential SCSI DLT8000.
4. Part number 380-0383 includes a DLT8000, Interface Board, and
Stepper Motor mounted in a Drive Carrier.
References
1. StorEdge L9 FRU Replacement, HP C7145-90020.
2. StorEdge L9 Service Manual, HP C7145-90050.

Volume I

REMOVABLE MEDIA-63

This page intentionally left blank.

CONFIGURATIONS
ETHERNET

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Ethernet
SBus
Ethernet Controller ............................................................
SQEC/S ............................
Quad Ethernet Controller
SunFastEthernet 1.0 ............................. ... .... ..... ................
SunFastEthernet 2.0/2.1 ....................... ....... ....... .... ... .......
Sun Quad FastEthernet 1.0 SQFE/S ...... ..... ..................
Sun Quad FastEthernet 2/0 SQFE/S .............................
GBE/S .... .... ..... ......... .........
GigabitEthernet 1.0
GigabitEthernet 2.0
GBE/S .... ....... ... ...... ...........

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

PCI
SunFastEthernet
FE/P ....... ......... ....... ...........
Sun Quad FastEthernet
QFE/P ......... ........ ........ ......
GigabitEthernet 1.0
GBE/P ... .... .......... .... ..........
GigabitEthernet 2.0
GBE/P ... .... ....... ....... ... .......
GigabitEthernet FC-AUP ...................................................

10
11
12
13
14

cPCI
Rear Access Quad FastEthernet ..... ...... ................ ............
Rear Access Quad FastEthernet Transition Board ...........
Front Access Quad FastEthernet .......... .................. ..........

15
16
17

Miscellaneous
Mil to AUI Converter ..........................................................
SunSwitch Gigabit Ethernet Switch ..... ............ ...... ............
TP4 Hub ............................................................................
SuperStack II Entry Hub ....................................................

18
19
20
21

Field Engineer Handbook Volume I

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Ethernet Controller
Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4
Options 450 453
501-1450
501-1881
X450A
40/50/60/65/75

SS5

X450A and X453A
15/30/40/50/60/65/75
SS4 SS5

32-Bii SBus Connecior

S4DMA -f-- 501-1450
or
S4DMA+-f-- 501-1881

501-1450 Switch Settings
SWI
1-8
1-8

SETIING DESCRIPTION
Off

Ethernet

On

Thin Ethernet

501-1881 Switch Settings
SWI
8
Fuse Fl
o• 2A
150-1174-01

1

Off 1 •••••••• 1
On DDDDDDIJD

t Ethernet
•

Thin Ethernet

SW1

DB15

SETIING DESCRIPTION
Off

Ethernet

1-6

On

Thin Ethernet

7-8

On

+12Vdc on

7-8

Off

+12Vdc off

1-6

BNC

Power: 1.0 Amps @ +5Vdc
5.0 Watts not including MAU + 12Vdc power requirements
Notes
1. The Sun-4/75 supports one internal 207MB or 424MB disk drive if
the Ethernet MAU draws current from the + 12Vdc output to Pin-13.
2. Do NOT install this card in Slot-3 of the Sun-4/60 or Sun-4/65.
3. The 501-1881 replaced 501-1450 in September 1991.
4. Option X453A replaced X450A in September 1992.
5. Option X450A included 501-1450 or 501-1881.
6. Option X453A included 501-1881.
References
1. Installing the SBus Ethernet Card, 800-5161-10
2. Installing the SBus Ethernet Card, 800-6682-10.

ETHERNET-2

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Quad Ethernet Controller

SQEC/S

Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20
SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E150
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
E10000
Option 1058
501-2062
32-Bit SBus Connector

QEC-1

BB
BB
--

Power: 2.0 Amps
10.0 Watts

@

10BASE-T - -

0123

+5Vdc

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.3 or Solaris 2.3.
2. The minimum OS for an SS4 with SQEC is Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94.
3. The minimum OS for an SS5 with SQEC is Solaris 2.3 Hardware: 5/94.
4. The minimum OS for an SS20 with SQEC is Solaris 2.3.
5. The final OS for the BEC device and the be driver is Solaris 2.6.
6. SunOS 4.1.3 requires Quad Ethernet Controller 1.1 software.
7. SQEC device drivers are bundled in Solaris 2.3.
8. SunOS 4.x device drivers support Sun-4m architecture only.
9. Open Boot PROM 2.x is required.
10. The Link Integrity Test is enabled/disabled through the OBP.
Reference: SBus Quad Ethernet Controller (SQEC) Manual, 800-7123-11.

Volume I

ETHERNET-3

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SunFastEthernet 1.0
Sun-4/15/30

501-2450

SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600
SS 1000 SC2000
Option 1056
501-2646
501-2655

SBus Card

I

[en,,,, I
I

Fcodel

B
D

~

D
0

"0

I

32-Bit SBus Connector

[en,,,, I

~

FRU Assembly

Transceiver Card

["'""",1

["'C"""
iWilW

Ii$MfuHM

I
I
[M'"~"I DC

DC

DD

1798661 1798651 1832231

LL_~~!ID

!1Jil!;HU!_~m@l.!!lM~illl!

I

I

I

I

I

40-PIN Mil CONNECTOR

I
10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

Notes
1. The minimum OS is SunOS 4.1.3 or Solaris 2.3 Hardware 5/94.
2. SunOS 4.1.3 requires SunFastEthernet 1.1 software.
3. Solaris 2.3 Hardware: 5/94 requires Patch 101820-01.
4. Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94 requires Patch 102001-01.
5. SunOS 4.x device drivers support Sun-4m architecture only.
6. The final software release is Solaris 2.6.
7. SS1 000 and SC2000 require Solaris 2.4 Patch ;:::102001-08
if the SM81 is installed.
Reference: SunFastEthernet Adapter User's Guide, 801-6109-10.

ETHERNET-4

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SunFastEthernet 2.0/2.1
Sun-4/15/30 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600
SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14
E150
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
E10000
Option 1059
501-2919

I

I

64-Bit SBU5 Connector

B
D

DD

FEPS

D
I PTe I

I
10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

40-PIN Mil CONNECTOR

Notes
1. The minimum as for SunFastEthernet 2.0 is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4.
2. The minimum as for SunFastEthernet 2.1 is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3.
3. The SUNWhmd and SUNWhmdu packages are bundled in Solaris 2.5.
4. The SS1000 and SC2000 require OBP 2.26 due to BuglD 1228182.
5. Install SunFastEthernet in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1 on E10000 SBus
I/O board 501-4349.
Reference: SunFastEthernet Adapter User's Guide, 802-6022-10.

Volume I

ETHERNET-5

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Sun Quad FastEthernet 1.0

SQFE/S

SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000
A11 A12 A14 E3xOO E4xOO E5xOO E6xOO
Option 1042
501-4302

I

I

64-Bit SBus Connector

ffiI J0907
Serial PROM
Enable Jumper

1889151
QFESB
FCode

Dserial
PROM

525·1717

525·1702
525·1752

FEPS

FEPS

PORTO PORT

-

1 PORT 2

PORT 3

1DBASE·T / 1DDBASE·TX

@§]
0

12 3

Notes
1. The minimum
is Solaris 2.4 and Quad FastEthernet 1.0.
2. QFE/S 1.0 uses the SUNWhmed device driver.
3. QFE/S is not compatible with Sun Trunking 1.0.
4. The SS1000 and SC2000 require OBP 2.26.
5. One CPU per port is recommended for maximum throughput.
6. Two CPUs per QFE/S are recommended for ;::>:200MHz systems.
7. SQFE :::::501-4302-03 fails the Fcode checksum test and will not configure
during boot if the E3000-E6000 is set to Diagnostic mode. Set Keyswitch
diagnostics Off, OBP diag-switeh? false, and OBP diag-Ievel min.
8. Set the NVRAM variable local-mae-address? to true to enable the MAC
addresses of the network interfaces on the Quad FastEthernet board.

as

Reference: Sun Quad FastEthernet Installation Guide, 805-0732-10.

ETHERNET-6

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Sun Quad FastEthernet 2.0
A11

SS5
A12

SQFE/S

SS10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000
A14 E3xOO E4xOO E5xOO E6xOO E10000
Option 1049
501-4837
501-5443

I

I

54-Bit SBus Connector

~ J0907
Serial PROM
Enable Jumper

1889151
QFESB
FCode

Dserial
PROM

525·1742

525·1752

FEPS

FEPS

PORTO PORT

1 PORT 2

PORT 3

1OBASE·T 11 OOBASE· TX

lli§J
0 12 3

Operating System Notes
1. The minimum OS is Solaris 2.4 and Quad FastEthernet 2.0.
2. Solaris 2.6 requires QFE 2.1 software.
3. Do NOT use QFE 2.1 software with Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 5/98.
4. QFE 2.2 software is bundled in 2.6 HW: 5/98 and SunTrunking 1.0.1.
5. QFE/S 2.0 uses the SUNWqfed drivers and supports Sun Trunking.
6. The output of pkginfo -x does not match the QFE release number.
Conversion tables are included in Release Notes 805-3893-1 O.
Notes
1. The SS1000 and SC2000 require OBP 2.26.
2. The E10000 is not compatible with 501-4837-01. Use ~501-4837-02.
3. One CPU per port is recommended for maximum throughput.
4. Two CPUs per QFE/S are recommended for ~200MHz systems.
5. Set the NVRAM variable local-mae-address? to true to enable the MAC
addresses of the network interfaces on the Quad FastEthernet board.
Reference: Sun Quad FastEthernet Installation Guide, 805-3114-10.

Volume I

ETHERNET-7

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

GigabitEthernet 1.0

GBE/S

A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000
Option 1045
375-0003
Alteon AceNIC

I

54-Bit SBU5 Connector

I

D

D
DD
D D
-

n

n

SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR
50/125 MM Fiber (550 M)
62.5/125 MM Fibre (300 M)

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
2. The final operating system is Solaris 2.6.
3. Install GBE/S in Slot a on E10000 SBus 1/0 board 501-4349.
4. The minimum software for the E1 0000 is Gigabit Ethernet 1.1.
Reference: Sun GigabitEthernet SBus Adapter 1.0 User's Guide, 805-1136.

ETHERNET-8

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

GigabitEthernet 2.0

GBE/S

A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000
Option 1140
501-4375
Multi-Mode Fiber

I

I

64-Bit SBus Connector

a L:J
5 - 3.3

129~" I I

I

125MHz

SERDES

I

I

~x

~oxx
...JLLI-a:

n

n

~

SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR
50/125 MM Fiber (550 M)
62.5/125 MM Fibre (260 M)

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 11/97.
2. There are no slot restrictions for the E10000 SBus I/O board.
References
1. Sun GigabitEthernetiS Product Note, 805-5937.
2. Sun GigabitEthernetiS Installation and User's Guide, 805-2784.

Volume I

ETHERNET-9

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SunFastEthernet

FE/P

A16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27
Netra t 1100/1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 Netra ft 1800
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 1033 6934
501-4359
501-5019
540-3981
3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz

3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz

Netra It 1800 FRU

w 501-4359 or 50i -50i 9

I C"EERIO I

~

F0701

40-PIN Mil CONNECTOR

10BASE·T
100BASE·TX

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
2. Auto-negotiation is used to select operating mode and speed.
3. The address of the on-board Mil transceiver is 1.
4. Set the external Mil transceiver to an address other than 1 to avoid an
address conflict with the on-board transceiver. Refer to BuglD 4062714.
References
1. SunFastEthernet PCI Installation and User's Guide, 805-1759.
2. SunFastEthernet PCI Adapter Product Note, 805-2715-10.

ETHERNET-10

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Sun Quad FastEthernet

QFE/P

A 16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105
Netra t 1100/1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 Netra ft 1800
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 1034 6943
501-4366
501-5406
540-4094
3.3/5V 64Bit 33MHz

I

3.3/5V 64Bit 33MHz

C"EERIO

I I

C"EERIO

Netra It 1800 FRU

I

21153·AAlAB
21·44103·01
DEC1996
DC1041B = Rev B - f - DC1041C
DC1041C=RevC
A9731JL1337B

I

C"EERIO

I I

C"EERIO

I

10BASE·T
100BASE·TX

PORT 0

PORT 1

PORT 2

PORT 3

Notes
1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 4/97 and Quad FastEthernet 2.0.
2. Solaris 2.6 requires QuadFastEthernet 2.1.
3. Quad FastEthernet hardware uses the SUNWqfed device driver.
4. The Ultra 30 requires DC21153 Revision C. See BuglD 4094903.
5. One CPU per port is recommended for maximum throughput.
6. Two CPUs per QFE/P are recommended for :2:200MHz systems.
7. Auto-negotiation is used to select operating mode and speed.
Reference
Sun Quad FastEthernet PCllnstallation and User's Guide, 805-1797-10.

Volume I

ETHERNET-11

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

GigabitEthernet 1.0

GBE/P

A 16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27
Netra t 1100 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
E10000
Option 1044
375-0002
Alteon AceNIC
3.3/5V 64Bit 33MHz

DDDDD
DDDDD
B

o
o

D D
D
SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR
50/125 MM Fiber (550 Meter)
62.5/125 MM Fiber (300 Meter)

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
2. The final operating system is Solaris 2.6.
3. The minimum E10000 operating system is Solaris 2.6.
Reference: Sun GigabitEthernet PCI Adapter 1.0 User's Guide, 805-1135.

ETHERNET-12

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

GigabitEthernet 2.0

GBE/P

A 16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105
Netra t 1100 Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
E10000
Option 1141
501-4373
501-5470
Multi-Mode Fiber
3.3/5V 64Bit 33/66MHz

Special for Apple

I~C5121
I
I

125MHz

I

DC-DC

5 - 3.3

I

SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR
50/125 MM Fiber (550 Meter)
62.5/125 MM Fiber (260 Meter)

Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 11/97.
References
1. Sun GigabitEthernetiP Product Note, 805-5938.
2. Sun GigabitEthernetiP Installation and User's Guide, 805-2785.

Volume I

ETHERNET-13

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

GigabitEthernet FC-AUP
A16

A22

A23 A25 A26
Option 2069
501-5426

A27

3.3/5V 32/64Bit 33/66MHz

L

FC-AL SC-DUPLEX GbE SC-DUPLEX
50/125 MM Fiber (500 Meter)
62.5/125 MM Fiber (300 Meter)
2 Meter Cable 537-1004
5 Meter Cable 537-1020
15 Meter Cable 537-1006

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 7 HW: 11/99.
2. The minimum asp is 3.11.
References
1. GigabitEthernet FC-AUP Installation Manual, 806-2385.
2. GigabitEthernet FC-AUP Product Note, 806-2386.

ETHERNET-14

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Rear Access Quad FastEthernet
Netra ct 400 Netra ct 800
Option 1334
501-5417
3.3/5V 64Bit 33MHz ePCI

D

Ism@1

EEPROM

Ism@1
ISTP20031

I
I
I
I

PHY

PHY

PHY

Ismo031

PHY

I
I
I
I

a
U"l

a

:::<

'"....,
a"0
J:

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

375-0075
Jumper Settings
JUMPER PINS SETTING

JK1
JK2
JK3
JP2
JP2
JP4
JP4
JP4
JP5
JP5
JP5
JP5
JR1
JR1

1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
3-4
5-6
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
1-2
2-3

In
In
In
Out
In
In
In
In
Out
In
Out
Out
In
In

DESCRIPTION

66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock
66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock
66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock
Normal mode (default)
Manufacturing mode
AMD K6/K6+ 4.5x clock multiplier
AMD K6/K6+ 4.5x clock multiplier
AMD K6/K6+ 4.5x clock multiplier
2.2V CPU core voltage
2.2V CPU core voltage
2.2V CPU core voltage
2.2V CPU core voltage
Normal (default)
Flash recovery (not implemented)

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. DOS, Windows 3.x, Windows 95, and Windows NT are supported.
3. BIOS on 375-0075-02 may not be compatible with SunPCi 1.0 or 1.1.
Upgrade to 1.1.1 if the message "Unknown flash device" is displayed.
4. Use 64MB DIMM 370-3800, Option 7041.
5. Use 128MB DIMM 370-3801, Option 7035.
6. RS-232 signal levels are used. RS-423 is not available.
7. The Parallel/Serial Port Backpanel does not have a part number.
8. The Parallel/Serial Port Backpanel requires an adjacent PCI slot
on the component side of the SunPCi.
PCI Slot Notes
1. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 5, Slot 1 or Slot 2.
2. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 10, Slot 1.
3. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 30 or Ultra 60, Slot 4.
4. In the Ultra 30 and Ultra 60, the SunPCi fan housing can touch the solder
side of a long PCI board installed in the second slot below a SunPCi.
Install the card and side cover with the system in the service position.
5. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 80, Slot 1 or Slot 4.
6. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 450, Slot 1.
References
1. SunPCi Installation Guide, 805-6055.
2. SunPCi User's Guide, 805-6058.
3. SunPCi DIMM Installation Guide, 805-7205.
4. Important Notice, 806-2198-10.

Volume I

MISCELLANEOUS-7

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SunPCi
A16

A20 A21 A22 A23
Option 1131A-64.2
375-0095

A27

5V 64Bit 33MH

I nn

0

-~Ch01g+- ~~e_s:.~ing.dependsonthe.
---

-

00 I

JP5
'0

~

'5

g-

o
~lli o

o:

©

001011
001Ql
JP4

K6-2400MHz

t\o L.t-'u vonage reqUirement.
SunPCI boards with 2.0V and
2.2V K6 CPUs have the same
part number. Do Not change
the JP5 jumper setting,

o
o
o
o
o
o

IT]

SIS5598 VGA

~

JK10g1
JK20
JK3°

r::::l

~

1 121iI0

JR1

g IBIOS I

8

BIOS Flash

CR2032

3V

21554-AA
PCI Bridge

co
~[JJ

--,

CX>

Ui
w

1838771

25-Pin Parallel

w

w

z

:J

MISCELLANEOUS-8

z

:J

9-Pin Serial

0
I

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

375-0095
Jumper Settings
JUMPER PINS

JK1
JK2
JK3
JP2
JP2
JP4
JP4
JP4
JP5
JP5
JP5
JP5
JR1
JR1

1-3
1-3
1-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
3-4
5-6
1-2
3-4
5-8
1-8
1-2
2-3

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

In
In
In
Out
In
In
Out
Out
Out
In
Out
Out
In
In

66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock
66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock
66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock
Normal mode (default)
Manufacturing mode
AMD K6/K6+ clock multiplier
AMD K6/K6+ clock multiplier
AMD K6/K6+ clock multiplier
2.2V CPU core voltage *
2.2V CPU core voltage *
2.2V CPU core voltage *
2.0V CPU core voltage *
Normal (default)
Flash recovery (not implemented)

* Do Not change the JP5 jumper setting.

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. DOS, Windows 3.x, Windows 95, and Windows NT are supported.
3. Use 64MB DIMM 370-3800, Option 7041.
4. Use 128MB DIMM 370-3801, Option 7035.
5. RS-232 signal levels are used. RS-423 is not available.
6. The Parallel/Serial Port Backpanel does not have a part number.
7. The Parallel/Serial Port Backpanel requires an adjacent PCI slot
on the component side of the SunPCi.
PCI Slot Notes
1. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 5, Slot 1 or Slot 2.
2. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 10, Slot 1.
3. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 30 or Ultra 60, Slot 4.
4. In the Ultra 30 and Ultra 60, the SunPCi fan housing can touch the solder
side of a long PCI board installed in the second slot below a SunPCi.
Install the card and side cover with the system in the service position.
5. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 80, Slot 1 or Slot 4.
6. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 450, Slot 1.
References
1. SunPCi Installation Guide, 805-6055.
2. SunPCi User's Guide, 805-6058.
3. SunPCi DIMM Installation Guide, 805-7205.
4. Important Notice, 806-3164-10.

Volume I

MISCELLANEOUS-9

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

SBus Expansion Adapter
Sun-4/50/75

SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20
Options 171 1072
501-1840

SS600

SBus Connector

XASIC

J0201

1°00°1
0000

96-PIN HIGH-DENSITY
80 em Cable 530-1896

Notes
1. SBus Expansion 1.0 is compatible with SunOS 4.1.1 and 4.1.2.
2. SBus Expansion 1.2 is compatible with SunOS 4.1.1, 4.1.2, and 4.1.3.
3. SBus Expansion is not supported in SunOS 4.1.3_U 1 Version B.
4. SBus Expansion is not supported in SunOS 4.1.4.
5. SBus Expansion device drivers are included in Solaris 2.2.
6. The final software release is Solaris 2.5.1.
7. SS10 Boot PROM 2.7 extends the dictionary space to 1MB.
8. SS600MP Boot PROM 2.8 extends the dictionary space to 1MB.
References
1. SBus Expansion Subsystem Installation and Troubleshooting Guide,
800-5965-10.
2. SBus Expansion Subsystem Board Installation Manual, 800-7178-11.

MISCELLANEOUS-10

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

SBus Expansion Controller

SES/C

Option 1072
501-1841

I

100001
LED POWER

1I1i·· .. 1111..!:11==::::IIIIIII::::=::!J

1i1
SCSI DISK2

POWER
SUPPLY

SBus Slot 0

I I

DISK2
POWER

SBus Slot 1

B
50-PIN SCSI-2

50-PIN SCSI-2

SCSI DISK1

DISK1
POWER

SBus Slot 2

150MHZ

0
0

I

96-PIN HIGH-DENSITY

These SBus cards are not compatible with the SES/C:
DESCRIPTION

PART NUMBER

CG3
Videopix
GT Graphics Option
Prestoserve
Ethernet Option 453
FDDI/S
TRIIS
NP20 Printer Card
SCSI Host Adapters
SBE/S
DSBE/S
SBus Expansion Adapter
SunPC Accelerators

501-1909
501-1706
501-1693
370-1401
501-1881
501-1732
2501-1932-02
501-2275
501-1759 and 501-1850
501-1869
501-1902
501-1840
501-1980 and 501-1981

Reference
SBus Expansion Subsystem Product Compatibility Note, 801-2209-11.

Volume I

MISCELLANEOUS-11

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

PCMCIA Adapter
SS4

SS5

SS20 A11
Option 1030
501-2367

A12

A14

SBus Connector

D

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3, Edition 2.
2. Solaris 2.3 requires the SUNWpmdm package.
3. The SUNWpmdm package supports the Sun PCMCIA Modem.
4. Solaris 2.4 Hardware:11/94 requires the SUNWpcm cluster.
5. Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94 includes the SUNWpcser driver for serial
and modem cards and the SUNWpcmem driver for memory cards.
6. The A 11, A 12, and A 14 require modified EMI shield 340-3050-03.
The modified EMI shield is installed on 501-2367-05.

MISCELLANEOUS-12

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Audio Module
SS4

Ultra 450 Ultra Enterprise 450
Option 496
501-2592

I

J0305

I

I C~231 I

CD INPUT

J0101

-

-

;--

0

-

-

- =r - :=J - =r =r
HEAD
PHONE

LINE
OUT

LINE
IN

MICROPHONE

Notes
1. The SS4 minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or 2.4 HW: 11/94.
2. The A20 minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5 HW: 4/97.
3. The SS4 Option 496 includes internal SS4 Audio Cable 530-2079.

Volume I

MISCELLANEOUS-13

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Audio Module
Ultra 30

Ultra 60 Ultra 80
501-4155

MICROPHONE

LINE IN

LINE OUT

HEADPHONE

o

Notes
1. The minimum Ultra 30 (A 16)
2. The minimum Ultra 60 (A23)

as is 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
as is 2.5.1 HW 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.

References
1. Ultra 30 Service Manual, 802-7719.
2. Ultra 60 Service Manual, 805-1709.
3. Ultra 80 Service Manual, 805-6618.

MISCELLANEOUS-14

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Alarm Module
Netra t 1100

CJ
CJ
CJ

DB-15

Netra t 1120
501-4669

Netra t 1125

10-Pin

To LED Card

6-Pin

To Front Fan

8-Pin

To Power Supply

o

Notes
1_ The
2. The
3. The
4. The

minimum Netra t 1100 as is 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97.
minimum Netra t 1120 as is 2.5.1 HW 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
minimum Netra t 1125 as is 2.5.1 HW 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
Alarm Module software is on CD-ROM 704-6024-10.

References
1. Netra t 1100 Service Manual, 805-1893-10.
2. Netra t 1120 Service Manual, 805-4348-10.
3. Netra t 112011125 Service Manual, 805-6804-10.

Volume I

MISCELLANEOUS-15

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

System Controller
Netra i 150

Netra nfs 150 Ultra Enterprise 150
501-3089

J1001
Power OUT Cable 530-2255
To Rmvbl Media and Disk Drives

J0801
UPS Cable 530-2259

J10030
XIR Cable 530-2292
ToJ2201onA11-170CPU

J0501

J1002

Fan Cable
530-2262

Pwr IN Cable
530-2256

D

D

J0802

c::J

Fillerbox Cable
530-2260

J0601

Ix~1

LCD Cable
530-2261

J0901 to Adapter 501-3104 to J2602 on A 11-170 CPU

....
0
0

r!.

C\I

U1

....
()
"

PCI J3

>

PCI J5

>

FI oppy Power
Switch/LED
Fan
DijklCD Power

~ J0501 : : : : :1: : : : : :: J:: J0502

J2

L0503::::::::: :

~ J050< : : : : : : : : : . :
J6

I

J48-

I
J7

J

J10

c::==:J

J9

J8

J13c:=J

Ii J12~

I
System Board Slot

1

Smart Card

Speaker

-

Floppy

Notes
1. The PCI signaling is 5V, 32Bits, 33M Hz.
2. All slots support 32-bit or 64-bit PCI boards.
Reference: Sun Blade 100 Service Manual, 806-3416.

Volume I

M ISCELLAN EOUS-21

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Smart Card Reader
Sun Blade 100 Sun Blade 1000
370-3933

D
D
10--

0
I--

MISCELLANEOUS-22

D
\J

D DI n
I

,..-

0

Cable to system board ......

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

System Control Board
Netra ct 400 Netra ct 800
Option 7168
501-5612
To Backplane

o

D
DOD
DOD
LEDCR0303

0

To System Status Panel

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is 80laris 8 HW: 6/00.
1. The 8CB is installed behind the System Status Panel.
2. The component side of the 8CB faces the left side of the chassis.
Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296.

Volume I

MISCELLANEOUS-23

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Front CPU Transition Board
Netra ct 400
Options 7150 7151
501-5624

7180

h
SCSI
VHDCI68

PARALLEL
HD-26

o

o

C\I

o
....,

100BASE-TX
RJ-45

SERIAL B
DB-9

D

Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00.
Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296.

MISCELLANEOUS-24

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Front CPU Transition Board
Netra ct 800
Options 7154 7155
501-5618

N

a
a

N

~

PARALLEL
OB-25

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

SERIAL A
OB-9

SERIAL B
OB-9

ULTRA SCSI
H068

;;
N

a

:::<

0::

Notes
1_ The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00_
2_ Shunt Board 501-5619 is required in the rear of Slot 1 and 2_
Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296_

Volume I

MISCELLANEOUS-25

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Rear CPU Transition Board
Netra ct 400 Netra ct 800
Options 7152 7153 7156 7157 7158
501-5609

7159

ULTRA SCSI
VHDCI68

1OOBASE-TX B

1OOBASE-TX A

SERIAL B
DB-9

SERIAL A
DB-9

D
D
o
N

o

;a:
-,

PARALLEL
DB-25

Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00.
Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296.

MISCELLANEOUS-26

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Alarm Board
Netra ct 400
Option 7160
540-4406
FRU Assembly

Motherboard 501-5620 with Daughterboard 501-5650
'---_ _ _--'1 : - - - -; -- -- -- -- -- -- -; - - - - - - - - - - - - To 501-5649
C\I
....,

Daughterboard-2501-5650:

Red Key
H.110

Daughterboard 501-5649
100BASE-TX

a
PCMCIA

To 501-5620

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00.
1. FRU assembly 540-4406 includes 501-5620, 501-5649, and 501-5650.
2. CR1632 Battery 150-2850 is installed on 501-5620.
References
1. Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296.
2. Netra ct Server Alarm Card Installation Manual, 806-3300.
3. Remote System Control User's Guide, 806-3301.

Volume I

MISCELLANEOUS-27

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Alarm Board
Netra ct 800
Option 7161
501-5610

PHONE

Removed from 501-5610-07

PCMCIA

ALARM

DB-15

Red Key
H.110

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00.
2. CR1632 Battery 150-2850 is installed at BT0401.
References
1. Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296.
2. Netra ct Server Alarm Card Installation Manual, 806-3300.
3. Remote System Control User's Guide, 806-3301.

MISCELLANEOUS-28

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Rear Alarm Transition Board
Netra ct 800
Option 7176
501-5611

ALARM
DB-15

Removed from 501-5611-06

Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00_
References
1_ Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296_
2_ Netra ct Server Alarm Card Installation Manual, 806-3300_
3_ Remote System Control User's Guide, 806-3301_

Volume I

MISCELLANEOUS-29

This page intentionally left blank.

CONFIGURATIONS
I/O

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

lID
E3000/4000/5000/6000 E3500/4500/5500/6500
I/O Board ...........................................................................
I/O Board with SOC+ .........................................................

2
6

I/O Graphics Board... .... ............ ......... ........ ................ ........
I/O Graphics Board with SOC+ .........................................

10
14

PCI I/O Board ....................................................................
PCI Riser Boards...............................................................

16
20

E10000
SBus I/O Board .................................................................
PCI I/O Board ....................................................................
PCI Riser Boards ...............................................................

22
24
25

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

CONFIGURATIONS

19/18/00

liD Board
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2610
501-2977
I/O Type 1
83MHz Gigaplane

.------.~'----------------'L'I------~~,------,

[8[8[8[8[8[8[8[8[8

EJ

SYSIO-O

~~~~~

RISC-1

soc

Q
0

SYSIO-1

~~~~o

SBus 1

SBus 0

SBus 2

J2f~~D

I

o
D D

ID~Dcl

F3501/F3500

0-

II
II

II

LEDS
000
Mil

10BASE-T HD68 FIW SCSI
100BASE-TX

B

A

Backpanel and Connectors

(±) 1L....-___s_B_us_o____-'

Mil

1/0-2

---'I

'--___S_B_u_s_1_ _

10BASE-T HD68-PIN SCSI
100BASE-TX

B

. .J1 (±)

s_B_us_2____

1 - 1_ _ _ _

A

EJECTOR

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2977
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

J0500
J0501

1-2
1-2

In

J2500

1-2

FAB 270-2977

DESCRIPTION

-01 -02 -03

Out

Unknown
Unknown

Out

Inv Adr 1

-01 -02 -03 -04 -05

-01 -02 -03

J2501

1-2

-01 -02 -03

123

In
*

Unknown

J2503

Unknown

-01

J3002

1-2

In

SOC Flash write enabled

-01

J3002

1-2

Out

SOC Flash write disabled -01

*J2503 is not illustrated. The default jumper setting is unknown.

Notes
1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board.
4. The message "status 'fail- Downrev AC'" is displayed when I/O Graphics
Board <501-2977-04 is installed. The message indicates that the
Address Controller is pre-FCS and lower than revision 4.
5. The following cable types are supported:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers
62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
Flash PROM Notes
1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11)
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
NVRAM Notes

1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized
when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM.
2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board
and I/O Board NVRAM:
ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards
ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051.
2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845.
3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.

Volume I

1/0-3

CONFIGURATIONS

19/18/00

liD Board
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2610
501-4287
I/O Type 1
83MHz Gigaplane
~,----------------,u,------,~,------,

[8] [8] [8] [8] [8] [8]

B

SYSIO-O

~~~~~

RISC-1

soc

o

0

IDCDcl

Q
0

SYSIO-1

~~~~o

SBus 1

SBus 0

IRISC-oI

[8] [8] [8]
SBus 2

J2~~~D
I

EJ o

F3501/F3500

o
I
I
I
I

D'_

LEOS
000
Mil

10BASE-T HD6S FIW SCSI
100BASE-TX

B

I
I
I
I

A

Backpanel and Connectors

0 1
L.-.-___S_B_U_S0_ _--'

Mil

1/0-4

L.-.-__S_B_US_1_ _- -'1 1L.-.-__S_B_US_2_ _---'10

10BASE-T HD6S-PIN SCSI
100BASE-TX

B

A

EJECTOR

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-4287
Jumper Settings
DESCRIPTION

Inv Adr 1

FAB 270-2977

-06

Notes
1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board.
4. The following cable types are supported:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers
62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
Flash PROM Notes
1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11)
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
NVRAM Notes
1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized
when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM.
2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board
and I/O Board NVRAM:
ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards
ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051 .
2. Ultra Enterprise 4000/5000/6000 System Manual, 802-3845.
3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.

Volume I

1/0-5

CONFIGURATIONS

19/18/00

liD Board with SOC+
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2611
501-4266
I/O Type 4
83MHz Gigaplane
r-----~~r----------------~Lrl------~~r------~

[8[8[8[8[8[8[8[8[8

B

RISC-1

SYSIO-O

Q
0

SYSIO-1

~~~! ~
soc+

~~~~

0

SBus 1

SBus 0

SBus 2

J2~~~D

I

U2501

D
o

0

F3501/F3500

IDCDcl

DC~

J0401=

D

IFPROM I

SOC+

GBIC 1

GBIC 0

N~~:O~

~~

LEDS

000
Mil

10BASE-T HD68 FIW SCSI
100BASE-TX

B

A

8ackpanel and Connectors

0

SBus 0

SBus 1

1

Mil

1/0-6

10BASE-T HD68-PIN SCSI
100BASE-TX

11
B

SBus 2

A

10
EJECTOR

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-4266
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

J0401
J0401
J2500

1-2
1-2
1-2

In
Out
Out

DESCRIPTION

SOC+ Flash write enabled
SOC+ Flash write protected
Inv Adr 1

Notes
1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The minimum ExOOO OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 if a GBIC is installed.
3. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
4. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board.
5. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
E4500 72" Expansion Cabinet Notes
1. Install the E4500 in the 72" Expansion Cabinet in numerical sequence.
2. SBus Filler Panel 540-4566, Option 1099, is required in SBus Slot 3
of the I/O Board with SOC+ under the following conditions:
soc+ I/O BOARD

soc+ I/O BOARD

CABINET
POSITION
4th E4500

MOUNTING
HOLE#

1st E4500

606672

Filler Panel required when:
Filler Panel required
3 or more E4500s are installed
1 E4500 + 4 A5000s are installed

2nd E4500

364248

Filler Panel required

Filler Panel required

3rd E4500

121824

Filler Panel required

Filler Panel required

849096

IN SLOT 3
Filler Panel not required

IN SLOT?
Filler Panel required

Flash PROM Notes
1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11)
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
NVRAM Notes
1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized
when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM.
2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board
and I/O Board NVRAM:
ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards
ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051.
2. Ultra Enterprise 4000/5000/6000 System Manual, 802-3845.
3. SBus and Graphics I/O Boards Installation, 805-2704.
4. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.
5. SBus Blank Filler Panel Installation Guide, 806-5239.

Volume I

1/0-7

CONFIGURATIONS

19/18/00

I/O Board with SOC+
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2612
501-4883
I/O Type 4
83/90/1 OOMHz Gigaplane

u

LJ

[8] [8 [8][8] [8 [8 [8] [8] [8

B

SYSIO-O

~~~~o

soc+

SBus 1

SBus 0

IRIS~oI
D D

ID~Dcl

Q
0

SYSIO-1

~~~~~

RISC-1

B

D

SBus 2

SOC+

F3501/F3500
J0401Cl

J2f~~O
I
U2501
IFPROMI

NVRAMD
U2502
GBIC 1

GBICO

~~

O-

lEOS
000
Mil

10BASE-T HD68 FIW SCSI
100BASE-TX

B

A

Backpanel and Connectors

(f) IL__S_B_U_SO_ _-,

Mil

1/0-8

-'1 IL__S_B_US_2_ _-,1 (f)

L--_ _S_B_US_1_ _

10BASE-T HD68-PIN SCSI
100BASE-TX

B

A

EJECTOR

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-4883
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

J0401
J0401
J2500

1-2
1-2
1-2

In
Out
Out

DESCRIPTION

SOC+ Flash write enabled
SOC+ Flash write protected
Inv Adr 1

Notes
1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is 2.5.1.
2. The minimum ExOOO OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 if a GBIC is installed.
3. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
4. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board.
5. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
E4500 72" Expansion Cabinet Notes
1. Install the E4500 in the 72" Expansion Cabinet in numerical sequence.
2. SBus Filler Panel 540-4566, Option 1099, is required in SBus Slot 3
of the I/O Board with SOC+ under the following conditions:

soc+ I/O BOARD

soc+ I/O BOARD

CABINET
POSITION

MOUNTING
HOLE #

4th E4500

849096

Filler Panel not required

Filler Panel required

1st E4500

606672

Filler Panel required when:
3 or more E4500s are installed
1 E4500 + 4 A5000s are installed

Filler Panel required

2nd E4500

364248

Filler Panel required

Filler Panel required

3rd E4500

121824

Filler Panel required

Filler Panel required

IN SLOT 3

IN SLOT 7

Flash PROM Notes
1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11)
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
NVRAM Notes
1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized
when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM.
2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board
and I/O Board NVRAM:
ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards
ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod
References
1. Enterprise 3500 System Reference Manual, 805-2630.
2. Enterprise 4500/5500/6500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632.
3. SBus and Graphics I/O Boards Installation, 805-2704.
4. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.
5. SBus Blank Filler Panel Installation Guide, 806-5239.

Volume I

1/0-9

CONFIGURATIONS

19/18/00

I/O Graphics Board
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2620
501-2749
1/0 Type 2
83MHz Gigaplane

------,

~r----------------~Lrl------~L-rl

UPA Bus

SBus 0

SBus 2

O

J0501

=

J2r~~ D
I
IFPROM I

I~ Ie - ~~c=-V~""::~D

D D

F3501/F3500

D'~

lococl

D

=J4~

LEDS

I OLC 1

I OLC 0 I

II
I
I
I
I
I
I

II
I
I
I
I
I
I

J250~

II
I FW
I
I

000
Mil

10BASE-T H068 FIW SCSI
100BASE-TX

A

B

Backpanel and Connectors

(±)

S_B_u_s_0_---'

1 - 1_ _ _ _

Mil

1/0-10

L -_ _
U_PA_Bu_s_---'1

10BASE-T H068-PIN SCSI
100BASE-TX

8

S_B_u_s2_ _--'1

1 - 1_ _

A

(±)

EJECTOR

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-2749
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

J0500
J0501

1-2

In

1-2

J2500

1-2

J2500

1-2

J2501

1-2

DESCRIPTION

FAB 270-2749

Unknown

-01 -02 -03 -04

In

Unknown

-01 -02 -03 -04

Out

Inv Adr 1

-01 -02 -03

Out

Inv Adr 1

-04 -05 -06

Unknown

-01 -02 -03 -04

Unknown

-01 -02

SOC Flash write enabled

-01 -02

J2503

123

In
*

J4302

1-2

In

J4302

1-2

Out

SOC Flash write disabled -01 -02

*J2503 is not illustrated. The default jumper setting is unknown.

Notes
1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board.
4. I/O Graphics Board iPOST 3.4.1 is required to support FFB 501-3129.
5. The message "status 'fail - Downrev AC'" is displayed when I/O Graphics
Board <501-2749-05 is installed. The message indicates that the
Address Controller is pre-FCS and lower than Revision 4.
6. The following cable types are supported:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers
62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
Flash PROM Notes
1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11)
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
NVRAM Notes
1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized
when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM.
2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board
and I/O Board NVRAM:
ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards
ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod
References

1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051.
2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845.
3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.

Volume I

1/0-11

CONFIGURATIONS

19/18/00

liD Graphics Board
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2620
501-4288
I/O Type 2
83MHz Gigaplane

u

SBus

°

L.J

UPA Bus

OI[Jl

SBus 2

SOC

o

~

0

ID~Dcl

F3501/F3500

D

J4302=

IFPROMI

r -

-

-, r -

-

II
II
II
II
II

LEDS
000
10BASE-T HD68 FIW SCSI
100BASE-TX

°

-,N~~:a~D

I OLC 1 I I OLC
I
II
II I~I
I
II
I

0-

Mil

J2r~~ 0
I

B

I
I

A

Backpanel and Connectors

(±) IL-__S_BU_S_O_---l

Mil

1/0-12

L-__

UP_A_B_US_---lll'-_ _
S_BU_S_2_---l1

10BASE-T HD68-PIN SCSI
100BASE-TX

B

A

(±)

EJECTOR

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-4288
Jumper Settings

JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

J2500
J4302

1-2
1-2

Out
Out

Inv Adr 1
SOC flash write disabled

Notes
1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board.
4. I/O Graphics Board requires iPOST 3.4.1 to support FFB 501-3129.
5. The following cable types are supported:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers
62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
Flash PROM Notes
1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11)
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
NVRAM Notes
1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized
when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM.
2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board
and I/O Board NVRAM:
ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards
ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod
References
1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051.
2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845.
3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.

Volume I

1/0-13

19/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

I/O Graphics Board with SOC+
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2622

501-4884
1/0 Type 5
83/90/1 OOMHz Gigaplane

u-'I----------------'L'I

------,~.-----~

SBus 0

OD
SOC+

D

D

F3501/F3500

IOC-Del

D~

D

J0401=

NVRAMD
U2502

GBIC 1

GBIC 0

~~

LEDS

000
Mil

10BASE-T HD68 FIW SCSI
100BASE-TX

B

A

Backpanel and Connectors
ID

I

SBusO

~L-_ _ _---'

Mil

1/0-14

----'1

'--___
Up_'A_B_US__

10BASE-T HD68-PIN SCSI
100BASE-TX

B

----'1 (±)

s_Bu_s_2__

1 - 1_ _ _ _

A

EJECTOR

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-4884
Jumper Settings
JUMPER

PINS

SETTING

DESCRIPTION

J2500
J0401

1-2
1-2

Out
Out

Inv Adr 1
SOC+ Flash write disabled

Notes
1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is 2.5.1.
2. The minimum ExOOO OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 if a GBIC is installed.
3. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
4. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board.
5. The following cable types are supported:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers
62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
E4500 72" Expansion Cabinet Notes
1. Install the E4500 in the 72" Expansion Cabinet in numerical sequence.
2. SBus Filler Panel 540-4566, Option 1099, is required in SBus Slot 3
of the I/O Graphics Board with SOC+ under the following conditions:

soc+ 1/0 BOARD

soc+ 1/0 BOARD

CABINET
POSITION

MOUNTING
HOLE #

4th E4500

849096

Filler Panel not required

1st E4500

606672

Filler Panel required when:
Filler Panel required
3 or more E4500s are installed
1 E4500 + 4 A5000s are installed

2nd E4500

364248

Filler Panel required

Filler Panel required

3rd E4500

121824

Filler Panel required

Filler Panel required

IN SLOT 3

IN SLOT 7
Filler Panel required

Flash PROM Notes
1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11)
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
NVRAM Notes
1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized
when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM.
2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board
and I/O Board NVRAM:
ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards
ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod
References
1. Enterprise 3500 System Reference Manual, 805-2630.
2. Enterprise 45001550016500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632.
3. SBus and Graphics 110 Boards Installation, 805-2704.
4. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.
5. SBus Blank Filler Panel Installation Guide, 806-5239.

Volume I

1/0-15

CONFIGURATIONS

19/18/00

PCI I/O Board
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2630
501-4325
501-3023
1/0 Type 3
83MHz Gigaplane

1/0 Type 3 FRU

w 2 5V Risers

PSYCHO+
PCI1
SCSI

PSYCHO+
PCID
ENET
IFPRoMI

B

I

CHEERIO

I

J4200
PCI1

B

NVRAM

I

B

J3200
PCIO

U2502

LEDS

000
HD68-PIN SCSI
UILTRAIWIDE

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

8ackpanel and Connectors

@

PCI1

HD68-PIN SCSI
ULTRAIWIDE

1/0-16

PCIO

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

@

EJECTOR

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-3023
501-4325
Jumper Settings

DESCRIPTION

Inv Adr 1

Notes
1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1.
2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board.
4. The E3000-E6000 CPU/Memory Board requires OBP 3.2 Version 8.
5. Patch 103346-06 includes OBP 3.2 Version 8.
6. Option 2630 includes two 5V Riser Boards and two 3.3V Riser Boards.
7. Up to three PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E3xOO.
8. Up to six PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E4xOO, E5xOO, and E6xOO.
9. The following cable types are supported:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers
62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
FlashPROM Notes
1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11)
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
NVRAM Notes
1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized
when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM.
2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board
and I/O Board NVRAM:
ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards
ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod
ISP1040 Ultra SCSI Controller Notes
1. The ISP 1040 is an Ultra SCSI controller.
2. Ultra SCSI transfer rates are not supported.
3. Disable Ultra SCSI transfers to the onboard SCSI controller.
4. Refer to PCII/O Product Note, 805-3364-10, September 1997.
References
1. PCII/O Board Installation, 805-1372.
2. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051.
3. Ultra Enterprise 4000/5000/6000 System Manual, 802-3845.
4. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.

Volume I

1/0-17

CONFIGURATIONS

19/18/00

PCII/O Board
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Option 2632
501-4881
501-4926
I/O Type 3
83/90/1 OOMHz Gigaplane

I/O Type 3 FRU
w 2 5V Risers

.-----~~r----------------~ur------,~r------,

E

PSYCHO+
PCI1
SCSI

~

PSYCHO+
PCIO
ENET

'"Iii
-g,

C')

ro

Iii

-g,
c

c

.3

.3

"2

"2

(3

I

E
::l
E

CHEERIO

(3

I

E
::l

E

.~

.~

::;;

::;;

J4200

J3200

PCI1

PCIO

"'----------'1
NVRAM

.

B

U2502
LEDS

000
H068-PIN SCSI
UILTRAlWIOE

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

8ackpanel and Connectors
PCI1

H06S-PIN SCSI
ULTRAlWIOE

1/0-18

PCIO

10BASE-T
100BASE-TX

EJECTOR

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-4881
501-4926
Jumper Settings
DESCRIPTION

Inv Adr 1

Notes
1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is 2.5.1.
2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98.
3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board.
4. Option 2632 includes two 5V Riser Boards and two 3.3V Riser Boards.
5. Up to three PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E3xOO.
6. Up to six PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E4xOO, E5xOO, and E6xOO.
7. The following cable types are supported:
50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers
62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters
FlashPROM Notes
1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode.
2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM.
ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11)
3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of
the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type.
NVRAM Notes
1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized
when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM.
2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board
and I/O Board NVRAM:
ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards
ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod
ISP1040 Ultra SCSI Controller Notes
1. The ISP 1040 is an Ultra SCSI controller.
2. Ultra SCSI transfer rates are not supported.
3. Disable Ultra SCSI transfers to the onboard SCSI controller.
4. Refer to PCII/O Product Note 805-3364-10 of September 1997.
References
1. PCII/O Board Installation, 805-1372.
1. Enterprise 3500 System Reference Manual, 805-2630.
2. Enterprise 4500/5500/6500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632.
3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579.

Volume I

1/0-19

CONFIGURATIONS

19/18/00

PCI Riser Boards
E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000
E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500
Options 2630 2632
501-4128
501-4169
3.3V Riser Board

5V Riser Board

501-4128 3.3V 33/66MHz 32/64-Bit Riser

1---

64-Bit

32-Bit

_-1-_"_

1 00

J1

_ _ _ _ _ 1 00

J1

501-4169 5V 33MHz 32/64-Bit Riser
32-Bit

64-Bit

.- - - - - - L

1 -

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --

__________________________________________

JUMPER SETTING

J1
J1

1

In
Out

•

DESCRIPTION

JTAG enabled
JTAG disabled

Notes
1. If JTAG is enabled and the PCI card does not support JTAG, the I/O
Board will not be initialized or recognized during POST or boot.
2. The E3000-E6000 CPU/Memory Board requires OBP 3.2 Version 8.
3. Patch 103346-06 includes OBP 3.2 Version 8.
4. Options 2630 and 2632 include two 5V and two 3.3V Riser Boards.
5. Up to three PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E3000.
6. Up to six PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E4000, E5000, and E6000.
References
1. PCI I/O Board Installation, 805-1372-10.
2. BuglDs 4090962 and 4362243.

1/0-20

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

This page intentionally left blank.

Volume I

1/0-21

CONFIGURATIONS

19/18/00

SBus 110 Board
E10000
Option 2730
501-4349
501-4478

In
SBus 0 Slot 0

SBus 0 Slot 1

DC-DC

~5

+1- 12Vdc

EJ

C')

=>

Mezcon Connector Screw
tightening sequence used
before July 1998.
References
805-0311-10 March 1997
805-2917-10,11,12,13

(03

EJ

II)

=>

SBus 1 Slot 1

51
(0

1/0-22

0
SYSIO

0)

I

I

SYSIO

0

02

40)

Mezcon Connector Screw
tightening sequence used
after June 1998.
Reference
805-2917-14 July 1998

Mezcon Connector

(0

50)

Tighten to 6 in/lb in
the sequence shown

(06

SBus 1 Slot 0

01

I
0)

(03

06

40)

Tighten to 6 in/lb in
the sequence shown

05

10)

Field Engineer Handbook

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

501-4349

501-4478

Notes
1. Install only one TRIIS. Do NOT install any board in the second slot.
2. Install SCI and UDWIS/S on separate SBus channels.
SBus 1/0 Board 501-4349 Notes
1. Install FC100/S in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1.
2. Install GBE/S 1.x in Slot O. There are no slot restrictions for GBE/S 2.0.
3. Install SunFastEthernet 2.x in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1.
4. Install SunSwift in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1.
5. SSP software controls whether the system will boot when SBus boards
are installed in Slot 1 of SBus 1/0 board 501-4349. Problems may occur if
SBus slot restrictions are not followed.
501-4349
Slot 1

SSP 3.0
";104853-04

~104853-05

SSP 3.1
,,;105684-06

~105684-07

SSP 3.0

SSP 3.1

SSP 3.1.1

SSP 3.2
will boot

SunSwift

will not boot

will boot

will not boot

will boot

will boot

FastEthernet

will not boot

will boot

will not boot

will boot

will boot

will boot

GBEIS 1.x

will not boot

will boot

will not boot

will boot

will boot

will boot

FC100/S

will boot

will boot

will boot

will boot

will boot

will boot

SBus 1/0 Board 501-4478 Notes
1. SSP software controls whether the system will boot when SBus boards
are installed in Slot 1 of SBus 1/0 board 501-4478.
2. There are no slot restrictions for FC1 OO/S, GBE/S, SunFastEthernet,
or SunSwift when SBus 1/0 board 501-4478 is used with new versions
of SSP software.*
501-4478
Slot 1

SSP 3.0
";104853-04

~104853-05

SSP 3.0*

SSP 3.1
";105684-06

~105684-07

ssP 3.1*

SSP 3.1.1*

SSP 3.2*

SunSwift

will not boot

will boot

will not boot

will boot

will boot

will boot

FastEthernet

will not boot

will boot

will not boot

will boot

will boot

will boot

GBE/S 1.x

will not boot

will boot

will not boot

will boot

will boot

will boot

FC100/S

will boot

will boot

will boot

will boot

will boot

will boot

References
1. Ultra Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917.
2. BuglDs 4046986, 4049704, 4091053, and 4157729.

Volume I

1/0-23

19/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

PCII/O Board

500-4779
Untested PCI I/O
w/o 5V Riser

E10000
Option 2731
501-4830

F501-4830

PCI I/O Assembly
PCII/O 500-4779
2 5V Riser 501-4778

PCIIiO FRU
Assembly 501-4830
3.3V Riser Kit 565-1474

EJEJ

Mezcon Connector Screw
tightening sequence used
before July 1998
Reference
805-3831-10 March1998

o

(03

01

50)

Tighten to 6 inllb in
the sequence shown

PCIO.O
(06

I

PSYCHO

I

Mezcon Connector Screw
tightening sequence used
after June 1998
References
805-3831-11 July 1998
805-2917-14 July 1998

0

Mezcon Connector

(0

0

I

PSYCHO

02

0)

I

(03

06

40)

Tighten to 6 in/lb in
the sequence shown

PC11.0

(0

0

0)

05

10)

Notes
1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 5/98.
2. There is no part number for a tested PCI I/O board without Riser boards.
References
1. Enterprise 10000 PCI Upgrade Instructions, 805-3831-11.
2. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-14.

1/0-24

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

PCI Riser Boards
E10000
Option 2731
501-4777
501-4778
3.3V Riser Board

5V Riser Board

501-4777 3.3V 33/66MHz 32/64-Bit Riser

1---r--

32-Bit

--I

54-Bit

· - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ..
···
..
~

501-4778 5V 33MHz 32/64-Bit Riser

1---

32-Bit

----+-.

1

54-Bit

··,, - - - - - - - - - - -- - ------- - _. _. - _. -------- - _. - - - -.,,,

Notes
1. Riser Kit 565-1474 includes two 501-4777 3.3V Riser Boards.
2. Mounting Kit 565-1482 includes:
PART #

DESCRIPTION

240-2391
240-2853
340-4311
340-4419
540-3562

PCI Filler Panel (x2)
M3 x 5 Screw (x6)
Mounting Bracket (x2)
Personality Plate
Front Cover

Volume I

110-25

This page intentionally left blank.

CONFIGURATIONS
BACKPLANE

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Backplane
Pressfit Backplane Information .............................................

3

Sun-4d Architecture
SS 1OOO/SS 1OOOE 4-Slot Centerplane ..............................
SC2000/SC2000E 10-Slot Centerplane ............................

4
5

Sun-4u Architecture
E3000 4-Slot Centerplane .................................................
E3500 5-Slot Centerplane .................................................
E4000/E5000 8-Slot Centerplane ......................................
E4500/E5500 8-Slot Centerplane ......................................
E6000 16-Slot Centerplane ...............................................
E6500 16-Slot Centerplane ...............................................

6
8
10
12
14
16

Sun-4u1 Architecture
E10000 16-Slot Centerplane .............................................
E10000 Centerplane Support Board .................................

18
20

Netra ct 400 and Netra ct 800
Netra ct 400 5-Slot cPCI Centerplane ......................... ......
Netra ct 800 8-Slot cPCI Centerplane ......................... ......

21
22

Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

This page intentionally loft blank.

BACKPLANE-2

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

Pressfit Backplane Information
Pressfit Backplane production began in June 1987. Solderless
contacts are machine pressed into plated-through holes on printed
circuit boards. Component leads installed into the solderless
contacts are held in place by a tapered entry, multi-finger contact
design.

Cross Sectional View

Plated-through Hole
Solderless Contact

Overhead View of Solderless Contact

Component Lead Hole
Solderless Contact
Plated-through Hole

Volume I

BACKPLANE-3

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

4-Slot Backplane
SS1000 SS1000E
501-2021

SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 0

11

rI

J0900

SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1

11

rl

J0800

SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2

11

fl

J0700

SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 3

11
11

11
11

fl

J0600

J1100
SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD SLOT
AND INTERNAL SCSI BUS

J0200
POWER SUPPLY SLOT
+5,-5

J1000
POWER SUPPLY SLOT
+12,-12,+1.2

fl
fl

Notes
1. Guide Pins were added to the Backplane in March 1994.
2. Kit 560-2011-01 contains 10 #2-56 screws, 230-1401-01, and 10
Guide Pins, 240-2168-01.

BACKPLANE-4

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

10-Slot Backplane
SC2000 SC2000E
501-1670
+5

R;~2 SCSI • F110~ J11031111111111111
I

•

•
F1102

+5 SCSI

I
+5
+12

~
~

+12 RTN
J0605

~
+1.2

I
I
+1.2 RTN
J1107

o

-12RTN

~
~

-12

Slot 0

Slot 9

Power Connection Side

Notes
1. Use 15A Fuse 140-1019-01 or 140-1035-01.
2. J0605 is connected to Keyswitch Cable 530-1725.
3. J11 03 is connected to SCSI Power Cable 530-1752.
4. J 1107 is connected to Power Supply Sense Cable 530-1728.
5. Guide Pins were added to the Backplane in December 1993.
6. Kit 560-2011-01 contains 10 #2-56 screws (230-1401-01) and
10 Guide Pins (240-2168-01).

Volume I

BACKPLANE-5

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

4-Slot Centerplane
E3000
501-2939
83/1 OOMHz Gigaplane

Front View
J4602D F1

. -------.

nn
.- -. .
U Ur---:~

~

SCSI Tray:
Power

F2DJ4601:

I J0701 I :

.

..

J46100 LED Board : .. __ •.. :

~

.

. - -. - -.

SCSI Tray Data Cable

J4100

J4101

W'~

J4200

J4201

~II! ~

TO

T1

T2

T3

T10

T11

T12

T13

T14

T15

I J0702
Fan Tray

Notes
1. Three screws are used to fasten a vertical stiffener to the backplane.
2. Some disk drives may bottom out against the two stiffener screws next
to Slots T2 and T12 if pan-head screw 240-1268 is installed.
3. Replace pan-head screw 240-1268 with button-head screw 240-2033.
4. Do NOT install washers under the stiffener screws.
5. Backplane 501-2939-05 uses button-head screw 240-2033.
6. Screw 240-1268 was replaced with screw 240-2033 in November 1997.

BACKPLANE-6

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2939

Rear View

J0703
J0501

o

J0502

J0401

.

".

Fan Module

Power/Cooling Module

--

-

Power/Cooling Module

Power/Cooling Module

J3101

J2101

-

J0301

-

J2601

-

-

.

....

J1601

-

,--

J0302

J0901

-

AC Input
Peripheral
Peripheral
Power Supply
Power Supp!~.

Clock
Board
_

Slot 7 '-- Slot 5 _

Slot 3

Slot 1

A terminated 1/0 Board is
required in Slot 1 to access
the internal SCSI Bus

Volume I

BACKPLANE-7

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

5-Slot Centerplane
E3500
501-4799
83/1 OOMHz Gigaplane

Front View
J4602 0 F1

. - - _. _. -.

;-------:

0
0
:
~
"

SCS: Tiay:
Power

F2DJ4601:

I J0701 I :

,

J4600
I LED Board •' - - - - - - - •,
SCSI Tray Data Cable

J5500

J5501

J5600

J5601

~

~: ~"~ ..

T4

T5

T6

., - -. - - - ..,
,

,

, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,

T7

J0302

TO

T1

T2

T3
: Peripheral
: Power Supply

~
: __ :

BACKPLANE-8

I J0702 I
Fan Tray

Field Engineer

Handboo~

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-4799

Rear View

J0703

o

J0501

J0502

J0401

. - - - . --., ' -.
~

Fan Module

Power/Cooling Module

J3601
,.----

J0301

-

Power/Cooling Module

Power/Cooling Module

J3101

J2101

J2601

-

.--

.--

J1601

.--

15

Uj

"E
ro
o

J0901
r--

[J)
Ql

AC Input
Peripheral
Power Supply

l!l
Q;

E
15

Uj

"E
ro
o

[J)

-'"
u

o

(3

-

L-

Slot 9 _

Slot 7

L-

Slot 5 '-- Slot 3

Slot 1

A terminated I/O Board is
required in Slot 1 to access
the internal SCSI Bus

Volume I

BACKPLANE-9

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

a-Slot Centerplane
E4000 E5000
501-2978
83M Hz Gigaplane

Front View

I

Keyswilch Tray J09011

.

~

----------.

· ................. ! ..... ~10201
··

..

I SCSI Tray

J0301

ODD

psoG
G L UN

J1701

SlolO

J2701

SIol2

J3701

SIol4

J4701

SIol6

Power/Cooling Modules

BACKPLANE-10

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2978

Rear View

IJ~+~emT~
DDO
UN L G

I.. ..

~

1. ~M~h'"
.

_ " S"pp"

·· - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - --- - - -..
· - - - -- - - _. - - - _. - -. _. - .. - - -. - - -. - - - - - - - - - - _.

I Slot 1

1::1

J0401 ...

PS 1

GpS'

I

J2201

:: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :

I Slot 3

J3201

I

I Slot 5

J4201

I

ISlot 7

J5201

I

Power/Cooling Modules

A terminated I/O Board is
required in Slot 1 to access
the internal SCSI Bus

Volume I

BACKPLANE-11

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

8-Slot Centerplane
E4500 E5500
501-4944
83/1 OOMHz Gigaplane

Front View

I

Keyswitch Tray J09011

· ................. ! ..... ~10201

··

..

I

J0301
SCSI Tray

psoG
G L UN

J1701

Slot 0

J2701

Slot 2

J3701

Slot 4

J4701

Slot 6

- - - _. - - - - - - - - -. - - - - - - - - - - - - ..
··· -_.- -- -.- - -_.- ---_.- --.
- - -. - - - - - - - - - --- _ .. --- _ .. -- _ ....

BACKPLANE-12

ODD

Power/Cooling Modules

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-4944

Rear View

IJ=+~,"T~
DDO

UN L G

··
·

~

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - . -- . - . -- ..

I Slot 1

r-::I

~

PS 1

GpS3

.

I

J2201

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
I Slot 3

J3201

I

I Slot 5

J4201

I

ISIot7

J5201

I

Power/Cooling Modules

A terminated I/O Board is
required in Slot 1 to access
the internal SCSI Bus

Volume I

BACKPLANE-13

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

16-Slot Centerplane
E6000
501-2699

501-3050

83MHz Gigaplane
Pre-FCS

83MHz Gigaplane

Front View
Keyswilch Tray IJ09011

. ________________ .t __ -"_-)f0'201---- ""SCSI Tray
.
,

J0301

ODD

psoG

J1701

SIOIO

J2701

SIol2

I

J3701

SIol4

I

J4701

SIol6

I

J5701

SIol8

I

G L UN

PS2G

·, -- - - - - - - - - -- _ .. - - -- - - --- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -.,
,
,

J6701

SIOllOl

·, - -. - - - - - - - - - _ .. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -.,

.. - - --- - - -- - - - - - --- - _. -- - -- - - _. - - -. - _. _. - -.
J7701

SIol 12 1

·, - -. -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -. -- - - - _. - -- - - -. -- - --- -.,
· -- - --- - - - - -- - - - -- _. ---- - -------- - - --- - - - _.
J8701

SIOl14 1

·, - - -- . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - --- - .. - - - -- - - -- - - .,
· - - - - - - .. - . - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - .. - - - - - - - - - - - .

BACKPLANE-14

Power/Cooling Modules

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-2699

501-3050

Rear View

I. ..

IJO'" I

"'0' ...

1. '" ~h.ml Pow" Sopply

AeIF" Tmy

000

'CI~;k-Bo-a;d

UN L G

j -----.

J1101

·· - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .
· - - - - - - - - - - - - -. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ..
~

1Slot 1

r-::I

~

PS 1

J2201

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
1 Slot

3

J3201

· - . - -- - - . - - . - - .. - - . - - - . - --- - - - - -- ------- -

· - _. - - ----- - -- - --- - - - - _. - - -1Slot 5

r-::I

~

1

PS3

~ PS5

~

GpS,

_

1
~

.. - - - - _. - -- _.

J4201

1

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
1Slot 7

J5201

1Slot 9

J6201

1

1

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
1Slot 11

J7201

1

1 Slot

13

J8201

J

1 Slot

15

J9201

1

Power/Cooling Modules

A terminated 110 Board is
required in Slot 1 to access
the internal SCSI Bus

Volume I

BACKPLANE-15

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

16-Slot Centerplane
E6500
501-5010
83/90MHz Gigaplane

Front View

I

Keyswitch Tray J0901

I

. _________________ [ _____ ~10201

.

.

J1701

··
·

~

~

J0301
SCSI Tray

ODD

psoG
G L UN

Slot 0

- - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ..

.

J2701

I

SIot2

I

·· - - - --- . - - --- . -- - --- . -- .. ---- - - ----- - -. -- ...
·

.

J3701

SIot4

I

·· - - - - - _. - - - - - - _. - - - .. -- - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - -. -..
·
.
J4701

··.. - - -. --- - -- _. - - - _. --- - - - - - _. - - -- _. - J5701

Slot 6
_

I

.. - -.

..

Slot 8

I

·· - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -..
·
.
J6701

Slot 101

J7701

Slot 121

·· -- - - - .. - - - - - _. - -. _. --- - - _. -- - - - - _. - - - - .. -..
·
.
·· - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - ---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -..
·
.
J8701

Slot 141

.. - - - - _. - - -. --- - - - _ .. -- - - ---- - - - - -- - - - - _. -..
··
.
Power/Cooling Modules

BACKPLANE-16

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

501-5010

Rear View

I I
J03"

AClFoo T,",

000

UN L G

~'.ho,"1

I ..."401 ....1
.
.

- . , S,pply

·· - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -..
·
.
1Sial 1

J2201

1SIol3

J3201

1

· - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - _. --- - - _. - -- - _. - - _. -. - - - -.
· - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - _.

G'g,

1SIol5

J4201

ISiol 7

J5201

1Siol 9

J6201

I

ISiol 11

J7201

I

1 Siol

13

J8201

1

ISIOl15

J9201

1

1

I

Power/Cooling Modules

A terminated I/O Board is
required in Slot 1 to access
the internal SCSI Bus

Volume I

BACKPLAN E-17

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

16-810t Centerplane
500-4844

E10000
500-4845

501-4348

Logic Centerplane
Untested

Power Centerplane
Untested

500-4844 + 500-4845
Assembly/FRU

Front View

,.....,

..

.......,

u .. u
~

..

~

...
.. ,

...

0
~

...

... 0
. ..
~

...

... U ... U
~

. ..

~

..

...

... U ... U
. .. r- . .. -

...

.. U
.. r: 1-

:.;

...

...
CX)

-e

CJl

-e

'"
OJ
0

'"
OJ

E
(J)

E

tl

>.
CfJ

0

*

>.
CfJ

'-

~

...
~

:;::

'"
OJ

'"
OJ

E
(J)

E

-e
0

1ii

>.
CfJ

~

;:?

'"
OJ

'"
OJ

~

-e

-e

-e

-e

0

0

0

0

*

>.
CfJ

E
(J)

(J)

1ii

1ii

>.
CfJ

E

>.
CfJ

'"
OJ

E

*

>.
CfJ

~

-e

'0"
OJ

E

(J)

1ii

>.
CfJ

-e -e

'0"

OJ

'"
0

OJ

"2 15c.
c
0

0

c.

=>
CfJ

Notes
1. Thermal calibration is required if the Centerplane is replaced.
2. Patch 106465-04 (SSP 3.1),108080-02 (SSP 3.1.1),109678-01
(SSP 3.2) or 109634-01 (SSP 3.3) is required when ST Micro
EEPROM M93S56-W is installed on the centerplane.
3. Centerplanes with the M93S56-W began shipping in June 2000.
References
1. E10000 System Component Replacement Guide, 805-0311.
2. E10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917.
3. E10000 Centerplane Installation, 806-5977.

BACKPLANE-18

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

500-4844

501-4348

500-4845

Rear View

Wire Harness 530·2396

1

1

I

J

I

I

I

I

:"'D[2JD~'
-~
.. ~
. ~ D~:D~: D~: D~:D~:D~: 0
... - . .. - ... - . ..
. .. r- ...
r"

0: -0: 0:

0: -0:

'"

[1 0: 0: [1 0:
0: [1 [1 0: [1

~
_.- -

~~~~

0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
0: 0:
0: 0:

OT"""C\lC")

NC\lC\lC\I

0...0...D...D...

-'- -

_.-

a
E

ctl

0

tIl

"§
DD-

::J
C/)

-'-

-"

a
E

ctl

0

a
E

ctl

0

-_.

-'-

N

C')

-0-

LO

<0

l"-

~0

E

E

E

E

E

ctl

0

tIl

E

E

E

o

1i5
>C/)

>C/)

1i5
>C/)

0

Volume I

_.-

~

tIl
Ql

_.-

E

tIl

eC

_.-

---

*

tIl

Ql

ctl

0

tIl

E

Ql

1i5
>C/)

ctl

0

tIl

E

Ql

1i5
>C/)

ctl

ctl

0

0

tIl

E

tIl

*

>C/)

ctl

0

tIl

E

E

>C/)

1i5
>C/)

*

Ql

BACKPLANE-19

CONFIGURATIONS

9/18/00

Centerplane Support Board
E10000
501-4346

J'------l
~~o
o
o

pS4E3

0

3.3V DC-DC

00

PS31 5V DC-DC
PS1

00

PS1

OOF6
00

o rn rn

F5

I

0

00
00
00

0
ooF1

00

OO F2
I:J F4

LEDS

lJ1i ~:::~: ~:~~gg 8
Green 5VDC HK
Green 3.3VDC HK
Green HK SIW

Note
Do NOT remove the Centerplane Support Board if the Yellow LEOs are ON.
References
1. E10000 System Component Replacement Guide, 805-0311.
2. E10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917.

BACKPLANE-20

Field Engineer Handbook

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

5-Slot cPCI Centerplane
Netra ct 400
501-5621
540-4569
Backplane

Disk Slot 1 -

Drawer Assembly/FRU

=-r--r--.---

Empty Slot 2

I-f-- P5 Connector

CPU Slot 3

-

~

~

i---

~

~

0

0

I

I

I

"0

"0

"0

>,

iii'

">on
~

(ij

-

!;!

;:>
a:
"

a:
"

a:"

I--- I--- I---

r--

~
i'; I-f-P4 Connector
~
.Q

-

'>-"

1/0 Slot 4
I-f-- P3 Connector

1/0 Slot 5
~

I--- I--- I--- I--I-f-- P2 Connector

Alarm Slot 1

-

~
>,

">on"
~

(ij

I--- I--- I--- i--iii'

">on
~

(ij

iii'

">on
~

(ij

>,

">on"
~

(ij

iii'

"ii;
~

I-f-- P1 Connector

(ij

'-- '-- '--

.--

Control Board -

]
III

~

Fan Tray 1

~

Fan Tray 2

000
000

::1 ~~

Power Supply

Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296.

Volume I

BACKPLAN E-21

9/18/00

CONFIGURATIONS

8-Slot ePCI Centerplane
Netra ct 800
501-5617
540-4568

CPU Slot 1

Backplane

Drawer Assembly/FRU

nnn

r-

nnnn

I/O Slot 2

-

P5 Connector

-

P4 Connector

-

P3 Connector

-

P2 Connector

-

P1 Connector

I/O Slot 3
Disk 0 -c--

- >'" '"

t-- -

t-- t--

ii>

'"a;
~

ijj

>-

ID

>-

ID

ID

0

0

'"
0

'"

:r:

:i

:i

:i

:i

:i

"0

"0

"0

"0

"0

"0

ID

ID

a:
a:
t-- t-- r -

I/O Slot 4

t-- f-- ' - >>ID
ID
ii>
'"0 '"0 >

>-

ID

ID

a:
t--

'"

0

-

'"~

.2

~
a:
a:
t-- t-- r -

ID

ID

a:

ID

I/O Slot 5
I/O Slot 6

t-- t--

-

t--

-

t-- t-- -

I/O Slot 7
Alarm Slot 8
Disk 1

--

f-- f-ii>
ii>

'"

>
en
~

ijj

Control Board -

-

I

I:::

'--

ii>

ii>

'"

'"

>
en

'"

>
en

>
en

~

~

~

ijj

ijj

ijj

'-- '--

-=

-

-

I:~I
ImWI

f-- f->-

>-

ID

ID

'">en

'"

>
en

~

~

ijj

ijj

>-

ID

'"

>
en

ID
~

ijj

-

ii>

'"
0

:i
"0
ID

a:

--'--'---

FaoTmy1
Fan Tray 2

: :1 IIII 1:::

Power Supply 1

-

: :1 I

Power Supply 2

Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manuaf, 806-3296.

BACKPLANE-22

Field Engineer Handbook



File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
Create Date                     : 2015:01:20 12:55:43-08:00
Modify Date                     : 2015:01:20 12:28:34-08:00
Metadata Date                   : 2015:01:20 12:28:34-08:00
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 9.55 Paper Capture Plug-in
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:c49cfdf2-5ab8-b44e-b9ad-94ba420b950b
Instance ID                     : uuid:bcac5bd1-8139-364e-b209-a19c6bc981ab
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 803